Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
com/protection
1/1 to 1/6 11
SIPROTEC easy,
SIPROTEC 600 Series, 2. Overview / Applications
2/1 to 2/50 22
Communication,
3. Operating Programs
Accessories 3/1 to 3/12 33
Energy Automation
4. Communication
5/1 to 5/204 55
6. Distance Protection
6/1 to 6/82 66
7. Line Differential Protection
7/1 to 7/80 77
8. Transformer Differential Protection
8/1 to 8/48 88
9. Busbar Differential Protection
9/1 to 9/34 99
10. Relays for Various Protection Applications
10/1 to 10/36 10
10
11. Generator Protection
11/1 to 11/124 11
11
12. Substation Automation
12/1 to 12/34 12
12
13. Accessories
13/1 to 13/174 13
13
14. Appendix
The products and systems described in this catalog
are manufactured and sold according to a certied
management system (acc. to ISO 9001, ISO 14001
14/1 to 14/30 14
14
and BS OHSAS 18001).
DNV Certicate No.: 92113-2011-AHSO-GER-TGA
and Certicate No.: 87028-2010-AHSO-GER-TGA.
7UT6 Differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars 8/3
7XV5461
7XV5461
Two-channel serial optical repeater for 1 mono-mode FO cable
13/65
3
7XV5550 Active mini star-coupler 13/69
7XV5655
7XV5662
Ethernet serial hub for substations
13/93
6
7XV5662 Communication converter for pilot wires 13/97
7XV5673
7XV5674
I/O-Unit with 6 binary in-/outputs
SICAM AI Unit
13/23
13/31
9
7XV5700 RS232 RS485 converter 13/105
SCALANCE S
Industrial Ethernet network access device with PRP functionality
Security Module
13/127
13/131
12
SCALANCE M EDGE/HSPARouter 13/133
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 3
2
SIPROTEC easy
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
3
7SD610
7SA522
7SD60
7SA61
7SA63
7SA64
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SD5
Type
4 ANSI Functions
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping
Abbr.
3-pole C C C C C C C C C
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole V V V V V V
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V<
5 21 Distance protection Z< C C C C V
24 Overexcitation protection V/f
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync V V V V V
V V V V V V
6 27 Undervoltage protection
27TN/59TN Stator ground fault 3rd harmonics
V<
V0<,>(3.Harm.)
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V<
32 Directional power supervision P<>, Q<> C C C C V C
7 37
38
Undercurrent, underpower
Temperature supervision
I<, P<
>
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD
46 Unbalanced-load protection I2>
8 46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection I2>, I2/I1>
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC C C C C C C
48 Starting-time supervision I2start
C C C C C
9 49
50/50N
Thermal overload protection
Denite time-overcurrent protection
, I2t
I> C C C C V C C
C
C
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> V V V V V
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie>
12 59R, 27R
60FL
Rate-of-voltage-change protection
Fuse-Failure-Monitor
dV/dt
C C C C
V C
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine)
66 Restart inhibit I2t
13 67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase I>,IP (V,I) C C C C V
1) in preparation
14 2) via CFC
More functions on page 1/4
You will nd the whole function overview of the SIPROTEC devices in the Selection Guide at:
www.siemens.com/protection or in the catalog: IC1000-K4456-A101-AX-7600
15
1/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Product Selection
Function overview SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy and SIPROTEC 600 Series
Device application Generator Transformer Busbar Bay controller Breaker Synchro- High Voltage
and motor protection protection manage- nizing Speed and fre-
protection ment Busbar
Transfer
quency
pro-
1
tection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
3
7VU683
7UT612
7UT613
7UM61
7UM62
6MD61
6MD63
6MD66
7SJ600
7SJ602
7RW60
7UT63
7VK61
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7VE6
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C V C
4
C C
V V V V V V
V 5
C C V V V
V V V V C
V V V C C V V V V C
V
6
C C
V V C C V V
C
V
C
V
C
V
C2)
V
C
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
7
V V
C C C C C C V V V V V
C C C C C C C C V V V 8
C C C C C C C C C C
V V V V V V
C C C C C C C C C C C
C C C C C C C C C C C
V
V
C
9
V V V V V C C
V V V
V V V V 10
C C C C C C V C V V V C V C
C C C C C C C C C C C V V
C C C C
C C C C 11
V C2) V V V C C C
V V V V C C V V V V C
V
C
C
V
C V
C
C
12
C C
V V V V V V V
V V V C C 13
Table continued on next page
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 1/3
Product Selection
Function overview SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy and SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC easy
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
3
7SD610
7SA522
7SD60
7SA61
7SA63
7SA64
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SD5
Type
4 ANSI
67N
Functions
Directional time-overcurrent protection for ground-faults
Abbr.
IN>, INP (V,I) V V V V V V V
67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant INs>,
or isolated neutral INsP (V,I)
V V V V V
5 67Ns
68
Directional intermittent ground fault protection
Power-swing blocking
IIE dir>
Z/t
V V
V
V
V
74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS C C C C C C
78 Out-of-step protection Z/t V V V V V
6 79 Automatic reclosing AR V V V V V V
81 Frequency protection f<, f> V V V V V V
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt
7 85
Vector-jump protection
Teleprotection
U>
C C C C C C
C
86 Lockout C C C C C C
87 Differential protection I C C C
13 1) in preparation
2) via CFC
You will nd the whole function overview of the SIPROTEC devices in the Selection Guide at:
www.siemens.com/protection or in the catalog: IC1000-K4456-A101-AX-7600
14
15
1/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Product Selection
Function overview SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy and SIPROTEC 600 Series
Device application Generator Transformer Busbar Bay controller Breaker Synchro- High Voltage
and motor protection protection manage- nizing Speed and fre-
protection ment Busbar
Transfer
quency
pro-
1
tection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
3
7VU683
7UT612
7UT613
7UM61
7UM62
6MD61
6MD63
6MD66
7SJ600
7SJ602
7RW60
7UT63
7VK61
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7VE6
V V V C C
4
V V V V C C
C
C
V
5
C C C C C C C C V C C C C C
V
V V V V V V V C 6
V V V C C V V V C
V V V V V C
V V V
7
C C C C C C C C C C C
C C C C C C
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
C
V
C
V
C
8
V V V
C C C C C C C C C C C C C V C C C C C C 9
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C C C C V C C C
C
C C C C2) C C
C C C C
C
C
V
V
10
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C
C C C C C C C C C C C C C V C C C C 11
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
1 1 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 1/5
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
1/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview / Applications
Page
10
11
12
13
14
15
2/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
10
11
12
13
14
SIPROTEC easy
5 Easy installation due to compact assembly on DIN rail. Fig. 2/3 SIPROTEC easy
10
Fig. 2/4 SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)
11
12
13
14
15
2/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
12
13
14
7 user-friendly design
Increase of reliability and quality of the engineering process
High reliability due to consequent implementation of safety
and security
8 Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical and
9 electrical Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for highest
availability
Efcient operating concepts by exible engineering of
10 IEC 61850 Edition 2
Fig. 2/9 SIPROTEC 5 rear view
Comprehensive database for monitoring of modern power
grids
12
13
14
11
12
13
14
Fig. 2/13 SIPROTEC 4 in power plant application
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
8
52
9
21 67N FL 79 25 SM ER FR BM
10
85
SIPROTEC Line protection
kA, ER
to remote line end kV,
12 Hz,
MW,
FR
SM
21 Distance protection MVAr,
67N Directional ground-fault protection MVA BM
Load monitor
FL Distance-to-fault locator
13 79
25
Auto-reclosure
Synchrocheck
Fault report
Fault record
85 Carrier interface (teleprotection)
SM Self-monitoring Relay monitor
ER Event recording
14 FR
BM
Fault recording
Breaker monitor
Breaker monitor
Supervisory control
Adaptive relaying
1000 Parameter
Numerical relays now offer reliable, convenient and comprehen-
sive matching to changing conditions. Matching may be initiated 1000
1100
.
Parameter
.
Line data D
1
either by the relays own intelligence or from other systems via 1100 Line
1200 data O/C C Phase settings
1000 .
Parameter .
contacts or serial telegrams. Modern numerical relays contain a . . B
1100 Line data
1200 O/C Phase settings
number of parameter sets that can be pretested during commis- . . 1500 O/C Earth settings
sioning of the scheme. One set is normally operative. Transfer to
the other sets can be controlled via binary inputs or a serial data
1000
1100
.
.
Parameter
.
Line
.
data
1200
. A
O/C
.
Phase
1500
.
.
settings
O/C
2800Earth settings
Fault recording
2
. . .
1200 O/C Phase settings .
link (Fig. 2/15). . 1500 O/C Earth settings
2800 Fault
3900recording
. . . Breaker failure
. .
There are a number of applications for which multiple setting 1500 O/C Earth settings
groups can upgrade the scheme performance, for example:
.
.
2800
2800
.
.
Fault
Fault
recording
3900recording
Breaker failure
3
. 3900 Breaker failure
For use as a voltage-dependent control of overcurrent-time .
relay pickup values to overcome alternator fault current 3900 Breaker failure
decrement to below normal load current when the automatic
voltage regulator (AVR) is not in automatic operation
Fig. 2/15 Alternate parameter groups
4
For maintaining short operation times with lower fault
currents, e.g., automatic change of settings if one supply
transformer is taken out of service
For switch-onto-fault protection to provide shorter time 5
settings when energizing a circuit after maintenance so that
normal settings can be restored automatically after a time
delay
For auto-reclosure programs, that is, instantaneous operation 6
for rst trip and delayed operation after unsuccessful reclosure
For cold load pickup problems where high starting currents
may cause relay operation
For ring open or ring closed operation.
7
Implemented functions
SIPROTEC relays are available with a variety of protective
functions (please refer to Fig. 2/17). The high processing power
8
of modern numerical units allows further integration of non-
protective add-on functions.
The question as to whether separate or combined relays should
be used for protection and control cannot be unambiguously
9
answered. In transmission-type substations, separation into
independent hardware units is still preferred, whereas a trend Fig. 2/16 Left: switchgear with numerical relay (7SJ62) and traditional
control; right: switchgear with combined protection and
toward higher function integration can be observed on the
distribution level. Here, the use of combined feeder / line relays
control relay (7SJ64) 10
for protection, monitoring and control is becoming more com-
mon (Fig. 2/16).
Relays with protection functions only and relays with combined
protection and control functions are being offered. SIPROTEC 4
11
relays offer combined protection and control functions.
SIPROTEC 4 relays support the one relay one feeder principle,
and thus contribute to a considerable reduction in space and
wiring requirements. 12
With the well-proven SIPROTEC 4 family, Siemens supports both
stand-alone and combined solutions on the basis of a single
hardware and software platform. The user can decide within
wide limits on the conguration of the control and protection,
13
and the reliability of the protection functions (Fig. 2/17).
The following solutions are available within one relay family:
Separate control and protection relays 14
Feeder protection and remote control of the line circuit-breaker
via the serial communication link
Combined relays for protection, monitoring and control.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/9
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
1 52
Busbar
7SJ61/62/63/64 7SJ62/63/64 2)
3 HMI RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet
Fault
recording
Motor protection
Bearing Starting Fault
81O/U 59 27
Current terminals
Screw type (see standard version)
13 Voltage terminals
2-pin or 3-pin connectors
Wire size 0.5 1.0 mm2
15
2/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
2
3
Fig. 2/18 of 19 housing
4
frequently used actions simply and fast.
Numerical keys
7
Fig. 2/19 of 19 housing Fig. 2/20 of 19 housing
Fig. 2/22 Local operation: All operator actions can be executed and
information displayed via an integrated user interface. Two
alternatives for this interface are available.
8
9
10
11
Fig. 2/21 SIPROTEC 4 combined protection, control and monitoring
relay with detached operator panel
12
13
Process and relay information can be displayed on the large
illuminated LC display either graphically in the form of a mimic
diagram or as text in various lists.
The keys mainly used for control of the switchgear are located
on the control axis directly below the display. 14
Two key-operated switches ensure rapid and reliable changeover
between local and remote control, and between interlocked
and non-interlocked operation.
3 The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current and
voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active and
reactive power. The following functions are available depending
on the relay type
4 Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE (67Ns)
Voltages VL1,VL2, VL3, VL1-L2,VL2-L3, VL3-L1
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
8 Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is set
to zero to suppress interference.
13 The last eight network faults are stored in the unit. All fault
recordings are time-stamped with a resolution of 1 ms.
Operational indications
All indications that are not directly associated with a fault
15
2/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
Continuous self-monitoring
The hardware and software are continuously monitored. If
11
abnormal conditions are detected, the unit immediately signals.
In this way, a great degree of safety, reliability and availability is
achieved.
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/13
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
7 controlled interruption is possible. Several protection relays can be centrally operated with
DIGSI 4, e.g., via a star coupler or RS485 bus. On connection of
a modem, remote control is possible. This provides advantages
in fault clearance, particularly in unmanned power stations.
(Alternatively, the external temperature monitoring box can be
8 connected to this interface.)
11 Fig. 2/30 Rear view with wiring, terminal safety cover and serial
interfaces
12
14
15
2/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
Substation
control system
11
12
13
14
Fig. 2/33 IEC 60870-5-103: Star structure with ber-optic cables
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/15
Overview
SIPROTEC relay families
MODBUS RTU
DNP 3.0
3 Control
In addition to the protection functions, the SIPROTEC 4 units also
support all control and monitoring functions required for operat-
ing medium-voltage or high-voltage substations. The main
4 application is reliable control of switching and other processes.
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary devices can be
obtained from auxiliary contacts and communicated to the relay
via binary inputs. Fig. 2/34 Protection engineer at work
5 Therefore, it is possible to detect and indicate both the OPEN and
CLOSED positions or a faulty or intermediate breaker position. Command processing
The switchgear can be controlled via:
The SIPROTEC 4 protection relays offer all functions required for
Integrated operator panel
6 Binary inputs
command processing, including the processing of single and
double commands, with or without feedback, and sophisticated
Substation control system monitoring. Control actions using functions, such as runtime
DIGSI 4. monitoring and automatic command termination after output
7 Automation
check of the external process, are also provided by the relays.
Typical applications are:
With the integrated logic, the user can set specic functions for Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common
the automation of the switchgear or substation by means of a or 2 trip contacts
13
14
15
2/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Notes: A
2
1) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) only with overhead lines. I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t ARC
B
2) Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as sensitive Further 51 51N 46 79
feeders
backup protection against asymmetrical faults.
General notes:
7SJ80 *) 2) 1) 3
The relay at the far end (D) is set with the shortest operating C I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t
time. Relays further upstream have to be time-graded against 51 51N 46
the next downstream relay in steps of about 0.3 s.
7SJ80 *)
4
Inverse time or denite time can be selected according to the
following criteria: Load
Denite time:
Source impedance is large compared to the line impedance,
that is, there is small current variation between near and far
D I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t
51 51N 46
5
end faults. 7SJ80 *)
Inverse time:
Longer lines, where the fault current is much less at the far
end of the line than at the local end.
Load Load
6
*) Alternatives: 7SJ45/46, 7SJ60/61
Strong or extreme inverse-time:
Lines where the line impedance is large compared to the
source impedance (high difference for close-in and remote
faults), or lines where coordination with fuses or reclosers is
Fig. 2/35 Radial systems
7
necessary. Steeper characteristics also provide higher stabil-
ity on service restoration (cold load pickup and transformer
inrush currents).
8
Ring-main circuit
General notes: Infeed
Transformer
9
Operating time of overcurrent relays to be coordinated with protection
downstream fuses of load transformers (preferably with strong see g. 2/52
52 52
inverse-time characteristic with about 0.2 s grading-time
delay) 10
Thermal overload protection for the cables (option) 52 52
Negative sequence overcurrent protection (46) as sensitive 7SJ80 *) 7SJ80 *)
protection against asymmetrical faults (option). I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t > I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t >
51 51N 46 49 51 51N 46 49 11
12
13
*) Alternatives:
7SJ45/46, 7SJ60/61 14
Fig. 2/36 Ring-main circuit
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/17
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Switch-onto-fault protection
3 Typical feeder
Manual close
(356 > m close) 7SJx, 7SAx
4
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling)
Substation A Substation B Substation C Substation D
Cross-coupling is used for selective protection of sections fed Bus 52 52 Bus 52 52 Bus 52 52 Bus
Blocking bus
used for complete selective backup protection. If operated in a
closed-circuit connection, an interruption of the transmission 50 7SJ80 *)
line is detected. Pick- *) Alternatives:
7 up
52
7SJ60
Blocking signal
Non-directional
50 7SJ80 *) 50 fault detection
Pick- Direction
8 up of fault (67)
13 Sectionalizers
14 Fuses
15
2/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
4
52 Fuse opens on
sucessful reclosure
5
Circuit-breaker opens on
unsucessful reclosure
51
*) Alternatives: 6
7SJ60, 7SJ62/63/64, 7SJ80
52 52
11
Load Load
12
Fig. 2/41 Parallel feeder circuit
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/19
Overview
Typical protection schemes
7SJ64 *) 7SJ64 *)
52
4
52 52
6
Feeders *) Alternatives: 7SJ62, 7SJ80 Feeders
Synchronization function
8 Note:
52 U2
Busbar
General notes: 1
12
13
14
15
2/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
52
1
2) Differential protection options: 52 52
52 52 52 52 4
Load Backfeed
Fig. 2/44 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends 5
Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends
Infeed
Notes: 52
6
1) Teleprotection logic (85) for transfer trip or blocking schemes. 52
Signal transmission via pilot wire, power line carrier, digital 52 52
network or optical ber (to be provided separately). The tele-
protection supplement is only necessary if fast fault clearance
on 100 % line length is required, that is, second zone tripping 21N/21N 67N
2)
2) 7
3)
(about 0.3 s delay) cannot be accepted for far end faults. For 85 79
7SA6 or Same
Line 7SA522 protection
further application notes on teleprotection schemes, refer to or 1) for parallel
the table on the following page. cable
85 79
3)
line, if
applicable
8
2) Directional ground-fault protection 67N with inverse-time 2) 7SA6 or
delay against high-resistance faults 21N/21N 67N
7SA522
Load Backfeed
10
Fig. 2/45 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends
Subtransmission line 11
Note:
Connection to open delta winding if available. Relays 7SA6 / 522
and 7SJ62 can, however, also be set to calculate the zero-
sequence voltage internally. 12
General notes:
Distance teleprotection is proposed as main protection and 25 79 21N/21N 67/67N
time-graded directional overcurrent as backup protection.
68/78 67N 51/51N
13
The 67N function of 7SA6 / 522 provides additional high-
resistance ground-fault protection. It can be used in parallel 7SJ62
BF
7SJ80
with the 21 / 21N function.
Recommended teleprotection schemes: PUTT on medium and 85
S
R
CH To remote
line end
14
long lines with phase shift carrier or other secure communica-
7SA6 or 7SA522
tion channel POTT on short lines. BLOCKING with On / Off Signal transmission equipment
carrier (all line lengths).
Fig. 2/46 Subtransmission line 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/21
Overview
Typical protection schemes
5 combination of different
relay types therefore
ted lines)
Can be applied on extre-
the overreach zone is
released after 20 ms
presents no problems mely short lines (impe-
dance less than minimum
relay setting)
12
13
14
15
2/22 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Transmission line with reactor (Fig. 2/47) Teleprotection schemes based on distance relays therefore
have operating times on the order of 25 to 30 ms with digital
Notes:
1) 51N only applicable with grounded reactor neutral.
PCM coded communication. With state-of-the-art two-cycle
circuit-breakers, fault clearing times well below 100 ms
1
(4 to 5 cycles) can normally be achieved.
2) If phase CTs at the low-voltage reactor side are not available,
the high-voltage phase CTs and the CT in the neutral can be Dissimilar carrier schemes are recommended for main 1
connected to a restricted ground-fault protection using one and main 2 protection, for example, PUTT, and POTT or
Blocking / Unblocking.
2
7VH60 high-impedance relay.
Both 7SA522 and 7SA6 provide selective 1-pole and / or 3-pole
General notes: tripping and auto-reclosure.
Distance relays are proposed as main 1 and main 2 protection.
Duplicated 7SA6 is recommended for series-compensated
The ground-current directional comparison protection (67N)
of the 7SA6 relay uses phase selectors based on symmetrical
3
lines. components. Thus, 1-pole auto-reclosure can also be executed
Operating time of the distance relays is in the range of 15 to with high-resistance faults.
25 ms depending on the particular fault condition.
These tripping times are valid for faults in the underreaching
The 67N function of the 7SA522 relay can also be used as
time-delayed directional overcurrent backup. 4
distance zone (80 to 85 % of the line length). Remote end The 67N functions are provided as high-impedance fault
faults must be cleared by the superimposed teleprotection protection. 67N is often used with an additional channel as
scheme. Its overall operating time depends on the signal
transmission time of the channel, typically 15 to 20 ms for
a separate carrier scheme. Use of a common channel with
distance protection is only possible if the mode is compatible 5
frequency shift audio-tone PLC or microwave channels, and (e.g., POTT with directional comparison). The 67N may be
lower than 10 ms for ON / OFF PLC or digital PCM signaling via blocked when function 21 / 21N picks up. Alternatively, it can
optical bers. be used as time-delayed backup protection.
6
CC
52L
7
52R
TC1 TC2
CVT
50/50N 51/51N BF 8
7SJ600
9
Reactor 87R
25 59 21/21N 25 21/21N
7VH60
2)
79 67N 79 67N
10
51N
7SJ600
68/79 BF 68/79 87
BF, 59
BF
S Direct trip
1)
11
85 Trip
52L R channel
7SA6 7SA522
S
R
Channel
2
To remote
line end
12
S Channel
R 3
13
Fig. 2/47 Transmission line with reactor
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/23
Overview
Typical protection schemes
TC1 TC2
Digital PCM-coded communication (with n 64 kbit / s
channels) between line ends is becoming more and more
with infeed from both ends, page 2/21), and also to much Direct connection with dedicated
longer distances of up to about 120 km by using separate PCM bers up to about 120 km
devices for optical ber or microwave transmission.
6 The 7SD5 / 61 then uses only a small part (64 to 512 kbit / s) of
the total transmission capacity (on the order of Mbits / s).
Fig. 2/48 Redundant transmission line protection
13
14
15
2/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Transmission line,
one-breaker-and-a-half terminal 87/BB1 7SS52, 7SS60
Notes:
BB1
1
7VK61 7SA522 or
1) When the line is switched off and the BF 85
7SA6
line line disconnector (isolator) is UBB1
1) 1) 2)
open, high through-fault currents in
the diameter may cause maloperation
52
79
25
21/21N 67N 50/50N 51/51N 59
2
of the distance relay due to unequal
UBB1 UL1 or
CT errors (saturation). UL1
UL2 or
Normal practice is therefore to block
the distance protection (21 / 21N) and
UBB2
Line 1
3
the directional ground-fault protection 7VK61 7SD5
(67N) under this condition via an 87L
BF
auxiliary contact of the line line discon-
nector (isolator). A standby overcurrent
function (50 / 51N, 51 / 51N) is released
52 79
4
25
instead to protect the remaining stub
between the breakers (stub protec- UL2
tion). Line 2 5
2) Overvoltage protection only with Main 1 Protection of line 2
7SA6 / 52. (or transformer,
Main 2
if applicable)
General notes:
The protection functions of one
52 BF
79
7VK61
6
diameter of a breaker-and-a-half
arrangement are shown. UBB2 25
UL2 or
The currents of two CTs have each to
be summed up to get the relevant line
UL1 or UBB1 UBB2 BB2 7
currents as input for main 1 and 2 line 87/BB2 7SS52, 7SS60
protection.
The location of the CTs on both sides of
the circuit-breakers is typical for substa-
Fig. 2/50 Transmission line, one-breaker-and-a-half terminal,
using 3 breaker management relays 7VK61
8
tions with dead-tank circuit-breakers.
Live-tank circuit-breakers may have
CTs only on one side to reduce cost. A fault between circuit-
breakers and CT (end fault) may then still be fed from one side 9
even when the circuit-breaker has opened. Consequently, nal
fault clearing by cascaded tripping has to be accepted in this
case.
The 7VK61 relay provides the necessary end fault protection 10
function and trips the circuit-breakers of the remaining infeed-
ing circuits.
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/25
Overview
Typical protection schemes
10
11
12
13
14
15
2/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
2. Transformers
HV infeed
Small transformer infeed
General notes:
52 1
Ground faults on the secondary side are detected by current I>> I>, t IE > > I2 >, t
relay 51N. However, it has to be time-graded against down-
stream feeder protection relays. 50 51 50N 49 46
7SJ60
or 7SJ80
2
The restricted ground-fault relay 87N can optionally be applied
to achieve fast clearance of ground faults in the transformer
secondary winding. 63 Optional resistor
or reactor
Relay 7VH60 is of the high-impedance type and requires class
CTs with equal transformation ratios.
RN
3
Primary circuit-breaker and relay may be replaced by fuses.
I >>
87N 4
52 7VH60 51N
IE > 7SJ60
or 7SJ80
Distribution bus
5
52
O/C Fuse 6
relay
Load Load
52
8
Relay 7UT612 provides numerical ratio and vector group
adaptation. Matching transformers as used with traditional
I>> I>, t IE > > I2 >, t
relays are therefore no longer applicable. 7SJ60
Notes:
50 51 51N 49 46 7SJ61 or
7SJ80
9
1) If an independent high-impedance-type ground-fault function
is required, the 7VH60 ground-fault relay can be used instead
of the 87N inside the 7UT612. However, class CT cores
would also be necessary in this case (see small transformer 63 10
protection). 1)
2) 51 and 51N may be provided in a separate 7SJ60 if required. 51N 87N 87T
2) 2)
11
51 51N
I>, t I E >, t 7UT612
52
12
Load bus
52 52
13
Load Load
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/27
Overview
Typical protection schemes
3 51N 7SJ60
or 7SJ80
7UT613
I>> I E >
7SJ60
51 51N
or 7SJ80
4 52
Load
52 52 52 bus
The directional functions 67 and 67N do not apply for cases I>> I>, t I E >, t > I2 >, t
Protection
63 same as
infeed 1
I>, t I E >, t I> IE >
8 51
51N
51N
I E >, t
67 67N
7SJ62
7SJ80
52 52
1)
9 52 52 52
Load
bus
13 52
52
52
52 52
14 Load Load
15
2/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Three-winding transformer
HV Infeed
Notes:
1) The zero-sequence current must be blocked before entering
52
1
I>>, I >, t > I2 >, t
the differential relay with a delta winding in the CT connec-
50 51 49 46
tion on the transformer side with grounded starpoint. This
is to avoid false operation during external ground faults
(numerical relays provide this function by calculation). About
7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
2
30 % sensitivity, however, is then lost in the event of internal
faults. Optionally, the zero-sequence current can be regained 51N 7SJ60 63 51N 7SJ60
by introducing the winding neutral current in the differential
relay (87T). Relay type 7UT613 provides two current inputs
1) 87T 7UT613
3
for this purpose. By using this feature, the ground-fault 87N 7VH602)
sensitivity can be upgraded again to its original value.
Restricted ground-fault protection (87T) is optional. It
provides backup protection for ground faults and increased
ground-fault sensitivity (about 10 % IN, compared to about 20
I>, t I E >, t I>, t I E >, t 4
51 51N 51 51N
to 30 % IN of the transformer differential relay).
Separate class CT-cores with equal transmission ratio are 87N 7SJ61
or 7SJ80 7SJ602)
also required for this protection.
M.V.
52 52 52 52
M.V. 5
2) High impedance and overcurrent in one 7SJ61.
General notes:
In this example, the transformer feeds two different distribu-
tion systems with cogeneration. Restraining differential relay Load Backfeed Load Backfeed
6
inputs are therefore provided at each transformer side.
If both distribution systems only consume load and no Fig. 2/57 Three-winding transformer
through-feed is possible from one MV system to the other,
parallel connection of the CTs of the two MV transformer
7
windings is admissible, which allows the use of a two-winding
differential relay (7UT612)
Autotransformer
8
52
Notes:
1) 87N high-impedance protection requires special class
current transformer cores with equal transformation ratios. 51N 50/BF 46 50/51 2) 87N 7VH60 9
7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
2) The 7SJ60 relay can alternatively be connected in series with 1)
the 7UT613 relay to save this CT core.
General note:
87T 49
52
10
Two different protection schemes are provided: 87T is chosen 63
as the low-impedance three-winding version (7UT613). 7UT613
87N is a 1-phase high-impedance relay (7VH60) connected 52
as restricted ground-fault protection. (In this example, it is
1)
50/51
11
assumed that the phase ends of the transformer winding are 46
not accessible on the neutral side, that is, there exists a CT
51
only in the neutral grounding connection.). 50/BF
50/BF 51N
12
59N 1)
7RW600 7SJ60*) 7SJ60*)
or 7RW80 *) Alternatives: 7SJ80
13
Fig. 2/58 Autotransformer
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/29
Overview
Typical protection schemes
1 General notes:
The transformer bank is connected in a breaker-and-a-half 7SV600
21 21N 68/78
7SA52/6 7SV600
5 59N
7RW600
50/BF
7SJ60*)
51N
7SJ60*)
50/BF 7SV600
3. Motors
7 Small and medium-sized motors < about 1 MW 52
9 Notes:
1) Core-balance CT.
2) Sensitive directional ground-fault protection (67N) only Fig. 2/60 Motor protection with effective or low-resistance grounded
10 applicable with infeed from isolated or Petersen coil grounded
system (for dimensioning of the sensitive directional ground-
infeed
50 49 48 46 37 51U
IE > 2)
12 7XR96
1)
60/1A
51N 67N
3)
7SJ62/7SK80
13
Fig. 2/61 Motor protection with high-resistance grounded infeed
14
15
2/30 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Busbar
Trip
52 52 52 52 9
M 10
I >> t I > t
51.1 51.2 Typical feeder
12
Fig. 2/63 Cold load pickup
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/31
Overview
Typical protection schemes
4. Generators
LV
1 Generators < 500 kW (Fig. 2/64 and Fig.2/65)
Note:
If a core-balance CT is provided for sensitive ground-fault
protection, relay 7SJ602 with separate ground-current input can
2 be used.
I >, I E >, t
51/51N
I2 >
46
>
49
Generators, typically 1 3 MW
7SJ60 or 7SJ80
(Fig. 2/66)
3 Note: Fig. 2/64 Generator with solidly grounded neutral
Two VTs in V connection are also sufcient.
4 Generators > 1 3 MW
MV
(Fig. 2/67)
Notes:
5 1) Functions 81 and 59 are required only where prime mover
can assume excess speed and the voltage regulator may
Generator 2
I >, I E >, t I2 > >
51/51N 46 49
permit rise of output voltage above upper limit. 1)
7SJ60 or 7SJ80
2) Differential relaying options:
6 Low-impedance differential protection 87.
RN
UN
Restricted ground-fault protection with low-resistance 0.5 to 1 rated
grounded neutral (Fig. 2/66).
8 52
52
MV
1)
I >/U <
9 50/27
59 U <
1)
Field
10 f 1)
81 f
87
81 RG Field <
64R
11
51 49 46 32 59 I2 > > I >, t U < L. O. F. P>
13 7UM61
7UM62
14 Fig. 2/66 Protection for generators 1 3 MW Fig. 2/67 Protection for generators >1 3 MW
15
2/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Typical protection schemes
Generators > 5 10 MW feeding into a system For the most sensitive setting of 2 mA, we therefore need 20 mA
with isolated neutral secondary ground current, corresponding to (60 / 1) 20 mA =
(Fig. 2/68)
1.2 A primary. 1
If sufcient capacitive ground current is not available, an
General notes:
grounding transformer with resistive zero-sequence load can
The setting range of the directional ground-fault protection be installed as ground-current source at the station busbar. The
(67N) in the 7UM6 relay is 2 1,000 mA. Depending on the
current transformer accuracy, a certain minimum setting is
smallest standard grounding transformer TGAG 3541 has a 20 s
short-time rating of input connected to: SG = 27 kVA
2
required to avoid false operation on load or transient currents.
In a 5 kV system, it would deliver:
In practice, efforts are generally made to protect about 90 % of
the machine winding, measured from the machine terminals.
The full ground current for a terminal fault must then be ten
3 SG 3 27,000 VA
IG 20 s = = = 9.4 A
3
UN 5,000 V
times the setting value, which corresponds to the fault current
of a fault at 10 % distance from the machine neutral. corresponding to a relay input current of 9.4 A 1 / 60 A =
156 mA. This would provide a 90 % protection range with a
52 3) 9
Earthing transformer 59N
1) UN
52
RB
62 10
I>/U<
Redundant 50/27
IG 67N IG
protection
U<
67N
11
27
27 U < 59N 87 6 I
59 U >
46 I2 > 81 f >
<
64R 59 U >
4) U >
O
12
81 f
32
P
40
L. O. F.
51V
I > t, U <
I > t, U <
51V
L. O. F.
40 32
P >
49
I2 >
46
13
7UM61 or 7UM62 2) 7UM62
14
Fig. 2/68 Protection for generators > 5 10 MW
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/33
Overview
Typical protection schemes
5 Overvolt. 59
Unit
aux.
81 51N
Overfreq. Trans.
78
6 Loss of
sync. 24
neut.
OC
40 Volt/Hz
87T
A
Stator Loss of Trans.
eld
7 O.L.
49S 32
diff.
E Reverse
87G power
8 64R
2)
64R
Gen.
diff.
Field Field 46 21
grd. grd.
Neg. Sys.
9 seq. backup
10 (Fig. 2/69)
1)
Gen.
neut. OV
Notes: 51/GN
via BI:
64R
71
64R
63
78 2
7UT613 87T 1
Synchronization of a generator
Bus
Fig. 2/71 shows a typical connection for synchronizing a genera-
tor. Paralleling device 7VE6 acquires the line and generator
U1
1
voltage, and calculates the differential voltage, frequency and 52
phase angle. If these values are within a permitted range, a
CLOSE command is issued after a specied circuit-breaker make
time. If these variables are out of range, the paralleling device
automatically sends a command to the voltage and speed
U2
7VE6
2
25 U f
controller. For example, if the frequency is outside the range, an
actuation command is sent to the speed controller. If the voltage
is outside the range, the voltage controller is activated. 3
G
52 52 52 8
I> I >, t I> I >, t I> I >, t
50/50N 51/51N
7SJ60
50/50N 51/51N
7SJ60
50/50N 51/51N
7SJ60
9
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/35
Overview
Typical protection schemes
1 General notes:
Normally used with single busbar, and one-breaker-and-a-half
Transformer
protection
schemes.
Requires separate class X current transformer cores. All CTs 7VH60
2 must have the same transformation ratio.
51/51N 7VH60
7VH60
Note:
87BB 87S.V.
A varistor is normally applied across the relay input terminals to
1)
3 limit the voltage to a value safely below the insulation voltage of
the secondary circuits. 52 52 52 86
Alarm
5
Fig. 2/73 High-impedance busbar protection
8 50BF
7SV60
50BF
7SV60
9 50BF
7SV60 G
7TM70
7SS60
Load
50 50 50 50
Different CT transformation ratios can be adapted numerically.
51 51 51 51
The protection system and the disconnector (isolator) replica Bay
13 are continuously self-monitored by the 7SS52.
Feeder protection can be connected to the same CT core.
units 50N 50N 50N 50N
14
87BB 50BF
Central unit 7SS522
6. Power systems
Overexcitation protection
Load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g., isolated systems, emergency
U >, t; U >>, t U/f >, t; U/f >>, t; U/f=f(t)
59 24
1
7RW600 or 7RW80
power supply in hospitals), it may be necessary to isolate
selected loads from the power system to prevent overload of the
overall system. The overcurrent-time protection functions are
effective only in the case of a short-circuit.
Motor protection with reclosing lockout
f >,t; f <, t U <, t U >, t; U >>, t 2
81 27 59
Overloading of the generator can be measured as a frequency or 7RW600 or 7RW80
voltage drop.
(Protection functions 27 and 81 available in 7RW600, 7SJ6 and
Further
grid 3
7SJ8.)
f >,t; f <, t; U <, t U >, t; U >>, t f >,t; f <, t; U <, t U >, t; U >>, t
81 27
7RW600, 7RW80, 7SJ62 or 7SJ80
59 81 27 59
7RW600, 7RW80 or 7SJ62 M 4
Decoupling Load shedding
TC
52
52b Aux
R
Circuit-breaker auxiliary
contact
Equivalent resistor instead
12
CB
of BI 2
L Ucv Control voltage
CB Circuit-breaker
13
Fig. 2/78 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/37
Overview
Typical protection schemes
3 Notes:
1) The transformer is protected by differential protection and
inverse or denite-time overcurrent protection functions
for the phase currents. In the event of a fault, the circuit- 52 52
4 breaker CB1 on the utility side is tripped by a remote link.
Circuit-breaker CB2 is also tripped.
CB 2 CB 3
7 CB 4 CB 5
8 Feeder 1 Feeder 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
2/38 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Protection coordination
Protection coordination
12.0
Transformer feeders
can generally be applied. High-resistance grounding requires
a much more sensitive setting, on the order of some amperes 8
primary. The ground-fault current of motors and generators,
The energizing of transformers causes inrush currents that may
for example, should be limited to values below 10 A in order
last for seconds, depending on their size (Fig. 2/79). Selection
to avoid iron burning. In this case, residual-current relays in
of the pickup current and assigned time delay have to be
coordinated so that the inrush current decreases below the
the start point connection of CTs cannot be used; in particular, 9
with rated CT primary currents higher than 200 A. The pickup
relay overcurrent reset value before the set operating time has
value of the zero-sequence relay would be on the order of the
elapsed. The inrush current typically contains only about a 50 %
error currents of the CTs. A special core-balance CT is therefore
fundamental frequency component. Numerical relays that lter
out harmonics and the DC component of the inrush current can
used as the ground-current sensor. The core-balance CT 7XR96
is designed for a ratio of 60 /1 A. The detection of 6 A primary
10
therefore be set to be more sensitive. The inrush current peak
would then require a relay pickup setting of 0.1 A secondary. An
values of Fig. 2/80 will be reduced to more than one half in this
even more sensitive setting is applied in isolated or Petersen coil
case. Some digital relay types have an inrush detection function
that may block the trip of the overcurrent protection resulting
from inrush currents.
grounded systems where very low ground currents occur with
1-phase-to-ground faults. Settings of 20 mA and lower may then 11
be required depending on the minimum ground-fault current.
Sensitive directional ground-fault relays (integrated into the
relays 7SJ62, 63, 64, 7SJ80, 7SK80, 7SA6) allow settings as
low as 5 mA. 12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/39
Overview
Protection coordination
Motor feeders
10,000
seconds 100
A typical time-current curve for an induction motor is shown in
Fig. 2/81. 10
14
15
2/40 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Protection coordination
Calculation example
52M Operating time
The feeder conguration of Fig. 2/84 and the associated load
and short-circuit currents are given. Numerical overcurrent relays 1
7SJ60 with normal inverse-time characteristics are applied. 51M
The relay operating times, depending on the current, can be 52F 52F
derived from the diagram or calculated with the formula given in
Fig. 2/85.
51F 51F
2
The Ip / IN settings shown in Fig. 2/84 have been chosen to get 0.2-0.4
pickup values safely above maximum load current. Time grading
For coordination with the fuses, we consider the fault in loca- t 51M
tion F1.
The short-circuit current Iscc. max. related to 13.8 kV is 523 A.
*also called overtravel or coasting time 5
This results in 7.47 for I / Ip at the overcurrent relay in
location C. Time grading
With this value and Tp = 0.05, an operating time of tA = 0.17 s
can be derived from Fig. 2/85.
trs = t51M t51F = t52F + tOS + tM
Example 1 tTG =0.10 s + 0.15 s + 0.15 s = 0.40 s
6
This setting was selected for the overcurrent relay to get a safe
grading time over the fuse on the transformer low-voltage Oil circuit-breaker t52F = 0.10 s
side. Safety margin for the setting values for the relay at sta-
tion C are therefore:
Mechanical relays
Safety margin for
tOS = 0.15 s
7
Pickup current: Ip / IN = 0.7 measuring errors, etc. tM = 0.15 s
Time multiplier: Tp = 0.05. Example 2 tTG = 0.08 + 0.02 + 0.10 = 0.20 s
Station B:
Vacuum circuit-breaker t52F = 0.08 s 8
Numerical relays tOS = 0.02 s
The relay in B has a primary protection function for line B-C and
Safety margin tM = 0.10 s
a backup function for the relay in C. The maximum through-fault
current of 1.395 A becomes effective for a fault in location F2.
For the relay in C, an operating time time of 0.11 s (I / Ip = 19.93)
Fig. 2/83 Time grading of overcurrent-time relays 9
is obtained.
It is assumed that no special requirements for short operating
times exist and therefore an average time grading interval of
0.3 s can be chosen. The operating time of the relay in B can A F4 B F3 C
13.8 kV/ Fuse:
F2 0.4 kV
160 A
D
Load
F1
10
then be calculated. Load
13.8 kV
625 kVA L.V. 75
7SJ60
51
7SJ60
51
7SJ60
5.0 % Load
11
1,395 A
Value of I / I =
p N
220 A
= 6.34 (Fig. 2/84)
Station Max. ISCC. CT Ip / IN** Iprim*** Iscc. max
With the operating time 0.41 s and Ip / IN = 6.34,
Tp = 0.11 can be derived from Fig. 2/85.
load
A
max*
A
ratio
A
I / Ip =
Iprim 12
A 300 4,500 400 / 5 1.0 400 11.25
B 170 2,690 200 / 5 1.1 220 12.23
C 50 1,395 100 / 5 0.7 70 19.93 13
D 523
*) ISCC. max = Maximum short-circuit current
**)
***)
Ip / IN
Iprim
= Relay current multiplier setting
= Primary setting current corresponding to Ip / IN 14
Fig. 2/84 Time grading of inverse-time relays for a radial feeder
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/41
Overview
Protection coordination
2 0.8
Pickup current: Ip / IN = 1.0
Time multiplier Tp = 0.17
5 For the close-in fault at location F4, an operating time of
1
0.4
0.48 s is obtained.
0.50
0.2
The normal way 0.4
6 To prove the selectivity over the whole range of possible short-
0.3
circuit currents, it is normal practice to draw the set of operating 0.1
0.2
curves in a common diagram with double log scales. These
diagrams can be calculated manually and drawn point-by-point
7 or constructed by using templates. 0.1
0.05
15
2/42 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Protection coordination
Setting range
N
Bus-A Ip = 0.10 4.00 IN
Tp = 0.05 3.2 s
Ip = 1.0 IN
Tp = 0.17 s
1
/5 A I>> = 0.1 25 IN I>> =
52 Ip = 1.0 IN
7SJ600
Tp = 0.11 s
I>> =
2
Bus-B
Ip = 0.10 4.00 IN
Tp = 0.05 3.2 s
/5 A
I>> = 0.1 25 IN
52 7SJ600
3
Ip = 0.7 IN
Bus-C Tp = 0.05 s
I>> =
/5 A Ip = 0.10 4.00 IN
Tp = 0.05 3.2 s
4
7SJ600 I>> = 0.1 25 IN
52
13.8/0.4 kV
5
TR 625 kVA
5.0%
7
MV bus
n
9
a
LV bus
Fuse 0.2 s
10
Current
a) Maximum fault available at HV bus
Fig. 2/87 Coordination of an overcurrent relay with an MV fuse and low-voltage breaker trip device
11
Coordination of distance relays Where measured line or cable impedances are available, the pro-
tected zone setting may be extended to 90 %. The second and
12
The distance relay setting must take into account the limited
third zones have to keep a safety margin of about 15 to 20 %
relay accuracy, including transient overreach (5 %, according
to the corresponding zones of the following lines. The shortest
to IEC 60255-6), the CT error (1 % for class 5P and 3 % for class
10P) and a security margin of about 5 %. Furthermore, the line
parameters are often only calculated, not measured. This is a
following line always has to be considered (Fig. 2/88).
As a general rule, the second zone should at least reach 20 %
13
further source of errors. A setting of 80 to 85 % is therefore over the next station to ensure backup for busbar faults, and the
common practice; 80 % is used for mechanical relays, while 85 % third zone should cover the longest following line as backup for
can be used for the more accurate numerical relays. the line protection.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/43
Overview
Protection coordination
rules as for overcurrent relays apply (Fig. 2/83, page 2/41). For time t 2 Z2A Z2B
the quadrilateral characteristics (relays 7SA6 and 7SA5), only Z1A Z1B Z1C
t1
the reactance values (X values) have to be considered for the
2 protected zone setting. The setting of the R values should cover
the line resistance and possible arc or fault resistances. The arc
ZL A-B ZL B-C ZLC-D
A B C D
resistance can be roughly estimated as follows: Load Load Load
4 ISCC Min = Minimum short-circuit current in kA Fig. 2/88 Grading of distance zones
R1A R 2A R 3A
8 The shortest setting of the numerical Siemens relays is 0.05
for 1 A relays, corresponding to 0.01 for 5 A relays. This allows A R
distance protection of distribution cables down to the range of
some 500 meters.
14
15
2/44 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Protection coordination
(9~) [15~]
int. time
7
scheme. Typically, a non-linear resistor V (varistor) will be also
connected to protect the relay and wiring against overvoltages. Fig. 2/91 Time coordination of BF time setting
Calculation example: Moreover, Rstab must have a short time rating large enough to withstand
the fault current levels before the fault is cleared. The time duration of
1 Restricted ground fault protection for the 400 kV winding of 400 MVA
power transformer with Ir, 400 kV = 577 A installed in a switchgear with
0.5 seconds can be typically considered (Pstab, 0.5s) to take into account
longer fault clearance times of back-up protection.
rated withstand short-circuit current of 40 kA.
The rms voltage developed across the stabilizing resistor is decisive for
Given:
the thermal stress of the stabilizing resistor. It is calculated according to
N = 4 CTs connected in parallel; Ipn / Isn = 800 A / 1 A CT ratio;
formula:
2 Uk = 400 V CT Knee-point voltage;
Im = 20 mA CT magnetizing current at Uk;
Urms,relay = 1.3 4 Uk3 Rstab I k,max,int
I sn
= 1.3 4 400 3 1000 50 = 1738.7 V
RCT = 3 CT internal resistance; I pn
Rlead = 2 secondary wiring (lead) resistance
Relay: 7SJ612; Time overcurrent 1Phase input used with setting range The resulting short-time rating Pstab, 0.5 s equals to:
3 Iset = 0.003 A to 1.5 A in steps of 0.001 A; relay internal burden
Rrelay = 50 m Pstab,0.5s =
Urms,relay 2
=
17392
= 3023 W
Stability calculation Rstab 1000
Isn 1 Check whether the voltage limitation by a varistor is required
Us ,min = Ik, max, thr (RCT + Rlead) = 10,000 (3+2) = 62.6 V
4 Ipn 800
with Ik, max, thr taken as 16 . Ir, 400 kV = 16 . 577 A = 9,232 A, rounded up to 10 kA.
The relay should normally be applied with an external varistor which should
be connected across the relay and stabilizing resistor input terminals. The
varistor limits the voltage across the terminals under maximum internal
The actual stability voltage for the scheme Us can be taken with enough fault conditions. The theoretical voltage which may occur at the terminals
safety margin as Us = 130 V (remembering that 2Us < Uk). can be determined according to following equation:
From the Us and Iset values calculated above the value of the stabilizing Since Umax, relay > 1.5 kV the varistor is necessary.
7 resistor Rstab can be calculated:
Us 130 Exemplarily, a METROSIL of type 600A / S1 / Spec.1088 can be used
Rstab = Rrelay = 0.05 = 1,000 ( = 0.25, C = 900).
Iset 0.13 This Metrosil leakage current at voltage setting Us =130 V equals to
. 1/
with a varistor all high impedance protection installations. The Current transformers
electrical varistor characteristic of a varistor can be expressed as
Current transformers (CT) are usually of the single-ratio type
14 U = C I where C and are the varistor constants.
with wound or bar-type primaries of adequate thermal rating.
Single, double or triple secondary windings of 1 or 5 A are stan-
dard. 1 A rating should, however, be preferred, particularly in HV
and EHV stations, to reduce the burden of the connected lines.
15 Output power (rated burden in VA), accuracy and saturation
characteristics (rated symmetrical short-circuit current limiting
factor) of the cores and secondary windings must meet the The requirements for protective current transformers for
requirements of the particular application.The CT classication transient performance are specied in IEC 60044-6. In many
code of IEC is used in the following: practical cases, iron-core CTs cannot be designed to avoid satura-
tion under all circumstances because of cost and space reasons,
1
Measuring cores
These are normally specied 0.2 % or 0.5 % accuracy (class 0.2 particularly with metal-enclosed switchgear.
or class 0.5), and an rated symmetrical short-circuit current The Siemens relays are therefore designed to tolerate CT satura-
limiting factor FS of 5 or 10.
The required output power (rated burden) should be higher
tion to a large extent. The numerical relays proposed in this
guide are particularly stable in this case due to their integrated
2
than the actually connected burden. Typical values are 2.5, 5 saturation detection function.
or 10 VA. Higher values are normally not necessary when only
electronic meters and recorders are connected.
A typical specication could be: 0.5 FS 10, 5 VA.
CT dimensioning formulae
3
Rct + Rb
Cores for billing values metering Kssc = Kssc (effective)
Rct + Rb
In this case, class 0.25 FS is normally required.
Protection cores
The size of the protection core depends mainly on the maxi-
Iscc max
with Kssc Ktd
Ipn
(required) 4
mum short-circuit current and the total burden (internal CT
burden, plus burden of connected lines plus relay burden) The effective symmetrical short-circuit current factor K'SSC can be
Furthermore, a transient dimensioning factor has to be
considered to cover the inuence of the DC component in the
calculated as shown in the table above. 5
short-circuit current. The rated transient dimensioning factor Ktd depends on the type
of relay and the primary DC time constant. For relays with a
Glossary of used abbreviations required saturation free time from 0.4 cycle, the primary (DC)
(according to IEC 60044-6, as dened)
Kssc = Rated symmetrical short-circuit current factor
time constant TP has little inuence. 6
(example: CT cl. 5P20 Kssc = 20) CT design according to BS 3938 / IEC 60044-1 (2000)
Kssc = Effective symmetrical short-circuit current factor IEC Class P can be approximately transfered into the IEC Class PX
Rb = Rlead + Rrelay = connected resistive burden For CT design according to ANSI / IEEE C 57.13 please refer to page 2/50 9
TP = Primary time constant (net time constant) The CT requirements mentioned in Table 2/2 are simplied
UK = Kneepoint voltage (r.m.s.) in order to allow fast CT calculations on the safe side. More
Rrelay = Relay burden
accurate dimensioning can be done by more intensive calcula-
tion with Siemenss CTDIM (www.siemens.com / ctdim) program.
10
2l Results of CTDIM are released by the relay manufacturer.
Rlead =
A
Adaption factor for 7UT6, 7UM62 relays
with
l = Single conductor length from CT to relay in m
(limited resolution of measurement) 11
= Specic resistance = 0.0175 mm2 / m (copper wires)
Ipn INrelay Ipn 3 UnO INrelay
at 20 C / 68 F (or other specied temperature)
FAdap = = Request: 8
InO Isn SNmax Isn
A = Conductor cross-section in mm2
7SD52, 53, 610, when transformer inside protected zone 12
In general, an accuracy of 1 % in the range of 1 to 2 times In-pri-CTmax 1
nominal current (class 5 P) is specied. The rated symmetrical 8
short-circuit current factor KSSC should normally be selected so In-pri-CTmin Transformer Ratio*
that at least the maximum short-circuit current can be transmit-
ted without saturation (DC component is not considered).
* If transformer in protection zone, else 1 13
In-pri-CT-Transf-Site 2 In-Obj-Transf-Site AND
This results, as a rule, in rated symmetrical short-circuit current
factors of 10 or 20 depending on the rated burden of the CT in In-pri-CT-Transf-Site In-Obj-Transf-Site with
relation to the connected burden. A typical specication for pro- InO = Rated current of the protected object 14
tection cores for distribution feeders is 5P10, 10 VA or 5P20, 5 VA. UnO = Rated voltage of the protected object
INrelay = Rated current of the relay
SNmax = Maximun load of the protected object
(for transformers: winding with max. load) 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 2/47
Overview
Protection coordination
Relay type Transient dimensioning Min. required sym. short- Min. required knee-point
factor Ktd circuit current factor Kssc voltage Uk
1 Overcurrent-time IHigh set point
and motor protection IHigh set point Uk (Rct + Rb) Isn
Kssc 1.3 Ipn
7SJ511, 512, 531 Ipn
7SJ45, 46, 60
2 7SJ61, 62, 63, 64
7SJ80, 7SK80
at least: 20
20
at least: (Rct + Rb) Isn
1.3
6 Busbar protection
7SS52, 7SS60
for stabilizing factors k 0.5
0.5
(measuring range)
9
132 kV, 50 Hz
10 -T (G S2)
6,000/1 A
5P20
-G1
120 MVA
13.8 kV,
-T (T LV1))
6,000/1 A
5P20
-T1
240/120/120 MVA
132/13.8/13.8 kV -T (T HV) -T (L end 1) -T (L end 2)
20 VA 50 Hz 20 VA 50 Hz 1,200/5 A 1,000/5 A 1,500/1 A
Rct = 18 xd = 0.16 Rct = 18 uk 1-2 = 14 % 5P20 BS cl.X
50 VA Uk = 200 V
2
11 G
3~ 1) 1 7.5 kA
Rct = 0.96 Rct = 0.8
3
35.8 kA 34.5 kA 1 = HV
2 = LV1 17 kA
3 = LV2 (given)
12 I = 60 m
A = 4 mm2
I = 40 m
A = 4 mm2
-G2
l = 100 m
A = 4 mm2
l = 60 m
A = 4 mm2
*) without
13 CB
xd
arrangement inside power station is not shown
= Generator direct axis subtransient reactance in p.u.
distance function
uk 1-2 = Transformer impedance voltage HV side LV side in %
Rrelay = Assumed with 0.1 , (power consumption for above relays is below 0.1 VA)
1) Current from side 3 is due to uk 2-3 and xd of G2 in most cases negligible
14
Fig. 2/93 Example 1 CT verication for 7UM62, 7UT6, 7SD52 (7SD53, 7SD610)
15
2/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overview
Protection coordination
c SNG
Iscc max (ext. fault) =
3 UNG xd
SNT
Iscc max (ext. fault) =
3 UNT uk
SNT
Iscc max (ext. fault) =
3 UNT uk
Iscc max (ext. fault) = 17 kA (given) 1
1.1 120,000 kVA 120,000 kVA 240,000 kVA
= = 34,516 A = = 35,860 A = = 7,498 A
3 13.8 kV 0.16 3 13.8 kV 0.14 3 132 kV 0.14
2
Ktd = 5 (from Table 2/2) Ktd = 3 (from Table 2/2) Ktd = 3 (from Table 2/2) Ktd = 1.2 (from Table 2/2)
Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault)
3
Kssc Ktd Kssc Ktd Kssc Ktd
Ipn Ipn Ipn
31,378 A
= 5 = 28.8
6,000 A
35,860 A
= 3 = 17.9
6,000 A
7,498 A
= 3 = 18,7
1,200 A
4
Sn 20 VA Sn 20 VA Sn 50 VA
Rb =
I2sn
= = 20
1 A2
Rb =
I2sn
= = 20
1 A2
Rb = = = 2
I2sn (5 A)2 5
Rb = Rlead + Rrelay Rb = Rlead + Rrelay Rb = Rlead + Rrelay Rb = Rlead + Rrelay
18 + 20
= 20 = 40.8
18 + 20
= 20 = 41.2
0.96 + 2
= 20 = 30.6
17,000 A
= 1.2 (0.8 + 0.625 ) 5 A
1.3 1,000 A 9
18 + 0.625 18 + 0.450 0.96 + 0.975
= 111.8 V
Kssc required = 28.8, Kssc required = 17.9, Kssc required = 18.7, UK required = 111.8 V,
Kssc effective = 40.8 Kssc effective = 41.2 Kssc effective = 30.6 UK effective = 200 V 10
28.8 < 40.8 17.9 < 41.2 18.7 < 30.6 111.8 V < 200 V
CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok
Given case:
Analog static relays in general have burdens below about 1 VA.
6 Kssc
1
50 = 25
2 CT design according to ANSI / IEEE C 57.13
8 Rlead
2 0.0175 50
= = 0.3
6
This terminal voltage can be approximately calculated from the
IEC data as follows:
14
15
2/50 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Operating Programs
Page
10
11
12
13
14
15
3/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Siemens IEC 61850 system congurator
Description
10
11
12
13
Fig. 3/1 DIGSI 4 operating program
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 3/3
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Functions
Functions
LSP3.01-0017en.eps
4 values. Switching over between primary
and secondary values is done with one
mouse click in the tool bar (see Fig. 3/2).
Assignment matrix
5 The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user the
Fig. 3/2 Main menu, selection of protection functions
complete conguration of the device
at a glance (Fig. 3/3). For example, the
assignment of the LEDs, the binary
6 inputs and the output relays are
displayed in one image. With one click,
the assignment can be changed.
LSP3.01-0018en.eps
7 CFC: Projecting the logic instead of
programming
With the CFC (continuous function
chart), it is possible to link and
8 derive information without software
knowledge by simply drawing technical Fig. 3/3 DIGSI 4, assignment matrix
processes, interlocks and operating
sequences.
9 Logical elements such as AND, OR,
timers, etc., as well as limit value
requests of measured values are avail-
able (Fig. 3/4).
10 Commissioning
13
Fig. 3/4 CFC plan
14
15
3/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Functions
LSP2330.tif
7
Fig. 3/5 Typical time-signal representation
8
IEC 61850 system congurator
The IEC 61850 system congurator,
which is started out of the system
9
manager, is used to determine the
IEC 61850 network structure as well as
the extent of data exchange between
the participants of an IEC 61850 station.
10
To do this, subnets are added in the
network working area if required,
available participants are assigned to
the subnets, and addressing is dened. 11
The assignment working area is used
to link data objects between the partici-
pants, e.g., the starting message of the
V/inverse-time overcurrent protection
I> -function of feeder 1, which is trans-
12
ferred to the incoming supply in order
to prompt the reverse interlocking of the
V/inverse-time overcurrent protection
13
DIGSI 4_IEC 61850.tif
14
Fig. 3/6 IEC 61850 system congurator
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 3/5
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Selection and ordering data
1
DIGSI 4
Software for projecting and usage of all Siemens protection devices is running under MS Windows XP Prof. /
MS Windows Server 2008 R2, MS Windows 7 Professional and Ultimate/Enterprise.
2 See product information for supported Service packs of operating systems.
Incl. device templates, online manual and DIGSI cable for all device types.
Start Up manual (paper)
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline)
Operator language: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish are included.
3 Delivery on DVD-ROM
Basic
Basic version with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
4 Professional
Basic version and additionally SIGRA (Fault record analysis), CFC Editor (Logic editor),
Display Editor (Editor for control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (Remote operation)
with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5402-0AA00
5 DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850
Professional version and IEC 61850
System Congurator with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5403-0AA00
7 SIPROTEC 4 Tutorial
Multimedia information and training for:
SIPROTEC 4, DIGSI 4, SIGRA 4 and IEC 61850
Incl. trial software, manuals and catalogs E50001-U310-D21-X-7100
8 DIGSI 4 Trial
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850,
but only valid for 30 days (test version)
(no authorisation required) 7XS5401-1AA00
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
Selection and ordering data
1
DIGSI 4 Scientic
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850, only for university-level institutions
with license for 10 PCs (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5402-2AA00
GOOSE Inspector for IEC 61850 Ethernet station bus with license for 1 PC
PC-tool for online-monitoring of IEC 61850 GOOSE-telegrams
Checking of all GOOSE connections on the station bus and validation with
9
the congured connections in the system congurator (SCD)
Contains installation CD with USB-dongle
Recommended system requirements:
Windows XP, 32 Bit, SP2 or SP3
Duo CPU at least 1.6 GHz; RAM 2 GB
10
Network interface (Ethernet LAN, TCP/IP)
Supported languages: English, German 7XS5900-0AA00
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 3/7
Operating Program / DIGSI 4
10
11
12
13
14
15
3/8 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Operating Program / SIGRA 4
SIGRA 4, powerful analysis of all protection fault records
Function overview
SIPV6_105.tif
Two measurement cursors, synchronized in each view
Powerful zoom function 3
User-friendly conguration via drag & drop
Fig. 3/7 Typical time-signal representation
Innovative signal conguration in a clearly-structured matrix
Description
Time-saving user proles, which can be assigned to individual
relay types or series
4
Addition of other fault records to the existing fault record
lt is of crucial importance after a line fault that the fault is
quickly and fully analyzed so that the proper measures can be Synchronization of several fault records to a common time
immediately derived from the evaluation of the cause. As a basis 5
result, the original line condition can be quickly restored and Easy documentation by copying diagrams to documents of
the downtime reduced to an absolute minimum. lt is possible other MS Windows programs
with SIGRA 4 to display records from digital protection units and Ofine fault localization
fault recorders in various views and measure them, as required,
depending on the relevant task. Hardware requirements
6
In addition to the usual time-signal display of the measured Pentium 4 with 1-GHz processor or similar
variables record, it is also designed to display vector diagrams, 1 GB of RAM (2 GB recommended)
circle diagrams, bar charts for indicating the harmonics and data
tables. From the measured values which have been recorded
Graphic display with a resolution of 1024 x 768 (1280 x 1024 7
recommended)
in the fault records, SIGRA 4 calculates further values, such as:
absent quantities in the three-wire system, impedances, outputs, 50 MB free storage space on the hard disk
symmetrical components, etc. By means of two measuring
cursors, it is possible to evaluate the fault trace simply and
DVD-ROM drive
Keyboard and mouse
8
conveniently. With SIGRA, however, you can add additional
fault records. The signals of another fault record (e.g. from Software requirements
the opposite end of the line) are added to the current signal
pattern by means of Drag & Drop. SIGRA 4 offers the possibility
MS Windows XP Professional
MS Windows Server 2008 R2 used as a Workstation computer
9
to display signals from various fault records in one diagram and
fully automatically synchronize these signals to a common time MS Windows 7 Professional and Enterprise Ultimate
base. In addition to nding out the details of the line fault, the
localization of the fault is of special interest. 10
A precise determination of the fault location will save time that
can be used for the on-site inspection of the fault. This aspect is
also supported by SIGRA 4 with its "ofine fault localization"
feature. 11
SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records using the COMTRADE
le format.
The functional features and advantages of SIGRA 4 can,
however, only be optimally shown on the product itself. For this
12
reason, it is possible to test SIGRA 4 for 30 days with the trial
version.
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 3/9
Operating Program / SIGRA 4
Functions
Functions
SIGRA_4_51_TimeSignals.tif
fault record. The measured values of the
cursor positions and their differences
are presented in tables. The cursors
operate interactively and across all
6 views, whereby all cursor movement is
synchronized in each view: In this man-
ner, the cursor line enables simultane-
ous intersection of a fault occurrence
9 Operational features
SIGRA_4_51_VectorDiagram.tif
operational efciency).
Conguration of the individual
diagrams is simple and intuitive:
LSP2333-afpen.tif
mutual time basis, thus considerably
improving the quality of fault analysis.
Fault localization with data from one
8
line end the fault record data (current
and voltage measurement) values are
Fig. 3/11 Concise matrix for assigning signals to diagrams
imported from the numerical protec-
tion unit into SIGRA 4. The fault local- 9
isator in SIGRA 4 is then started by the
user and the result represented in % or
in km of the line length, depending on
the parameters assigned. 10
Fault localization with data from
both line ends. The algorithm of the
implemented fault location does not
need a zero-phase sequence system. 11
Thus, measuring errors due to ground
LSP2334-afpen.tif
1
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualisation, analysis and evaluation of fault and measurement records is
running under MS Windows XP Prof./MS Windows Server 2008 R2, MS Windows 7 Professional and Ultimate/Enterprise.
2 See product information for supported Service packs of operating systems.
Incl. templates, online manual
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline)
Operator language:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish are included.
3 Incl. multimedia tutorial on separate CD.
Delivery on DVD-ROM
SIGRA 4 Scientic
Installation without DIGSI 4 only for university-level institutions
SIGRA 4 Trial
like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone, but only valid for 30 days (test version)
(no authorisation required) 7XS5411-1AA00
7 Upgrade SIGRA 4 Trial to SIGRA 4 Stand Alone
like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone.
For customers who want to unlock their trail version.
10
11
12
13
14
15
3/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Page
Description 4/3
10
11
12
13
14
15
4/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Description, function overview
Function overview
Description 1
Remote communication with DIGSI
Remote communication with SIPROTEC
4 units
Remote communication with SIPROTEC
2
3 units and SIPROTEC 600 units
Typical applications
SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus
3
SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485
Mixed system SIPROTEC 4,
SIPROTEC 3 units, 4
SIPROTEC 600 units
Conguration with active star-coupler
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 4/3
Communication
Description
Description
13
14
15
4/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Typical applications
Typical applications
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 4/5
Communication
Typical applications
4 Fig. 4/6).
Communication will then generally be
at 57.6/64 kbit/s on the modem link. For
any units that cannot operate at this baud
5 rate the active star-coupler will convert
the rate accordingly.
12
13
14
15
4/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Typical applications, integration into substation control systems
7
Fig. 4/6 Mixed system with relays from different families, with active star-coupler (Example 4)
8
Integration into substation control An overview which communication protocols are available in
systems the various SIPROTEC relays can be found in the Internet at
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 4/7
Communication
Integration into substation control systems
4 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and can be selected by the user with DIGSI 4. Important events
are also transmitted spontaneously via con gurable process
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an international standard for alarms. Switching commands can be executed by the system
the transmission of protective data and fault recordings. All control via the device in the controlling direction. The PROFINET
messages from the unit (and also control commands) can be implementation is certied. The device also supports the IEC
5 transferred via published, Siemens-specic extensions. 61850 protocol as a server on the same ethernet module in
addition to the PROFINET protocol. Client server connections are
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
possible for the intercommunication between devices, e.g. for
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread protocol in industrial auto- transmitting fault records and GOOSE messages.
6 mation. Via PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their information
available to a SIMATIC controller or, in the control direction, Redundancy protocols for Ethernet (RSTP; PRP and HSR)
receive commands from a central SIMATIC. Measured values can The redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR can be loaded and
also be transferred. The information is assignable to a mapping activated easily via software on the existing optical Ethernet
7 le with DIGSI. modules. PRP and HSR guarantee a redundant, uninterruptible
and seamless data transfer in Ethernet networks without exten-
MODBUS RTU protocol
sive parameter settings in the switches.
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly used in industry
DNP3 TCP
11 The ethernet-based TCP variant of the DNP3 protocol is sup-
ported with the electrical and optical ethernet module. Two
DNP3 TCP clients are supported. Redundant ring structures can
be realized for DNP3 TCP with the help of the integrated switch
12 in the module. For instance, a redundant optical ethernet ring
can be constructed. Single-point indications, double-point indi-
cations, measured and metered values can be con gured with
DIGSI 4 and are transmitted to the DNPi client. Switching com-
13 mands can be executed in the controlling direction. Fault records
of the device are stored in the binary Comtrade format and can
be retrieved via the DNP 3 le transfer. The time synchroniza-
tion is performed via the DNPi client or SNTP. The device can also
be integrated into a network monitoring system via the SNMP
14 V2 protocol. Parallel to the DNP3 TCP protocol the IEC 61850
protocol (the device works as a server) and the GOOSE messages
of the IEC 61850 are available for the intercommunication
between devices.
15
4/8 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Integration into the SICAM power automation system
Alarms
IEC 61850
q with
IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-DP
q with q with
MODBUS
q with
DNP 3.0
q with
DNP3
q with
TCP 4) PROFINET 4)
q with
DIGSI
q with
1
(relay central unit) time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp
Commands q q q q q q q q
(BC/central unit relay)
Measured values q q q q q q q q
2
Time q q q q q q q 1)
synchronization
Fault records q q Separate port Separate port Separate port q Separate port 3
(sampled values) (with DIGSI)2) (with DIGSI)2) (with DIGSI)2) (with DIGSI)3)
Protection settings q (with DIGSI) Separate port Separate port Separate port Separate port Separate port Separate port q
(with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3)
Parameter group q q q q q q q q 4
switchover
RSTP/PRP/HSR q q q
8
Integration into the SICAM power automation system
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 4/9
Communication
Integration into substation automation system
4
Fig. 4/7 Communication structure with substation automation system
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
4/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Communication
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 4/11
Communication
Integration into a substation automation system, solution without substation control system
6 Fig. 4/9 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS with optical Ethernet interface
13
14
15
4/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection
Page
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical overcurrent protection relay powered by CTs
Function overview
LSP2339-afp.tif
Easy connection via screw-type terminals
Protection functions
2-stage overcurrent protection 3
Denite-time and inverse-time characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
High-current stage I>> or calculated ground-current stage
IE> or IEp> selectable
Trip with pulse output (DC 24 V / 0.1 Ws) or relay output
4
(changeover contact)
Fig. 5/1 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical overcurrent protection relay
powered by current transformers (CT) Repetition of trip during circuit-breaker failure (relays with
pulse output) 5
Combination with electromechanical relays is possible due to
Description the emulation algorithm
Additional features
8
Optional version available for most adverse environmental
conditions (condensation permissible)
Flush mounting or surface (rail) mounting 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/3
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Application, construction
Application
8 Construction
9 for:
Measuring and processing
Alarm and command output
Operation and indication (without a PC)
10 Optional mechanical trip indication
Auxiliary supply from current trans- Fig. 5/3 Application in distribution switchgear
formers
14
Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals
15
5/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Protection functions
Protection functions
10
11
Fig. 5/6 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
12
Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse
Very inverse
13
Extremely inverse
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/5
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
Pulse output
2 These relays require a low-energy trip
release (DC 24 V / 0.1 Ws) in the circuit-
breaker, and are intended for modern
switchgear. In case of circuit-breaker
3 failure, a repetition of the tripping signal
is initiated.
4
Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output
6
Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram
7 7SJ45 with impulse output
8
Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
10
11
12 Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output
13
14
Fig. 5/10 Connection diagram
7SJ45 with relay output
15
5/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Technical data
General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
1
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal ground 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN
Power consumption
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 15 ms;
Ri = 200 ; 400 surges/s; 2
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration 2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 IN for 1 s
15 IN for 10 s
EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; = 330 3
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 IN continuous eld, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and
Recommended primary current
transformers
10 P 10, 2.5 VA
or according to the requirements and
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
4
required tripping power eld, pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz;
Output relays
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
Number 1 pulse output Fast transient interference/bursts
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration
5
DC 24 V / 0.1 Ws IEC 60255-22-4 and = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 ; duration 1 min
Number
Contact rating
1 changeover contact
Make 1000 W/VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 s
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to ground: 6
Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 W, 0.5 F
Break 30 VA Across circuit groups:
40 W resistive 1 kV; 42 W, 0.5 F
25 VA at L/R 50 ms
Rated contact voltage DC 250 V or AC 240 V
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated,
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
1 kHz; Ri = 150
7
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous IEC 60255-22-6 and
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic eld 30 A/m continuous;
Unit design
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
8
IEC 61554
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom- Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
mended for local mounting only) IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
4 Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-3; class I
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: 4.0 mm amplitude
delay times.
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector) Setting range / steps
1 to 8 Hz: 2.0 mm amplitude
Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(vertical vector)
5 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector)
3-phase supply: see note*
Current pickup IEp>
or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
0.5 IN to 4 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration (ground calculated) or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
(vertical vector) 3-phase supply: see note*
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
6 1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Delay times TIp (IEC)
Delay times D (ANSI)
0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
During transport (ush mounting)
Trip times
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Total time delay impulse output Approx. 32 ms
7 Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Sinusoidal
5 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 Hz to 150 Hz:
Total time delay relay output
Reset ratio
Approx. 38 ms
Approx. 0.95 (with denite time)
2 g acceleration Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Tolerances
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
8 Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Denite time (DT O/C 50/51)
Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
9 Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
Semi-sinusoidal
10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
of the 3 axes Time behavior for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % or 50 ms
14
* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).
With single supply, operation is ensured from 0.8 IN (7SJ45XX-0*;
CE conformity This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2. 1
2004/108/EG. previous 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
2
3
Selection and ordering data
Current transformer IN
5
1A 1
5A 5
Trip 6
Pulse output (for further details refer to Accessories) 0
Relay output (for further details refer to Accessories) 1
Unit design 7
For rail mounting B
For panel ush mounting E
Region-specic functions 8
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI 9
IEC 0
ANSI 1
Indication (ag)
Without
10
0
With 1
11
Accessories Order No.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/9
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 numerical overcurrent protection relay
Function overview
LSP2339-afp.tif
Protection functions
2-stage overcurrent protection
Denite-time and inverse-time characteristics (IEC/ANSI) 3
High-current stage I>> or calculated ground-current stage
IE> or IEp> selectable
Two command outputs for trip or pickup
Combination with electromechanical relays is possible due to
4
the emulation algorithm
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay
Monitoring functions
One live contact for monitoring
5
Description Hardware and software are continuously monitored during
operation
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical overcurrent protection
relay which is primarily intended as a radial feeder or trans- Front design 6
former protection (backup) in electrical networks. It provides Simple setting via DIP switches (self-explaining)
denite-time and inverse-time overcurrent protection according Settings can be executed without auxiliary voltage no PC
to IEC and ANSI standards. The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC
auxiliary power supply with a wide range allowing a high degree
Individual phase pickup indication with stored or not stored
LEDs
7
of exibility in its application.
Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
Optional version available for most adverse environmental
8
conditions (condensation permissible)
Flush mounting or surface (rail) mounting
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/11
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
Application, construction
Application
7
Construction
13
LSP2354-afp.tif
14
Protection functions
10
11
Fig. 5/16 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
12
Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse
Very inverse
13
Extremely inverse
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/13
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
4
Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
Technical data
General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Analog input
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
in intervals of 1 s
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
1
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal ground 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN
Power consumption
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
EN 61000-6-2 2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 ; 400 surges/s;
circuit
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 IN for 1 s
duration 2 s 3
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
30 IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
4 IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; = 330
Dynamic (peak) 250 IN for half a cycle
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered
Irradiation with radio-frequency
eld, amplitude-modulated
10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
80 %; 1 kHz; AM
4
Input voltage range DC 24 to 250 V ( 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and
AC 60 to 230 V (20 %, +15 %) IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Power consumption DC power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
AC power supply: Approx. 3 VA
at 110 V approx.
eld, pulse-modulated
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204,
frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
30 V/M; 1810 MHz;
5
5.5 VA at 230 V class III repetition frequency
Output relays 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number
Contact rating
2 (normally open), 1 live contact
Make 1000 W/VA
Fast transient interference/bursts
IEC 60255-22-4 and
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration
= 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both 6
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 ; duration 1 min
Break 30 VA
40 W resistive High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 s
25 VA at L/R 50 ms IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Rated contact voltage DC 250 V or AC 240 V Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to ground:
2 kV; 12 , 9 F
7
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous
between circuit groups:
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
1 kV; 2 , 18 F
Unit design
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to ground:
2 kV; 42 , 0.5 F 8
IEC 61554 between circuit groups:
Adaptable for rail mounting recom- 1 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
mended for local mounting only Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent
cover and terminal blocks)
modulated.
IEC 60255-22-6 and
1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 9
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg
Power frequency magnetic eld 30 A/m continuous;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529
Housing
Front IP 51
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz 10
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Rear IP 20
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Protection of personnel IP1X class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 , duration 2 s
UL-listing Oscillatory surge withstand
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 shots per s;
11
Listed under 69CA.
not across open contacts duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 and 120
Electrical tests
Specications
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
not across open contacts
surges per s; both polarities;
duration 2 s; Ri = 80 12
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Radiated electromagnetic interfe- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508 rence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
See also standards for individual tests EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Insulation tests Standard EN 50081* (generic) 13
Standards IEC 60255-5 Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
Voltage test (routine test) all 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
circuits except auxiliary supply EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
Voltage test (routine test)
Part 22
Interference eld strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
14
auxiliary supply 3.5 kVDC; 30 s; both polarities
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Voltage test (type test)
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/15
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
Technical data
7 Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Sinusoidal
5 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 Hz to 150 Hz:
Denite time (DT O/C 50/51)
Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
2 g acceleration 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
8 Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds
5 % of the set value or
5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Time behaviour for 2 I/Ip20 5 % or 50 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Deviation of the measured values as a result of various interferences
9 Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
Semi-sinusoidal
10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
Frequency in the range of
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
< 2.5 %
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Frequency in the range of < 10 %
of the 3 axes 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
Harmonics <1%
10 Climatic stress tests
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components <5%
Temperatures
Auxiliary supply voltage DC in the < 1 %
Temperatures during service 20 C to +70 C / 4 F to +158 F range of 0.8 Vaux/Vaux N 1.2
11 with continuous current 4 IN:
20 C to +55 C / 4 F to +131 F Auxiliary supply voltage AC in the < 1 %
range of 0.8 Vaux/Vaux N 1.15
Maximum temperature during 25 C to +55 C / 13 F to +131 F
Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
storage
5 C to 70 C / 23 F to 158 F
CE conformity
Humidity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value 75 % relative
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
13 95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
2004/108/EG previous 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
14 This conformity is the result of a test that was
performed by Siemens AG in accordance with
Article 10 of the Council Directive complying
with the eneric standards EN 50081-2 and
15 EN 50082-2.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/17
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Function overview
Feeder protection 1
Overcurrent-time protection
Ground-fault protection
Overload protection
Negative-sequence protection
2
Cold load pickup
Auto-reclosure
Trip circuit supervision 3
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Motor protection
Starting time supervision
Locked rotor
4
Control functions
Commands for control of a circuit-breaker
Control via keyboard, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
5
Measuring functions
Description
8 oscillographic fault records
Continuous self-monitoring
7
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical overcurrent relay which, in Communication
addition to its primary use in radial distribution networks and
motor protection, can also be employed as backup for feeder,
transformer and generator differential protection.
Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or DIGSI 4 ( 4.3)
Via RS232 RS485 converter
8
Via modem
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides denite-time and inverse-time
overcurrent protection along with overload and negative- IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
sequence protection for a very comprehensive relay package.
In this way, equipment such as motors can be protected against
RS485 interface 9
asymmetric and excessive loading. Asymmetric short-circuits
with currents that can be smaller than the largest possible load
Hardware
currents or phase interruptions are reliably detected.
3 current transformers
10
3 binary inputs
3 output relays
1 live status contact 11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/19
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Application
60870-5-103 protocol).
ANSI IEC Protection functions
7 50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>
IE>, IE>>
Instantaneous overcurrent protection
8 79 Auto-reclosure
11
12
13
14
15
5/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Construction, protection functions
LSP2002-afpen.tif
2
4
Fig. 5/21 SIPROTEC 7SJ600
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Fig. 5/22 Denite-time overcurrent characteristic
5
Construction Inverse-time characteristics
10
Protection functions
Fig. 5/23 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Denite-time characteristics
The denite-time overcurrent function is based on phase- Available inverse-time characteristics
11
selective measurement of the three phase currents and/or Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
ground current.
Optionally, the earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is calculated or
Inverse
Short inverse
12
measured from the three line currents IL1(IA), IL2(IB) and IL3(IC).
Long inverse
The denite-time overcurrent protection for the 3 phase currents
Moderately inverse
has a low-set overcurrent element (I>), a high-set overcurrent
element (I>>) and a high-set instantaneous-tripping element Very inverse 13
(I>>>). Intentional trip delays can be parameterized from 0.00 Extremely inverse
to 60.00 seconds for the low-set and high-set overcurrent
Denite inverse
elements. The instantaneous zone I>>> trips without any inten-
tional delay. The denite-time overcurrent protection for the I squared T 14
earth (ground) current has a low-set overcurrent element (IE>)
and a high-set overcurrent element (IE>>). Intentional trip delays
can be parameterized from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/21
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Protection functions
IL I2 = Negative-sequence current
TI2 = Tripping time
I = Load current
6 IL
TL
= Pickup current
= Time multiplier
Transformer protection
The high-set element permits current coordination where the
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 I/IN overcurrent element functions as a backup for the lower-level
protection relays, and the overload function protects the trans-
7 Thermal overload protection with preload former from thermal overload. Low-current single-phase faults
The thermal overload protection with consideration of preload on the low voltage side that result in negative phase-sequence
current constantly updates the thermal model calculation current on the high-voltage side can be detected with the
regardless of the magnitude of the phase currents. The tripping negative-sequence protection.
8 time t is calculated in accordance with the following tripping
characteristic (complete memory in accordance with Cold load pickup
IEC 60255-8). By means of a binary input which can be wired from a manual
close contact, it is possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
9 I 2 I pre 2
settings to less sensitive settings for a programmable duration
of time. After the set time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
k I N k I N matically return to their original setting. This can compensate for
t = t ln 2
I initial inrush when energizing a circuit without compromising
1
10 k I N the sensitivity of the overcurrent elements during steady state
conditions.
t = Tripping time after beginning of the thermal overload
= 35.5 TL 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79)
Ipre = Pre-load current
11 TL =Time multiplier
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-reclosing of a feeder
which has previously been disconnected by overcurrent protec-
I = Load current
tion.
k = k factor (in accordance with IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
12 IN = Rated (nominal) current
One or two binary inputs can be used for the trip circuit
Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced- monitoring.
load protection)
Control
13 The negative-sequence protection (see Fig. 5/24) detects a
phase failure or load unbalance due to network asymmetry. The relay permits circuit-breakers to be opened and closed
Interruptions, short-circuits or crossed connections to the without command feedback. The circuit-breaker/disconnector
current transformers are detected. may be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated HMI, or by the
15
For further details please refer to part 2 Overview.
Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous
tripping can be effected. If the internal 1
control function is used (local or via serial
interface), the manual closing function is
available without any additional wiring.
If the control switch is connected to a
circuit-breaker bypassing the internal
2
control function, manual detection using
a binary input is implemented.
Busbar protection
3
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any
of the six current stages. Parameters are
assigned to decide whether the input
4
circuit is to operate in open-circuit or
closed-circuit mode. In this case, reverse
interlocking provides high-speed busbar
protection in radial or ring power systems 5
that are opened at one point. The reverse
interlocking principle is used, for example,
in medium-voltage power systems and
in switchgear for power plants, where a 6
high-voltage system transformer feeds
a busbar section with several medium- Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking
voltage outgoing feeders.
7
Motor protection
4
Fig. 5/27 Connection of 3 CTs with measurement Fig. 5/28 Connection of 3 CTs with measurement of
of the phase currents the earth (ground) current
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 5/31 Example of typical wiring
15
5/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Technical data
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/25
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
13
14
15
5/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Technical data
Functions Tolerances
Pickup values 5%
Denite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N)
Setting range/steps
Delay time for 2 I/Ip 20
and 0.5 I/IN 24
5 % of theoretical value 2 %
current tolerance, at least 30 ms
1
Overcurrent pickup phase I I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or Inuencing variables
ground IE> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or Auxiliary voltage, range: 1%
phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or 0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2
ground IE>>
phase I>>> I/IN
= 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or
= 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or
Temperature, range:
-5 C amb 40 C
0.5 %/10 K 2
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 F amb 104 F
and IE>> Frequency, range: 8 % referred to theoretical time
0.95 f/fN 1.05 value
The set times are pure delay times
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46) 3
At 2 x setting value, without Approx. 35 ms Setting range/steps
meas. repetition Tripping stage
At 2 x setting value, with meas. Approx. 50 ms I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
repetition
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x Approx. 20 ms
I2>> in steps of 1 %
Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>)
8 % to 80 % of IN 4
setting value in steps of 0.01s 0.00 s to 60.00 s
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE> Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current 0.1 x IN
I>>> Approx. 65 ms Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping
stage I2>>
Approx. 60 ms 75 ms 5
Overshot time Approx. 25 ms But with currents I/IN >1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
Tolerances (overcurrent case) or
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value negative-sequence current
IE>, IE>>
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
< (set value +0.1 x IN) 6
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Inuencing variables Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range: 1% tripping stage I2>>
0.8 Vaux /VauxN 1.2
Temperature, range:
0 C amb 40 C
0.5 %/10 K
Reset ratios
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN 7
tripping stage I2>>
Frequency, range: 1.5 %
0.98 f/fN 1.02 Tolerances
Frequency, range: 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.95 f/fN 1.05
Harmonics
with current I/IN 1.5
with current I/IN > 1.5
1 % of IN 5 % of set value
5 % of IN 5 % of set value
8
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic 1% Stage delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic 1% Inuence variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range: 1%
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)
Setting range/steps
0.8 Vaux /VauxN 1.2
Temperature, range: 0.5 %/10 K
9
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) 5 C amb +40 C
ground IEp = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) +23 F amb +104 F
Frequency,
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Tp
(IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
(steps 0.01 s)
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.98 f/fN 1.02
range: 0.95 f/fN 1.05
2 % of IN
5 % of IN
10
(steps 0.1 s) Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
phase I>>>
ground IE>>
= 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or
= 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole 11
(steps 0.01), or Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
Delay time T for I>>, IE>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Reclaim time after successful AR
Lock-out time after
0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
12
Drop-out threshold Approx. 1.03 x Ip
unsuccessful AR
Drop-out time Approx. 35 ms
Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
Duration of RECLOSE command
Control
0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
13
Drop-out threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
alternatively: disk emulation Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/27
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Technical data
Thermal time constant th 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fault storage Max. 8 fault records
Thermal alarm stage alarm/trip 50 to 99 % referred to trip tempera- Total storage time (fault detec- Max. 5 s, incl. 35 power-fail safe
ture rise (steps 1 %) tion or trip command = 0 ms) selectable pre-trigger and
2 Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Max. storage period per fault
post-fault time
0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
stand-still k
event Tmax
Reset ratios Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01s)
/trip Reset below alarm Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
3 /alarm
Tolerances
Approx. 0.99 Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms at 50 Hz
1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms at
Referring to k IN 5 % (class 5 % acc. to 60 Hz
IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time 5 % 2 s (class 5 % acc. to
4 IEC 60255-8) Additional functions
Operational measured values
Inuence variables referred to k IN
Auxiliary DC voltage in the 1% Operating currents IL1, IL2, IL3
rangeof 0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2 Measuring range 0 % to 240 % IN
5 Temperature, range:
5 C amb +40 C 0.5 % / 10 K
Tolerance
Thermal overload values
3 % of rated value
7 Tolerances
Referring to pickup threshold 5%
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
1.1 IL indications 1s
Referring to trip time 5% 2 s Resolution for fault event
Inuence variables indications 1ms
8 Auxiliary DC voltage in the
range of 0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2
1% Max. time deviation
Trip circuit supervision
0.01 %
13 the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
14
15
5/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600
Selection and ordering data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B B 4
Terminal connection on top and bottom D D
For panel ush mounting / cubicle mounting E
Languages
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0
5
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without
With
0
1
6
Control
Without A
With B 7
UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1
8
Accessories Description Order No.
Converter, full-duplex,
ber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit 11
Auxiliary voltage 24 to DC 250 V and AC 110/230 V 7XV5650- 0BA00
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/30 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and motor protection relay
Function overview
Feeder protection 1
Overcurrent-time protection
Sensitive ground-fault detection
Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
Displacement voltage
2
Disk emulation
Overload protection
Breaker failure protection 3
LSP2136-afpen.tif
Negative-sequence protection
Cold load pickup
Auto-reclosure 4
Trip circuit supervision
Motor protection
Starting time supervision 5
Locked rotor
Restart inhibit
For applications with ground-current detection two versions are Monitoring functions
9
available: One version with four current transformer inputs for Fault event logging with time stamp (buffered)
non-directional earth (ground) fault detection and a second ver-
8 oscillographic fault records
sion with three current inputs (2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one
voltage input for directional earth (ground) fault detection. Continuous self-monitoring 10
The exible communication interfaces are open for modern Communication interfaces
communication architectures with control systems.
System interface
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol 11
PROFIBUS-DP
MODBUS RTU/ASCII
Front interface for DIGSI 4
12
Hardware
4 current transformers or 13
3 current + 1 voltage transformers
3 binary inputs
4 output relays
1 live status contact
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/31
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Application
64 I2 Displacement voltage
79 Auto-reclosure
13
14
15
5/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Construction, protection functions
Construction
LSP2137-afpen.tif
Output of signals and trip commands
LSP2138-afpen.tif
Input and evaluation of binary signals
SCADA interface
(RS485, RS232, ber-optic)
3
Power supply.
The rated CT currents applied to the
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 can be 1 A or 5 A. This 4
is selectable via a jumper inside the relay. Fig. 5/35 Rear view of ush-mounting Fig. 5/36 View from below showing
Two different housings are available. The housing system interface (SCADA) with
ush-mounting version has terminals
accessible from the rear. The surface-
FO connection (for remote
communications) 5
mounting version has terminals accessible
from the front. Retrotting of a com-
munication module, or replacement of an
existing communication module with a 6
new one are both possible.
Protection functions 7
Denite-time characteristics
The denite-time overcurrent function
is based on phase-selective evaluation
8
of the three phase currents and ground
current.
The denite-time overcurrent protection
for the 3 phase currents has a low-set Fig. 5/37 Denite-time overcurrent
9
Fig. 5/38 Inverse-time overcurrent
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set characteristic characteristic
overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
instantaneous element (I>>>). Intentional trip delays can be set
from 0 to 60 seconds for all three overcurrent elements. Available inverse-time characteristics 10
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
The denite-time overcurrent protection for the earth (ground)
current has a low-set overcurrent element (IE>) and a high-set Inverse
overcurrent element (IE>>). Intentional trip delays can be
parameterized from 0 to 60 seconds.
Short inverse 11
Long inverse
Inverse-time characteristics Moderately inverse
transformer (also called core-balance CT). Thermal overload protection with preload
1
k I N
For thermal overload protection without consideration of the
preload current, the following tripping characteristic applies only t = Tripping time after beginning of the thermal overload
10 when
t = 35.5 TL
I 1.1 IL
Ipre = Preload current
For different thermal time constants TL, the tripping time t is
I = Load current
11 calculated in accordance with the following equation:
35 k = k factor (in accordance with IEC 60255-8)
t= TL
I 2 In = Natural logarithm
1
IL
12 I = Load current
TL = Time multiplier
IN = Rated (nominal) current
IL = Pickup current
13 TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 I/IN
14
15
5/34 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Protection functions
Transformer protection
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) 8
One or two binary inputs can be used for trip circuit monitoring.
The high-set element permits current coordination where the
overcurrent element functions as a backup for the lower-level Control
protection relays, and the overload function protects the trans-
The relay permits circuit-breakers to be opened and closed
9
former from thermal overload. Low-current single-phase faults
without command feedback. The circuit-breaker/disconnector
on the low voltage side that result in negative phase-sequence
may be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated HMI, or by the
current on the high-voltage side can be detected with the
negative-sequence protection.
LSA/SCADA equipment connected to the interface.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/35
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Motor protection, additional functions
Motor protection
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/37
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Communication
Communication
LSP2163-afp.eps
emphasis has been placed on high levels
of exibility, data integrity and utilization
of standards common in energy automa-
2 tion. The design of the communication
modules permits interchangeability.
Local PC interface
LSP2164-afp.eps
the bottom part of the unit incorporates
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
11 standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.
12 MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication
ported by a number of PLC and protection
13 device manufacturers.
14
15
5/38 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Typical connections
Typical connections
CT connections 1
Fig. 5/47 Standard
Phase current measured
Ground current measured
(e. g. core balance CT) 2
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault
3
Fig. 5/49 Isolated networks only
5
Fig. 5/47 Connection of 4 CTs with measurement of the earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/48 Connection of 3 CTs with residual connection for neutral fault 10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 5/49 Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/39
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026
4 Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the sensitive earth (ground) current
10 Fig. 5/51
Connection of 3 CTs with directional
Fig. 5/52
Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
earth (ground)-fault detection measurement of the earth (ground)
current and one phase voltage
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/41
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
15
5/42 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (contd) Mechanical stress tests
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
burst length = 15 ms;
repetition rate 300 ms;
Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
During operation 1
both polarities; Ri = 50 ; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
test duration 1 min and IEC 60068-2
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5,
class III
Pulse: 1.2/50 s
From circuit to circuit (common
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class I
IEC 60068-2-6
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz: 0.035 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
2
Auxiliary voltage mode): 2 kV, 12 , 9 F;
Across contacts (diff. mode): Sweep rate 1 octave/min
1 kV, 2 W, 18 F 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measuring inputs,
binary inputs/outputs
From circuit to circuit (common
mode): 2 kV, 42 , 0.5 F;
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class I
Half-sine,
acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, 3
Across contacts (diff. mode): 3 shocks in each direction of
1 kV, 42 W, 0.5 F 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
amplitude-modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class I
IEC 60068-3-3
1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
(horizontal axis)
4
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
Power frequency magnetic eld 30 A/m continuous
(vertical axis)
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand
0.5 mT, 50 Hz
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value),
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
5
capability 1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave; (vertical axis)
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; duration 2 s Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Ri = 150 to 200 ; 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
Fast transient surge withstand
capability
4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns,
50 surges per s, both polarities;
During transportation 6
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 80 ; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
and IEC 60068-2
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2 IEC 60255-21-1, class II
IEC 60068-2-6
5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
7
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value), Sweep rate 1 octave/min
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12 polarity alternating 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Shock Half-sine,
Ri = 200 ;
EMC tests interference emission; type tests
IEC 60255-21-2, class I
IEC 60068-2-27
acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
3 shocks in each direction of
8
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specication) 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted interferences, 150 kHz to 30 MHz Continuous shock Half-sine,
only auxiliary voltage
IEC/CISPR 22
limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class I
IEC 60068-2-29
acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks in each direction of 9
3 orthogonal axes
Radio interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 22 limit class B
Harmonic currents on incoming Unit belongs to class D
lines of system at AC 230 V
IEC 61000-3-2
(applies only to units with > 50 VA
power consumption)
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures 10
Recommended temperature
Voltage uctuation and icker Limit values are adhered to
During operation 5 C to +55 C / 23 F to 131 F,
range on incoming lines of
(> 55 C decreased display contrast)
system at AC 230 V
IEC 61000-3-3 Limit temperature
During operation 20 C to +70 C / 4 F to 158 F
11
During storage 25 C to +55 C / 13 F to 131 F
During transport 25 C to +70 C / 13 F to 158 F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging) 12
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are
not exposed to direct sunlight or
relative humidity, condensation not
permissible!
13
pronounced temperature changes
that ould cause condensation.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/43
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
Ground IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or (ANSI charac.) D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Instantaneous tripping High-set overcurrent element
Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or
3 Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>>, Ground IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or
IE>> and I>>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Instantaneous tripping
The set times are pure delay Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or
times Delay time TI>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
4 Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>>
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 25 ms
Tripping time characteristic
acc. to IEC See page 5/33
without meas. repetition
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 35 ms
Reset threshold,
with meas. repetition
5 Pickup times for I>>> Approx. 15 ms
alternatively disk emulation
Dropout time
Approx. 1.03 x Ip
at 2 x setting value
50 Hz Approx. 50 ms
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Approx. 40 ms 60 Hz Approx. 60 ms
Reset time I>>> Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances
6 Reset ratios
Overshot time
Approx. 0.95
Approx. 55 ms
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Tolerances Timing period for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % of theoretical value
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value or 5 % of and 0.5 I/Ip 24 2 % current tolerance;
7 IE>, IE>>
Delay times T
rated value
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Inuencing variables
at least 30 ms
Inuencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2 1%
0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2 1%
8 Temperature, range:
- 5 C amb 40 C / 0.5 %/10 K
Temperature, range:
-5 C amb 40 C / 0.5 %/10 K
-23 F amb 104 F
23 F amb 104 F
Frequency, range:
Frequency, range
0.95 f/fN 1.05 8 %, referred to theoretical
9 0.98 f/fN 1.02
0.95 f/fN 1.05
1.5 %
2.5 %
Tripping characteristic
time value
Harmonics
acc. to ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic 1%
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic 1% Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
10 Dropout threshold,
alternatively disk emulation
Approx. 1.03 x Ip
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
14
15
5/44 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
(Sensitive) ground-fault protection (directional/non-directional) Inverse-time ground-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), contd
Denite-time ground-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns)
Setting ranges/steps
Temperature, range:
-5 C amb 40 C /
23 F amb 104 F
0.5 %/10 K 1
Low-set element IEE> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001);
or (deactivated) Frequency, range: 8 %, referred to theoretical
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 f/fN 1.05 time value
or (deactivated)
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Tripping characteristic acc. to
ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
2
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>> Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/45
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
1 Setting ranges
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Setting ranges/steps
Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Thermal time constant th 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Thermal warning stage 50 to 99 % referred to trip Lower function limit At least one phase current 0.1 x IN
alarm/trip temperature rise (steps 1 %)
2 Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Pickup times
Tripping stages I2> and I2>>
at fN = 50 Hz
Approx. 60 ms
at fN = 60 Hz
Approx. 75 ms
stand-still k But with currents I/IN > 1.5
Reset ratios (overcurrent case) or negative-
/trip Reset below 0.99 alarm sequence current < (set value
3 /alarm
Tolerances
Approx. 0.99 +0.1 x IN)
Reset times
Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Inuencing variables
Auxiliary DC voltage, range Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2 1% Current I/IN 1.5 1 % of IN 5 % of set value
5 Temperature, range
- 5 C amb + 40 C / 0.5 %/10 K
Current I/IN > 1.5 5 % of IN 5 % of set value
Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) 1 % but min. 10 ms
23 F amb 104 F Inuencing variables
Frequency, range Auxiliary DC voltage, range
6 0.95 f/fN 1.05 1%
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload
0.8 Vaux/VauxN 1.2
Temperature, range
1%
- 5 C amb + 40 C / 0.5 %/10 K Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
23 F amb 104 F Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
10 Frequency, range
0.95 f/fN 1.05 1%
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Breaker failure protection Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Setting ranges/steps Control
14
15
5/46 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
tTRIP
starting time
= Tripping time
For sensitive ground-current
detection
IEE, IEEac, IEEreac
(r.m.s., active and reactive current) 6
in A (kA) primary, or in %
Reset ratio Irms/Ipickup Approx. 0.94 Range 0 to 160 % IEEN
Tolerances Tolerance 3 % of measured value
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % rated
value
Power/work 7
S Apparent power in kVA, MVA, GVA
Delay time 5 % or 330 ms S/VA (apparent power) For V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
typically < 6 %
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66/86)
Setting ranges/steps
P Active power,
P/Watts (active power)
in kW, MW, GW
For |cos | = 0.707 to 1, typically
8
Rotor temperature compen- 0 to 60 min (in steps of 0.1min)
sation time TCOMP < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Q Reactive power, In kvar, Mvar, Gvar
time Trestart
Maximum permissible number 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
Q/Var (reactive power) For |sin | = 0.707 to 1, typically
< 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
9
of warm starts nw cos , total and phase-selective -1 to +1
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) Power factor cos For |cos | = 0.707 to 1, typically
warm start nc - nw
Extension factor for cooling 1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Metering
<5%
10
simulation of the rotor
+ Wp kWh In kWh, MWh, GWh forward
(running and stop)
nc 1 - Wp kWh In kWh reverse
Restarting limit restart = rot max perm
+ Wq kvarh
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/47
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Technical data
1 Measured values
Reset automatic
With date and time
Time of day (settable in minutes)
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
Time range (settable in days;
1 to 365, ) 2004/108/EG previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed
for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EG
Reset manual Via binary input previous 73/23/EEC).
2 Via keyboard
Via communication This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Min./max. values of primary IL1; IL2; IL3 Part 303).
currents
The unit has been developed and manufactured for
3 Min./max. values of primary
voltages
VL1-E application in an industrial environment according to the EMC
standards.
Min./max. values of power S Apparent Power This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
P Active power in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying
Q Reactive power with the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC
4 Min./max. values of primary
Power factor cos Directive and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
5 value
Fault event log
Pdmd, Qdmd, Sdmd
11
12
13
14
15
5/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Selection and ordering data
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
B
E
5
Region-specic default and language settings
Region World, 50/60 Hz, ANSI/IEC characteristic,
languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Russian B
6
System port (on bottom of unit)
No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS232 1 7
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS4854) 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector
11
12
50/51 Overcurrent protection TOC phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth/ground-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Thermal overload protection
2 74TC
50BF
Trip-circuit supervision
Circuit-breaker failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection F A 1)
3 50/51
Basic version + directional earth/ground-fault detection
Overcurrent protection TOC phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Directional sensitive earth/ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection
49 Thermal overload protection
4 74TC
50BF
Trip-circuit supervision
Circuit-breaker failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection F B 2)
5 50/51
Basic version + sensitive earth/ground-fault detection + measuring
Overcurrent protection TOC phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth/ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
49 Thermal overload protection
74TC Trip-circuit supervision
6 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection
Voltage and power measuring F J 2)
50/51 Overcurrent protection TOC phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Sensitive ground fault detection for sytems with resonant or isolated IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
10 64
49
74TC
Displacement voltage
Thermal overload protection
Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection
11 48
37
Start-time supervision
Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
66/86 Restart inhibit H B 2)
Auto-reclosure (ARC)
Without auto-reclosure ARC 0
79 With auto-reclosure ARC
15 1) Only with position 7 = 1 or 5 2) Only with position 7 = 2 or 6
1
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition,
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
(copper) 2
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional 3
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
additionally). Software for graphic visualization, analysis and
evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manu-
facturers (Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows. 5
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on
CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)
7
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Mounting rail
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/51
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Connection diagram
8
Fig. 5/54 Connection diagram according to IEC standard
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/52 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
Connection diagram
8
Fig. 5/55 Connection diagram according to IEC standard
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/53
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/54 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay
SIPV6_116.eps
LSP2299-afpen.eps
4
Fig. 5/56 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay with text (left) and graphic display 5
Description Breaker failure protection
LSA2959-egpen.eps
7
Fig. 5/57 Function diagram
79 Auto-reclosure
4
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
Construction 9
Connection techniques and housing with many advantages
-rack size (text display variants) and -rack size (graphic
display variants) are the available housing widths of the 7SJ61 10
relays referred to a 19" module frame system. This means that
previous models can always be replaced. The height is a uniform
244 mm for ush-mounting housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housing. All cables can be connected with or without 11
ring lugs.
LSP2099-afpen.eps
13
Fig. 5/58 Rear view with screw-type, -rack size
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/57
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Protection functions
Protection functions
1 Overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
2 selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the ground current (four
transformers). Three denite-time over-
current protection elements (DMT) exist
13
14
15
5/58 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Protection functions
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns/50N, 51N) The overcurrent elements can either be blocked or operated
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input non-delayed depending on the auto-reclosure cycle
transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current Dynamic setting change of the overcurrent elements can be
activated depending on the ready AR
1
transformer (also called core-balance CT).
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode as an Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
additional short-circuit protection.
Motor protection
4 I 2
t = A TA
I
I = Actual current owing
6 IA
TA
= Rated motor starting current
= Tripping time at rated motor starting current
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
(Negative-sequence protection)
(2 times, for warm and cold motor) The negative-sequence / phase-balance current protection detects
a phase failure or load unbalance due to network asymmetry and
The characteristic (equation) can be adapted optimally to the state
7 of the motor by applying different tripping times TA in dependence
protects the rotor from impermissible temperature rise.
of either cold or warm motor state. For differentiation of the motor Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
state the thermal model of the rotor is applied.
If a motor is started up too many times in succession, the rotor can
8 If the trip time is rated according to the above formula, even a
prolonged start-up and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
be subject to thermal overload, especially the upper edges of the
bars. The rotor temperature is calculated from the stator current.
current) will be evaluated correctly. The tripping time is inverse The reclosing lockout only permits start-up of the motor if the
(current dependent). rotor has sufcient thermal reserves for a complete start-up (see
Emergency start-up
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) This function disables the reclosing lockout via a binary input by
Functions
3 Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in a congured period
of time, the number of status changes of indication input exceeds
a specied gure. If exceeded, the indication input is blocked for
4 a certain period, so that the event list will not record excessive
operations.
LSP2077f.eps
Indication ltering and delay
Indication derivation
7 A further indication (or a command) can be derived from an exist-
ing indication. Group indications can also be formed. The volume Fig. 5/64 NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
of information to the system interface can thus be reduced and
restricted to the most important signals.
8 Measured values
Metered values
If an external meter with a metering pulse output is available, the
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current. The SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process metering pulses via an
following functions are available for measured value processing: indication input.
9 Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns) The metered values can be displayed and passed on to a control
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0 center as an accumulation with reset.
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current values
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
10 Operating hours counter
Mean operating temperature of overload function
All units are designed specically to meet the requirements of
high/medium-voltage applications.
Limit value monitoring
Limit values are monitored using programmable logic in the In general, no separate measuring instruments or additional
11 CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value indica-
tion.
control components are necessary.
Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is set
12 to zero to suppress interference.
13
14
15
5/62 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Communication
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules suitable for various applica-
5
tions can be tted in the rear of the ush-mounting housing. In
the ush-mounting housing, the modules can be easily replaced
by the user.
The interface modules support the following applications:
6
Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated electrical time
synchronization interface. It can be used to feed timing
telegrams in IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units via time
7
synchronization receivers.
System interface
Communication with a central control system takes place
through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus topolo-
8
gies can be congured depending on the chosen interface.
Furthermore, the units can exchange data through this
interface via Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can also be
operated by DIGSI. 9
Service interface Fig. 5/66 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
The service interface was conceived for remote access to a and IEC 61850, ber-optic ring
number of protection units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be
an electrical RS232/RS485 or an optical interface. For special from the unit and also control commands can be transferred by
10
applications, a maximum of two temperature monitoring means of published, Siemens-specic extensions to the protocol.
boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to this interface as an
alternative. Redundant solutions are also possible. Optionally it is possible to
PROFINET
LSP3.01-0021.tif
to the PROFINET protocol. Client server
8 connections are possible for the intercom-
munication between devices, e.g. for
transmitting fault records and GOOSE
messages.
9 DNP 3.0
Power utilities use the serial DNP 3.0 (Dis-
tributed Network Protocol) for the station
10 and network control levels. SIPROTEC units
function as DNP slaves, supplying their
information to a master system or receiving Fig. 5/68 Optical Ethernet communication module
information from it. for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
Connection of current
3
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For grounded networks, the ground current
4
is obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
5
10
11
12
Fig. 5/70 Sensitive ground current detection
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/65
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Typical applications
(Low-resistance) grounded network Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers required,
hase/ground non-directional phase-balance neutral current transformer possible
(Low-resistance) grounded networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current transformers required
2 Isolated or compensated networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase current transformers possible
phases non-directional
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current transformers required
3 Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current transformers required
4 Typical applications
8
Fig. 5/71 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/66 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/67
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Vibration Sinusoidal
1/3 19, surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; 0.075 mm amplitude;
1/3 19, ush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
7 frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
1/2 19, surface-mounting housing
1/2 19, ush-mounting housing
7.5 kg
6.5 kg
Degree of protection
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
acc. to EN 60529
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
8 Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1
Sinusoidal
1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover
9 (vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration 9-pin subminiature connector
(vertical axis) Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
During transportation
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI / modem / RTD-box
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
11 Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration, RS232/RS485
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
12 Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1
Semi-sinusoidal
Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
mounting location C
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
top/bottom part
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
13 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
15 m / 49.2 ft
Max. 1 km / 3300 ft
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
14
15
5/68 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km / 0.99 miles
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Max. 1.5 km / 0.9 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m / 0.33 miles 7
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
RS485 to a control center
Connection
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud 8
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For ush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
(not available)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location B
detached operator panel
9
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km / 3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
Ethernet (EN 100) for DIGSI,
IEC 61850, DNP3 TCP, PROFINET
top/bottom part
Distance Max. 1 km / 3300 ft max. 32 units 10
recommended
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
- to a control center
- with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Fiber optic
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for ber-
11
Transmission rate 100 Mbit optic connection
2 Functions
Upper function limit (setting
125 mA 1)
1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
range)
Denite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N)
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
3 (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3)
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3)
Dynamic setting change
ON/OFF
7 Pickup
Delay times T, TDO
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
1 % or 10 ms
For normal input
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>>
0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N)
Times
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
8 (ANSI 51)
Setting ranges
(L1 and L3)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
9 (IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Ground-fault pickup for all types of ground faults
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
(ANSI characteristics)
User-dened characteristic Dened by a maximum of 20 pairs of
Trip characteristics
Setting ranges current and delay time values
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
10 ANSI
extremely inverse, long inverse
Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
moderately inverse, very inverse, For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
extremely inverse, denite inverse User dened
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
11 User-dened characteristic Dened by a maximum of 20 value
pairs of current and time delay Times
Dropout setting Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 setting value Ip for Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 IEEp
Ip/Inom 0.3, corresponds to approx. Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 IEEp
12 With disk emulation
0.95 pickup threshold
Approx. 0.90 setting value Ip
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Tolerances For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) For normal input 7 % of reference value for 2 I/IEEp
2 2
High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N) /
single-phase overcurrent protection
(I /k Inom ) (Ipre /k Inom )
Tripping characteristic t = t th ln
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For (I/k Inom) 8
2
(I /k Inom ) 1 1
t = Tripping time
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or (in steps of 0.001 A) th = Temperature rise time constant
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or (in steps of 0.01 A)
I = Load current
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Ipre = Preload current
k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
2
Pickup times
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Minimum Approx. 20 ms
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Typical Approx. 30 ms
protection relay
Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Approx. 30 ms
Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom 0.5 Dropout ratios 3
/Trip Drops out with Alarm
Tolerances
/Alarm Approx. 0.99
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Tolerances
With reference to k Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
4
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms With reference to tripping time 5 % 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Intermittent ground-fault protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold
Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
5
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1)(in steps of 0.01 A) Program for phase fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, negative
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) sequence, binary input
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Program for ground fault
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, sensitive
6
gation time
ground-fault protection, binary input
Ground-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
mulation time Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Reset time for
accumulation
Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
three-phase fault detected by a
protective element, binary input, 7
last TRIP command after the
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1) reclosing cycle is complete
intermittent ground fault (unsuccessful reclosing),
Times
Pickup times
TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF), 8
Current = 1.25 pickup value Approx. 30 ms opening the CB without ARC
Current 2 pickup value Approx. 22 ms initiation,
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms external CLOSE command
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Setting ranges
Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
9
(separate for phase and ground
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
10
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
reclosure
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference dynamic blocking
alarm/trip to the tripping overtemperature
(in steps of 1 %)
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) 11
Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) time
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or (in steps of 0.1 s)
kt factor constant with the machine running
(in steps of 0.1)
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) 12
Action time 0.01 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 C (in steps of 1 C)
The delay times of the following protection function can be altered
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ):
I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip,
13
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp
14
4 Pickup times
with internal start is contained in the delay time
Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
with external start is contained in the delay time extremely inverse
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
Tolerances very inverse, extremely inverse
5 Pickup value
Delay time
2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
1 % or 20 ms
Pickup threshold
Dropout
Approx. 1.1 I2p setting value
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 47, 50, 50N) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 pickup
Operating modes/measuring threshold
6 quantities
3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0
ANSI with disk emulation
Tolerances
Approx. 0.90 I2p setting value
1-phase I, IE, IE sens.
Without xed phase relation Binary input Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold Time for 2 M 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
7 Setting ranges
value +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Setting ranges
Current ratio I2 / I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %) Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Sensitive ground current IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
8 Dropout ratio >- stage
Dropout ratio <- stage
1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Permissible starting
time TSTARTUP, cold motor
1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s) time TSTARTUP, warm motor
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Temperature threshold cold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
9 Times
Pickup times, phase quantities
motor
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or (in steps of 0.1 s)
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms time TLOCKED-ROTOR
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms Tripping time characteristic
Pickup times, symmetrical I 2
10 components
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
For I > IMOTOR START t = STARTUP TSTRATUP
I
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Binary input Approx. 20 ms current
I = Actual current owing
11 Dropout times
Phase quantities
Symmetrical components
< 20 ms
< 30 ms
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
motor starting current
t = Tripping time in seconds
Binary input < 10 ms
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Tolerances
12 Pickup threshold
Phase quantities 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold
Delay time
2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
5 % or 30 ms
Symmetrical components 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Setting ranges
13 Denite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Current threshold for
alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Setting ranges Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or (in steps of 0.01 A) Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) close signal detection
14 Dropout delay time TDO
Functional limit
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
All phase currents 50 A1)
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
restart
nc
= Temperature limit
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box" 6
below which restarting Long-term averages
is possible Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minutes
rot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operati-
Frequency of updates
Long-term averages
Adjustable
7
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
onal measured value
rot/rot trip) Max. / Min. report
nc = Number of permissible
start-ups from cold
Report of measured values
Reset, automatic
With date and time
Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
8
state 0 to 1439 min)
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) Time frame and starting time adjus-
table (in days, 1 to 365 days, and )
Signal from the operational Predened with programmable logic
measured values Reset, manual Using binary input,
using keypad,
9
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) via communication
Temperature detectors Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3
I1 (positive-sequence component)
Connectable boxes
Number of temperature
detectors per box
1 or 2
Max. 6 Min./Max. values for overload /Trip 10
protection
Type of measuring Pt 100 or Ni 100 or Ni 120
Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Mounting identication Oil or Environment or Stator or
I1 (positive-sequence component)
Stage 2
or (no indication)
-50 C to 250 C (in steps of 1 C) Limit value monitoring
(ACB)
Predened limit values, user-dened
12
-58 F to 482 F (in steps of 1 F) expansions via CFC
or (no indication)
Fault recording
Recording of indications of the
last 8 power system faults
13
Recording of indications of the
last 3 power system ground faults
14
1) At rated frequency.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/73
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Technical data
Resolution for trip log 1 ms Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
(fault annunciations) interface or binary input
Maximum time deviation 0.01 % Control
2 (internal clock)
Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Interlocking Programmable
Fault" for insufcient battery charge
Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
3 Oscillographic fault recording
Maximum 8 fault records saved, Control commands
position
Single command / double command
memory maintained by buffer 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
battery in case of loss of power
supply Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
7 2-point method
(remaining service life)
i2t
for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EG
previous 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
measured values on TRIP command, Part 303).
15
5/74 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Selection and ordering data
Measuring inputs (4 x I)
Iph =1A1), Ie =1A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
3
Position 15 only with A 1
Iph =1A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B
Iph =5A1), Ie =5A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
2
4
Position 15 only with A 5
Iph =5A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 6
Iph =5A1), Ie =1A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 7
5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
DC 24 to 48 V, threshold binary input DC 19 V 3)
DC 60 to 125 V 2), threshold binary input DC 19 V 3)
2
4 6
DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V4) , threshold binary input DC 88 V 3) 5
DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V4) , threshold binary input DC 176 V 3) 6
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom
7
B
For panel ush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel ush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
2 50/51
50N/51N
50N/51N
Overcurrent protection I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
Ground-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
Ground-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities
3 49
derived from current): Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
4 50BF
37
74TC
Breaker failure protection
Undercurrent monitoring
Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
5 IEF
86 Lockout
P A
ARC Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
11
12
13
15 when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) Sensitive ground-current transformer only when position 7 = 2, 6.
1) Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = B. 7
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = B.
The converter requires a AC 24 V power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = B.
3) Available with V4.9 8
Sample order 9
Position Order No. + Order code
7SJ612 5 - 5 E C 9 1 - 3 F A 1 + L 0 G
10
6 I/Os: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2
7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: DC 110 to 250 V, AC 115 V to AC 230 V
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
5
E 11
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
12
13
Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232
Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records
1
3
12
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version F A
16 With auto-reclosure 1
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/77
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Selection and ordering data
1 DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
4 displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
Connecting cable
10 Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered
additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and
11 SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
13
14
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail Connector 2-pin
Connector 3-pin
C73334-A1-C35-1
C73334-A1-C36-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens
2
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
taped on reel
3
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2091-afp.eps
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
taped on reel
2-pin connector 3-pin connector Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1) 4
and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)
5
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Short-circuit links
for current terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 6
1) Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/79
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
7SJ611x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ613x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ611x-x D xxx-xxxx
1
7SJ611, E
7SJ613x-x D xxx-xxxx
7SJ613 E
9
LSA2820-dgpen.eps
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
SIPV6_116.eps
Undervoltage controlled reactive power
protection
Breaker failure protection
Negative-sequence protection 4
Phase-sequence monitoring
Synchro-check
Description
Control functions/programmable logic
Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
6
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used for line protection of Position of switching elements is shown on the graphic display
high and medium voltage networks with earthed (grounded), Control via keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
low-resistance grounded, isolated or compensated neutral point.
With regard to motor protection, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 is suit-
User-dened logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking) 7
able for asynchronous machines of all sizes. The relay performs Monitoring functions
all functions of backup protection supplementary to transformer
Operational measured values V, I, f
differential protection.
7SJ62 is featuring the "exible protection functions". Up to
Energy metering values Wp, Wq 8
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
20 protection functions can be added according to individual
requirements. Thus, for example, a rate-of-frequency-change Slave pointer
protection or reverse power protection can be implemented. Trip circuit supervision
Fuse failure monitor
9
The relay provides control of the circuit-breaker, further
switching devices and automation functions. The integrated pro- 8 oscillographic fault records
grammable logic (CFC) allows the user to implement their own Motor statistics
functions, e. g. for the automation of switchgear (interlocking).
The user is also allowed to generate user-dened messages. Communication interfaces
10
The exible communication interfaces are open for modern System interface
communication architectures with control systems. IEC 60870-5-103 / IEC 61850
PROFIBUS-FMS / -DP
DNP 3.0/DNP3 TCP/MODBUS RTU
11
Function overview Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
Front interface for DIGSI 4
Protection functions
Overcurrent protection
Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77 12
Directional overcurrent protection
Sensitive directional ground-fault detection
Displacement voltage
Hardware
13
Intermittent ground-fault protection 4 current transformers
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/83
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Application
LSA2958-egpen.eps
7
Fig. 5/76 Function diagram
8 Application Synchro-check
In order to connect two components of a power system, the
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 unit is a numerical protection relay that relay provides a synchro-check function which veries that
9 also performs control and monitoring functions and therefore
supports the user in cost-effective power system management,
switching ON does not endanger the stability of the power
system.
and ensures reliable supply of electric power to the customers.
Local operation has been designed according to ergonomic Motor protection
Backup protection
Programmable logic
The 7SJ62 can be used universally for backup protection.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
13 implement their own functions for automation of switchgear Flexible protection functions
(interlocking) or a substation via a graphic user interface. The
user can also generate user-dened messages. By conguring a connection between a standard protection logic
and any measured or derived quantity, the functional scope of
14 Line protection the relays can be easily expanded by up to 20 protection stages
or protection functions.
The 7SJ62 units can be used for line protection of high and
medium-voltage networks with earthed (grounded), low- Metering values
resistance grounded, isolated or compensated neutral point.
15 Extensive measured values, limit values and metered values
permit improved system management.
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>,IE>>> Denite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
Ip, IEp Inverse overcurrent protection (phase/neutral), phase function with voltage-dependent option
1
50, 51V, 51N
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional overcurrent protection (denite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional / non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection 2
Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)
50BF
87N
Breaker failure protection
4
79 Auto-reclosure
25 Synchro-check 5
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
Restart inhibit
66/86
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/85
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Construction, protection functions
2
LSP2099-afpen.eps
3
4
Fig. 5/77 Rear view with screw-type Fig. 5/78 Denite-time overcurrent protection Fig. 5/79 Inverse-time overcurrent protection
terminals, 1/3-rack size
5
Construction Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
6 Connection techniques and housing with many advantages
Inverse
1/3-rack size (text display variants) and 1/2-rack size (graphic Short inverse
display variants) are the available housing widths of the 7SJ62
Long inverse
relays, referred to a 19" module frame system. This means that
7 previous models can always be replaced. The height is a uniform
244 mm for ush-mounting housings and 266 mm for surface-
Moderately inverse
Very inverse
mounting housing. All cables can be connected with or without
Extremely inverse
ring lugs.
8 In the case of surface mounting on a panel, the connection Reset characteristics
terminals are located above and below in the form of screw-type
terminals. The communication interfaces are located in a sloped For easier time coordination with electromechanical relays, reset
case at the top and bottom of the housing. characteristics according to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /
9 BS 142 standards are applied.
When using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), a reset
Protection functions process is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the Fer-
10 Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51V, 51N) raris disk of an electromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
15
5/86 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/87
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions
14
15
5/88 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions
Motor protection
2 Switching authority
Switching authority is determined according to parameters and
communication.
If a source is set to LOCAL, only local switching operations are
3 possible. The following sequence of switching authority is laid
down: LOCAL; DIGSI PC program, REMOTE.
Command processing
All the functionality of command processing is offered. This
4
LSP2077f.eps
includes the processing of single and double commands with
or without feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the control
hardware and software, checking of the external process,
control actions using functions such as runtime monitoring and
5 automatic command termination after output. Here are some
typical applications:
Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2
trip contacts
6 User-denable bay interlocks
Operating sequences combining several switching operations Fig. 5/86 NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
such as control of circuit-breakers, disconnectors and ground-
ing switches
7 Triggering of switching operations, indications or alarm by Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
combination with existing information All units are designed specically to meet the requirements of
Assignment of feedback to command high/medium-voltage applications.
15
5/92 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Communication
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules suitable for various applica-
5
tions can be tted in the rear of the ush-mounting housing. In
the ush-mounting housing, the modules can be easily replaced
by the user. The interface modules support the following applica-
tions: 6
Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated electrical time
synchronization interface. It can be used to feed timing
telegrams in IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units via time 7
synchronization receivers.
System interface
Communication with a central control system takes place
through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus topolo- 8
gies can be congured depending on the chosen interface.
Furthermore, the units can exchange data through this inter-
face via Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can also be
operated by DIGSI. 9
Service interface
Fig. 5/88 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
The service interface was conceived for remote access to a IEC 61850, ber-optic ring
number of protection units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be
an electrical RS232/RS485 or an optical interface. For special
applications, a maximum of two temperature monitoring Redundant solutions are also possible. Optionally it is possible to
10
boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to this interface as an read out and alter individual parameters (only possible with the
alternative. redundant module).
PROFINET
LSP3.01-0021.tif
to the PROFINET protocol. Client server
8 connections are possible for the intercom-
munication between devices, e.g. for
transmitting fault records and GOOSE
messages.
9 DNP 3.0 protocol
Power utilities use the serial DNP 3.0
(Distributed Network Protocol) for the sta-
10 tion and network control levels. SIPROTEC
units function as DNP slaves, supplying
their information to a master system or Fig. 5/90 Optical Ethernet communication module
receiving information from it. for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
11 DNP3 TCP
The ethernet-based TCP variant of the DNP3 protocol is sup- System solutions for protection and station control
ported with the electrical and optical ethernet module. Two
Together with the SICAM power automation system, SIPROTEC
12 DNP3 TCP clients are supported. Redundant ring structures can
be realized for DNP3 TCP with the help of the integrated switch
4 can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electrical
RS485 bus, or interference-free via the optical double ring, the
in the module. For instance, a redundant optical ethernet ring
units exchange information with the control system.
can be constructed. Single-point indications, double-point indi-
cations, measured and metered values can be congured with Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected to
13 DIGSI 4 and are transmitted to the DNPi client. Switching com- SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or radially by ber-optic link.
mands can be executed in the controlling direction. Fault records Through this interface, the system is open for the connection of
of the device are stored in the binary Comtrade format and can units of other manufacturers (see Fig. 5/87).
be retrieved via the DNP 3 le transfer. The time synchronization
14 is performed via the DNPi client or SNTP. The device can also
be integrated into a network monitoring system via the SNMP
Because of the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC units can also
be integrated into systems of other manufacturers or in SIMATIC.
Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces are available. The optimum
V2 protocol. Parallel to the DNP3 TCP protocol the IEC 61850
physical data transfer medium can be chosen thanks to opto-
protocol (the device works as a server) and the GOOSE messages
electrical converters. Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
15 of the IEC 61850 are available for the intercommunication
between devices.
3
Typical connections
Fig. 5/91 Residual current circuit without directional element Fig. 5/92 Sensitive ground-current detection without directional element 10
11
12
13
14
5 Fig. 5/94 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional element for phases
9
Fig. 5/95 Isolated-neutral or compensated networks
10
Connection for the synchro-check
function
13
14 Fig. 5/96 Measuring of the busbar voltage and the outgoing feeder
voltage for the synchro-check
15
5/96 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Typical applications
Isolated or compensated networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
phases directional current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
4
(Low-resistance) grounded networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-ground connection required
ground directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformers possible
Typical applications
7
Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
8
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example: 9
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when 10
voltage across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/97, tripping occurs due to Fig. 5/97 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon 11
failure of the protection unit or by short-
circuiting the trip coil in event of network
fault.
In Fig. 5/98 tripping is by failure of auxiliary 12
voltage and by interruption of tripping
circuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact 13
held by internal logic drops back into open
position.
14
Fig. 5/98 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted) 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/97
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Typical applications
10
Fig. 5/100 Reverse-power protection for dual supply
11
12
13
14
15
5/98 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
Voltage transformer
750 A (half cycle)
Insulation tests
UL508
6
Type 7SJ621, 7SJ623, 7SJ625 Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
7SJ622, 7SJ624, 7SJ626
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Number
Rated voltage Vnom
3
100 V to 225 V
4 4 all circuits except for auxiliary
voltage and RS485/RS232 and 7
Measuring range 0 V to 170 V time synchronization
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase Auxiliary voltage DC 3.5 kV
Communication ports AC 500 V
Overload capability in voltage path
(phase-neutral voltage) and time synchronization 8
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 J
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Auxiliary voltage
ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
Rated auxiliary
voltage Vaux
DC 24 / 48 V 60 /125 V 110 / 250 V
AC 115 / 230 V
class III
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
9
Permissible tolerance DC 19-58 V 48150 V 88300 V
AC 92138 V 184265 V Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
Ripple voltage, 12 %
peak-to-peak
Power consumption
EN 50082-2 (generic specication)
DIN 57435 Part 303 10
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; =15 ms;
Quiescent Approx. 4 W IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Energized Approx. 7 W and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Backup time during
loss/short circuit of
50 ms at V DC 110 V
20 ms at V DC 24 V
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV
8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air gap discharge;
11
auxiliary voltage 200 ms at 115 V / AC 230 V and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330
Binary inputs/indication inputs Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
eld, non-modulated
Type 7SJ621,
7SJ623,
7SJ625,
7SJ622,
7SJ624
7SJ626
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III 12
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Number 8 11 eld, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Voltage range DC 24250 V
Pickup threshold modiable by plug-in jumpers
Irradiation with radio-frequency
eld, pulse-modulated
10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
13
Pickup threshold DC 19 V IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
For rated control 24/48/60/ 110/125/ Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
voltage 110/125 V DC 220/250 V IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4- burst length = 15 ms;
Response time/drop-
out time
Approx. 3.5 4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Ri = 50 ; test duration 1 min
14
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage)
energized
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/99
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) During transportation
4 capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200
Climatic stress tests
Temperatures
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 C to +85 C /-13 F to +185 F
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
5 interference
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 C to +70 C /-4 F to -158 F
temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent -5 C to +55 C /+25 F to +131 F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) operating temperature acc. to
14
15
5/100 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
Serial interfaces Ethernet (EN 100) for DIGSI, IEC 61850, DNP3 TCP, PROFINET
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
Electrical
Connection for ush-mounted rear panel, mounting location B 1
9-pin subminiature connector casing 2 x RJ45 socket contact
Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud, 100BaseT acc. to IEEE802.3
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection for surface-mounted in console housing at case bottom
Service/modem interface (rear of unit) casing 2
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box Test voltage (reg. socket) 500 V; 50 Hz
Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud, Transmission speed 100 Mbit/s
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud Bridgeable distance 65.62 feet (200 m)
RS232/RS485 Optical 3
Connection Connection for ush-mounted rear panel, slot position B, duplex
For ush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, case LC, 100BaseT acc. to IEEE802.3
surface-mounting housing with mounting location C
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Connection for surface-mounted
case
(not available)
4
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable Transmission speed 100 Mbit/s
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 1300 nm
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Bridgeable distance
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
max. 0.93 miles (1.5 km)
5
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
Isolated interface for data Port B
System interface (rear of unit) transfer to a control center
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Transmission rate
RS485
Up to 1.5 Mbaud
6
to a control center
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector,
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud, For ush-mounting housing/ mounting location B
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud
RS232/RS485
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel 7
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Connection
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
top/bottom part
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft 187.5 kbaud;
8
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable 200 m/600 ft 1.5 Mbaud;
top/bottom part 100 m/300 ft 12 Mbaud
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Fiber optic 9
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground Connection ber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO
Fiber optic connection
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for ber-
optic connection
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
10
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
detached operator panel top/bottom part 1) and 2) on page 5/136
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal on the Optical avelength 820 nm 11
top/bottom part Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Optical wavelength 820 nm Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0 12
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant Isolated interface for data Port B
transfer to a control center
RS485
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
Connection
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B 13
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing (not available)
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part 14
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/101
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
3 Fiber-optic
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for ber-
Undervoltage threshold
V< for release Ip
10.0 to 125.0 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
optic onnection
Trip characteristics
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
surface-mounting housing with
extremely inverse, long inverse
4 detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse,
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1) and 2) on page 5/136
extremely inverse, denite inverse
top/bottom part
User-dened characteristic Dened by a maximum of 20 value
Optical wavelength 820 nm
5 Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Dropout setting
pairs of current and time delay
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 setting value Ip for
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Ip/Inom 0.3, corresponds to approx.
0.95 pickup threshold
6 Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
With disk emulation
Tolerances
Approx. 0.90 setting value Ip
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (ground) With voltage memory for measure-
ment voltages that are too low
9 Setting ranges
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Forward range Vref,rot 86
- 180 to 180 (in steps of 1)
Pickup ground elements 0.25 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Rotation of reference voltage For one and two-phase faults
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) Vref,rot unlimited;
10 Dropout delay time TDO
Times
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Direction sensitivity For three-phase faults dynamically
unlimited;
Pickup times (without inrush Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-
restraint, with inrush restraint phase
+ 10 ms)
11 With twice the setting value
Non-directional
Approx. 30 ms
Directional
45 ms
For ground faults
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0,
3I0 or with negative-sequence
With ve times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
quantities 3V2, 3I2
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Forward range Vref,rot 86
12 Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for
I/Inom 0.3
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180 to 180 (in steps of 1)
Direction sensitivity
Tolerances Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) measured;
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
13 Negative-sequence quantities
3V0 5 V displacement voltage,
calculated
3V2 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3V2, 3I2 3I2 225 mA negative-sequence
current1)
High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single- Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
phase overcurrent protection Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time
1 Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
k factor constant with the machine running
(in steps of 0.1)
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or (in steps of 0.001 A) Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 C (in steps of 1 C)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) (I /k Inom ) (Ipre /k Inom )
2 Times
For (I/k Inom) 8 t =th ln 2
(I /k Inom ) 1
Pickup times
Minimum Approx. 20 ms 1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Typical Approx. 30 ms
3 Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Approx. 30 ms
Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom 0.5
t
th
I
= Tripping time
= Temperature rise time constant
= Load current
Tolerances 3 % of setting value or Ipre = Preload current
Pickup thresholds 1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
5 % of setting value or Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
4 Delay times
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
protection relay
Intermittent ground-fault protection Dropout ratios
/Trip Drops out with Alarm
Setting ranges /Alarm Approx. 0.99
5 Pickup threshold
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Tolerances
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) With reference to k Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) With reference to tripping time 5 % 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
6 Pickup prolon-
gation time
TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Ground-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
mulation time
Program for phase fault
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
7 accumulation
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
(dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
binary input
intermittent ground fault
Program for ground fault
Times Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
8 Pickup times
Current = 1.25 pickup value Approx. 30 ms
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive ground-fault
protection, binary input
Current 2 pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms three-phase fault detected by a pro-
Tolerances tective element, binary input,last TRIP
9 Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1) command after the reclosing cycle is
complete (unsuccessful reclosing),
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
TRIP command by the breaker failure
Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns) protection (50BF),
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
10 Setting ranges / Increments
Pickup threshold
external CLOSE command
Vgnd> / 3V0> 2.0 V to 100.0 V Increments 1 V
Monitoring time after 0.04 s ... 10.00 s Increents 0.01 s Setting ranges
pickup detected Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
15 Warning overtemperature
alarm/trip
50 to 100 % with reference
to the tripping overtemperature
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
(in steps of 1 %)
Additional functions Lockout (nal trip), delay of dead- Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz
time start via binary input (monito- Range fN 5 Hz
red), dead-time extension via binary
input (monitored), co-ordination
Tolerance*)
Voltage difference (V2 V1)
20 mHz
In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
1
with other protection relays, circuit- Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
breaker monitoring, evaluation of the Tolerance*) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
CB contacts
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF)
Frequency difference (f2 f1)
Range
In mHz
fN 5 Hz 2
Setting ranges Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Angle difference (2 1) In
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) Range 0 to 180
Times
Pickup times
Tolerance*) 0.5
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
3
with internal start is contained in the delay time Operating modes / measuring
with external start is contained in the delay time quantities
Dropout times
Tolerances
Approx. 25 ms 3-phase
1-phase
I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, dV/dt,
P, Q, cos I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, 4
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Without xed phase relation cos f, df/dt, binary input
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
value
Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25)
Operating mode Synchro-check
Setting ranges
Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
5
Additional release conditions Live-bus / dead line Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
Dead-bus / live-line Sens. ground curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Dead-bus and dead-line Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Voltages
Bypassing Displacement voltage VE
Power P, Q
2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
6
Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Power factor (cos ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
(in steps of 1 V) Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase)
(in steps of 1 V)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus check 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase)
fN = 60 Hz
Rate-of-frequency change df/dt
50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s) 7
Voltage change dV/dt 4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
(in steps of 1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (insteps of 0.01)
(in steps of 1 V) Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV)
Dropout differential f
Pickup delay time
0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
8
transformer V2nom Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Times
V-measurement
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase)
Pickup times
Current, voltage
9
(in steps of 1 V) (phase quantities)
Tolerance 1V With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
With 10times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
f-measurement
Df-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1
Tolerance
0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
15 mHz
Current, voltages 10
(symmetrical components)
-measurement With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
-measurement 2 to 80 (in steps of 1 ) With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
(2>1; 2>1)
Tolerance 2
Power
Typical Approx. 120 ms
11
Max. phase displacement 5 for f 1 Hz Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms
10 for f > 1 Hz thresholds)
Adaptation Power factor 300 to 600 ms
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 to 360 (in steps of 1 )
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01)
Frequency
Rate-of-frequency change
Approx. 100 ms
12
transformers V1/V2 With 1.25 times the setting Approx. 220 ms
value
Times
Voltage change dV/dt
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms
Max. duration TSYN DURATION
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE
0.01 to 1200 s; (in steps of 0.01 s)
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
For 2 times pickup value
Binary input
Approx. 220 ms
Approx. 20 ms 13
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Measuring values of synchro-check function
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
14
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Tolerance*) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
*) With rated frequency.
Voltage to be synchronized V2 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Range
Tolerance*)
10 to 120 % Vnom
1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/105
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
1 Dropout times
Current, voltage (phase < 20 ms
Setting ranges
Motor starting current ISTARTUP
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START
2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
quantities)
Current, voltages < 30 ms Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
(symmetrical components) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
2 Power
Typical < 50 ms
Permissible starting time
TSTARTUP, warm motor
Temperature threshold
0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Maximum < 350 ms cold motor
Power factor < 300 ms
Frequency < 100 ms Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or (in steps of 0.1 s)
3 Rate-of-frequency change
Voltage change
< 200 ms
< 220 ms
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Tripping time characteristic
Binary input < 10 ms For I > IMOTOR START I 2
t = STARTUP TSTARTUP
Tolerances I
Pickup threshold
4 Current
Current (symmetrical
0.5 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
1 % of setting value or 100 mA1)
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
current
I = Actual current owing
components) TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Voltage 0.5 % of setting value or 0.1 V motor starting current
Voltage (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 0.2 V
5 components)
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W Dropout ratio IMOTOR START
t = Tripping time in seconds
Approx. 0.95
Power factor 2 degrees Tolerances
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
10 mHz (at V = VN) Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
6 Rate-of-frequency change
Voltage change dV/dt
5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s
5 % of setting value or 1.5 V/s
Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps 0.01 A)
Current threshold for
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) alarm and trip
7 Denite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Setting ranges
Delay times
Blocking duration after
0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
CLOSE signal detection
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.25 to 15 A1) or (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tolerances
Delay times 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
8 Functional limit All phase currents 50 A1)
Delay time
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Times
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
15 1) For Inom = 1 A,
all limits divided by 5.
start-ups from cold
state
Stage 2
or (no indication)
-50 C to 250 C (in steps of 1 C)
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds
4
-58 F to 482 F (in steps of 1 F) Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN)
or (no indication) 10 mHz (at V = VN)
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Operating modes/measuring
Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms 5
quantities Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or Output of the fault distance in primary and secondary,
phase-to-phase voltages or in km or miles line length,
1-phase
phase-to-ground voltages
Single-phase phase-ground or phase- Starting signal
in % of line length
Trip command, dropout of a
6
phase voltage protection element, via binary input
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
dependent on voltage 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 /km1) (in steps of 0.0001)
0.001 to 3 /mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) 7
connection and chosen 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Tolerances
measuring quantity Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.0 % fault location, or 0.025
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed IMIN" 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
dal measurement quantities 30 K 90 and VK/Vnom 0.1
and IK/Inom 1 8
Times Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection (ANSI 27/Q)
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Measured Values / Modes of
Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Operation
3-phase I1, V, Q, 9
Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V Measuring method for I, V Fundamental wave, Pickup when
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Exceeding threshold value or falling
below threshold value
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Operating modes/measuring
quantities
Setting Ranges / Increments
Pickup thresholds
10
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or Current I1 for INom = 1 A 0.01 to 0.20 A Increments 0.01 A
negative phase-sequence voltage or for INom = 5 A 0.05 to 1.00 A
phase-to-phase voltages or
phase-to-ground voltages
Voltage V
Power Q for INom = 1 A
for I VAR Nom = 5 A
10.0 to 210.00 V Increments 0.1 V
1.0 to 100 VAR Increments 0.01
5.0 to 500 VAR
11
1-phase Single-phase phase-ground or phase-
phase voltage Pickup delay (standard) 0.00 to 60.00 s Increments 0.01 s
Command delay time 0.00 to 3600.00 s Increments 0.01 s
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
Dropout delay
Function Limits
0.00 to 60.00 s Increments 0.01 s
12
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Power measurement I1
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) for INom = 1 A Positive sequence system current >
0.03 A
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T
Times
0 to 100 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
for INom = 5 A Positive sequence system current >
0.15 A 13
Pickup times:
Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms
QU protection typical approx. 120 ms
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms
maximum (small signals approx. 350 ms
Dropout times
Tolerances
As pickup times
and thresholds)
Binary input approx. 20 ms
14
Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V Dropout times:
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms QU protection typical < 50 ms
maximum < 350 ms
at INom <0.25 A
Current I1 (symmetrical Range 0 to 400 %
components) for INom = 1 A Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
2% of set value or 20 mA
3 Voltage
for INom = 5 A 2% of set value or 100 mA
1% of set value or 0.1 V
Temperature restart inhibit
L/L Trip
In %
11 P, active power
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
With sign, total and phase-segrega-
Min./Max. values for power
Min./Max. values for overload
S, P, Q, cos , frequency
/Trip
ted in kW (MW or GW) primary and protection
in % Snom
Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
12 2) At rated frequency.
I1 (positive-sequence component);
Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Operational measured values (cont'd) Local measured values monitoring
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Tolerance2) for I>Ibalance limit
13 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and |cos | = 0.707 to 1 with
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
for V>Vlim
Snom = 3 Vnom Inom
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase- (ACB)
14 segregated in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)
primary and in % Snom
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Limit value monitoring Predened limit values, user-dened
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
expansions via CFC
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
15 and |sin | = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 Vnom Inom
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
2) At rated frequency.
Tolerance1) 2 % for I > 0.1 Inom, V > 0.1 Vnom Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
Statistics
and |cos | (p.f.) 0.707
control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
9
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits CE conformity
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
commands (segregated according
to 1st and 2nd cycle)
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
10
2004/108/EG previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed
for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EG
Circuit-breakerwear previous 73/23/EEC).
Methods Ix with x = 1 .. 3 This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
11
2-point method (remaining service
life) Part 303).
i2t Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of
measured values on TRIP command,
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/ 12
Part 303).
up to 8 digits, phase-selective limit
values, monitoring indication This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
Motor statistics
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1)
the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC
Directive and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
13
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %)
Active energy and reactive energy
Motor start-up data:
See operational measured values
Of the last 5 start-ups
14
Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 s)
Start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
Start-up voltage (primary) 0 V to 100 kV (resolution 1 V)
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/109
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Selection and ordering data
7 DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V4) , threshold binary input DC 176 V 3)
Unit version
6
11 No system interface
Protocols see page 5/114
0
by means of jumpers. 6) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
3) The binary input thresholds can be selected per binary input by the additional RS485 ber-optic converter 7XV5650-0 A00 is
15 means of jumpers.
4) AC 230 V, starting from device version /EE.
required.
7) Starting from device version .../GG and FW-Version V4.82
51 V
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection 3
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
37
47
59N/64
Undercurrent monitoring
Phase sequence
Displacement voltage
4
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
Lockout
5
V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from 6
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U
27/Q
Under-/overfrequency
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
7
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection
Dir 67/67N
Intermittent ground fault
Direction determination for overcurrent,
P E 8
phases and ground F C
Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
27/59
81O/U
Under-/overvoltage
Under-/overfrequency 9
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
27/59
Intermittent ground fault protection
Under-/overvoltage
11
81U/O Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection functions (quantities derived from
current & voltages):
32/55/81R Voltage-/power-/p.f.-/rate of freq. change-protection
12
Intermittent ground-fault P G
Sens.ground-f.det. 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir REF
67Ns
phases and ground
Directional sensitive ground-fault detection 13
67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
87N High-impedance restricted ground fault F D 2)
Continued on
14
next page
Basic version included 1) 50N/51N only with insensitive ground-current transformer when
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency protection position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
Dir
IEF
= Directional overcurrent protection
= Intermittent ground fault
2) Sensitive ground-current transformer only when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) available beginning with FW / Parameterset-version V4.90 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/111
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Selection and ordering data
6
87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
7
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F F 2)
Sens.ground-f.det. 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
Dir IEF REF 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
8 87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
Intermittent ground faults P D 2)
Sens.ground-f.det. 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
REF 67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
9
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor
87N
67Ns
High-impedance restricted ground fault
10
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
11
27/Q
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection
H F 2)
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
13 51M
27/59
Load jam protection, motor statistics
Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
15 Dir
IEF
= Directional overcurrent protection
= Intermittent ground fault
2) Sensitive ground-current transformer only when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) available beginning with FW / Parameterset-version V4.90
Continued on
next page
51 V
protection, stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
3
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
37
47
Undercurrent monitoring
Phase sequence 4
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking 5
86 Lockout
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
Dir IEF V,P,f REF 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
67Ns
87N
Directional intermittent ground fault protection 5)
High-impedance restricted ground fault
6
Intermittent ground fault
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86
51M
27/59
Restart inhibit
Load jam protection, motor statistics
Undervoltage/overvoltage
7
81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 5)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection
8
R H 2)
Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and ground
48/14
66/86
Starting time supervision, locked rotor
Restart inhibit
9
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 5)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
10
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection H G
Motor 48/14
66/86
Starting time supervision, locked rotor
Restart inhibit 11
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics H A
ARC, fault locator, synchro-check Without
0
79 With auto-reclosure
21FL
79, 21FL
With fault locator
With auto-reclosure, with fault locator
1
2 12
3
25 With synchro-check3)
4 4)
25, 79,21FL With synchro-check3), auto-reclosure, fault locator
7 4)
13
Basic version included 3) Synchro-check (no asynchronous
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency protection switching), one function group; available
Dir
IEF
= Directional overcurrent protection
= Intermittent ground fault
only with devices 7SJ623 and 7SJ624
4) Ordering option only available for devices 14
7SJ623 and 7SJ624
1) 50N/51N only with insensitive ground-current 5) available beginning with FW /
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7. Parameterset-version V4.90
2) Sensitive ground-current transformer
only when position 7 = 2, 6.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/113
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Selection and ordering data
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
2 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm ber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1)
3 PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1)
5
6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 B
4 MODBUS, RS485
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2)
9
9
L 0 D
L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0 H
7 1) Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = B.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = B.
The converter requires a AC 24 V power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = B.
8 3) available with V4.9
Sample order
9 Position Order No. + Order code
7SJ622 5 - 5 E C 9 1 - 3 F A 1 + L 0 G
13
14
15
5/114 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Selection and ordering data
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00 2
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
Professional + IEC 61850
7XS5402-0AA00
3
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
4
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
6
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under
MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition. (generally contai-
ned in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
7
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit 10
(9-pin connector) (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered
additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and
SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
11
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
13
14
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
2 Mounting rail
Connector 2-pin
Connector 3-pin
C73334-A1-C35-1
C73334-A1-C36-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens
LSP2091-afp.eps
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
taped on reel
4 2-pin connector 3-pin connector Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)
5
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
6 Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/116 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
7SJ623x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ625x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ623x-x D xxx-xxxx
1
7SJ623, E
7SJ625 7SJ625x-x D xxx-xxxx
E
9
LSA4734a-en.eps
10
11
12
13
7SJ624x-x B xxx-xxxx
1 7SJ626x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ624x-x D xxx-xxxx
7SJ624, E
7SJ626 7SJ626x-x D xxx-xxxx
E
9
LSA4735a-en.eps
10
11
12
13
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Overcurrent protection
(denite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
Directional overcurrent protection
(denite-time/inverse-time/user-def.) 2
Sensitive dir./non-dir. ground-fault detection
Displacement voltage
Intermittent ground-fault protection 3
LSP2316-afpen.tif
High-impedance restricted ground fault
Inrush restraint
Motor protection
Overload protection
4
Temperature monitoring
Under-/overvoltage protection
Under-/overfrequency protection 5
Breaker failure protection
Fig. 5/105 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 multifunction protection relay
Negative-sequence protection
Description
Phase-sequence monitoring
Auto-reclosure
6
Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 can be used as a protective control and
Lockout
monitoring relay for distribution feeders and transmission
lines of any voltage in networks that are earthed (grounded), Control functions/programmable logic
7
low-resistance grounded, ungrounded, or of a compensated
Flexible number of switching devices
neutral point structure. The relay is suited for networks that
Position of switching elements is shown on the graphic display
are radial or looped, and for lines with single or multi-terminal
feeds. Regarding the time-overcurrent/directional overcurrent Local/remote switching via key-operated switch 8
protection the characteristics can be either denite time, inverse Control via keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
time or user-dened.
Extended user-dened logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking)
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 is equipped with motor protection appli-
cable for asynchronous machines of all sizes. Motor protection Monitoring functions
9
comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting time supervision, Operational measured values V, I, f,...
restart inhibit, locked rotor. Energy metering values Wp, Wq
The relay provides easy-to-use local control and automation
functions. The number of controllable switchgear depends only
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring 10
Slave pointer
on the number of available inputs and outputs. The integrated
programmable logic (CFC) allows the user to implement their Trip circuit supervision
own functions, e.g. for the automation of switchgear (interlock-
ing). The user is able to generate user-dened messages as well.
Fuse failure monitor
8 oscillographic fault records
11
Communication interfaces
System interface
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
12
PROFIBUS-FMS /-DP
DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
Front interface for DIGSI 4
13
Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/121
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Application
10 Control
Transformer protection
The 7SJ63 units perform all functions of backup protection
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect
supplementary to transformer differential protection. The inrush
devices (electrically operated/motorized switches) or circuit-
suppression effectively prevents tripping by inrush currents.
breakers via the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4
11 or the control and protection system (e.g. SICAM). The present The high-impedance restricted ground-fault protection detects
status (or position) of the primary equipment can be displayed. short-circuits and insulation faults on the transformer.
7SJ63 supports substations with single and duplicate busbars.
The number of elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to 5) is Backup protection
12 only restricted by the number of inputs and outputs available.
A full range of command processing functions is provided.
The relays can be used universally for backup protection.
Metering values
Programmable logic
15
5/122 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Application
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional overcurrent protection (denite / inverse, phase / neutral),
67Ns/50Ns
IEdir>, IEdir>>, Ip dir
IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Directional comparison protection
Directional / non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection
2
Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)
VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage
59N/64
IIE> Intermittent ground fault
3
87N High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/123
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Construction
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
3 The height is a uniform 244 mm for
LSP2166-afp.tif
ush-mounting housings and 266 mm
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
LSP2196-afp.eps
9
10 Fig. 5/109 Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
11
12
LSP2219-afpen.eps
13
LSP2237-afp.tif
14
Fig. 5/110 Surface-mounting housing with Fig. 5/111 Communication interfaces in a
15 screw-type terminals sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Protection functions
Overcurrent protection 1
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the ground current (four 2
transformers). Two denite-time overcur-
rent protection elements (DMT) exist both
for the phases and for the ground. The
current threshold and the delay time can 3
be set within a wide range. In addition,
inverse-time overcurrent protection
characteristics (IDMTL) can be activated.
Reset characteristics
4
For easier time coordination with electro-
Fig. 5/112 Denite-time overcurrent Fig. 5/113 Inverse-time overcurrent
mechanical relays, reset characteristics protection protection
according to ANSI C37.112 and
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are
5
applied. Available inverse-time characteristics
When using the reset characteristic (disk Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
emulation), a reset process is initiated Inverse 6
after the fault current has disappeared.
Short inverse
This reset process corresponds to the
reverse movement of the Ferraris disk of Long inverse
an electromechanical relay (thus: disk
emulation).
Moderately inverse 7
Very inverse
User-denable characteristics Extremely inverse
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/125
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Protection functions
Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
1 If a motor is started up too many times in succes-
sion, the rotor can be subject to thermal overload,
especially the upper edges of the bars. The rotor
temperature is calculated from the stator current.
2 The reclosing lockout only permits start-up of the
motor if the rotor has sufcient thermal reserves for
a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/117).
3 Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout via a
binary input by storing the state of the thermal
replica as long as the binary input is active. It is
also possible to reset the thermal replica to zero.
4 Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes with a total
of 12 measuring sensors can be used for tempera-
5 ture monitoring and detection by the protection
relay. The thermal status of motors, generators and Fig. 5/117
transformers can be monitored with this device.
Additionally, the temperature of the bearings of rotating machines Voltage protection
6 are monitored for limit value violation. The temperatures are being
measured with the help of temperature detectors at various loca- Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
tions of the device to be protected. This data is transmitted to the The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
protection relay via one or two temperature monitoring boxes (see network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function can
Accessories, page 5/153). operate either with phase-to-phase voltage (default) or with
7 Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)
the negative phase-sequence system voltage. Three-phase and
single-phase connections are possible.
Starting time supervision protects the motor against long
unwanted start-ups that might occur in the event of excessive Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Functions
1 Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 with high per-
formance relays is well-suited for direct
Chatter disable
7 Chatter disable feature evaluates whether,
in a congured period of time, the num-
ber of status changes of indication input
exceeds a specied gure. If exceeded,
8 the indication input is blocked for a
certain period, so that the event list will
not record excessive operations.
12 Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can
be derived from an existing indication.
14
Fig. 5/121 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking
15
5/130 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Functions
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current and
voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active and reac- 1
tive power. The following functions are available for measured
value processing:
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1 2
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase selective)
Power factor (cos ), (total and phase selective) 3
Frequency
Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power ow
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and voltage
values 4
Operating hours counter
Mean operating temperature of overload function
Limit value monitoring 5
LSP2078-afp.eps
Limit values are monitored using programmable logic in the
CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value indica-
tion.
Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is set
6
to zero to suppress interference.
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy metered
7
value from the measured current and voltage values. If an
Fig. 5/122 NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
external meter with a metering pulse output is available, the
SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process metering pulses via an
indication input. Measuring transducers
8
The metered values can be displayed and passed on to a control Characteristic with knee
center as an accumulation with reset. A distinction is made For measuring transducers it sometimes makes sense to
between forward, reverse, active and reactive energy. extend a small range of the input value, e.g. for the frequency
that is only relevant in the range 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz. This
9
can be achieved by using a knee characteristic.
Live-zero monitoring
4 20 mA circuits are monitored for open-circuit detection.
10
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specically to meet the requirements of
high/medium-voltage applications.
11
In general, no separate measuring instruments (e.g. for current,
voltage, frequency measuring transducer ...) or additional
control components are necessary.
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/131
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Communication
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
5 A number of communication modules suitable for various applica-
tions can be tted in the rear of the ush-mounting housing. In
the ush-mounting housing, the modules can be easily replaced
6 by the user.
The interface modules support the following applications:
Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated electrical time
synchronization interface. It can be used to feed timing
7 telegrams in IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units via time
synchronization receivers.
System interface
Communication with a central control system takes place
8 through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus topolo-
gies can be congured depending on the chosen interface.
Furthermore, the units can exchange data through this
interface via Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can also be
9 operated by DIGSI.
Service interface
The service interface was conceived for remote access to a
number of protection units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be Fig. 5/124 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
LSP3.01-0021.tif
Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free
optical connection to the master can be
8
established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
9
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the 10
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, the
Fig. 5/126 Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850
units can also be used in other manufactur-
with integrated Ethernet-switch
ers systems (see Fig. 5/124).
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/133
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Typical connections
Typical connections
1 Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
2 For grounded networks, the ground current
is obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
11
12
13
14
Fig. 5/130 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional element for phases
5
9
Fig. 5/131 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection
10
Connection for isolated-neutral
or compensated networks only
If directional ground-fault protection is
11
not used, the connection can be made
with only two phase current transformers.
Directional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two 12
primary transformers.
13
14
Fig. 5/132 Isolated-neutral or compensated networks
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/135
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Typical applications
Isolated or compensated networks Overcurrent protection phases Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase
non-directional current transformers possible
3 (Low-resistance) grounded networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-ground connection or
phases directional transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
4 phases directional
7 Typical applications
Connection of circuit-breaker
8 Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
9 Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
andmanual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
10 Automatic tripping takes place when
voltage across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/133, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
11 opening of the live status contact upon
failure of the protection unit or by short-
circuiting the trip coil in event of a network
fault Fig. 5/133 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)
12
13
14
15
5/136 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Typical applications
11
12
13
14
Fig. 5/136 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/137
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
1 Measuring circuits
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable)
Type
Number (marshallable)
7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
11 24 20 37 33
Current transformer Voltage range DC 24 250 V
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold
10 Quiescent Approx. 4 W
7SJ633
5.5 W
7SJ636
7W
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
30 A for 0.5 s
Energized Approx. 10 W 16 W 20 W
Backup time during 50 ms at V > DC 110 V
11 loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary direct voltage
20 ms at V > DC 24 V
12 Power consumption
7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 3 W 5W 7W
Energized Approx. 12 W 18 W 23 W
14
15
5/138 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
Electrical tests Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80
Specication
Standards IEC 60255
Radiated electromagnetic
interference
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
amplitude and pulse-modulated
1
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
UL508
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, 2
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Ri = 200
all circuits except for auxiliary EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specication)
time synchronization
Auxiliary voltage DC 3.5 kV
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz 3
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Communication ports AC 500 V
Radio interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz
and time synchronization
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 J
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Units with a detached operator
panel must be installed in a metal
4
ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
cubicle to maintain limit class B
class III
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
Mechanical stress tests
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
5
EN 50082-2 (generic specication) During operation
DIN 57435 Part 303
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; =15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
Sinusoidal
10 to 60 Hz; 0.075 mm amplitude;
6
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV
Irradiation with radio-frequency
both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Shock
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Semi-sinusoidal 7
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
eld, non-modulated IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Irradiation with radio-frequency
eld, amplitude-modulated
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1
IEC 60068-3-3
1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
(horizontal axis)
8
IEC 61000-4-3; class III 1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition (vertical axis)
eld, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 % 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
9
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4- burst length = 15 ms; (vertical axis)
4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Ri = 50 ; test duration 1 min 1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge)
During transportation 10
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 ; 9 F
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
Binary inputs/outputs
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 ;18 F
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
11
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; Shock Semi-sinusoidal
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic eld 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes 12
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per s;
of 3 axes
13
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/139
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
1 Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 C to +85 C /-13 F to +185 F
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Isolated interface for data Port B
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h transfer to a control center
Temporarily permissible operating -20 C to +70 C /-4 F to +158 F Transmission rate Factory setting: 9600 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 9600 baud, max. 19200 baud
2 Recommended permanent
operating temperature acc. to
-5 C to +55 C /+25 F to +131 F RS232/RS485
Connection Mounting location B
IEC 60255-6
For ush-mounting housing/
(Legibility of display may be
surface-mounting housing with
impaired above +55 C /+131 F)
3 Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
-25 C to +55 C /-13 F to +131 F
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Limiting temperature during -25 C to +70 C /-13 F to +158 F with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
transport top/bottom part
4 Humidity
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative
Distance RS232
Distance RS485
Max. 15 m/49 ft
Max. 1 km/3300 ft
It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days a year up to Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
units in such a way that they are 95 % relative humidity; Fiber optic
not exposed to direct sunlight or condensation not permissible!
5 pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for
ber-optic connection
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
Unit design surface-mounting housing with
Housing 7XP20 detached operator panel
6 Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 14 of
this catalog
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal on the
At the bottom part of the housing
7 Flush-mounting housing
Housing for detached operator
panel
6.5
8.0
13
15
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Detached operator panel 2.5 2.5 IEC 61850 protocol
Degree of protection Isolated interface for data Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
8 acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
transfer:
to a control center
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20; with DIGSI
Operator safety IP 2x with cover between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Transmission rate 100 Mbit
9 Serial interfaces Ethernet, electrical
Operating interface (front of unit) Connection Two RJ45 connectors
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
9-pin subminiature connector surface-mounting housing with
10 Transmission rate min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
detached operator panel
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Ethernet, optical
11 Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO
connection
RS232/RS485
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
Connection surface-mounting housing with
14
15
5/140 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
RS485 Functions
Connection
For ush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
9-pin subminiature connector,
mounting location B
Denite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) 1
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
detached operator panel phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3)
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Setting ranges
top/bottom part Pickup phase elements
Pickup ground elements
0.5 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.25 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
2
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft 187.5 kbaud; Delay times T 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
200 m/600 ft 1.5 Mbaud; Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Test voltage
100 m/300 ft 12 Mbaud
AC 500 V against ground
Times
Pickup times (without inrush
3
Fiber optic restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
Connection ber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
Non-directional Directional
For ush-mounting housing/
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
tion, mounting location B
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms
With ve times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
45 ms
40 ms
4
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/I 0.3
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes nom
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength
1) and 2) on page 5/174
820 nm
Tolerances
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
5
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
14
Direction detection (Sensitive) ground-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)
5 Direction sensitivity
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Vph min (ground-fault phase)
Vph max (unfaulted phases)
10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
measured; Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
3V0 5 V displacement voltage, acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
calculated
6 Negative-sequence quantities
3V2, 3I2
3V2 5 V negative-sequence voltage
3I2 225 mA negative-sequence
Ground-fault pickup for all types of ground faults
Denite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
current1) Setting ranges
Tolerances (phase angle error Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
under reference conditions) For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
7 For phase and ground faults 3 electrical
For normal input
Delay times T for IEE >, IEE>>
0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inrush blocking Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inuenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Times
Ip, IEp (directional, non-directional) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
8 Lower function limit 1.25 A1) Approx. 80 ms (directional
Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
range) Tolerances
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
9 Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
Ground-fault pickup for all types of ground faults
Dynamic setting change
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time User-dened characteristic Dened by a maximum of 20 pairs of
10 Start criteria Current criteria,
Logarithmic inverse
current and delay time values
CB position via aux. contacts, I
t = TIEEpmax TIEEp ln
binary input, I EEp
auto-reclosure ready Setting ranges
11 Time control
Current criteria
3 timers
Current threshold
Pickup threshold IIEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
(reset on dropping below threshold; For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
monitoring with timer) User dened
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
12 Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
13
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input
IN with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A.
For currents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be
14 guaranteed.
Times Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Pickup times
Pickup threshold
Approx 80 ms (directional)
Approx. 1.1 IEEp
Current = 1.25 pickup value
Current 2 pickup value
Approx. 30 ms
Approx. 22 ms
1
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 IEEp Dropout time Approx. 22 ms
Tolerances Tolerances
Pickup threshold IEEp
Delay times in linear range
2 % of setting value or 1 mA
7 % of reference value for 2 I/IEEp
Pickup threshold IIE>
Times TV, Tsum, Tres
3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
2
20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Direction detection for all types of ground-faults (ANSI 67Ns) Setting ranges
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Factor k
Time constant
0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
3
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Setting ranges alarm/trip to the tripping overtemperature
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
For sensitive input
For normal input
0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Current warning stage Ialarm
(in steps of 1 %)
0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
4
Measuring method cos and sin Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time
Direction phasor Correction - 45 to + 45 (in steps of 0.1 ) k factor constant with the machine running
Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) (in steps of 0.1)
Angle correction for cable CT
Angle correction F1, F2 0 to 5 (in steps of 0.1 )
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 C (in steps of 1 C) 5
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Current value I1, I2
For (I/k Inom) 8 t =th ln
(I /k Inom ) (Ipre /k Inom )
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) 2
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) (I /k Inom ) 1
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
t = Tripping time 6
th = Temperature rise time constant
Angle tolerance 3 I = Load current
High-impedance restricted ground-faultprotection (ANSI 87N) / Ipre = Preload current
single-phase overcurrent protection
Setting ranges
k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8 7
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> protection relay
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or (in steps of 0.001 A)
Dropout ratios
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
/Trip
/Alarm
Drops out with Alarm
Approx. 0.99
8
Times I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Pickup times
Tolerances
Minimum Approx. 20 ms Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
With reference to k Inom
Typical
Dropout times
Approx. 30 ms
Approx. 30 ms
With reference to tripping time
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
5 % 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
9
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom 0.5
Tolerances Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or
Program for phase fault
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
10
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms binary input
Program for ground fault
Intermittent ground-fault protection
Setting ranges
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive ground-fault
11
Pickup threshold protection, binary input
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For IEE
Pickup prolon-
IIE>
TV
0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
three-phase fault detected by a
protective element, binary input, 12
last TRIP command after the reclosing
gation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Ground-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) reclosing),
mulation time
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF), 13
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
accumulation
external CLOSE command
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
intermittent ground fault
14
1 Setting ranges
Dead time
(separate for phase and ground
0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges
Pickup current
Time multiplier T
0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0.05 to 3.2 s or (in steps of 0.01s)
and individual for shots 1 to 4) (IEC characteristics)
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s) Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics)
2 CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Functional limit All phase currents 20 A1)
reclosure Trip characteristics
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
dynamic blocking extremely inverse
3 Start-signal monitoring time
Circuit-breaker supervision
0.01 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
very inverse, extremely inverse
time Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I2p setting value
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or (in steps of 0.1 s) Dropout
8 Times
Pickup times
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
current
with internal start is contained in the delay time I = Actual current owing
start via control is contained in the delay time TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
with external start is contained in the delay time motor starting current
9 Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
t = Tripping time in seconds
Tolerances
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Tolerances
Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
10 Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
Denite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Setting ranges
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or (in steps of 0.01 A)
11 Delay times
Dropout delay time TDO
0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Functional limit All phase currents 20 A1)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
12 Dropout times
Dropout ratio
Approx. 35 ms
Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
13 Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
14
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting ranges
Motor starting current relative
to rated motor current
1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Operating modes / measuring
quantities 1
3-phase Positive-sequence component or
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom smallest of the phase-to-phase
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) voltages
Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
1-phase Single-phase phase-ground or phase-
phase voltage
2
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Setting ranges
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) 3-phase, phase-ground 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
connection
3-phase, phase-phase 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
3
warm starts connection
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) 1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
simulations of rotor at zero
speed k at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout ratio r
Delay times T
1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
0 to 100 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) 4
Current Criteria Bkr Closed IMIN 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
constant with motor running
Dropout threshold r V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
k RUNNING
n -1 Max. 225 V phase-ground voltages
Restarting limit restart = rot max perm c
nc Times
Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
5
restart = Temperature limit Dropout times As pickup times
below which restarting
Tolerances
is possible
rot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
Pickup thresholds
Times
1 % of setting value or 1 V
1 % of setting value or 10 ms 6
(= 100 % in operational Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
measured value Operating modes/measuring
rot/rot trip) quantities
nc = Number of permissible
start-ups from cold
3-phase Negative-sequence component or
largest of the phase-to-phase
7
state voltages
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) 1-phase Single-phase phase-ground or phase-
13
14
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-
segregated in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)
1 Number of frequency elements
Setting ranges
4
primary and in % Snom
0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Range
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 H 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
Delay times 0 to 100 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and |sin | = 0.707 to 1 with
2 Undervoltage blocking, with
positive-sequence voltage V1
10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Snom = 3 Vnom Inom
Times cos , power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated
Pickup times Approx. 150 ms Range - 1 to + 1
Dropout times Approx. 150 ms Tolerance2) 3 % for |cos | 0.707
3 Dropout
f = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz
Frequency f In Hz
Range fnom 5 Hz
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
Tolerance2) 20 mHz
Tolerances
Temperature overload protection In %
4 Pickup thresholds
Frequency 10 mHz
/Trip
Range 0 to 400 %
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) Temperature restart inhibit In %
6 Setting ranges
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 /km1) (in steps of 0.0001)
Reclose time TReclose In min
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA
0.001 to 3 /mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) detection (total, real, and reactive secondary
Tolerances current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
7 VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
dal measurement quantities 30 K 90 and VK/Vnom 0.1
Tolerance2)
Measuring transducer
2 % of measured value or 1 mA
8 Additional functions
Operational measured values
Tolerance2) 1.5 %, relative to rated value
of 20 mA
For standard usage of the measurement transducer for pressure and
Currents In A (kA) primary, in A secondary or temperature monitoring
IL1, IL2, IL3 in % Inom
9 Positive-sequence component I1
Negative-sequence component I2
Operating measured value
Operating range (presetting)
Operating measured value
Pressure in hPa
0 hPa to 1200 hPa
Temp in C / F
IE or 3I0
Range 10 to 200 % Inom temperature
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom Operating range (presetting) 0 C to 240 C or 32 F to 464 F
10 Phase-to-ground voltages
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
In kV primary, in V secondary or in
% Vnom
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box"
Phase-to-phase voltages Long-term averages
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Positive-sequence component V1 Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minutes
11 Negative-sequence component V2
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Frequency of updates
Long-term averages
Adjustable
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary and of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
12 Range
in % of Snom
0 to 120 % Snom
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
P, active power With sign, total and phase-segrega-
13 ted in kW (MW or GW) primary and
in % Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
1) At rated frequency. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/147
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Technical data
2 CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
2004/108/EG previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed
3 for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EG
previous 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
4 Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.The
unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the German
standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
5 in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directi-
ve and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/148 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Selection and ordering data
Measuring inputs (3 x V , 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
3
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
2
4
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E,G 7
5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
DC 24 to 48 V, threshold binary input DC 19 V 3)
DC 60 to 125 V 2), threshold binary input DC 19 V 3)
2
4 6
DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V4) , threshold binary input DC 88 V 3) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminal top/bottom
A 7
B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminals, detached operator panel C
For panel ush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel ush mounting , screw-type terminals (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E 8
For panel ush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs)
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, without operator panel, panel mounting
in low-voltage housing G 9
Region-specic default settings/function versions and language settings
Region DE, 50Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable
Region US, 60Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable
B
C
10
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. 5) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662- AD10, 14
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected refer to Accessories.
by means of jumpers. 6) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
3) The binary input thresholds can be selected per binary input by the additional RS485 ber-optic converter 7XV5650-0 A00 is
means of jumpers.
4) AC 230 V, starting from device version /EE.
required.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/149
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Selection and ordering data
2 50N/51N
50N/51N
Ground-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IEp
Insensitive ground-fault protection via
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
3 37
(negative-sequence protection)
Undercurrent monitoring
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
Intermittent ground fault P E
6 Dir 67/67N
47
Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
Phase sequence F C
Dir V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F G
7 Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
Intermittent ground fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
ground-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
8 detection
87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
ground-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
9
Directional 67Ns
Intermittent ground fault
Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
P D 2)
12 Continued on
next page
13
14
Basic version included 1) Only with insensitive ground-current
V, f = Voltage, frequency protection transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated / compensated networks
15 Dir
IEF
= Directional overcurrent protection
= Intermittent ground fault
only with sensitive ground-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.
37
(negative-sequence protection)
Undercurrent monitoring
3
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup 4
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
ground-fault Dir
detection
67Ns
87N
Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
High-impedance restricted ground fault
5
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H H 2) 6
Directional Motor IEF V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
ground-fault Dir 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
48/14
Intermittent ground fault
Starting time supervision, locked rotor
7
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency R H 2)
Motor
Dir
V, f 67/67N
48/14
Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and ground
Starting time supervision, locked rotor
8
66/86 Restart inhibit
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
Motor
81O/U
48/14
Under-/overfrequency
11
12
13
14
Basic version included 1) Only with insensitive ground-current transformer when
V, f = Voltage, power, frequency protection position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection 2) For isolated / compensated networks only with sensitive
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
2 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm ber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1)
3 PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1)
5
6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 B
4 MODBUS, RS485
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2)
9
9
L 0 D
L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0 H
5 IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RSJ45 connector (EN 100)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)2)
9
9
L 0 R
L 0 S
1) Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
6 For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = B.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = B.
The converter requires a AC 24 V power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = B.
7
Sample order
8 Position Order No. + Order code
7SJ632 5 - 5 E C 9 1 - 3 F C 1 + L 0 G
12
13
14
15
5/152 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Selection and ordering data
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00 2
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
Professional + IEC 61850
7XS5402-0AA00
3
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
4
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
6
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under
MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition (generally contai-
ned in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally).
7
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/VoltageArrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
9
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit 10
(9-pin connector) (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered
additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and
SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
11
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
13
14
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
2 Mounting rail
Connector 2-pin
Connector 3-pin
C73334-A1-C35-1
C73334-A1-C36-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens
LSP2092-afp.eps
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
6 Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/154 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 14 1) Power relays are intended to directly control motorized switches. The power relays are
14 of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel
interlocked so only one relay of each pair can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
surface-mounting version refer to the manual purposes only one binary output of a pair can be used.
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
10
11
12
13
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 14 1) Power relays are intended to directly control motorized switches. The power relays are
of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel
interlocked so only one relay of each pair can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
14
surface-mounting version refer to the manual purposes only one binary output of a pair can be used.
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
10
11
13 (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
1) Power relays are intended to directly
control motorized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so only one relay
of each pair can close at a time, in order
14 to avoid shorting out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are BO4/BO5,
BO6/BO7, BO16/BO17 and BO18/BO19.
If used for protection purposes only one
binary output of a pair can be used.
15
Fig. 5/140 7SJ635 connection diagram
10
11
*) For pinout of communication ports see
part 14 of this catalog. 12
For the allocation of the terminals of
the panel surface-mounting version
refer to the manual
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
1) Power relays are intended to directly
13
control motorized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so only one relay
of each pair can close at a time, in order
to avoid shorting out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are BO4/BO5,
14
BO6/BO7, BO16/BO17 and BO18/BO19.
If used for protection purposes only one
binary output of a pair can be used.
15
Fig. 5/141 7SJ636 connection diagram
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/160 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Overcurrent protection
Directional overcurrent protection
Sensitive dir./non-dir. ground-fault detection
Displacement voltage
2
Intermittent ground-fault protection
Directional intermittent ground fault protection
High-impedance restricted ground fault 3
LSP2316-afpen.tif
Inrush restraint
Motor protection
Overload protection 4
Temperature monitoring
Under-/overvoltage protection
Under-/overfrequency protection
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
5
Fig. 5/142 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction protection relay Power protection (e.g. reverse, factor)
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
Description
Breaker failure protection 6
Negative-sequence protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 can be used as a protective control and Phase-sequence monitoring
monitoring relay for distribution feeders and transmission
lines of any voltage in networks that are earthed (grounded),
Synchronization
Auto-reclosure
7
low-resistance grounded, ungrounded, or of a compensated
Fault locator
neutral point structure. The relay is suited for networks that
Lockout
are radial or looped, and for lines with single or multi-terminal
feeds. The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 is equipped with a synchronization
Control functions/programmable logic
8
function which provides the operation modes synchronization
check (classical) and synchronous/asynchronous switching Flexible number of switching devices
(which takes the CB mechanical delay into consideration). Motor Position of switching elements is shown on the graphic display
protection comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting time Local/remote switching via key-operated switch
9
supervision, restart inhibit, locked rotor, load jam protection as
well as motor statistics. Control via keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Extended user-dened logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking)
The 7SJ64 is featuring the "exible protection functions". Up to
20 protection functions can be added according to individual Monitoring functions
10
requirements. Thus, for example, rate-of-frequency-change
Operational measured values V, I, f, ...
protection or reverse power protection can be implemented.
Energy metering values Wp, Wq
The relay provides easy-to-use local control and automation
functions. The number of controllable switchgear depends only
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring 11
on the number of available inputs and outputs. The integrated Slave pointer
programmable logic (CFC) allows the user to implement their Trip circuit supervision
own functions, e.g. for the automation of switchgear (interlock-
ing). CFC capacity is much larger compared to 7SJ63 due to
Fuse failure monitor
8 oscillographic fault records
12
extended CPU power. The user is able to generate user-dened
messages as well. Motor statistics
Application Synchronization
In order to connect two components of a power system, the relay
8 The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 unit is a numerical protection relay that also
performs control and monitoring functions and therefore supports
provides a synchronization function which veries that switching
ON does not endanger the stability of the power system.
the user in cost-effective power system management, and ensures
reliable supply of electric power to the customers. Local operation The synchronization function provides the operation modes syn-
chro-check (classical) and synchronous/asynchronous switching
9 has been designed according to ergonomic criteria. A large, easy-
to-read graphic display was a major design aim. (which takes the c.-b. mechanical delay into consideration).
Backup protection
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow users to
The relays can be used universally for backup protection.
implement their own functions for automation of switchgear
13 (interlocking) or a substation via a graphic user interface. Due
to extended CPU power, the programmable logic capacity is
Flexible protection functions
much larger compared to 7SJ63. The user can also generate By conguring a connection between a standard protection logic
user-dened messages. and any measured or derived quantity, the functional scope of
14 Line protection
the relays can be easily expanded by up to 20 protection stages
or protection functions.
The 7SJ64 units can be used for line protection of high and Metering values
medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance
15 grounded, isolated or compensated neutral point. Extensive measured values, limit values and metered values
permit improved system management.
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional overcurrent protection (denite/inverse, phase/neutral),
2
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Sensitive ground-fault protection
79M Auto-reclosure 5
25 Synchronization
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring 9
27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection
59R dV/dt
P<>, Q<>
Rate-of-voltage-change protection
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/163
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Construction
Construction
LSP2299-bfpen.tif
19 module frame system. This means
that previous models can always be
LSP2174-afp.tif
3 replaced. The height is a uniform 244 mm
for ush-mounting housings and 266 mm
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
LSP2196-afp.eps
9
10 Fig. 5/146 Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
11
12
LSP2219-afpen.eps
13
LSP2237-afp.tif
14
Fig. 5/147 Surface-mounting housing with Fig. 5/148 Communication interfaces in a
15 screw-type terminals sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Protection functions
Overcurrent protection 1
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51,51V, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the ground current (four 2
transformers). Three denite-time over-
current protection elements (DMT) exist
both for the phases and for the ground.
The current threshold and the delay time 3
can be set in a wide range. In addition,
inverse-time overcurrent protection
characteristics (IDMTL) can be activated.
The inverse-time function provides as
an option voltage-restraint or voltage-
4
controlled operating modes.
With the "exible protection functions", Fig. 5/149 Denite-time overcurrent Fig. 5/150 Inverse-time overcurrent
protection protection
further denite-time overcurrent stages
can be implemented in the 7SJ64 unit. 5
Reset characteristics Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
For easier time coordination with electro-
mechanical relays, reset characteristics Inverse 6
according to ANSI C37.112 and Short inverse
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are
Long inverse
applied.
When using the reset characteristic (disk
Moderately inverse 7
Very inverse
emulation), a reset process is initiated
after the fault current has disappeared. Extremely inverse
This reset process corresponds to the
reverse movement of the Ferraris disk of
Denite inverse
8
an electromechanical relay (thus: disk
emulation).
User-denable characteristics 9
Instead of the predened time characteristics according to ANSI,
tripping characteristics can be dened by the user for phase and
ground units separately. Up to 20 current / time value pairs may
be programmed. They are set as pairs of numbers or graphically 10
in DIGSI 4.
Inrush restraint
The relay features second harmonic restraint. If the second 11
harmonic is detected during transformer energization, pickup of
non-directional and directional normal elements are blocked.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/165
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Protection functions
the (external) resistor R at the sensitive current measurement Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
input IEE.
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes with a total of
14 The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the event of an
internal fault. It cuts off the high momentary voltage spikes
12 measuring sensors can be used for temperature monitoring
and detection by the protection relay. The thermal status of
occurring at transformer saturation. At the same time, this motors, generators and transformers can be monitored with
results in smoothing of the voltage without any noteworthy this device. Additionally, the temperature of the bearings of
reduction of the average value. If no faults have occurred and rotating machines are monitored for limit value violation. The
15 in the event of external faults, the system is at equilibrium, and
the voltage through the resistor is approximately zero. In the
temperatures are being measured with the help of temperature
I 2
t = A TA
I 5
I = Actual current owing
Fig. 5/155
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a
t
motor start
= Tripping time
Motor statistics
6
Essential information on start-up of the motor (duration, cur-
IA = Rated motor starting current rent, voltage) and general information on number of starts, total
TA = Tripping time at rated motor starting current (2 times, for operating time, total down time, etc. are saved as statistics in
warm and cold motor) the device. 7
The characteristic (equation) can be adapted optimally to the
state of the motor by applying different tripping times TA in Voltage protection
dependence of either cold or warm motor state. For differentia-
tion of the motor state the thermal model of the rotor is applied.
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) 8
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
If the trip time is rated according to the above formula, even a
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function can
prolonged start-up and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
current) will be evaluated correctly. The tripping time is inverse
(current dependent).
operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground, positive
phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence voltage. Three- 9
phase and single-phase connections are possible.
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to detect a blocked rotor.
An instantaneous tripping is effected. Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The devices additionally offer a new method for determining the Control and automatic functions
remaining service life:
7 Two-point method
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the SIPROTEC 4 units also
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle support all control and monitoring functions that are required
diagram (see Fig. 5/156) and the breaking current at the time for operating medium-voltage or high-voltage substations.
8 of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After CB
opening, the two-point method calculates the number of still The main application is reliable control of switching and other
possible switching cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2 processes.
only have to be set on the device. These are specied in the CB's The status of primary equipment or auxiliary devices can be
technical data. All of these methods are phase-selective and a
9 limit value can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual
obtained from auxiliary contacts and communicated to the
7SJ64 via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect and
value falls below or exceeds the limit value during determination indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED position or a fault or
of the remaining service life. intermediate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position.
Key-operated switch
7SJ64 units are tted with key-operated switch function for
15 1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is available for fN = 50/60 Hz. local/remote changeover and changeover between interlocked
switching and test operation.
5/170 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Functions
Command processing
All the functionality of command process-
ing is offered. This includes the processing 1
of single and double commands with or
without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ing of the control hardware and software,
checking of the external process, control
actions using functions such as runtime
2
monitoring and automatic command
termination after output. Here are some
typical applications:
Single and double commands using 1,
3
1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
User-denable bay interlocks
Operating sequences combining several 4
switching operations such as control
of circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
grounding switches
Triggering of switching operations, 5
indications or alarm by combination with
existing information Fig. 5/157 Typical wiring for 7SJ642 motor direct control (simplied representation without
fuses). Binary output BO6 and BO7 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts
Motor control are closed at a time.
6
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 with high
performance relays is well-suited for direct
activation of the circuit-breaker, discon-
nector and grounding switch operating
mechanisms in automated substations.
7
Interlocking of the individual switching
devices takes place with the aid of
programmable logic. Additional auxiliary 8
relays can be eliminated. This results in
less wiring and engineering effort.
2 Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be derived from an
existing indication. Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system interface can thus be
3 reduced and restricted to the most important signals.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current and
4 voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active and reac-
tive power. The following functions are available for measured
value processing:
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
5 Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1, Vsyn
LSP2078-afp.eps
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase selective)
Power factor (cos ), (total and phase selective)
6 Frequency
Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power ow
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and voltage
7 values
Operating hours counter
Mean operating temperature of overload function Fig. 5/160 NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
Limit value monitoring
8 Limit values are monitored using programmable logic in the
CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value indica-
tion.
Zero suppression
9 In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is set
to zero to suppress interference.
Metered values
10 For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy metered
value from the measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse output is available, the
SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process metering pulses via an
11 indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and passed on to a control
center as an accumulation with reset. A distinction is made
between forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.
12 Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specically to meet the requirements of
high/medium-voltage applications.
13 In general, no separate measuring instruments (e.g. for current,
voltage, frequency measuring transducer ...) or additional
control components are necessary.
14
15
5/172 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Communication
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
A number of communication modules suitable for various applica-
5
tions can be tted in the rear of the ush-mounting housing. In
the ush-mounting housing, the modules can be easily replaced
by the user.
The interface modules support the following applications: 6
Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated electrical time
synchronization interface. It can be used to feed timing
telegrams in IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units via time 7
synchronization receivers.
System interface
Communication with a central control system takes place
through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus topolo- 8
gies can be congured depending on the chosen interface.
Furthermore, the units can exchange data through this
interface via Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can also be
operated by DIGSI. 9
Service interface
The service interface was conceived for remote access to a
number of protection units via DIGSI. It can be an electrical Fig. 5/162 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
RS232/RS485 interface. For special applications, a maximum
of two temperature monitoring boxes (RTD-box) can be con-
IEC 61850, ber-optic ring
10
nected to this interface as an alternative.
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Additional interface
Up to 2 RTD-boxes can be connected via this interface. The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an international standard for the
transmission of protective data and fault recordings. All messages
11
System interface protocols (retrottable) from the unit and also control commands can be transferred by
means of published, Siemens-specic extensions to the protocol.
IEC 61850 protocol
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is the worldwide standard
Redundant solutions are also possible. Optionally it is possible to
read out and alter individual parameters (only possible with the
12
for protection and control systems used by power supply corpora- redundant module).
tions. Siemens was the rst manufacturer to support this standard.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
By means of this protocol, information can also be exchanged
directly between bay units so as to set up simple masterless
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread protocol in industrial automa-
13
systems for bay and system interlocking. Access to the units via
tion. Via PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their information
the Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI. It is also possible to
available to a SIMATIC controller or, in the control direction, receive
retrieve operating and fault messages and fault recordings via
a browser. This Web monitor also provides a few items of unit-
specic information in browser windows.
commands from a central SIMATIC. Measured values can also be
transferred. 14
3 PROFINET
PROFINET is the ethernet-based successor
of Probus DP and is supported in the
variant PROFINET IO. The protocol which
4 is used in industry together with the
SIMATIC systems control is realized on
the optical and electrical Plus ethernet
modules which are delivered since
LSP3.01-0021.tif
8 via the protocol and can be selected by
the user with DIGSI 4. Important events
are also transmitted spontaneously via
congurable process alarms. Switching
commands can be executed by the system
9 control via the device in the controlling
direction. The PROFINET implementation is
certied. The device also supports the IEC
61850 protocol as a server on the same
10 ethernet module in addition to the PRO-
FINET protocol. Client server connections
are possible for the intercommunication
between devices, e.g. for transmitting Fig. 5/164 Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850
with integrated Ethernet-switch
11 fault records and GOOSE messages.
12 Protocol) for the station and network control levels. SIPROTEC units
function as DNP slaves, supplying their information to a master
client or SNTP. The device can also be integrated into a network
monitoring system via the SNMP V2 protocol. Parallel to the DNP3
system or receiving information from it. TCP protocol the IEC 61850 protocol (the device works as a server)
and the GOOSE messages of the IEC 61850 are available for the
DNP3 TCP intercommunication between devices.
13 The ethernet-based TCP variant of the DNP3 protocol is supported System solutions for protection and station control
with the electrical and optical ethernet module. Two DNP3 TCP
clients are supported. Redundant ring structures can be realized Together with the SICAM power automation system, SIPROTEC
for DNP3 TCP with the help of the integrated switch in the module. 4 can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electrical
14 For instance, a redundant optical ethernet ring can be constructed. RS485 bus, or interference-free via the optical double ring, the
Single-point indications, double-point indications, measured and units exchange information with the control system.
metered values can be con gured with DIGSI 4 and are transmit-
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected to
ted to the DNPi client. Switching commands can be executed in
15 the controlling direction. Fault records of the device are stored in
SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or radially by ber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open for the connection of For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solution is offered with
units of other manufacturers (see Fig. 5/161). SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
Because of the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC units can also
with PAS electrically or optically to the station PC. The interface
is standardized, thus also enabling direct connection of units of
1
be integrated into systems of other manufacturers or in SIMATIC.
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, how-
Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces are available. The optimum
ever, the units can also be used in other manufacturers systems
physical data transfer medium can be chosen thanks to opto-
electrical converters. Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free optical connection to the
(see Fig. 5/162).
2
master can be established.
3
Typical connections
10
Fig. 5/165 Residual current circuit without directional element Fig. 5/166 Sensitive ground current detection without directional element
11
12
13
14
15
Fig. 5/167 Residual current circuit with directional element
5 Fig. 5/168 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional element for phases
10
Connection for the synchronization
11 function
The 3-phase system is connected as refer-
ence voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages
as well as a single-phase voltage, in this
12 case a busbar voltage, that has to be
synchronized.
13
Fig. 5/170 Measuring of the busbar voltage and the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchronization
14
15
5/176 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Typical applications
Isolated or compensated networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
phases directional current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
4
(Low-resistance) grounded networks Overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-ground connection required
ground directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformers possible
Typical applications 7
Application examples
Synchronization function
When two subnetworks must be intercon-
8
nected, the synchronization function
monitors whether the subnetworks are
synchronous and can be connected without
risk of losing stability.
9
As shown in Fig. 5/171, load is being fed
from a generator to a busbar via a trans-
former. It is assumed that the frequency
difference of the 2 subnetworks is such
10
that the device determines asynchronous 1) Synchronization function
system conditions. 2) Auto-reclosure function
The voltages of the busbar and the feeder 11
should be the same when the contacts Fig. 5/171 Measuring of busbar and feeder voltages for synchronization
are made; to ensure this condition the
synchronism function must run in the
synchronous/asynchronous switching mode. In this mode, the
operating time of the CB can be set within the relay. The vector group of the transformer can be considered by setting 12
Differences between angle and frequency can then be calculated parameters. Thus no external circuits for vector group adaptation
by the relay while taking into account the operating time of the are required.
CB. From these differences, the unit derives the exact time for
issuing the CLOSE command under asynchronous conditions.
This synchronism function can be applied in conjunction with the
auto-reclosure function as well as with the control function CLOSE
13
When the contacts close, the voltages will be in phase. commands (local/remote).
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/177
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Typical applications
Connection of circuit-breaker
1 Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
2 DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
10 Fig. 5/173 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
11
12
13
14
15
5/178 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Typical applications
10
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/179
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Technical data
1 Measuring circuits
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable)
Type
Number (marshallable)
7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
7 15 20 33 48
Current transformer Voltage range DC 24 250 V
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold
11 Quiescent
Energized
Approx. 7 W
Approx. 12 W
9W
19 W
12 W
23 W
16 W
33 W
Backup time during 200 ms
loss/short-circuit of
13
14
15
5/180 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Technical data
Binary inputs/outputs
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 ;18 F
From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F Shock
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Semi-sinusoidal
11
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic eld 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
1000 shocks in both directions
12
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s of 3 axes
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges per s; 13
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/181
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Technical data
1 Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 C to +85 C / -13 F to +185 F
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h 9-pin subminiature connector
Temporarily permissible operating -20 C to +70 C / -4 F to +158 F Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
2 Recommended permanent
operating temperature acc. to
-5 C to +55 C / +25 F to +131 F Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4 / modem / RTD-box
IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud
impaired above +55 C / +131 F) min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
3 Limiting temperature during
permanent storage
-25 C to +55 C / -13 F to +131 F RS232/RS485
8 operator panel
Detached operator panel
8
2.5
12
2.5
For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
At the bottom part of the housing:
shielded data cable
top / bottom part
Degree of protection
acc. to EN 60529 Distance Max. 1 km / 3300 ft
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
9 Flush-mounting housing
Operator safety
Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IP 2x with cover
Fiber optic
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for ber-
optic connection
For ush-mounting housing / Mounting location D
10 surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal at the
top / bottom part
11 Optical wavelength 820 nm
Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Permissible path attenuation
Distance Max. 1.5 km / 0.9 miles
12
13
14
15
5/182 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Technical data
820 nm
6
top / bottom part
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Optical wavelength 820 nm Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km / 0.99 miles
Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Max. 8 dB, for glass ber 62.5/125 m
Max. 1.5 km / 0.9 miles MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
1500 kB/s 530 m / 0.33 miles
7
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant Isolated interface for data Port B
RS485 transfer
Connection
For ush-mounting housing / Mounting location B
to a control center
Transmission rate
Up to 19200 baud 8
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For surface-mounting housing (not available)
with two-tier terminal on the
top / bottom part
For ush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location B 9
detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km / 3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Ethernet (EN 100) for DIGSI, IEC 61850, DNP3 TCP, PROFINET top / bottom part
Distance Max. 1 km / 3300 ft max. 32 units
10
Electrical
recommended
Connection for ush-mounted rear panel, mounting location B
Test voltage AC 500 V against ground
casing 2 x RJ45 socket contact
100BaseT acc. to IEEE802.3 Fiber-optic
Connection ber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for ber-optic
11
Connection for surface-mounted in console housing at case bottom
casing connection
For ush-mounting housing/ Mounting location B
Test voltage (reg. socket) 500 V; 50 Hz
Transmission speed 100 Mbit/s
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel 12
Bridgeable distance 65.62 feet (200 m) For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
Optical with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
top / bottom part 1) and 2) on page 5/174
Connection for ush-mounted
case
rear panel, slot position B, duplex
LC, 100BaseT acc. to IEEE802.3
Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
820 nm
Max 8 dB. for glass ber 62.5/125 m
13
Connection for surface-mounted (not available)
case Distance Max. 1.5 km / 0.9 miles
4 Setting ranges
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
unlimited;
For three-phase faults dynamically
Pickup ground elements 0.25 to 175 A or 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
unlimited;
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 I/IEEp
20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Displacement voltage starting for all types of ground fault (ANSI 64)
Setting ranges
Logarithmic inverse
Logarithmic inverse with knee
Refer to the manual
Refer to the manual
1
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
point
Pickup threshold 3V0> 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
(calculated) Direction detection for all types of ground-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
Delay time TDelay pickup
Additional trip delay TVDELAY
0.04 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.1 to 40000 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Measuring method cos / sin
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
2
Times 3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
3
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Direction phasor Correction - 45 to + 45 (in steps of 0.1 )
Phase detection for ground fault in an ungrounded system
Measuring principle Voltage measurement
Dropout delay TReset delay
Tolerances
1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) 4
(phase-to-ground) Pickup measuring enable
Setting ranges For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Vph min (ground-fault phase)
Vph max (unfaulted phases)
10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Angle tolerance 3 5
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V Measuring method (V0/I0)
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303 Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Ground-fault pickup for all types of ground faults
Denite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Minimum voltage Vmin. measured
Minimum voltage Vmincalculated
0.4 to 50 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
10 to 90 V (in steps of 1 V)
6
Setting ranges Phase angle -180 to 180 (in steps of 0.1)
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Delta phase angle 0 to 180 (in steps of 0.1)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input
Delay times T for IEE >, IEE>>
0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
0 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V 7
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Angle tolerance 3
Times
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Angle correction for cable CT
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 Angle correction F1, F2 0 to 5 (in steps of 0.1) 8
Tolerances Current value I1, I2
Pickup threshold For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For normal input
Delay times
2 % of setting value or 50mA1)
1 % of setting value or 20 ms
High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N) /
single-phase overcurrent protection
9
Ground-fault pickup for all types of ground faults Setting ranges
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns) Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
User-dened characteristic Dened by a maximum of 20 pairs of
current and delay time values
For sensitive input
For normal input
Delay times TI>, TI>>
0.003 to 1.5 A or (in steps of 0.001 A)
0.25 to 175 A1) or (in steps of 0.01 A)
0 to 60 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
10
Setting ranges
Times
Pickup threshold IIEEp
Pickup times
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input
User dened
0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Minimum
Typical
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 30 ms 11
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom 0.5
Times
Tolerances
Pickup times
Pickup threshold
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 1.1 IEEp
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
12
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 IEEp 5 % of setting value or
Tolerances 3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Pickup threshold
For sensitive input
For normal input
2 % of setting value or 1 mA
2 % of setting value or 50mA1)
13
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input
IN with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A.
For currents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be 14
guaranteed.
5 Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1) Setting ranges
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
external CLOSE command
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(separate for phase and ground
Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns) and individual for shots 1 to 4)
6 Setting ranges / Increments
Pickup threshold
Blocking duration for manual-
CLOSE detection
0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Vgnd> / 3V0> 2.0 V to 100.0 V Increments 1 V Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Monitoring time after 0.04 s ... 10.00 s Increments 0.01 s reclosure
pickup detected Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
7 Pulse no. for detecting the
interm. E/F
2 ... 50 Increments 1 dynamic blocking
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratio Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratio Vgnd> / 3V0> 0,95 or (pickup value - 0,6 V)
time
8 Tolerances
Measurement tolerance
Max. delay of dead-time start
Maximum dead time extension
0 to 1800 s or (in steps of 0.1 s)
0.5 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Vgnd> / 3V0> 3 % of setting value
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Action time 0.01 to 320 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inuencing Variables The delay times of the following protection function can be altered
9 Power supply direct voltage in
range
0.8 VPS/VPSNom 1.15 <1 % individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ):
Temperature in range 23.00 F (-5 C) amb 131.00 F I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
(55 C) <0.5 %/ K IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Range
% Vnom
10 to 120 % Vnom
Without xed phase relation
Pickup when
f, df/dt, binary input
Exceeding or falling below threshold
10
Tolerance*) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of value
Vnom Setting ranges
Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Voltage to be synchronized V2
Range
In kV primary, in V secondary or in
% Vnom
10 to 120 % Vnom
Current ratio I2/I1
Sens. ground curr. IE sens.
15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
11
Tolerance*) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Vnom Displacement voltage VE 2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Frequency of V1 and V2
Range
f1, f2 in Hz
fN 5 Hz
Power P, Q
Power factor (cos )
Frequency fN = 50 Hz
0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
- 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
12
Tolerance*) 20 mHz
fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Voltage difference (V2 V1) In kV primary, in V secondary or in Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
% Vnom
Range
Tolerance*)
10 to 120 % Vnom
1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of
Voltage change dV/dt
Dropout ratio >- stage
Dropout ratio <- stage
4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
13
Vnom Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Frequency difference (f2 f1) In mHz Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Range fN 5 Hz Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) 14
Angle difference (2 1) In
Range 0 to 180
Tolerance*) 0.5
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Tripping time characteristic
For I > IMOTOR START
1 Times
Pickup times
Current, voltage
I 2
t = STARTUP TSTARTUP
I
(phase quantities)
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
current
With 10 times the setting Approx. 20 ms
2 value
Current, voltages
I = Actual current owing
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
(symmetrical components) motor starting current
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
t = Tripping time in seconds
With 10 times the setting Approx. 30 ms
3 value
Power
Dropout ratio IMOTOR START
Tolerances
Approx. 0.95
at INom <0.25 A
Current I1 (symmetrical Range 0 to 400 %
components) for INom = 1 A Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
2% of set value or 20 mA
3 Voltage
for INom = 5 A 2% of set value or 100 mA
1% of set value or 0.1 V
Temperature restart inhibit
L/L Trip
In %
Long-term averages
Additional functions Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
Positive-sequence component I1 of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW)
Negative-sequence component I2 of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
8 IE or 3I0
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
of apparent power
Max. /Min. report
Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
13 Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
for I>Ibalance limit
and |cos | = 0.707 to 1 with Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
Snom = 3 Vnom Inom for V>Vlim
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase- Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
14 segregated in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)
primary and in % Snom
(ACB)
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Range 0 to 120 % Snom (ACB)
Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom
Limit value monitoring Predened limit values, user-dened
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
15 and |sin | = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 Vnom Inom 1) At rated frequency.
expansions via CFC
1) At rated frequency. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/191
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Selection and ordering data
Housing 19, 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live status contact, text display 4 x 20 character (only for 7SJ640)
9th position only with: B, D, E 0
2 Housing 19, 15 BI, 13 BO (1 NO/NC or 1a/b contact), 1 live status contact, graphic display
Housing 19, 20 BI, 8 BO, 2 power relays (4 contacts), 1 live status contact, graphic display
1
2
See next page
Housing 19, 33 BI, 11 BO, 4 power relays (8 contacts), 1 live status contact, graphic display 5
Housing 19, 48 BI, 21 BO, 4 power relays (8 contacts), 1 live status contact, graphic display 7
3 Measuring inputs (4 x V , 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
4 Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
5 Position 15 only with B, D, F, H
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
6
7 Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing A
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier terminals on top/bottom B
13
14
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected
by means of jumpers.
9
L 0 R
L 0 S
6
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Eth, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 4) 9 L 2 R
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Eth, optical, double, LC connector 4)
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Eth, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 4)
9
9
L 2 S
L 3 R
7
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Eth, optical, double, LC connector 4) 9 L 3 S
Only Port C (service interface)
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1 8
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box3), electrical RS485 2
Port C and D (service and additional interface) 9 M
Port C (service interface)
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232
9
1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box3), electrical RS485 2
PortD(additional interface)
RTD-box3), 820 nm ber, ST connector 5) A
10
RTD-box3), electrical RS485 F
Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1 11
Slave pointer,mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
12
13
1) Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7SJ6 unit with 2) Not available with position 9 = B.
RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not availab-
3) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662- AD10,
refer to Accessories. 14
le with position 9 = B. 4) Available with V4.9
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not
5) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
available with position 9 = B.
the additional RS485 ber-optic converter 7XV5650-0 A00 is
The converter requires a AC 24 V power supply (e.g. power supply
7XV5810-0BA00).
required. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 5/193
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Selection and ordering data
2 50N/51N
50N/51N
Ground-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
Insensitive ground-fault protection through
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities
derived from current): Additional time-overcurrent
3 51 V
49
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
4 37
47
59N/64
Undercurrent monitoring
Phase sequence
Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
5 86
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup, Inrush blocking
Lockout F A
V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
13
Continued on
14 Basic version included 1) Only with insensitive ground-current transformer when position
next page
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection 2) For isolated/compensated networks only with sensitive
51 V
49
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
3
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
37
47
59N/64
Undercurrent monitoring
Phase sequence
Displacement volt
4
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
Lockout
5
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
Dir V,P,f REF 67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
87N
27/59
High-impedance restricted ground fault
Under-/overvoltage 6
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 3)
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F F 2) 7
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor IEF 67/67N Directional sensitive ground-fault detection, phases and ground
Dir V,P,f REF 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
87N High-impedance restricted ground fault
Intermittent ground fault P D 2)
8
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor 67Ns Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
Dir V,P,f REF 67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection 3)
Sens.ground-f.det. Motor
87N
67Ns
High-impedance restricted ground fault
9 48/14
66/86
Starting time supervision, locked rotor
Restart inhibit
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
12 79
21FL
With auto-reclosure
With fault locator
1
2
79, 21FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
25 With synchronization 4
25, 79,21FL With synchronization, auto-reclosure, fault locator 7
13 ATEX100 Certication
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection e) Z X 9 9 2)
14
Basic version included 1) Only with insensitive ground-current transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00 2
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
Professional + IEC 61850
7XS5402-0AA00
3
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
4
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
6
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under
MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition. (generally contai-
ned in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
7
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/VoltageArrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
9
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC / notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit 10
(9-pin connector) (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered
additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and
SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
11
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
13
14
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
2 Mounting rail
Connector 2-pin
Connector 3-pin
C73334-A1-C35-1
C73334-A1-C36-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens
LSP2091-afp.eps
0-827396-1 1
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
taped on reel
4 2-pin connector 3-pin connector Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)
5
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
6 Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Short-circuit links
for current terminals
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
10
11
12
13
14
15
5/198 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ64
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 14 1) Power relays are intended to directly control motorized switches. The power relays are
of this catalog.
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel
interlocked so only one relay of each pair can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
out the power supply. The power relay pairs are BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9. If used for protection
14
surface-mounting version refer to the manual purposes only one binary output of a pair can be used.
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
10
11
13 (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).
1) Power relays are intended to directly
control motorized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so only one relay
of each pair can close at a time, in order
14 to avoid shorting out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are BO6/BO7,
BO8/BO9, BO13/BO14, BO15/BO16.
If used for protection purposes only one
binary output of a pair can be used.
15
Fig. 5/179 7SJ645 connection diagram
10
11
12
10
11
12
13
6
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
6/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
High resistance ground-fault protection
for single and three-pole tripping (50N, 2
51N, 67N)
Ground-fault detection in isolated and
resonant-grounded networks
Tele (pilot) protection (85)
3
Fault locator (FL)
Power-swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
Phase overcurrent protection (50/51/67) 4
LSP2318-afp.tif
Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50STUB)
Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
5
(59/27)
Over/underfrequency protection 81O/U)
Application
25 Synchro-check
13 79 Auto-reclosure
15
6/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Construction
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
3
LSP2166-afp.tif
for ush-mounting housings and 266 mm
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
nected with or without ring lugs. Plug-in
terminals are available as an option. 4
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Fig. 6/3 Flush-mounting housing Fig. 6/4 Rear view of ush-mounting housing
mounting on a panel, the connection with screw-type terminals with covered connection terminals
terminals are located above and below
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
and wirings 5
communication interfaces are located
in a sloped case at the top and bottom
of the housing. The housing can also
be supplied optionally with a detached
6
operator panel (refer to Fig. 6/5), in order
to allow optimum operation for all types
of applications.
7
LSP2244-afp.eps
9
Fig. 6/5 Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
10
11
12
LSP2219-afp.eps
13
LSP2237-afp.tif
14
Fig. 6/6 Surface-mounting housing with Fig. 6/7 Communication interfaces in a
screw-type terminals sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/5
Distance Protection 7SA6
Protection functions
Protection functions
10 tripping.
Absolute phase-selectivity
overcurrent fault detection V / I / detection
14
LSP2209-afp.tif
to medium-voltage cables with low line
angles, it may be advantageous to select
4
the distance zones with the optional circle
characteristic.
All the distance protection zones can be
set to forward, reverse or non-directional. Fig. 6/12 Power swing current and voltage wave forms 5
Optimum direction detection Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Use of voltages, which are not involved with the short-circuit
A teleprotection function is available for fast clearance of faults
loop, and of voltage memories for determination of the fault
direction ensure that the results are always reliable.
up to 100 % of the line length. The following operating modes 6
may be selected:
Elimination of interference signals POTT
Digital lters render the unit immune to interference signals
contained in the measured values. In particular, the inuence of
DC components, capacitive voltage transformers and frequency
Directional comparison pickup
Unblocking
7
changes is considerably reduced. A special measuring method is PUTT acceleration with pickup
employed in order to assure protection selectivity during satura- PUTT acceleration with Z1B
tion of the current transformers.
Blocking 8
Measuring voltage monitoring Pilot-wire comparison
Tripping of the distance protection is blocked automatically in
Reverse interlocking
the event of failure of the measuring voltage, thus preventing
spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the integrated fuse fail-
DUTT, direct underreaching zone transfer trip (together with
Direct Transfer Trip function).
9
ure monitor. Distance protection is blocked if either the fuse fail- The carrier send and receive signals are available as binary inputs
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the voltage transformer and outputs and can be freely assigned to each physical relay input
protection switch operates and in this case the EMERGENCY
denite-time overcurrent protection can be activated.
or output. At least one channel is required for each direction. 10
Common transmission channels are powerline carrier, micro-
Fault locator wave radio and ber-optic links. A serial protection data inter-
face for direct connection to a digital communication network or
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
and the distance-to-fault. The results are displayed in ohms,
ber-optic link is available. 11
kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length. Parallel 7SA6 also permits the transfer of phase-selective signals. This
line compensation and load current compensation for high- feature is particularly advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
resistance faults is also available. pole tripping, if single-pole faults occur on different lines. The
transmission methods are suitable also for lines with three ends 12
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) (three-terminal lines). Phase-selective transmission is also pos-
Dynamic transient reactions, for instance short-circuits, load sible with multi-end application, if some user-specic linkages
are implemented by way of the integrated CFC logic.
uctuations, auto-reclosures or switching operations can cause
power swings in the transmission network. During power During disturbances in the signaling channel receiver or on the
13
swings, large currents along with small voltages can cause transmission circuit, the teleprotection function can be blocked
unwanted tripping of distance protection relays. To avoid via a binary input signal without losing the zone selectivity.
uncontrolled tripping of the distance protection and to achieve
controlled tripping in the event of loss of synchronism, the
7SA6 relay is equipped with an efcient power swing detection
The control of the overreach zone Z1B (zone extension) can be
switched over to the auto-reclosure function. Transient blocking
14
function. Power swings can be detected under symmetrical load (current reversal guard) is provided for all the release and block-
conditions as well as during single-pole auto-reclosures. ing methods in order to suppress interference signals during
tripping of parallel lines.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Protection functions
Weak-infeed protection:
3 echo and/or trip (ANSI 27 WI)
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive
schemes during weak or zero infeed
LSP2209-afp.tif
situations, an echo function is provided.
4 If no fault detector is picked up at the
weak-infeed end of the line, the signal
received here is returned as echo to allow
accelerated tripping at the strong infeed
for the remote end of the line (compounding) Inverse-time characteristics according to IEC 60255-3 and
ANSI/IEEE are provided (see Technical data). A 4th denite-time
Negative-sequence overvoltage
stage can be applied instead of the 1st inverse-time stage.
11 Tripping by the overvoltage measuring elements can be effected
either at the local circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
An additional logarithmic inverse-time characteristic is also
available.
means of a transmitted signal.
The direction decision is determined by the ground current
The 7SA6 is tted, in addition, with three two-stage undervolt-
12 age measuring elements:
and the zero-sequence voltage or by the negative-sequence
components V2 and I2. In addition or as an alternative, the direc-
Phase-to-ground undervoltage tion can be determined with the ground current of an grounded
Phase-to-phase undervoltage power transformer and the zero-sequence voltage. Dual
polarization applications can therefore be fullled. Alternatively,
13 Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can be blocked by means
the direction can be determined by evaluation of zero-sequence
power. Each overcurrent stage can be set in forward or reverse
of a minimum current criterion and by means of binary inputs. direction or in both directions (non-directional).
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous switch-onto-fault tripping Determination of the faulted phase by measurement of the
can be activated separately for each stage as well. phase-to-ground voltage
Different operating modes can be selected. The ground-fault Determination of the ground-fault direction by highly accurate 1
protection is suitable for three-phase and, optionally, for single- measurement of the active and reactive power components in
phase tripping by means of a sophisticated phase selector. It the residual ground fault current.
may be blocked during the dead time of single-pole auto-reclose Alarm or trip output can be selected in the event of an ground-
cycles or during pickup of the distance protection. fault in the forward direction. 2
Operation measurement of the active and reactive component
Tele (pilot) protection for directional ground-fault protection
in the residual ground current during an ground-fault.
(ANSI 85-67N)
The directional ground-fault protection can be combined with
Ground-fault direction detection can also be effected on the
basis of the transient ground-fault principle by interfacing with
3
the available signaling methods:
the additional unit 7SN60 (see Fig. 6/14). Procedures for log-
Directional comparison ging, time stamping and event recording for the network control
system are standardized by the 7SA6.
BLOCKING
UNBLOCKING
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
4
The transient blocking function (current reversal guard) is also
The 7SA6 relay incorporates a two-stage breaker failure
provided in order to suppress interference signals during tripping
protection to detect failures of tripping command execution,
of parallel lines.
for example, due to a defective circuit-breaker. The current 5
The pilot functions for distance protection and for ground-fault detection logic is phase-selective and can therefore also be used
protection can use the same signaling channel or two separate in single-pole tripping schemes. If the fault current is not inter-
and redundant channels. rupted after a settable time delay has expired, a retrip command
Ground-fault detection in systems with a star-point that is Control of the internal AR function by external protection 13
not effectively grounded Interaction with the internal or an external synchro-check
In systems with an isolated or resonant grounded (grounded) Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
star-point, single-phase ground faults can be detected. The
following functions are integrated for this purpose:
In addition to the above-mentioned operating modes, several
other operating principles can be employed by means of the
14
Detection of an ground fault by monitoring of the displace- integrated programmable logic (CFC).
ment voltage
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/9
Distance Protection 7SA6
Protection functions
LSA_5019a en eps
LSA_5018a en eps
ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed Capacitive (-Q)
only if auto-reclosure at the remote sta-
4 tion was successful (reduction of stress
on equipment). Fig. 6/15 Monitoring of active power Fig. 6/16 Monitoring of reactive power
RDT direction
Reduced dead time is employed in
5 conjunction with auto-reclosure where no teleprotection
method is employed: When faults within the zone extension
Directional power protection
The 7SA6 has a function for detecting the power direction by
but external to the protected line are switched off for rapid
measuring the phase angle of the positive-sequence system's
auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT function decides on the basis of
power. Fig. 6/15 shows an application example displaying nega-
6 measurement of the return voltage from the remote station
which has not tripped whether or not to reduce the dead time.
tive active power. An indication is issued in the case when the
measured angle (S1) of the positive-sequence system power is
Synchronism check (ANSI 25) within the P - Q - level sector. This sector is between angles A
and B. Via CFC the output signal of the directional monitoring
7 Where two network sections are switched in by control com-
mand or following a 3-pole auto-reclosure, it must be ensured
can be linked to the "Direct Transfer Trip (DTT)" function and
thus, as reverse power protection, initiate tripping of the CB.
that both network sections are mutually synchronous. For this
purpose a synchro-check function is provided. After verication Fig. 6/16 shows another application displaying capacitive
reactive power. In the case of overvoltage being detected due
8 of the network synchronism, the function releases the CLOSE
command. Alternatively, reclosing can be enabled for different to long lines under no-load conditions it is possible to select the
criteria, e.g. checking that the busbar or line is not carrying a lines where capacitive reactive power is measured.
voltage (dead line or dead bus).
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
9 Fuse failure monitoring and other supervision functions One or two binary inputs for each circuit-breaker pole can be
The 7SA6 relay provides comprehensive supervision functions used for monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
covering both hardware and software. Furthermore, the mea- connecting cables. An alarm signal is issued whenever the circuit
sured values are continuously checked for plausibility. Therefore is interrupted.
10 the current and voltage transformers are also included in this
supervision system.
Lockout (ANSI 86)
Under certain operating conditions it is advisable to block CLOSE
If any measured voltage is not present due to short-circuit or
commands after a TRIP command of the relay has been issued.
open circuit in the voltage transformer secondary circuit, the
11 distance protection would respond with an unwanted trip due to
Only a manual RESET command unblocks the CLOSE command.
The 7SA6 is equipped with such an interlocking logic.
this loss of voltage.
This secondary voltage interruption can be detected by means Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
15
6/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Protection functions
Analog output 0 to 20 mA
2
Some measured values can be output as
analog values (0 to 20 mA). On a plug-in
module (Fig. 6/24) two analog channels 3
are made available. Up to two plug-in
modules can be installed in the 7SA6. As
an option, 2, 4 or no analog channels are
available (please refer to the selection
and ordering data). The measured values
4
available for output are listed in the
technical data.
LSP2819.tif
analyzing
Special attention has been paid to com-
missioning. All binary inputs and outputs
can be displayed and activated directly. Fig. 6/17 Web Monitor: Supported commissioning by phasor diagram
6
This can simplify the wiring check
signicantly for the user. The operational
and fault events and the fault records are
clearly arranged. For applications with 7
serial protection data interface, all cur-
rents, voltages and phases are available
via communication link at each local unit,
displayed at the front of the unit with
DIGSI 4 or with WEB Monitor. A common
8
time tagging facilitates the comparison of
events and fault records.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/11
Distance Protection 7SA6
Communication
Communication
Local PC interface
15
6/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Communication
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
standardized protocol for efcient com- 1
munication with protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
LSP3.01-0021.tif
number of protection device manufactur-
ers and is used worldwide. Supplements
for control functions are dened in
2
the manufacturer-specic part of this
standard.
PROFIBUS-DP
3
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial communica-
Fig. 6/21 820 nm ber-optic communication Fig. 6/22 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
tions standard and is supported by a
module module for IEC 61850 with
number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
integrated Ethernet switch 4
DNP 3.0
LSP2163-afpen.tif
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
5
protection and bay unit communication
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible.
6
Analog outputs 0 to 20 mA
LSP2207-afp.tif
2 or 4 analog output interfaces for trans-
mission of measured or fault location
values are available for the 7SA6. Two 7
analog output interfaces are provided
in an analog output module. Up to two Fig. 6/23 RS232/RS485 electrical Fig. 6/24 Output module 0 to 20 mA,
analog output modules can be inserted
per unit.
communication module 2 channels
8
10
11
12
13
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/13
Distance Protection 7SA6
Communication
System solutions for protection and station control The communication possibilities are identical to those for the
line differential protection relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The follow-
1 Together with the SICAM power automation system, SIPROTEC 4
can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electrical
ing options are available:
RS485 bus, or interference-free via the optical double ring, FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors,
the units exchange information with the control system. Units FO cable length up to 1.5 km for link to communication
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected networks via communication converters or for direct FO cable
2 to SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or connected in star by connection
ber-optic link. Through this interface, the system is open for FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors,
the connection of units of other manufacturers (see Fig. 6/25). FO cable length up to 3.5 km, for direct connection via multi-
mode FO cable
Because of the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC units can also
3 be integrated into systems of other manufacturers or in SIMATIC. FO171): For direct connection up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for
mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces are available. The optimum
physical data transfer medium can be chosen thanks to opto- FO181): For direct connection up to 60 km3) 1300 nm, for
electrical converters. Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
4 in the cubicles and an interference-free optical connection to the
master can be established.
FO191): For direct connection up to 100 km3) 1550 nm, for
mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solution is offered with FO301): For transmission with the IEEE C37.94 standard.
SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
5 with PAS electrically or optically to the station PC. The interface
The link to a multiplexed communication network is made by
separate communication converters (7XV5662). These have
is standardized, thus also enabling direct connection of units
a ber-optic interface with 820 nm and ST connectors to the
of other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850,
protection relay. The link to the communication network is
however, the units can also be used in other manufacturers
6 systems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103 interface are connected
with PAS via the Ethernet station bus by means of serial/Ethernet
optionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 interface. If the connec-
tion to the multiplexor supports IEEE C37.94, a direct bre optic
connection to the relay is possible using the FO30 module.
converters. DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be used via the
same station bus. For operation via copper wire communication (pilot wires), a
7 Serial protection data interface
modern communication converter for copper cables is available.
This operates with both the two-wire and three-wire copper con-
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be implemented using nections which were used by conventional differential protection
digital serial communication. The 7SA6 is capable of remote systems before. The communication converter for copper cables
10 Echo-function
Two and three-terminal line applications can be implemented
Supported network interfaces G703.1 with 64 kBit/s;
X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or 512 kBit/s; IEEE C37.94
without additional logic Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms (in steps of 0.1 ms)
Interclose command transfer with the auto-reclosure Adaptive Protocol HDLC
11 dead time (ADT) mode 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT and ITU
28 remote signals for fast transfer of binary signals Each protection relay possesses a unique relay address
Flexible utilisation of the communication channels by means Continuous communication link supervision: Individual faulty
of the programmable CFC logic data telegrams do not constitute an immediate danger, if
12 Display of the operational measured values of the opposite they occur only sporadically. The statistical availability, per
terminal(s) with phase-angle information relative to a common minute and hour, of the serial protection data interface can be
reference vector displayed.
10
11
12
Fig. 6/26 Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/15
Distance Protection 7SA6
Communication
5 Ring topology
9
Chain topology
10
Fig. 6/27 Ring or chain communication topology
11
12
13
14
15
6/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Typical connection
Typical connection
Connection of current 1
and voltage transformers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (= 3I0): 2
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on
the line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived
3
internally.
4
Fig. 6/28 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
5
Alternative current measurement
The 3 phase current transformers are 6
connected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to
a separate neutral core-balance CT, thus
permitting a high sensitive 3I0 measure-
ment.
7
Note: Terminal Q7 of the I4 transformer
must be connected to the terminal of
the core balance CT pointing in the same 8
direction as the neutral point of the phase
current transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is
effected in accordance with Fig. 6/28, 6/32
or 6/33.
9
Fig. 6/29 Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive
ground-current measuring with core-balance current transformers 10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/17
Distance Protection 7SA6
Typical connection
11
12
13
14
15
6/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Typical connection
4
Fig. 6/32 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the
displacement voltage (e-n voltage) 5
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/19
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
7 Permissible tolerance
Superimposed AC voltage
-20 % to +20 %
15 %
Power relay
for direct control of disconnector
(peak-to-peak) actuator motors
Power consumption Switching capacity
Quiescent Approx. 5 W Make for 48 to 250 V 1000 W/ VA
8 Energized Approx. 12 W to 18 W, depending on
design
Break
Make
for 48 to 250 V
for 24 V
1000 W/ VA
500 W/ VA
Break for 24 V 500 W/ VA
Bridging time during failure of the
auxiliary voltage Switching voltage 250 V
14
1) Can be set via jumpers.
15 2) Each pair of power relays is mechanically
interlocked to prevent simultaneous closing.
Baud rate
(SUB-D)
4800 to 115200 baud
FO181): for direct connection up
to 60 km3), 1300 nm
For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
LC-Duplex connector
6
setting as supplied: 38400 baud; Permissible ber attenuation 29 dB
parity 8E1 FO191): for direct connection up For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
to 100 km3), 1550 nm
Time synchronization
DCF77/ IRIG-B signal (format IRIG-B000)
LC-Duplex connector
Permissible ber attenuation 29 dB 7
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Relay communication equipment
(SUB-D) External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/ RS422 or
(terminal with surface-mounting G703.1 interface
Voltage levels
housing)
5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
External communication conver- Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1 8
ter for linking the optical 820 nm interface settable by jumper
Service / modem interface for DIGSI4 / modem / service interface of the unit (FO5/OMA1 Baud rate settable by jumper
option with clock recovery) to the
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Dielectric test
(SUB-D)
500 V / 50 Hz
X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of
the communication network 9
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m FO interface with 820 nm with Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m clock recovery multi- mode ber to protection relay
Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
System interface
IEC 61850 Ethernet
max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
communication network
10
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type
PROFIBUS-FMS
terminal to the communication
PROFIBUS-DP
Isolated RS232/RS485
DNP 3.0
9-pin subminiature connector
network
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
11
(SUB-D) External communication conver- Typical distance: 15 km max.
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud ter for linking the optical 820 nm
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz interface of the unit (FO5/OMA1
Distance for RS232
Distance for RS485
Max. 15 m
Max. 1000 m
option with clock recovery) to
pilot wires.
12
PROFIBUS RS485 FO interface for 820 nm with
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz clock recovery Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m
Baud rate
Distance
Max. 12 Mbaud
1 km at 93.75 kBd; 100 m at 12 MBd
multimode ber to protection relay,
128 kbit 13
Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
14
1) For ush-mounting housing. 4) Conversion with external OLM
For ber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th positi-
2) For surface-mounting housing. on with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal ber-optic module (OMA1)
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
Order Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external
repeater.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/21
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
IEC 61000-3-2
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 Ws,
All circuits except for communi- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in Voltage uctuations and icker Limits are observed
cation interfaces and time intervals of 5 s on the network incoming feeder
6 synchronization interface,
class III
at AC 230 V, IEC 61000-3-3
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress test
Standards IEC 60255-6/-22 (product standard) Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
7 EN 61000-6-2 (generic standard),
VDE 0435 part 301 During operation
DIN VDE 0435-110 Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 15 ms; Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s, IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude;
8 VDE 0435 Section 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge
Ri = 200
8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
and IEC 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
9 Irradiation with HF eld, frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz: 80 % AM;
sweep 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III 10 V/m; 800 to 960 MHz: 80 % AM;
1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 10 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz: 80 % AM; 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
Types of tripping
Impedance pickup (Z<)
Three-pole for all types of faults;
Parameter formats
Separately settable for
RE/RL and XE/XL or k0 and (k0)
Distance protection zone Z1 and
8
Single-pole for single-phase faults/ higher distance zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z6)
otherwise three-pole; RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to +7.00 (step 0.01)
Single-pole for single-phase faults k0 and (k0) 0 to 4 (step 0.01) and - 135 to 135
and two-pole phase-to-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole Parallel line matching
(step 0.01 )
For parallel compensation
9
Characteristic Quadrilateral or circle RM/RL and XM/XL 0 to 8 (step 0.01)
Distance protection zones 7, 1 of which as controlled zone Phase preference on double Phase preference or no preference
All zones can be set to forward,
reverse, non-directional or inactive
ground-faults in resonant-grounded / (selectable)
non-grounded networks 10
Timer stages for tripping delay 7 for multi-phase faults Direction decision for all types With fault-free voltages and/or
3 for single-phase faults of faults voltage memory
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s) Direction sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
Zone setting X 0.050 to 600 (1A) / 0.01 to 120 (5A)
(for distance zones and Z< starting) (step 0.001 )
11
Resistance setting
(for quadrilateral distance zones
and Z< starting)
Phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 (1A) / 0.01 to 120 (5A) 12
phase-to-ground faults (step 0.001 )
Line angle 10 to 89
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/23
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
3 V and I
Angle ()
5 % of setting value
3
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
Direct phase-selective tripping via Alternatively with or without auto-
X binary input reclosure
Impedances 5 % for 30 SC 90
X Trip time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
(in conformity with DIN 57435,
4 Part 303) R
R
5 % for 0 SC 60
Timer tolerance
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
13
14
15
6/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
Normal inverse; very inverse; Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms
Tripping time characteristics acc.
to IEC 60255-3
Tripping time characteristics acc.
extremely inverse; long time inverse
Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
3I0, 4th stage
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N)
2
to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse; Ground-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(not for DE region, see selection extremely inverse; denite inverse (step 0.01 A)
and ordering data 10th position) Neutral (residual) current transfor-
Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) mer with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7)
3
Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DIP = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 II/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M ) (step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transfor-
Reset threshold
Tolerances
Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
mer with high sensitivity (refer to
ordering data, position 7)
4
Operating time for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % of setpoint 15 ms
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
Directional ground-fault overcurrent protection IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time
for high-resistance faults in systems with grounded star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic
(not for region DE, see selection
Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
moderately inverse; very inverse;
5
Characteristic 3 denite-time stages /1 inverse-time and ordering data, position 10) extremely inverse; denite inverse
stage or 4 denite-time stages or
3 denite-time stages /1 V0invers. stage Inverse logarithmic tripping
characteristics (not for regions 3I0
t = T3I 0Pmax T3I 0P ln
Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
DE and US, see selection and
ordering data, position 10)
3I0P
6
multi-phase faults selectable for
every stage Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s)
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Stages 3 and 4
tely suppressed by digital ltering
2nd and higher harmonics are com-
Reset threshold
Tolerance
Approx. 1.05 I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
8
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital ltering
Operating time for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % of setpoint 15 ms
Denite-time stage (ANSI 50N)
Zero-sequence voltage protection V
Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) Tripping characteristic
t=
V0
2s 9
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A) V0inv min
4
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Zero-sequence power-dependent stage
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transfor-
Compensated zero-sequence
power
Sr = 3I0 3V0 cos ( - comp.) 10
mer with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7); Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) Measured signals for direction 3I0 and 3V0 or
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transfor-
decision 3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
of an grounded power transformer)
11
mer with high sensitivity (refer to or 3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
ordering data, position 7) system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) automatic selection of zero-sequence
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transfor-
or negative-sequence quantities
dependent on the magnitude of the
12
mer with normal sensitivity component voltages
(refer to ordering data, position 7); Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transfor-
Min. current IY
(of grounded transformers)
0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) 13
mer with high sensitivity Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
(refer to ordering data, position 7) Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
Time delay for denite-time
stages
0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated (step 0.01 A)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/25
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage Time delays
Component of the 2nd harmonic
1 10 to 45 % of the fundamental
(step 1 %)
Time delay for all stages
Command / pickup time
0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Approx. 30 ms
Max. current, which cancels 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A) Command/pickup time for 3V0 Approx. 30 ms or 65 ms (settable)
inrush current blocking (step 0.01 A) stages
Tele (pilot) protection Tolerances
2 For directional ground-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N) Voltage limit values
Time stages
3 % of setting value or 1 V
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Operating modes Directional comparison, blocking,
unblocking Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Additional functions Echo (see function weak infeed); Number of frequency elements 4
3 transient blocking for schemes with
parallel lines
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
Send and receive signals Suitable for 2 and 3 end-lines 55.5 to 64.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
4 (ANSI 50HS)
Operating mode Active only after CB closing;
Delay times
Operating voltage range
0 to 600 s or (in steps of 0.01 s)
6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground)
instantaneous trip after pickup Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
Pickup current I>>> 1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A) Dropout times Approx. 80 ms
5 Reset ratio
(step 0.01 A)
Approx. 0.90
Hysteresis
Dropout condition
Approx. 20 mHz
Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Tolerances Tolerances
Current starting 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Frequency 15 mHz for VPH-PH: 50 to 230 V
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
6 Shortest tripping time
With reference to fast relays Approx. 12 ms
With high-speed trip to outputs Approx. 8 ms
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip for Thermal alarm stage Alarm/Trip 50 to 100 % referred to tripping
7 remote end temperature (steps 1 %)
Overvoltage protection Current-based alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(steps 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground overvoltage) Calculating mode for overtem- max, mean, with Imax
8 Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH>
(phase-phase overvoltage)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
perature
I 2 I 2pre
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Pickup time characteristic t = t ln
I (kInom )2
2
(3V0 can be measured via
9 V4 transformers or calculated by
the relay)
Reset ratio
/Alarm Approx. 0.99
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
/Trip Approx. 0.99
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Overload measured values /Trip L1; /Trip L2; /Trip L3;
10 Measured voltage Local positive-sequence voltage or
calculated remote positive-
/Trip
sequence voltage (compounding) Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC 60255-8
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
11 Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
Number of stages
Pickup of current element
2
0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
Undervoltage protection (step 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
(phase-ground undervoltage) Additional functions End-fault protection
12 Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH<
(phase-phase undervoltage)
1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) CB pole discrepancy monitoring
Drop-off (overshoot) time, 15 ms, typical; 25 ms, max.
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) internal
(positive-sequence undervoltage) Tolerances
13 Blocking of undervoltage prot.
stages
Minimum current; binary input Current limit value
Time stages
5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset ratio (settable) 1.01 to 1.20 (step 0.01)
14
15
6/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
Operating modes
Control commands
Power with direction indication P, Q, S 7
Tolerances
With auto-reclosure Synchro-check
P: for |cos | = 0.7 to 1 and Typical 1%
Line dead/busbar live
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Line live/busbar dead
Line and busbar dead
Bypassing
Q: for |sin | = 0.7 to 1 and
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Typical 1%
8
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical 1%
For manual closure 120 %
and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Frequency f
Permissible voltage difference
Permissible frequency difference
1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance
Power factor
10 mHz
p.f. (cos )
9
Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 (step 1) Tolerance for |cos | = 0.7 to 1 Typical 0.02
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/27
Distance Protection 7SA6
Technical data
1 Indication
Resetting
Measured values with date and time
Cyclically
Measured value supervision Current sum
Current symmetry
Voltage sum
Via binary input
Via the keyboard Voltage symmetry
Via serial interface Phase sequence
Fuse failure monitor
2 Values
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground;
Power direction
3 x VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Indications
P+; P-; Q+; Q-; S; f; power factor (+); Operational indications Buffer size 200
power factor () System disturbance indication Storage of indications of the last
3 Min./max. of mean values
Energy meters
3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S
Ground-fault indication
8 faults, buffer size 600
Storage of indications of the last
8 faults, buffer size 200
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP-; WQ+; WQ-
Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Tolerance
4 for |cos | > 0.7 and V > 50 %
Vnom and I > 50 % Inom
5%
CB pole
Sum of breaking current per phase
Breaking current of last trip operation
Analog measured value output 0 to 20 mA Max. breaking current per phase
Number of analog channels 2 per plug-in module Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
5 Alternatively 1 or 2 or no plug-in
module (Refer to ordering data, Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE
TRIP/CLOSE per phase
0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
position 11 and Order code for cycle
position 12)
Commissioning support Operational measured values, c.-b.
Indication range 0 to 22 mA
6 Selectable measured values Fault location [%];
fault location [km]; VL23 [%]; IL2 [%];
test, status display of binary inputs,
setting of output relays, generation
of indications for testing serial
|P| [%]; |Q| [%]; interfaces
breaking current Imax-primary Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
7 Max. burden
Oscillographic fault recording
350
CE conformity
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European
3 x VPhase, 30, VSYNC, Ven
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States
8 Max. number of available
recordings
8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary
voltage supply fails
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
89/336/EEC) and concerning electrical equipment for use within
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle specied voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC).
Total storage time > 15 s This conformity is proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement
9 Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
and contents can be freely congu-
with the generic standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the
EMC directive and with the standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
red by the user
directive.
Max. number of displayed binary 100
This device is designed and produced for industrial use.
channels
10 Control
The product conforms with the international standard of the series
IEC 60255 and the German standard VDE 0435.
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary/
indication inputs and indication/
command outputs
13
14
15
6/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Selection and ordering data
For 7SA611
K
8
13 5 12 A
13 5 12 E
13
13
13
5
4
4
12
8
8
5
5
J
M 9
N
13 4 8 5 P
20 9 4 B
20
20
9
9
4
4
F
K 10
1) Rated current can be
selected by means of For 7SA612
jumpers. 21 13 12 A
2) Transition between the
two auxiliary voltage
21
21
13
13
12
12
E
J 11
ranges can be selected by 21 12 8 5 M
means of jumpers. 21 12 8 5 P
21 12 8 5 R
3) The binary input
thresholds are selectable
in three stages by means
29
29
21
21
12
12
B
F 12
29 21 12 K
of jumpers, exception:
29 20 8 5 N
versions with power
29 20 8 5 Q
relays have some binary
inputs with only two
binary input thresholds.
29
33
33
20
12
12
8 5
8
8
S
C 13
G
4) Fast relays are identied 33 12 8 L
in the terminal connec-
tion diagram. For 7SA613
5) Power relay for direct 21 13 12 A 14
control of disconnector 21 12 8 5 M
actuator motors. Each
pair of contacts is
mechanically interlocked
to prevent simultaneous
closure.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/29
Distance Protection 7SA6
Selection and ordering data
6 For 7SA63
13 5 12 A
13 5 12 E
13 5 12 J
7 13
13
4
4
8
8
5
5
M
N
13 4 8 5 P
20 9 4 B
20 9 4 F
8 20 9 4 K
For 7SA632
21 13 12 A
21 13 12 E
9 21
21
13
12
12
8 5
J
M
21 12 8 5 P
21 12 8 5 R
29 21 12 B
10 29
29
21
21
12
12
F
K
29 20 8 5 N
29 20 8 5 Q
29 20 8 5 S
11 33
33
12
12
8
8
C
G
33 12 8 L
12
13
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. 4) Fast relays are identied in the terminal connection
14 2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges diagram.
can be selected by means of jumpers. 5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actu-
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three ator motors. Each pair of contacts is mechanically
stages by means of jumpers, exception: versions interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.
LSA2540-agpen.eps
Description Order No.
7SA64 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
For 7SA641 6
13 5 12 A
13 5 12 J
13 4 8 5 M
13
20
4
9
8 5
4
P
B 7
20 9 4 K
For 7SA642
21
21
13
13
12
12
A
J
8
21 12 8 5 M
21 12 8 5 R
29 21 12 B
29
29
21
20
12
8 5
K
N
9
29 20 8 5 S
29 12 8 C
33 12 8 L
10
11
12
13
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges
4) Fast relays are identied in the terminal connection
diagram. 14
can be selected by means of jumpers. 5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actu-
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three ator motors. Each pair of contacts is mechanically
stages by means of jumpers, exception: versions interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.
with power relays have some binary inputs with only
two binary input thresholds.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/31
Distance Protection 7SA6
Selection and ordering data
see pages
Region DE, language: German A
6/33 to 6/35
Region World, language: English (GB) B
2 Region US, language: English (US)
Region FR, French
C
D
Region World, Spanish E
Region World, Italian F
3 Region World, language: Russian G
Region World, language: Polish H
Port B
4 Empty
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232
0
1
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
10
1) Denitions for region-specic default settings and functions:
Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC
Port C
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
3
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485 2
Port D
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks 1)
4
A
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Two analog outputs, each 0...20 mA
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
K 5
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2) G
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)3)
Protection data interface: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
H
6
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)4) J
FO30 optical 820 nm, 2-ST-connector, length of optical bre up to 1.5 km
for multimode bre, for communication networks with IEEEC37.94 interface
or direct optical bre connection (not available for surface-mounted housing) S 7
10
11
12
Functions 1
Trip mode Thermal overload BCD-coded output for
protection (ANSI 49) fault location
2 3-pole
3-pole
0
1
3-pole 2
3-pole 3
3 1/3-pole
1/3-pole
1/3-pole
4
5
6
1/3-pole 7
Functions 2
4 Distance protection pickup
(ANSI 21, 21N)
Power swing detection
(ANSI 68, 68T)
Parallel line compensation
I> A
V< / I> B
5 Quadrilateral (Z<)
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> /
C
D
Quadrilateral (Z<) F
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / G
V< / I> 1) J
6 Quadrilateral (Z<)
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> /
1)
1)
K
L
Quadrilateral (Z<) 1) N
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / 1) P
7 Functions 3
Auto-reclosure (ANSI Synchro-check Breaker failure protection Over/undervoltage protection
79) (ANSI 25) (ANSI 50BF) V>, V< (ANSI 27, 59)
Over/underfrequency protection
(ANSI 81)
8
A
B
C
D
E
9
F
G
H
J
K
10
L
M
N
P
Q
11 R
Functions 4
Directional ground-fault Ground-fault detection Measured values
protection, grounded compensated/ isolated extended Min, max, mean
12 networks (ANSI 50N, networks
51N, 67N)
0
1
2)
13
2)
2
3
4
5
2) 6
2)
14 7
Preferential types
7SA6 - -
1
Functions 1
2
Parallel line compensation
Z< (quadrilateral) V</I>/
Ground-fault directional
Ground-fault protection
Power swing detection
Trip mode 1 or 3-pole
Frequency protection
Overload protection
Voltage protection
isolated networks
Trip mode, 3-pole
Measured values,
for compensated
Synchro-check
3
Pickup V</I>
extended,
networks
Pickup I>
Basic version 4
1 AB 0
1) 1 B D7 6
Medium voltage, overhead lines
1) 3 BM6
1) 3 BM7
7
High voltage, cables
3 GH4
8
3 GH5
2) 7 P R 4 9
2) 7 P R 5
10
11
12
13
14
1) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 2 or 6.
2) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 1 or 5.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/35
Distance Protection 7SA6
Selection and ordering data
1 DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
4 displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
11
12
13
14
15
6/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Selection and ordering data
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
LSA2532-agpen.eps
7
Fig. 6/39 Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
15
6/38 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA6
Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps
7
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/40.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/39
Distance Protection 7SA6
Connection diagram
1 SA2545-agpen.eps
10
11
12
1) Starting from unit version .../EE.
13 2) High-speed trip outputs in versions 7SA6*1*-*M, 7SA*1*-*N, 7SA*1*-*P.
Time advantage of high-speed relays over fast relays: approx. 5 ms
3) Time advantage with fast relay approx. 3 ms.
4) Version with 3-pole tripping.
14 5) Version with 1/3-pole tripping.
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/40.
SA2545-agpen.eps 1
10
11
12
13
1) Version with 3-pole tripping.
2) Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.
3) Version with 1/3-pole tripping. 14
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/40.
2 SA2546-agpen.eps
10
11
12
13
1) 7SA613 is only available in a 2/3 x 19" ush-mounting housing. 5) Version with 3-pole tripping.
SA2546-agpen.eps
2
10
11
1) Starting from unit version
.../EE.
2) High-speed trip outputs
in versions 7SA6*2*-*N,
12
7SA6*2*-*Q, 7SA6*2*-*S.
3) Time advantage with fast
relay approx. 3 ms.
4) Version with 3-pole 13
tripping.
5) Version with 1/3-pole
tripping.
Time advantage of high-
speed relays over fast 14
relays: approx. 5 ms.
Note: For serial interfaces
see Fig. 6/40.
15
Fig. 6/45 Connection diagram
2 SA2546-agpen.eps
10
11
12
1) Version with 3-pole
13 tripping.
2) Each pair of contacts is
mechanically interlocked
to prevent simultaneous
14 closure.
3) Version with 1/3-pole
tripping.
Note: For serial interfaces see
Fig. 6/40.
15
Fig. 6/46 Connection diagram
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Non-switched distance protection with 6 measuring systems
(21/21N)
High resistance ground (earth)-fault protection for single- and
three-pole tripping (50N/51N/67N) 2
Tele (pilot) protection (85)
Fault locator (FL)
Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T) 3
Phase-overcurrent protection (50/51/67)
STUB bus overcurrent protection (50 STUB)
LSP2309-afpen.tif
Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
4
Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
Auto-reclosure (79)
Synchro-check (25) 5
Breaker failure protection (50BF)
Control functions
Fig. 6/47 SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 distance protection relay Commands for control of CB and isolators 6
Monitoring functions
Description Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Self-supervision of the relay 7
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 relay provides full-scheme distance Measured-value supervision
protection and incorporates all functions usually required for the
protection of a power line. The relay is designed to provide fast Event logging/fault logging
and selective fault clearance on transmission and subtransmis-
sion cables and overhead lines with or without series capacitor
Oscillographic fault recording
Switching statistics
8
compensation. The power system star point can be solid or
resistance grounded (earthed), resonant-grounded via Peterson Front design
coil or isolated. The 7SA522 is suitable for single-pole and
three-pole tripping applications with and without tele (pilot)
User-friendly local operation with numeric keys
LEDs for local alarm
9
protection schemes.
PC front port for convenient relay setting
The 7SA522 incorporates several protective functions usually
Function keys
required for transmission line protection.
Communication interfaces
10
High-speed tripping time
Front interface for connecting a PC
Suitable for cables and overhead lines with or without series
System interface for connecting to a control system via various
capacitor compensation
Self-setting power swing detection for power swing
protocols 11
IEC 61850 Ethernet
frequencies up to 7 Hz IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Digital relay-to-relay communication for two and three PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
terminal topologies DNP 3.0 12
2 serial protection data interfaces for tele (pilot) protection
Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT)
Rear-side service/modem interface
Time synchronization via IRIG B or DCF77 or system interface
13
Hardware
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/45
Distance Protection 7SA522
Application
Application
Synchro-check
DIGSI 4 without having to change the hardware. 25
Features
13 High speed tripping time
Suitable for cables and overhead lines with or without series
capacitor compensation
Construction
LSP2310-afpen.tif
for all housing widths. All cables can be
connected with or without ring lugs. Plug-
in terminals are available as an option. 4
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface
mounting on a panel, the connection
terminals are located above and below
5
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
communication interfaces are located in a Fig. 6/49 Housing widths 19" and 19"
sloped case at the top and bottom of the
housing. 6
8
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
9
10
Fig. 6/50 Rear view with screw-type terminals Fig. 6/51 Rear view with terminal covers and
and serial interfaces wiring
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/47
Distance Protection 7SA522
Protection functions
Protection functions
Fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates
the fault impedance and the distance- 1
to-fault. The result is displayed in ohms,
miles, kilometers or in percent of the
line length. Parallel line and load current
compensation is also available. 2
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load uctuations, auto- 3
reclosures or switching operations can
cause power swings in the transmission
network. During power swings, large
4
LSP2311-afp.tif
currents along with small voltages can
cause unwanted tripping of distance
protection relays. To avoid uncontrolled
tripping of the distance protection and
to achieve controlled tripping in the
event of loss of synchronism, the 7SA522 Fig. 6/54 Power swing current and voltage wave forms 5
relay is equipped with an efcient power
swing detection function. Power swings
can be detected under symmetrical load
conditions as well as during single-pole 6
auto-reclosures.
LSP2312-afp.tif
POTT, permissive overreaching zone
transfer trip 9
UNBLOCKING
BLOCKING
DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
Fig. 6/55 Power swing circle diagram 10
Trip function)
The carrier send and receive signals are available as binary Phase-selective transmission is also possible with multi-end
inputs and outputs and can be freely assigned to each physical
relay input or output. At least one channel is required for each
applications, if some user-specic linkages are implemented
by way of the integrated CFC logic. During disturbances in the
11
direction. transmission receiver or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
protection function can be blocked by a binary input signal with-
Common transmission channels are power-line carrier,
microwave radio and ber-optic links. A serial protection data
out losing the zone selectivity. The control of the overreach zone
Z1B (zone extension) can be switched over to the auto-reclosure
12
interface for direct connection to a digital communication function. A transient blocking function (Current reversal guard)
network or ber-optic link is available as well. is provided in order to suppress interference signals during trip-
ping of parallel lines.
7SA522 also permits the transfer of phase-selective signals. This
feature is particularly advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
Direct transfer tripping
13
pole tripping, if two single-pole faults occur on different lines.
The transmission methods are suitable also for lines with three Under certain conditions on the power system it is necessary to
ends (three-terminal lines). execute remote tripping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA522 relay
is equipped with phase-selective "external trip inputs" that can 14
be assigned to the received inter-trip signal for this purpose.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/49
Distance Protection 7SA522
Protection functions
15
6/50 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Protection functions
STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)-STUB) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The STUB bus overcurrent protection is a separate denite-time
overcurrent stage. It can be activated from a binary input signal-
The 7SA522 relay incorporates a two-stage circuit-breaker failure
protection to detect failures of tripping command execution, for 1
ling that the line isolator (disconnector) is open. example due to a defective circuit-breaker. The current detection
Settings are available for phase and ground(earth)-faults. logic is phase-segregated and can therefore also be used in
single-pole tripping schemes.
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent
protection (ANSI 50HS) If the fault current is not interrupted after a time delay has
2
expired, a retrip command or the busbar trip command will be
Instantaneous tripping is possible when energizing a faulty line. generated. The breaker failure protection can be initiated by all
In the event of large fault currents, the high-speed switch-onto- integrated protection functions as well as by external devices via
fault overcurrent stage can initiate very fast 3-pole tripping. binary input signals. 3
With lower fault currents, instantaneous tripping after switch-
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
onto-fault is also possible with the overreach distance zone Z1B
or just with pickup in any zone.
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be detected via the binary
The 7SA522 relay is equipped with an auto-reclose function
(AR). The function includes several operating modes: 4
input manual close or automatically via measurement. 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of faults; different dead
times are available depending the type of fault
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage protection
(ANSI 59, 27)
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults, no reclosing for multi-
phase faults
5
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that are operating at 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults and for 2-phase faults
no-load or that are only lightly loaded. The 7SA522 contains a without ground, no reclosing for multi-phase faults
number of overvoltage measuring elements. Each measuring
element is of two-stage design. The following measuring ele-
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and 3-pole auto-reclosing for
multi-phase faults
6
ments are available:
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults and 2-phase faults
Phase-to-ground overvoltage without ground and 3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
Phase-to-phase overvoltage
Zero-sequence overvoltage
Multiple-shot auto-reclosure 7
Interaction with an external device for auto-reclosure via
The zero-sequence voltage can be connected to the 4th voltage binary inputs and outputs
input or be derived from the phase voltages. Control of the integrated AR function by external protection
Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local end or calculated Interaction with the internal or an external synchro-check 8
for the remote end of the line (compounding).
Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
Negative-sequence overvoltage
In addition to the above-mentioned operating modes, several
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring elements can be effected
either at the local circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
other operating principles can be employed by means of the
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
9
means of a transmitted signal.
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder protection allows
The 7SA522 is tted, in addition, with three two-stage under- evaluation of the line-side voltages. A number of voltage-
voltage measuring elements: dependent supplementary functions are thus available: 10
Phase-to-ground undervoltage DLC
Phase-to-phase undervoltage By means of dead-line check, reclosure is effected only when
the line is deenergized (prevention of asynchronous breaker
Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can be blocked by means
closure). 11
ADT
of a minimum current criterion and by means of binary inputs. The adaptive dead time is employed only if auto-reclosure
at the remote station was successful (reduction of stress on
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for over-frequency and
equipment). 12
RDT
underfrequency protection. Unwanted frequency changes in Reduced dead time is employed in conjunction with auto-
the network can be detected and the load can be removed at a reclosure where no tele-protection method is employed:
specied frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used
over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz). There are When faults within the zone extension, but external to the pro-
13
four elements (selectable as overfrequency or underfrequency) tected line, are switched off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the
and each element can be delayed separately. RDT function decides on the basis of measurement of the return
voltage from the remote station which has not tripped whether
or not to reduce the dead time. 14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/51
Distance Protection 7SA522
Protection functions
P
a voltage (dead line or dead bus).Fuse failure monitoring and
other supervision functions jB
LSA_5018a en eps
covering both hardware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
sured values are continuously checked for plausibility. Therefore
the current and voltage transformers are also included in this
4 monitoring system.
Fig. 6/57 Monitoring of active power direction
If any measured voltage is not present due to short-circuit or
open circuit in the voltage transformer secondary circuit, the
distance protection would respond with an unwanted trip due
5 to this loss of voltage. This secondary voltage interruption can
jQ Inductive (+Q)
7 Broken-conductor supervision
Summation of currents and voltages S1
LSA_5019a en eps
Phase-sequence supervision
Capacitive (-Q)
reverse power protection, initiate tripping of the CB. Lockout (ANSI 86)
Fig.6/58 shows another application displaying capacitive reactive Under certain operating conditions, it is advisable to block
11 power. In the case of overvoltage being detected due to long
lines under no-load conditions it is possible to select the lines
CLOSE commands after a TRIP command of the relay has been
issued. Only a manual Reset command unblocks the CLOSE
where capacitive reactive power is measured. command. The 7SA522 is equipped with such an interlocking
logic.
12
13
14
15
6/52 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Protection functions
LSP2818.tif
WEB Monitor Internet technology
simplies visualization
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 Fig. 6/59 Web Monitor: Display of the protection direction
5
operating program, the relay contains
a WEB server that can be accessed via a
telecommunication link using a browser
(e.g. Internet Explorer). The advantage of 6
this solution is to operate the unit with
standard software tools and at the same
time make use of the Intranet/Internet
infrastructure. Apart from numeric values,
graphical displays in particular provide
7
clear information and a high degree of
operating reliability. Of course, it is also
possible to call up detailed measured
value displays and annunciation buffers. 8
By emulation of the integrated unit opera-
tion on the PC it is also possible to adjust
selected settings for commissioning
purposes. 9
10
LSP2820.tif
11
Fig. 6/60 Web monitor: Supported commissioning by phasor diagram
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/53
Distance Protection 7SA522
Communication
Communication
7 Local PC interface
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible from the front of the
unit permits quick access to all parameters and fault event data.
The use of the DIGSI 4 operating program is particularly advanta-
8 geous during commissioning.
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
standardized protocol for efcient com- 1
LSP2164-afp.tif
munication with protection relays.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
number of protection relay manufacturers
and is used worldwide. Supplements
for control functions are dened in
2
the manufacturer-specic part of this
standard.
PROFIBUS-DP
3
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial com-
Fig. 6/63 820 nm ber-optic communication Fig. 6/64 PROFIBUS ber-optic double ring
munication standard and is supported
module
by a number of PLC and protection relay
manufacturers.
communication module
4
DNP 3.0
LSP2163-afpen.tif
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
5
protection and bay unit communication
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
LSP3.01-0021.tif
Level 2 compatible.
6
System solutions for protection and
station control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with 7
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the Fig. 6/65 RS232/RS485 electrical Fig. 6/66 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
communication module module for IEC 61850 with
integrated Ethernet switch 8
Units equipped with IEC 60870-5-103
interfaces can be connected to SICAM in
parallel via the RS485 bus or connected in
star by ber-optic link. 9
Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 6/67).
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 6/67 Communication
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/55
Distance Protection 7SA522
Communication
Because of the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC units can also The communication possibilities are identical to those for the
be integrated into systems of other manufacturers or in SIMATIC. line differential protection relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The follow-
1 Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces are available. The optimum
physical data transfer medium can be chosen thanks to opto-
ing options are available:
FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors,
electrical converters. Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring FO cable length up to 1.5 km for link to communication
in the cubicles and an interference-free optical connection to the networks via communication converters or for direct FO cable
2 master can be established. connection
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solution is offered with FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO
SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked cable length up to 3.5 km, for direct connection via multi-
with PAS electrically or optically to the station PC. The interface mode FO cable
3 is standardized, thus also enabling direct connection of units
of other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850,
FO171): for direct connection up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for
mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
however, the units can also be used in other manufacturers
FO181): for direct connection up to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for
systems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103 interface are connected
mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
4 with PAS via the Ethernet station bus by means of serial/Ethernet
converters. DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be used via the FO191): for direct connection up to 100 km3), 1550 nm, for
same station bus. mono-mode ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
FO301): for transmission with the IEEE C37.94 standard
Serial protection data interface
5 The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be implemented using
The link to a multiplexed communication network is made by
separate communication converters (7XV5662). These have a
digital serial communication. The 7SA522 is capable of remote ber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST connectors to the
relay communication via direct links or multiplexed digital com- protection relay. The link to the communication network is
munication networks. The serial protection data interface has
6 the following features:
optionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 interface. If the connec-
tion to the multiplexor supports IEEE C37.94 a direct bre optic
Fast phase-selective teleprotection signaling for distance connection to the relay is possible using the FO30 module.
protection, optionally with POTT or PUTT schemes
For operation via copper wire communication (pilot wires), a
7 Signaling for directional ground(earth)- fault protection
directional comparison for high-resistance faults in solidly
modern communication converter for copper cables is available.
This operates with both the two-wire and three-wire copper con-
grounded systems. nections which were used by conventional differential protection
Echo-function systems before. The communication converter for copper cables
14
1) For ush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
15 3) For surface-mounting housing the internal ber-optic module
(OMA1) will be delivered together with an external repeater.
10
11
12
Fig. 6/68 Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/57
Distance Protection 7SA522
Communication
5 Ring topology
9
Chain topology
10
Fig. 6/69 Ring or chain communication topology
11
12
13
14
15
6/58 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Typical connection
Typical connection
Connection of current 1
and voltage transformers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (= 3I0): 2
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on
the line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived
3
internally.
4
Fig. 6/70 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
5
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/59
Distance Protection 7SA522
Typical connection
11
12
13
14
15
6/60 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Typical connection
4
Fig. 6/74 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring
the displacement voltage (e-n voltage) 5
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/61
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
1 Analog inputs
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
Quantity
Function can be assigned
8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code)
2 Power consumption
In CT circuits with Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
Break, contacts
Break, contacts (for resistive
30 VA
40 W
In CT circuits with Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA load)
In the CT circuit for high sensitive Approx. 0.05 VA Break, contacts 25 VA
ground(earth)-fault protection (for = L/R 50 ms)
3 (refer to ordering code) at 1 A
In VT circuits Approx. 0.10 VA
Switching voltage 250 V
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s
Thermal overload capacity 5 A continuous
In CT circuits 500 A for 1 s
150 A for 10 s Operating time, approx.
4 20 A continuous
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 300 A for 1 s
NO contact
NO/NC contact (selectable)
8 ms
8 ms
ground(earth)-fault protection 100 A for 10 s Fast NO contact 5 ms
(refer to ordering code) 15 A continuous High-speed NO trip outputs < 1 ms
LEDs
5 In VT circuits
Dynamic overload capacity
230 V continuous per phase
Quantity
In CT circuits 1250 A (one half cycle) RUN (green) 1
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 750 A (one half cycle) ERROR (red) 1
ground(earth)-fault protection Indication (red), 14
7 DC 110 to 250 V
and AC 115 V with 50/60 Hz
Refer to ordering code, and see
dimension drawings, part 14
Permissible tolerance of the rated -20 % to +20 % Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
auxiliary voltage
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Max. superimposed AC voltage 15 %
8 (peak-to-peak)
Power consumption
Flush-mounting housing
Front
Rear
IP 51
IP 50
During normal operation Approx. 8 W For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
During pickup with all inputs and Approx. 18 W Weight
9 outputs activated
Bridging time during auxiliary
Flush-mounting housing
x 19" 6 kg
voltage failure x 19" 10 kg
Vaux = 48 V and Vaux 110 V 50 ms Surface-mounting housing
x 19" 11 kg
Binary inputs
10 Quantity
Functions are freely assignable
8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering
code)
x 19" 19 kg
14
15
6/62 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
Isolated RS232/RS485
DNP 3.0
9-pin subminiature connector
Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type
terminal to the communication 4
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud network
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilotwires
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Distance for RS485
PROFIBUS RS485
Max. 1000 m External communication conver- Typical distance: 15 km
ter for linking the optical 820 nm
interface of the unit (FO5/OMA1
5
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz option w. clock recovery) to pilot
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud wires.
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud;
PROFIBUS ber-optic2)
100 m at 12 Mbaud FO interface for 820 nm
with clock recovery
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m multi-
mode ber to protection relay, 6
128 kbit
Only for ush-mounting ST connector Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
housing
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface withOLM4)
Baud rate
Optical wavelength
Max. 1.5 Mbaud
= 820 nm
Electrical tests 7
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 m ber Specications
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
IEEE Std C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508
Protection data relay interfaces
Quantity Max. 2 (refer to ordering code)
VDE 0435
Further standards see Individual
8
FO51), OMA12):Fiber-optic For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, functions
interface ST connectors Insulation tests
with clock recovery for direct
connection up to 1.5 km or for
connection to a communication
Standards
High-voltage test (routine test)
IEC 602555 and 60870-2-1
9
converter, 820 nm All circuits except for power 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, supply, binary inputs,
interface for direct connection up ST connectors
to 3.5 km, 820 nm
high-speed outputs,
communication and time 10
FO301): for direct bre-optic For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, synchronization interfaces
connection to a multiplexor using ST connectors Auxiliary voltage, binary DC 3.5 kV
IEEE C37.94 standard inputs and high-speed outputs
FO171): for direct connection up
to 24 km3), 1300 nm
For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
LC-Duplex connector
(routine test)
only isolated communication 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
11
FO181): for direct connection up For mono-mode ber 9/125 m, interfaces and time synchroni-
to 60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector zation interface (routine test)
FO191): for direct connection up
to 100 km3), 1550 nm
For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
LC-Duplex connector
Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits except for commu-
nication interfaces and time
5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 Ws,
3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
12
synchronization interface, intervals of 5 s
class III
13
1) For ush-mouting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal ber-optic module (OMA1) 14
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
4) Conversion with external OLM
For ber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and Or-
der Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external repeater.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/63
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
2 High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1 class III and
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 15 ms;
400 surges per s; test duration 2 s,
IEC 60255211, class 2
IEC 6006826
10 to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
VDE 0435 Section 303, class III Ri = 200 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
3 and IEC 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330
IEC 60255212, class 1
IEC 60068227
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
Irradiation with HF eld, frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz: 80 % AM; both directions
sweep 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III 10 V/m; 800 to 960 MHz: 80 % AM; IEC 60255212, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
4 IEC 61000-4-3, class III
1 kHz
10 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz: 80 % AM; 1 kHz
IEC 6006833 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with HF eld, single 10 V/m; 80, 160, 450, 900 MHz; (vertical axis)
frequencies 80 % AM; 1 kHz; duty cycle > 10 s 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-31, IEC 61000-4-3, 900 MHz; 50 % PM, repetition (horizontal axis)
5 class III
amplitude/pulse modulated
frequency 200 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; During transport
6 both polarities; Ri = 50 ;
test duration 1 min
Standards IEC 6025521 and IEC 600682
Vibration Sinusoidal
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 s
IEC 60255211, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
(SURGE),
IEC 6006826 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
7 IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV; 12 ; 9 F
Differential mode:1 kV; 2 ; 18 F
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Analog measurement inputs, Common mode: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
IEC 60255212, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
binary inputs, relays output Differential mode: 1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
IEC 60068227 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
8 Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
both directions
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power system frequency magnetic 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; IEC 60255212, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
eld IEC 60068229 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz
9 IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
both directions
repition rate 300 ms, ; both polarities; Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 C to +85 C / -13 F to +185 F
test duration 1 min; Ri = 50 and -2, test Bd
Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz, Temporarily permissible operating -20 C to +70 C / -4 F to +158 F
11 ference IEEE Std C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
amplitude and pulse-modulated
2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alterna-
temperature, tested for 96 h
(Legibility of display may be
impaired above +55 C / +131 F)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 ting 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz;
Ri = 200 Recommended permanent -5 C to +55 C / +23 F to +131 F
operating temperature acc. to
12 EMC tests for noise emission; type test
Standard EN 61000-6-3 (generic standard)
IEC 60255-6
Limiting temperature during -25 C to +55 C / -13 F to 131 F
permanent storage
Radio noise voltage to lines, only 150 kHz to 30 MHz
auxiliary voltage Limit class B Limiting temperature during -25 C to +70 C / -13 F to +158 F
13 IEC-CISPR 22
Radio interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz
transport
Humidity
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on 75 % relative
Harmonic currents on the network Class A limits are observed It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days per year up to
lead at AC 230 V, IEC 61000-3-2 units in such a way that they are 93 % relative humidity; condensation
14 Voltage uctuations and icker
on the network incoming feeder
Limits are observed not exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
is not permitted.
15
6/64 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
Ground(earth)-fault pickup
(step 0.01 A) d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %],
d[10 %], d[20 %], d[401 %], d[80 %],
8
Neutral (residual) current 3I0 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) d[100 %], d[release]
(Ground current) (step 0.01 A) Indication range 0 % to 195 %
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0
Zero-sequence compensation
1 to 100 V (step 1V) or deactivated
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of impe-
9
selectable input formats RE/RL and XE/XL
dance vector change and monitoring
k0 and (k0)
of the vector path
Separately selectable for zones Z1
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/65
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21) Inverse-time stage
7 3I 0 p
0P
14 Delay times
Pickup times
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
15
6/66 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI) STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)STUB)
Operating modes with carrier
(signal) reception
Echo
Echo and trip with undervoltage
Operating modes Active only with open isolator posi-
tion (signaled via binary input) 1
Undervoltage phase ground 2 to 70 V (step 1 V) Characteristic 1 denite-time stage
(earth) Instantaneous trip after switch- Selectable
Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) onto-fault
Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Pickup phase current 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A)
2
Tolerances
Voltage threshold 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V Pickup neutral (residual) current 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
Timer 1 % of setting value or 10 ms (step 0.01 A)
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67)
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary
Time delay, separate for phase
and ground (earth) stage
0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
or deactivated
3
circuit or always active Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Characteristic 2 denite-time stages / Tolerances
1 inverse-time stage,
1 denite-time Stub-protection stage
Current starting
Delay times
3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
1 % of setting value or 10 ms 4
Instantaneous trip after switch- Selectable for every stage Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
onto-fault (ANSI 50HS)
Denite-time stage Operating mode Active only after CB closing;
Pickup denite-time stage 1, 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
instantaneous trip after pickup 5
phase current (step 0.01 A) Pickup current 1 to 25 A(1A) / 5 to 125 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup denite-time stage 1, 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01A) Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup denite-time stage 2,
phase current
0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
(step 0.01A)
Tolerances
Current starting 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
6
Pickup denite-time stage 2, 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) Operating time
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) With fast relays Approx. 13 ms
Time delay for denite-time
stages
0.0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
With high-speed trip outputs
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Approx. 8 ms
7
Tolerances Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip im-
Current starting 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom pulse for remote end, only indication
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Operating time Approx. 25 ms
Overvoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
8
Inverse-time stage (phase-ground overvoltage)
Phase current starting 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (phase-phase overvoltage)
Neutral (residual) current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) 9
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (3V0 can be measured via V4
Characteristic according Normal inverse, very inverse, transformers or calculated by the
to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse relay)
Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or
deactivated
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
10
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I/Ip
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip voltage or calculated
Tolerances
Operating time for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % of setpoint 15 ms
remote positive-sequence
voltage (compounding)
11
Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse, Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse, (negative-sequence overvoltage)
extremely inverse, denite inverse
Time dial DIP 0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
12
deactivated
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M (M = I/Ip)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
Tolerances 13
Operating time for 2 M 20 5 % of setpoint 15 ms
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/67
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
3 Time delays
Time delay for 3V0 stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Reclaim times
Start-signal monitoring time
0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Time delay for all other over- and 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated Additional functions Synchro-check request
undervoltage stages 3-phase intertripping
13
14
15
6/68 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/69
Distance Protection 7SA522
Selection and ordering data
Current transformer
7SA522 - -
4 Binary/
indication
Signal/
command
Fast
relay
High-
speed
Housing
width
Flush-
mounting
Flush-
mounting
Surface-
mounting
inputs outputs incl. trip referred housing/ housing/ housing/
live status output to 19 screw-type plug-in screw-type
8 4 12 A
8 4 12 E
8 4 12 J
6 16 12 12 C
16 12 12 G
16 12 12 L
7 16
16
4
4
15
15
5
5
N
Q
16 4 15 5 S
24 20 12 D
8 24
24
20
20
12
12
H
M
24 12 15 5 P
24 12 15 5 R
9 24
22
24
32
3
12
5
T
U
24 4 18 10 W
Port B
7SA522 - -
1
see
Empty 0
following
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1 pages
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector
2 2
3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS4851) 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector1) 2) 6
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector2) 9 L 0 B
System interface, DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector2)
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, electrical, duplicate,RJ45 plug connectors
9
9
L 0 H
L 0 R 4
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector5) 9 L 0 S
With Port D 9 M
6
Port C
Empty 0
DIGSI / modem, electrical RS232 1 7
DIGSI / modem, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI / modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Port D
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
8
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks3) A
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
B
9
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4) G
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4) 6) H
Protection data interface: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4) 7) J
10
FO30 optical 820 nm, 2 ST-connectors, length of optical bre up to 1.5 km for multimode bre,
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct optical bre connection (not
available for surface-mounted housing) S
11
12
1) For SICAM energy automation system. 5) For surface-mounting housing applications please order
13
2) Optical double ring interfaces are not available with surface- the relay with electrical Ethernet interface and use a separate
mounting housings. Please, order the version with RS485 interface ber-optic switch.
and a separate electrical/ optical converter. 6) For distances less than 25 km, two optical attenuators
3) Suitable communication converters 7XV5662 7XV5107-0AA00 are required to avoid optical saturation of the
receiver element.
14
(optical to G703.1/X21/RS422 or optical to pilot wire or optical to
ISDN) see Accessories. 7) For distances less than 50 km, two optical attenuators
4) For surface-mounting housing applications an internal ber-optic 7XV5107-0AA00 are required to avoid optical saturation of the
module 820 nm will be delivered in combination with an external
repeater.
receiver element.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/71
Distance Protection 7SA522
Selection and ordering data
see
Trip mode 3-pole; Port E: empty 0 next
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty 1 page
2 Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; Port E: empty
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty
4
5
With Port E 9 N
3 Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole 0
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole 4
4 Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 5
Port E
Protection data interface:
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct optical bre connection
(not available for surface-mounted housing) S
10
11
12
13
14 1) Suitable communication converters 7XV5662 3) For distances less than 25 km, two optical attenuators
(optical to G703.1/X21/ RS422 or optical to pilot wire) 7XV5107-0AA00 are required to avoid optical saturation of the
see "Accessories". receiver element.
2) For surface-mounting housing applications an internal ber-optic 4) For distances less than 50 km, two optical attenuators
15 module 820 nm will be delivered in combination with an external
repeater.
7XV5107-0AA00 are required to avoid optical saturation of the
receiver element.
Functions 2
7SA522 - -
1
Distance protection characteristic Power swing detection Parallel line
(ANSI 21, 21N) (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
Quadrilateral
Quadrilateral and / or MHO
C
E
2
Quadrilateral F
Quadrilateral and / or MHO H
Quadrilateral
Quadrilateral and / or MHO
1)
1)
K
M
3
Quadrilateral 1) N
Quadrilateral and / or MHO 1) Q
Functions 3
4
Auto-reclosure Synchro-check Breaker failure protection Over- / undervoltage
(ANSI 79) (ANSI 25) (ANSI 50BF) protection (ANSI 27, 59)
Over- / underfrequency
protection (ANSI 81)
A
5
B
C
D 6
E
F
G
H 7
J
K
L
M
8
N
P
Q
R
9
Functions 4
Direction ground(earth)-fault Measured values, extended
protection, grounded (earthed)
networks (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
Min, max, mean 10
0
1
4
5
11
12
13
14
1 DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
4 displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
11
12
13
14
15
6/74 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Selection and ordering data
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
9 Fig. 6/81 Housing 1/2 x 19, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
10
11
12
13
15
6/76 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Distance Protection 7SA522
Connection diagram, IEC
4
Fig. 6/83a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
5
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching
of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with
jumpers.
6
10
11
12
13
Fig. 6/83 Housing x 19,medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/77
Distance Protection 7SA522
Connection diagram, IEC
4
Fig. 6/84a
5 Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching
of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
6 contact or NC contact with
jumpers.
10
11
12
13
1) High-speed trip outputs in
versions 7SA522x-xP,
7SA522x-xR, 7SA522x-xT.
14 Note: For serial interfaces
see Figure 6/82.
15 Fig. 6/84 Housing x 19, maximum version 7SA522x-xD, 7SA522x-xH, 7SA522x-xM, 7SA522x-xP, 7SA522x-xR and
7SA522x-xT with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
4
Fig. 6/85a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
5
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching
of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with
jumpers.
6
10
11
12
13
14
Note: For serial interfaces see Figure 6/82.
Fig. 6/85 Housing x 19, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/79
Distance Protection 7SA522
Connection diagram, ANSI
4
Fig. 6/86a
5 Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching
of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
6 contact or NC contact with
jumpers.
10
11
12
13
15 Fig. 6/86 Housing x 19,medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
4
Fig. 6/87a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
5
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching
of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with
jumpers.
6
10
11
12
13
1) High-speed trip outputs
in versions 7SA522x-xP,
7SA522x-xR, 7SA522x-xT.
Note: For serial interfaces see
Figure 6/82.
14
Fig. 6/87 Housing x 19, maximum version 7SA522x-xD, 7SA522x-xH and 7SA522x-xM
with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs, hardware version ../FF 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 6/81
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
6/82 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection
Page
SIPROTEC 7SD60
numerical pilot-wire current differential protection relay 7/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53
multi-end differential and distance
protection in one relay 7/43
7
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
7/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
SIPROTEC 7SD60 numerical pilot-wire current differential protection relay
Function overview
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/3
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Application, construction
Application
LSP2002-afpen.tif
3 distances of up to approximately 12 km. Adaptation to the pilot-
wire resistance is effected by means of software within the unit.
Therefore, matching is not necessary.
10 85 Intertrip, remote trip The unit can be supplied in two different housings. The one for
ush mounting in a panel or cubicle has connection terminals at
86 Lockout function the rear.
Single-stage, denite-time emergency The version for panel surface mounting is supplied with terminals
11 50
overcurrent protection accessible from the front. Alternatively, the unit can be supplied
with two-tier terminals arranged above and below the unit.
12
13
14
15
7/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Protection functions
Protection functions
function is available as an option. To achieve this, 2 kHz pulses Vector group adaptation is not effected inside the unit and must,
with a dened pulse width ratio are transmitted to the remote where necessary, be brought about by means of an external
11 relay via the pilot wires. Detection of a fault in the pilot-wire link
results in blocking of the differential protection.
matching transformer scheme.
12
13
14
15
7/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Features
Features
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
5
Fig. 7/6 Standard connection L1-L3-E,
suitable for all types of networks
9
Fig. 7/7 Protection conguration with main
10 (7SD60) and backup overcurrent
(7SJ60) protection
11
12
13
14
Fig. 7/8 Typical circuit for auxiliary voltage
15 supply
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/9
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Technical data
1 Specication
Standards IEC 60255-5 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Standard
Conducted interference voltage
EN 50081- (generic standard)
150 kHz to 30 MHz
on lines, auxiliary voltage only,
Insulation tests
EN 55022, VDE 0878 Part 22,
Voltage test (routine test) CISPR 22, limit value, limit class B
15
7/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Technical data
Setting ranges
connection
Tolerances
Delay time/release delay
1 % and 10 ms respectively 6
Current threshold I1 I/IN Line: 0 to 1.5 (step 0.01)
(release by local station current) Inherent delay
Differential current I/IN Line: 0.5 to 2.5 (step 0.01) Transmission time without delay Approx. 80 ms
Delay time t
Restraint by 2nd harmonic
0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s) Lockout function
Lockout seal-in of trip command For differential protection and
7
(see Fig. 7/4) remote trip until reset
2fN /fN 10 to 80 % Lockout reset By means of binary input and/or local
Reset ratio Approx. 0.7 drop-off ratio
Inherent delays
(IRestraint = 0)
operator panel/DIGSI
8
TRIP time for two-end supply Approx. 20 to 28 ms without Additional functions
at 4 x set value restraint by 2nd harmonic Operational measured values
Approx. 32 to 42 ms with restraint
by 2nd harmonic
Operational currents
Measurement range
I1, I2, IDiff, Irestraint
0 to 240 % IN 9
Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms Tolerance (I1) 3 % of rated value or of measured
Tolerances at preset values under value
reference conditions Fault event recording Storage of the events relating to the
Local station current threshold
Differential current
3 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN
5 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN Time-tagging
last 8 faults 10
Inuence parameters Resolution for operational 1s
Auxiliary supply voltage 1% events
0.8 Vaux/VauxN x 1.15 for fault events 1 ms
Temperature in range
0 C amb 40 C
1 %/10 K Fault recording (max. 8 faults) 11
Storage time (from response Total of 5 s max., pre-trigger and
Frequency in range 0.9 f/fN 1.1 4% or trip command) post-fault time settable
Pilot wires Maximum length per
Number 2
Symmetric telephone pairs are
recording Tmax
Pre-trigger time Tpre
0.30 to 5.00 s (step 0.01 s)
0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
12
recommended with loop resistance Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
73 /km and capacitance 60 nF/km Time resolution at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.66 ms
Core-to-core asymmetry at 800 Hz Max. 10-3 Time resolution at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.38 ms
Maximum loop resistance 1200 Circuit-breaker test Using test circuit 13
Permissible induced longitudinal
voltages
On direct connection of the 1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of
pilot wires
For connection via isolating
the test voltage of the pilot wires
1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of 14
transformer the test voltage of the pilot wires
and max. 60 % of the test voltage
of the isolating transformers
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/11
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Technical data
3 Symmetrical three-phase 0.7 0.2 0.5 Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by
Connections 4AM4930-7DB 4AM4930-6DB Siemens AG in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive
CT rated current IN = 1 A IN = 5 A complying with the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2
for the EMC Directive and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
4 Number of turns
Primary windings A to B 5 1
Directive.
C to D 10 2
E to F 15 3
G to H 30 6
5 I to K
K to L
30
30
6
6
L to M 60 12
Secondary windings Y to Z 1736 1736
6 Thermal rating
Continuous
A to B
C to D
4.5
4.5
20
20
current E to F 4.5 20
in Amperes G to H 4.5 20
I to K 1.2 6.5
7 K to L
L to M
1.2
1.2
6.5
6.5
Y to Z 0.2 0.2
Secondary rated Y to Z 20 mA 20 mA
13
14
15
7/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Selection and ordering data
Operating language
English alternatively either German or Spanish can be selected 0 5
Scope of functions
Differential protection 0
Differential protection, inrush restraint
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip
1
2
6
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip, inrush restraint 3
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/13
Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
Selection and ordering data
1 DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Basis
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control
4 displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
5 Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under
MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition. (generally contai-
ned in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
6 Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
Converter RS485FO
Rated auxiliary voltage DC 24 to 250 V and AC 250 V
Isolating transformer
Up to 20 kV 7XR9513
12 Up to 5 kV 7XR9515
13
14
1) Possible versions see part 13.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor
15 7XV5103- AA ; see part 13.
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
7/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 differential protection relay for two line ends
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Differential protection for universal use with power lines and
cables on all voltage levels with phase-segregated measure-
ment (87L)
Two line ends capability 2
Suitable for transformers in protected zones (87T)
Restricted ground-fault protection (87N) if a transformer is
within the protection zone
Well-suited for serial compensated lines
3
LSP2247-afpen.tif
Two independent differential stages:
one stage for sensitive measuring for high-resistance faults
and one stage for high-current faults and fast fault clearance 4
Breaker-failure protection (50BF)
Phase and ground overcurrent protection with directional
element (50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Phase-selective intertripping (85) 5
Overload protection (49)
Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
Fig. 7/10 SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 differential protection relay Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U) 6
Auto-reclosure single/three-pole (79)
Control functions
Description
Command and inputs for control of CB and disconnectors
(isolators)
7
The 7SD610 relay is a differential protection relay suitable for all
types of applications and incorporating all those functions
Monitoring functions
required for differential protection of lines, cables and trans-
formers. Transformers and compensation coils within the
differential protection zone are protected by means of integrated
Self-supervision of the relay
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
8
functions, which were previously to be found only in transformer 8 oscillographic fault records
differential protection. It is also well-suited for complex applica-
CT-secondary current supervision
tions such as series and parallel compensation of lines and
cables. Event logging / fault logging 9
It is designed to provide differential and directional back-up Switching statistics
protection for all voltage levels and types of networks. The relay
Front design
features high speed and phase-selective short-circuit measure-
ment. The unit is thus suitable for single-phase and three-phase User-friendly local operation 10
fault clearance. PC front port for convenient relay setting
Digital data communication for differential current measure- Function keys and 8 LEDs for local alarm
ment is effected via ber-optic cables, networks or pilot wires
connections, so that the line ends can be quite far apart. The
Communication interfaces 11
serial protection interface (R2R interface) of the relay can exibly 1 serial protection data (R2R) interface
be adapted to the requirements of all existing communication Front interface for PC connection
media. If the communication method is changed, exible retro-
tting of communication modules to the existing conguration
System interface
IEC 61850 Ethernet
12
is possible. IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Apart from the main protection function, i.e. the differential pro- PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and MODBUS
tection, the 7SD610 has a full range of congurable emergency
and / or back-up protection functions such as phase and ground
Service / modem interface (rear) 13
Time synchronization via IRIG-B, DCF77 or system interface
overcurrent protection with directional elements if voltage
transformers are connected. Overload, under- and over-voltage/ Features
frequency and breaker-failure protection round off the functional
scope of the 7SD610.
Browser-based commissioning tool 14
Direct connection to digital communication networks
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/17
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Application
6 Fig. 7/11
types of networks; two line ends may lie within the protection 50HS Instantaneous high-current tripping
zone. The relay features very high-speed and phase-selective (switch-onto-fault)
15
7/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Application
15
7/22 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Protection functions
In addition to the above-mentioned operating modes, several The 7SD610 is tted, in addition, with three two-stage under-
other operating principles can be employed by means of the voltage measuring elements:
integrated programmable logic (CFC). Phase-to-ground undervoltage 1
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder protection allows Phase-to-phase undervoltage
evaluation of the line-side voltages. A number of voltage- Positive-sequence undervoltage
dependent supplementary functions are thus available:
DLC
The undervoltage measuring elements can be blocked by means
of a minimum current criterion and by means of binary inputs.
2
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is effected only when
the line is deenergized (prevention of asynchronous breaker Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
closure).
ADT Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
underfrequency protection. Unwanted frequency changes in
3
The adaptive dead time is employed only if auto-reclosure
at the remote station was successful (reduction of stress on the network can be detected and the load can be removed at a
equipment). specied frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used
RDT
over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz). There are
four elements (selectable as overfrequency or underfrequency)
4
Reduced dead time is employed in conjunction with auto- and each element can be delayed separately.
reclosure where no tele-protection method is employed:
When faults within the zone extension, but external to the
protected line, are switched off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR),
the RDT function decides on the basis of measurement of the
5
return voltage from the remote station which has not tripped
whether or not to reduce the dead time.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/23
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Protection functions
10
11
12
13
14
15
7/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Protection functions
LSP2845.tif
signicantly for the user. The operational
and fault events and the fault records are 6
clearly arranged.
Furthermore, all currents and optional Fig. 7/16 Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
voltages and phases are available via
communication link at the local relay and 7
are displayed in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or
with the Web Monitor.
The operational and fault events and
fault records from all line ends share a
8
common time tagging which allows to
compare events registered in the different
line ends on a common time base.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be controlled via: All binary indications can be subjected to a lter time (indication
integrated operator panel suppression).
5 binary inputs
substation control and protection system Indication ltering and delay
DIGSI 4 Indications can be ltered or delayed.
6 Command processing
All the functionality of command processing is offered. This
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in potential at the
indication input. The indication is passed on only if the indica-
tion voltage is still present after a set period of time. In the
includes the processing of single and double commands with event of indication delay, there is a wait for a preset time. The
or without feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the control information is passed on only if the indication voltage is still
7 hardware and software, checking of the external process,
control actions using functions such as runtime monitoring and
present after this time.
automatic command termination after output. Here are some Indication derivation
typical applications:
A further indication (or a command) can be derived from an
8 Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2
trip contacts
existing indication. Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system interface can thus be
User-denable bay interlocks reduced and restricted to the most important signals.
Operating sequences combining several switching operations
9 such as control of circuit-breakers, disconnectors and ground-
ing switches
Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be activated, so as to prevent
Triggering of switching operations, indications or alarm by transfer of information to the control center during work on a
combination with existing information circuit bay.
10 Automation / user-dened logic Test operation
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a graphic interface During commissioning, all indications can be passed to an
(CFC), specic functions for the automation of switchgear or automatic control system for test purposes.
11 substation. Functions are activated via function keys, binary
input or via communication interface.
Switching authority
15
7/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Functions
Local PC interface
The PC interface provided on the front panel on the unit allows
2
the parameters, status and fault event data to be rapidly accessed
by means of the DIGSI 4 operating program. Use of this program
is particularly advantageous during testing and commissioning.
3
Rear-mounted interfaces
The service and system communication interfaces are located at
the rear of the unit. In addition, the 7SD610 is provided with a
protection interface. The interface complement is variable and
4
retrotting is possible without any difculty. These interfaces Fig. 7/18 IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
ensure that the requirements for different communication connection or ber-optic connection
interfaces (electrical and optical) and protocols can be met.
The interfaces are designed for the following applications:
5
Service / modem interface
By means of the RS485 interface, it is possible to efciently oper-
ate a number of protection units centrally via DIGSI 4. Remote
6
operation is possible on connection of a modem. This offers the
advantage of rapid fault clarication, especially in the case of
unmanned power plants.
In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a standard browser can
7
be connected to the service interface (refer to Commissioning
program).
System interface
8
This interface is used to carry out communication with a control
or protection and control system and supports a variety of com-
munication protocols and interface designs, depending on the
module connected.
9
Commissioning aid via a standard Web browser Fig. 7/19 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850
In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a standard browser can be
connected to the local PC interface or to the service interface
10
(refer to Commissioning program). The relays include a small Safe bus architecture
Web server and sends its HTML pages to the browser via an RS485 bus
established dial-up network connection. With this data transmission via copper conductors, electro-
magnetic fault inuences are largely eliminated by the use of 11
Retrotting: Modules for every type of communication twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a unit, the remaining
system continues to operate without any disturbances.
Communication modules for retrotting are available for the
Fiber-optic double ring circuit
entire SIPROTEC 4 unit range. These ensure that, where different
communication interfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols The ber-optic double ring circuit is immune to electromag- 12
(IEC 61850 Ethernet, IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0, netic interference. Upon failure of a section between two
MODBUS, DIGSI, etc.) are required, such demands can be met. units, the communication system continues to operate without
disturbance.
It is generally impossible to communicate with a unit that has 13
failed. If a unit were to fail, there is no effect on the communica-
tion with the rest of the system.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/27
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Communication
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
1 IEC 61850 Ethernet
LSP2164-afp.tif
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol
is the worldwide standard for protection
LSP2162-afpen.tif
5 communication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
ers and is used worldwide.
LSP3.01-0021.tif
6 PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is
7 supported by a number of PLC and protec-
tion device manufacturers.
MODBUS RTU
Fig. 7/22 820 nm ber-optic communication Fig. 7/23 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
9 DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based commu-
12
13
14
Fig. 7/24 System solution: Communications
15
7/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Communication
System solutions for protection and station control New ber-optic interfaces, series FO1x
FO171):
Together with the SICAM power automation system, SIPROTEC 4
can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electrical For direct connection up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode 1
RS485 bus, or interference-free via the optical double ring, the ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
units exchange information with the control system.
FO181):
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected to
SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or radially by ber-optic link.
For direct connection up to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector
2
Through this interface, the system is open for the connection of
FO191):
units of other manufacturers (see Fig. 7/18).
For direct connection up to 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode
Because of the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC units can also
be integrated into systems of other manufacturers or in SIMATIC.
ber 9/125 m, LC-Duplex connector 3
FO30:
Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces are available. The optimum
820 nm ber-optic interface/ST connectors for direct connection
physical data transfer medium can be chosen thanks to opto-
up to 1.5 km and for connections to a IEEE C37.94 multiplexer
electrical converters. Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free optical connection to the
interface. 4
master can be established. The link to a multiplexed communication network is made by
separate communication converters (7XV5662). These have
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solution is offered with
a ber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST connectors to
SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the station PC. The interface
the protection relay. The link to the communication network 5
is optionally an electrical X21/G703-64 kbit/s or G703-E1/-T1
is standardized, thus also enabling direct connection of units
interface. Furthermore the IEEE C37.94 interface is supported by
of other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850,
the FO30 module.
however, the units can also be used in other manufacturers'
systems (see Fig. 7/19). For operation via copper wire communication (pilot wires or 6
twisted telephone pair), a modern communication converter
Via modem and service interface, the protection engineer has
for copper cables is available. This operates with both the
access to the protection devices at all times. This permits remote
two-wire and three-wire copper connections which were used
maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic testing).
by conventional differential protection systems before. The 7
Parallel to this, local communication is possible, for example, communication converter for copper cables is designed for 5 kV
during a major inspection. insulation voltage. An additional 20 kV isolation transformer
can extend the eld of applications of this technique into ranges
Serial protection interface (R2R interface) with higher insulation voltage requirements. The connection
via FO cable to the relay is interference-free. With SIPROTEC 4
8
The 7SD610 provides one protection interface to cover two line
end applications. and the communication converter for copper cables a digital
follow-up technique is available for two-wire protection systems
In addition to the differential protection function, other protec-
tion functions can use this interface to increase selectivity and
(up to 8 km) and all three-wire protection systems using existing
copper communication links.
9
sensitivity as well as covering advanced applications.
Different communication converters are listed under
Fast phase-selective teleprotection signaling using the "Accessories".
directional stages of the overcurrent protection with POTT or
PUTT schemes Communication data: 10
Two terminal line applications can be implemented without 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT and ITU
additional logic Each protection relay possesses a unique relay address
Interclose command transfer with the auto-reclosure Adaptive
dead time (ADT) mode
Continuous communication link supervision: Individual faulty
data telegrams do not constitute an immediate danger, if they
11
4 remote signals for fast transfer of binary signals occur only sporadically. The statistical availability, per minute
Flexible utilization of the communication channels by means and hour, of the serial protection interface can be displayed.
of the programmable CFC logic Supported network interfaces X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
512 kbit/s; or G703-64 kbit/s and G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s) or
12
The protection interfaces have different options to cover new G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s) or IEEE C37.94.
and existing communication infrastructures.
Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms (in steps of 0.1 ms)
FO51), OMA12) module:
820 nm ber-optic interface with clock recovery/ST connectors Protocol HDLC 13
for direct connection with multi-mode FO cable up to 1.5 km
for the connection to a communication converter.
FO61), OMA22) module:
820 nm ber-optic interface/ST connectors for direct connec- 14
tion up to 3.5 km with multi-mode FO cable. 1) For ush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal FO module
OMA1 will be delivered together with an external repeater. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/29
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Communication
3
Fig. 7/25 Direct optical link up to 1.5 km/3.5 km, 820nm Fig. 7/26 Direct optical link up to 25/60 km with 1300 nm
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm
4
7
Fig. 7/27 Connection to a communication network CC-XG Fig. 7/28 Connection to a communication network CC-2M
9
max. 1.5 km with
62.5 m/125 m
7SD52/53 multi-mode ber
10 7SD610
FO30 IEEE C37.94
MUX Communication
network
SIPV6.011en.eps
FO30 with ST connectors
11 Fig. 7/29 Connection to a communication network via IEEE C37.94 Fig. 7/30 Connection to a pilot wire
12
13
14
15
7/30 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Typical connection
Typical connection
Connection of current 1
and voltage transformers
A typical connection is to the phase CT. The residual cur-
rent at the IE input is formed by summation of the phase
currents. This ensures optimum supervision functions for 2
the current.
Optionally, voltages are measured by means of voltage
transformers and are fed to the unit as a phase-to-ground
voltage. The zero voltage is derived from the summation
3
voltage by calculation performed in the unit.
As a matter of fact, the 7SD610 unit does not require
any voltage transformers for operation of the differential
protection.
Fig. 7/31 Typical connection to current transformers 4
Alternative current measurement
3 phase current transformers with neutral point in the
line direction, I4 connected to a current transformer in
5
the neutral point of a grounded (earthed) transformer
for restricted ground-fault protection (REF) or directional
ground (earth)-fault protection.
6
9
Fig. 7/32 Typical connection to current transformers with optional
voltage inputs
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 7/33 Connection for transformer with restricted ground- Fig. 7/34 Alternative connection of current transformers for
fault protection (REF) measuring neutral current of a grounded (earthed)
power transformer
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/31
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Technical data
1 Analog inputs
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
Number
RUN (green)
ERROR (red)
1
1
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (selectable) LED (red), function can be 7
Rated voltage VN 80 to 125 V (selectable) assigned
2 Power consumption
in CT circuits with IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
Unit design
Housing 7XP20 For dimensions refer to dimension
with IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA
drawings, part 14
in VT circuits Approx. 0.1 VA
Degree of protection
Thermal overload capacity IN
3 in CT circuits (for IN = 5 A) 100 A for 1 s
30 IN for 10 s
acc. to EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing
Flush-mounting housing
IP 51
4 IN continuous
front IP 51
Dynamic (peak value) 250 IN (half sine)
rear IP 50
In VT circuits for highly sensitive
4 ground-fault protection 300 A for 1 s
100 A for 10 s
Weight
for the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
Flush-mounting housing
15 A continuous
1/3 x 19" 4 kg
in VT circuits 230 V per phase continuous
Surface-mounting housing
5 Auxiliary voltage
Rated voltages DC 24 to 48 V
1/3 x 19" 6 kg
12 Switching capacity
Make
1000 W/VA
30 VA
Distance for RS485
For ber-optic cable
Max. 1000 m
ST connector
Break 40 W Optical wavelength = 820 nm
Break (with resistive load) 25 W Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 m ber
Break (with L/R 50 ms) 250 V Distance (spanned) Max. 1.5 km
13 Switching voltage
Permissible total current
30 A for 0.5 seconds
5 A continuous
14
15
7/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Technical data
System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
PROFIBUS RS485
Dielectric test
Baud rate
500 V/50 Hz
Max. 12 Mbaud
External communication converter
to interface between relays, optical
820 nm interface and a pilot wire
1
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kbd; 100 m at 12 Mbd or twisted telephone pair.
PROFIBUS ber-optic2) Typical distance 15 km
Only for ush-mounting housing
For surface-mounting housing
ST connector
Optical interface with OLM2)
Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock
recovery
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m multi-
mode FO cable
2
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wavelength = 820 nm Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 m ber Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Distance
Protection interface (R2R interface)
500 kbit/s 1.6 km; 1500 kbit/s 530 m
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
mission from one unit to the Permissible max. value can be
3
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic inter- For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, other. Delay is constantly measu- selected
face with clock recovery for direct ST connectors red and adjusted
connection up to 1.5 km or for
connection to a comm. converter,
820 nm
Permissible ber attenuation: 8 dB Electrical tests
Specication
4
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, Standards EC 60255 (product standards)
interface for direct connection ST connectors ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
up to 3.5 km, 820 nm Permissible ber attenuation: 16 dB UL 508
New ber-optic interfaces, series FO1:
For further standards see
Individual functions
5
FO30: Fiber-optic interface to sup- For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m,
port the IEEE C37.94 interface and ST connectors Insulation tests
for direct ber optic connection Permissible ber attenuation: 8 dB Standards IEC 60255-5
up to 1.5 km
FO171): for direct connection For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
Voltage test (100 % test)
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
6
up to 24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector supply, binary inputs and
Permissible ber attenuation: 13 dB communication interfaces
FO181): for direct connection
up to 60 km3), 1300 nm
For mono-mode ber 9/125 m,
LC-Duplex connector
Permissible ber attenuation: 29 dB
Auxiliary voltage and binary
inputs (100 % test)
DC 3.5 kV
7
RS485/RS232 rear side commu- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
FO191): for direct connection For mono-mode ber 9/125 m, nication interfaces and time
up to 100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector synchronization interface
Irradiation with RF eld, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition Mechanical dynamic tests
pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
1 ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; Vibration Sinusoidal
both polarities; Ri = 50 ;
2 test duration 1 min
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
10 to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 s
(SURGE), 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Shock Half-sinusoidal
3 Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 12 ; 9 F
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-27
Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
Differential (transversal) mode: both directions
1 kV; 2 ; 18 F Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode: IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
4 binary output relays 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
Differential (transversal) mode:
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis),
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F (vertical axis),
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis),
5 modulated
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
1 kHz
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis),
Magnetic eld with power 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for frequency sweep 1 octave/min
frequency 3 s; 50 Hz 0.5 mT; 50 Hz 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
During transport
6 IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
capability damped wave; Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per second, duration 2 s, IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
Ri = 150 to 200 IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
7 Fast transient surge withstand
capability
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
50 impulses per second;
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s; Shock Half-sinusoidal
Ri = 80 IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
8 Radiated electromagnetic
interference
35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
both directions
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
9 50 MHz; Ri = 200
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
in both directions
IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be
impaired above +55 C / +131 C)
13 Humidity
Permissible humidity stress; It Annual average 75 % relative
is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days in the year up
units in such a way that they are to 93 % relative humidity; moisture
not exposed to direct sunlight or condensation during operation is not
14 pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
permitted
15
7/34 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Technical data
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/35
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Technical data
Operating modes Local tripping or only indication Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Overvoltage protection or deactivated (no trip)
The set times are pure delay
4 Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvol- or deactivated times
tage) Operating times
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Pickup time (in ms) at
(phase-phase overvoltage) or deactivated frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
5 Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0>
(3V0 can be measured via V4
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated
At 1.5 setting value IREF >, 35 30
approx.
transformers or calculated by the
relay)(zero-sequence overvoltage) At 2.5 setting value IREF >, 33 29
approx.
6 Pickup values V1>>, V1>
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
23
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
voltage or calculated Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents
remote positive-sequence
Multiple availability 3 times (option)
7 Pickup values V2>>, V2>
voltage (compounding)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Characteristics
(negative-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Denite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 >
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely
8 Undervoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
inverse, long-time inverse
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
(phase-ground (earth) undervol- or deactivated
inverse, extremely inverse, denite
tage)
inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
9 (phase-phase undervoltage) or deactivated
Alternatively, user-specied
trip and reset characteristics
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated
Blocking of undervoltage protec- Minimum current; binary input Current stages
10 tion stages
Reset ratio 1.05
High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
TIPh
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Number of frequency elements 4 or deactivated (no trip)
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz 3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A1) (steps 0.01 A)
15
7/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Technical data
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/37
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Selection and ordering data
1 7SD61 numerical line differential protection 87L SIPROTEC 4 for two-line ends,
allows transformers in the protection zone
7SD610 - - -
Current transformer
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) see next page
1
Auxiliary voltage
(Power supply, BI operating voltage) DC 24 to 48 V, trigger level binary input 19 V3) 2
DC 60 to 125 V 2), trigger level binary input 19 V3)
3 DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V, trigger level binary input 88 V3)
4
5
DC 110 to 250 V 2), AC 115 to 230 V, trigger level binary input 176 V3) 6
11
12
13
BI = Binary input
BO = Binary output
15 3) Setting of the BI thresholds can be made for each binary input via
jumpers in 3 steps.
please order the relay with electrical interface and use a separate
ber-optic switch
Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole only without auto reclosure
Trip mode 3-pole only with auto reclosure
0
1
6
Trip mode 1- and 3-pole without auto reclosure 2
Trip mode 1- and 3-pole with auto reclosure 3
Back-up functions 7
with emergency or back-up overcurrent protection B
without with emergency or back-up overcurrent and breaker failure protection C
with directional emergency or back-up overcurrent protection
with directional emergency or back-up overcurrent and breaker failure protection
R
S 8
Additional functions 1
4 Remote commands/
24 Remote indications
Transformer
expansions
Voltage-/frequence
protection
Restricted earth fault
(low impedance) 9
A
B
E 10
F
J
K 11
N
P
S 12
T
without external GPS synchronisation of differential protection 0
with external GPS synchronisation of differential protection 1
13
1) Communication converter 7XV5662, see Accessories.
2) Device for surface-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = F) will be
4) For distances less than 50 km a set of optical attenuators
7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the 14
delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00. receiver element.
3) For distances less than 25 km a set of optical attenuators 5) Only available in ush-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = B, K).
7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the
receiver element. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/39
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Selection and ordering data
Accessories
Accessories Description Order No.
Further modules
Protection interface module, optical 1300 nm,
mono-mode FO cable, LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
8 Protection interface module, optical 1300 nm,
mono-mode FO cable, LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A351-D656-1
Protection interface module, optical 1550 nm,
mono-mode FO cable, LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A351-D657-1
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), optical 1300 nm,mono-mode FO cable,
10 LC-Duplex connector, 24 km
Serial repeater (2-channel), optical 1300 nm,mono-mode FO cable,
7XV5461-0BG00
14
15
7/40 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD61
Selection and ordering data
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
(copper) 2
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
3
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault
records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of other
manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows
5
(Windows 2000 / XP Professional).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
7
Fig. 7/40 Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
Fig. 6/41 Serial interfaces
14
15
7/42 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53 multi-end differential and distance protection in one relay
Fault locator for one and two terminal measurement for high
accuracy on long lines with high load and high fault resistance.
Capacitive charge current compensation increases the sensitivity
of the differential protection on cables and long lines.
1
Function overview
2
LSP2173f.eps
Protection functions
Differential protection with phase-segregated measurement
LSP2314-afp.eps
(87L, 87T)
Restricted ground-fault protection (87N) if a transformer is
within the protection zone
3
Sensitive meas. stage f. high-resist. faults
Non-switched distance protection with 7 measuring systems
(21/21N)
High resistance ground (earth)-fault protection for single and
4
three-pole tripping (50N/51N/67N)
Fig. 7/42 SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53 differential protection relay
Phase-selective intertripping (85)
Description
Ground-fault detection in isolated and resonant-grounded
networks
5
Tele (pilot) protection (85/21, 85/67N)
The 7SD52/53 relay provides full scheme differential protection
Weak-infeed protection (27WI)
and incorporates all functions usually required for the protection
of power lines. It is designed for all power and distribution Fault locator (FL) 6
levels and protects lines with two up to six line ends. The relay is Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
designed to provide high-speed and phase-selective fault clear- 3-stage overcurrent protection (50, 50N, 51, 51N)
ance. The relay uses ber-optic cables or digital communication STUB bus protection (50 STUB)
networks to exchange telegrams and includes special features
for the use in multiplexed communication networks. Also pilot
Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS) 7
Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
wires connections can be used with an external converter. This
Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
contributes toward improved reliability and availability of the
Auto-reclosure (79), Synchro-check (25)
electrical power system.
Breaker failure protection (50BF) 8
The relay is suitable for single and three-phase tripping applica-
Overload protection (49)
tions for two up to six line ends. Also, transformers and compen-
Lockout function (86)
sation coils within the differential protection zone are protected
as are serial and parallel-compensated lines and cables. The
relays may be employed with any type of system grounding.
Control functions
Commands for control of CB and isolators
9
The relay also provides a full-scheme and non-switched distance Monitoring functions
protection as an optional main 2 protection. Several teleprotec- Self-supervision of relay and protection data (R2R)
tion schemes ensure maximum selectivity and high-speed
tripping time.
communication 10
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
The units measure the delay time in the communication net- Measured-value supervision
works and adaptively match their measurements accordingly. Oscillographic fault recording
A special GPS-option allows the use of the relays in communica- Event logging/fault logging 11
tion networks, where the delay time in the transmit and receive Switching statistics
path may be quite different.
Front design
The 7SD52/53 has the following features:
2 full-scheme main protections in one unit (differential and
User-friendly local operation
PC front port for relay setting
12
distance protection) Function keys and 14 LEDs f. local alarm
High-speed tripping 10 15 ms
Communication interfaces
The serial protection interfaces (R2R interfaces) of the relays can
exibly be adapted to the requirements of all communication 2 serial protection data (R2R) interfaces for ring and chain 13
media available. topology
If the communication method is changed, exible retrotting Front interface for connecting a PC
of communication modules to the existing conguration is System interface for connection to a control system via various
possible. protocols 14
Tolerates loss of one data connection in a ring topology (routing IEC 61850 Ethernet
in 120 ms). The differential protection scheme is fully available IEC 60870-5-103
in a chain topology. PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP and DNP 3.0
Browser-based commissioning tool. Rear-side service/modem interface 15
Time synchronization via IRIG-B or DCF77 or system interface
Application
25 Synchro-check
21/21N Distance protection
10
11
12
*) Option
13 Fig. 7/43
14
15
7/44 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Application
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/45
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Construction
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
replaced. The height is a uniform 245 mm
3 for ush-mounting housings and 266 mm
LSP2166-afp.tif
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
nected with or without ring lugs. Plug-in
4 terminals are available as an option. It
is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface
mounting on a panel, the connection Fig. 7/45 Flush-mounting housing with Fig. 7/46 Rear view with screw-type terminals
screw-type terminals and serial interfaces
5 terminals are located above and below
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
communication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the
housing.
6
7
LSP2219-afp.eps
LSP2237-afp.tif
9
Fig. 7/47 Surface-mounting housing with Fig. 7/48 Communication interfaces in a
screw-type terminals sloped case in a surfacemounting
10 housing
11
12
13
14
15
7/46 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Protection functions
Protection functions
12
13
14
15
7/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Protection functions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/49
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Protection functions
LSP2311-afp.tif
failure of the measuring voltage, thus
preventing spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored
by the integrated fuse failure monitor.
5 Distance protection is blocked if either
the fuse failure monitor or the auxiliary
Fig. 7/53 Power swing current and voltage wave forms
LSP2312-afp.tif
9 achieve controlled tripping in the event
of loss of synchronism, the 7SD52/53
relay is equipped with an efcient power
swing detection function. Power swings
auto-reclosures.
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21) Common transmission channels are power-line carrier, micro-
11 A teleprotection function is available for fast clearance of faults
wave radio and ber-optic links. The serial protection interface
can be used for direct connection to a digital communication
up to 100 % of the line length. The following operating modes network, ber-optic or pilot-wire link as well.
may be selected:
7SD52/53 also permits the transfer of phase-selective signals.
12 PUTT, permissive underreaching zone transfer trip
POTT, permissive overreaching zone transfer trip
This feature is particularly advantageous as it ensures reliable
single-pole tripping, if two single-pole faults occur on different
UNBLOCKING lines. The transmission methods are suitable also for lines with
BLOCKING three ends (three-terminal lines).
13 Directional comparison pickup Phase-selective transmission is also possible with multi-end
Pilot-wire comparison applications, if some user-specic linkages are implemented
by way of the integrated CFC logic. During disturbances in the
Reverse interlocking
transmission receiver or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
14 DUTT, direct underreaching zone transfer trip (together with
Direct Transfer Trip function)
protection function can be blocked by a binary input signal with-
out losing the zone selectivity. The control of the overreach zone
The carrier send and receive signals are available as binary Z1B (zone extension) can be switched over to the auto-reclosure
inputs and outputs and can be freely assigned to each physical function. A transient blocking function (Current reversal guard)
15 relay input or output. At least one channel is required for each
direction.
is provided in order to suppress interference signals during trip-
ping of parallel lines.
STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)-STUB) Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be detected via the binary Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
input "manual close" or automatically via measurement.
The 7SD52/53 relay is equipped with an auto-reclose function
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring elements can be effected Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder protection allows
evaluation of the line-side voltages. A number of voltage-
13 either at the local circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal. dependent supplementary functions are thus available:
Positive-sequence undervoltage
The undervoltage measuring elements can be blocked by means
15 of a minimum current criterion and by means of binary inputs.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/53
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Protection functions
Commissioning
LSP2845.tif
signicantly for the user. The operational
6 and fault events and the fault records are
clearly arranged.
Furthermore, all currents and optional Fig. 7/56 Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/55
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Communication
Communication
Local PC interface
14
15
7/56 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol
is the worldwide standard for protection 1
LSP2164-afp.tif
and control systems used by power supply
corporations. Siemens was the rst
manufacturer to support this standard. By
means of this protocol, information can
also be exchanged directly between bay
2
units so as to set up simple masterless
systems for bay and system interlocking.
Access to the units via the Ethernet bus is
also possible with DIGSI.
3
IEC 60870-5-103 Fig. 7/60 RS232/RS485 electrical Fig. 7/61 PROFIBUS communication module,
communication module optical double-ring
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
standardized protocol for the efcient
4
communication in the protected area. IEC
60870-5-103 is supported by a number
LSP2162-afpen.tif
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide. 5
PROFIBUS-DP
LSP3.01-0021.tif
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup- 6
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.
DNP 3.0 7
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based commu- Fig. 7/62 820 nm ber-optic communication Fig. 7/63 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
nication protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
module module for IEC 61850 with
integrated Ethernet switch 8
with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
ers.
9
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 7/64 System solution: Communications
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/57
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Communication
System solutions for protection and station control FO61), OMA22) module:
820 nm ber-optic interface/ST connectors for direct connec-
1 Together with the SICAM power automation system, SIPROTEC 4
can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electrical
tion up to 3.5 km with multi-mode FO cable.
RS485 bus, or interference-free via the optical double ring, the New ber-optic interfaces, series FO1x
units exchange information with the control system. FO171): For direct connection up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for
8 Serial protection interface (R2R interface) cable to the relay is interference-free. With SIPROTEC 4 and the
communication converter for copper cables a digital follow-up
As an option, the 7SD52/53 provides one or two protection technique is available for two-wire protection systems (typical 8
interfaces to cover two up to six line end applications in ring or km) and all three-wire protection systems using existing copper
chain topology and hot standby communication between two communication links.
9 line ends.
Different communication converters are listed under
In addition to the differential protection function, other protec- "Accessories".
tion functions can use this interface to increase selectivity and
sensitivity as well as covering advanced applications. Communication data:
10 Fast phase-selective teleprotection signaling for distance 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT and ITU
protection, optionally with POTT or PUTT schemes Each protection relay possesses a unique relay address
Two and three-terminal line applications can be implemented Continuous communication link supervision: Individual faulty
data telegrams do not constitute an immediate danger, if they
11 without additional logic
Signaling for directional ground(earth)- fault protection occur only sporadically. The statistical availability, per minute
directional comparison for high-resistance faults in solidly and hour, of the serial protection interface can be displayed.
grounded systems Supported network interfaces X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
512 kbit/s; or G703-64 kbit/s and G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s) or
12 Echo function
Interclose command transfer with the auto-reclosure Adaptive
G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s).
dead time (ADT) mode Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms (in steps of 0.1 ms)
or IEEE C37.94.
28 remote signals for fast transfer of binary signals
13 Flexible utilization of the communication channels by means of
Protocol HDLC
3
Fig. 7/65 Direct optical link up to 1.5 km/3.5 km, 820nm Fig. 7/66 Direct optical link up to 25/60 km with 1300 nm
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm
4
7
Fig. 7/67 Connection to a communication network CC-XG Fig. 7/69 Connection to a communication network CC-2M
9
max. 1.5 km with
62.5 m/125 m
7SD52/53 multi-mode ber
Communication
7SD610
FO30 IEEE C37.94
MUX
network 10
SIPV6.011en.eps
FO30 with ST connectors
Fig. 7/68 Connection to a communication network via IEEE C37.94 Fig. 7/70 Connection to a pilot wire 11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/59
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Typical connection
Typical connection
11
12
13
14
15
7/60 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Typical connection
4
Fig. 7/73 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring
neutral current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer 5
Alternative current connection
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected to
6
the summation current of the parallel line
for parallel line compensation on overhead
lines. The voltage connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 7/71, 7/76 or 7/77.
7
9
Fig. 7/74 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring
the ground (earth) current of a parallel line 10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 7/75 Connection of current transformer with restricted ground-fault
protection (REF)
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/61
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Typical connection
11
12
13
14
15
7/62 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Technical data
Minimum permissible voltage DC 19 or 88 or 176 V, bipolar Service interface (operating interface 2) for DIGSI 4 /modem / service 9
Range is selectable with jumpers (3 operating ranges) Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
for each binary input Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
Maximum permissible voltage DC 300 V Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
Distance for RS485, depends
on the baud rate
Max. 1000 m
10
Output relays Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector
Quantity 16 or 24 or 32 Optical wavelength = 820 nm
Function can be assigned Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-ber 62.5/125 m
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W /VA
Distance
System interface
Max. 1.5 km
11
Break 30 VA
(refer to ordering code) IEC 61850 Ethernet
Break (for resistive load) 40 W
IEC 60870-5-103
Break (for = L/R 50 ms) 25 VA
Switching voltage 250 V
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-DP 12
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s DNP 3.0
5 A continuous Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud
Dielectric test
Distance for RS232
500 V/50 Hz
Max. 15 m
13
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
14
1 PROFIBUS RS485
Dielectric test
Baud rate
500 V/50 Hz
Max. 12 Mbaud
External communication conver-
ter to interface between relays,
optical 820 nm interface and a
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kB; 100 m at 12 MB pilot wire or twisted telephone
PROFIBUS ber-optic2) pair.
3 Distance
Protection interface (R2R interface)
500 kB/s 1.6 km, 1500 kB/s 530 m Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic inter- For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m, mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
face with clock recovery for direct ST connectors Delay is constantly measured and selected
adjusted
4 connection up to 1.5 km or for
connection to a communication
converter, 820 nm
Permissible ber attenuation 8 dB
Electrical tests
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic inter- For multi-mode ber 62.5/125 m,
Specications
face for direct connection up to ST connectors
14 G703.5
G703.6
E1: 2,048 kbit/s
T1: 1,554 kbit/s
Electrical interface on communi- max. 800 m, screw-type terminal 1) For ush-mounting housing.
cation network 2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
15 will be delivered together with an external repeater.
Irradiation with RF eld, pulse- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition During transport
modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
ENV 50204, class III
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal 1
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
both polarities; Ri = 50 ;
test duration 1 min
Shock
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
2
High-energy surge voltages IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
(SURGE) IEC 61000-4-5, installati- IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
on class III Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV, 12 , 9 F of the 3 axes
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of impe-
dance vector change and monitoring
of the vector path
Phase current pickup 0.1 to 4 A (1A) /0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated 1
Neutral (residual) current pickup 0.05 to 4 A (1A) /0.25 to 20 A (5A)
Max. detectable power swing Approx. 7 Hz (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
frequency Characteristics
Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power
swing tripping (out-of-step tripping)
Characteristics
according to IEC 60255-3
Normal inverse
Very inverse
2
Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked Extremely inverse
Z1/Z1B blocked Long time inverse
Z2 to Z5 blocked
Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked
Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
or deactivated 3
Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I/Ip
swing blocking types of faults
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Modes of operation PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT
PUTT (acceleration with pickup);
Tolerances
Operating time for 2 I/Ip 20 5 % of setpoint 15 ms 4
POTT; Directional comparison; Characteristics Inverse
Reverse interlocking according to ANSI/IEEE Short inverse
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking; Long inverse
Blocking Moderately inverse
Very inverse
5
Additional functions Echo function Extremely inverse
(refer to weak-infeed function) Denite inverse
Transient blocking for schemes with
Time dial 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or deactivated
Characteristics
active
3 denite-time stages / 1 inverse- Reset ratio
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Approx. 0.95
9
time stage Tolerances < 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
Denite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N ) Directional ground (earth)-fault overcurrent protection
Pickup denite time stage 1,
phase current
0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated
for high-resistance faults in systemswith grounded star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) 10
Pickup denite-time stage 1, 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) Characteristic 3 denite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated stage or 4 denite-time stages or
denite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage
Pickup denite-time stage 2,
phase current
0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
11
Pickup denite-time stage 2, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
multi-phase faults
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
Pickup denite-time stage 3, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Instantaneous trip after switch-
onto-fault
Selectable for every stage 12
Pickup denite-time stage 3, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Inuence of harmonics
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are comple-
Time delay for denite-time 0 to 30 s, (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
tely suppressed by digital ltering
stages
Tolerances
Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are comple- 13
(I> and inverse 4th stage) tely suppressed by digital ltering
Current pickup 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
Delay times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Operating time Approx. 25 ms
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/67
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Technical data
Neutral (residual) current trans- Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI)
former with high sensitivity Operating modes with carrier Echo
(refer to ordering data, position 7) (signal) reception Echo and trip with undervoltage
10 Tripping characteristics acc. to
IEC 60255-3
Normal inverse; very inverse;
extremely inverse; long inverse
Undervoltage phase ground
(earth)
2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic Inverse; short inverse; long inverse; Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
(not for region DE, refer to moderately inverse; very inverse; Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
11 ordering data, position 10)
Inverse logarithmic tripping
extremely inverse; denite inverse
3I0
Tolerances
Voltage threshold 5 % of set value or 0.5 V
characteristics (not for regions t = T3I 0P max T3I 0P ln Timer 1 % of set value or 10 ms
3I0p
DE and US, refer to ordering data,
position 10) Fault locator
12 Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s) Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in
X, R (primary) in
Time multiplier for IEC T charac- Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Distance in kilometers or in % of
teristics
line length
Time multiplier for ANSI D
DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s) Start of calculation With trip, with reset of pickup,
13 characteristics
Pickup threshold
with binary input
Approx. 1.1 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M) Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 /km(1A) / 0.001 to
Inverse logarithmic pickup 1.3 /km(5A)
threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1)
(step 0.0001 /km)
14 Reset threshold
Tolerance
Approx. 1.05 x I/I0 (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
2.5 % line length for
Operating time for 2 I/Ip 20 30 SC 90 and VSC/Vnom > 0.1
5 % of setpoint 15 ms
15
7/68 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Technical data
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Operating modes
Overvoltage protection
Local tripping or only indication Number of stages
Pickup of current element
2
0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A) 1
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvol- or deactivated Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
tage) Additional functions End-fault protection
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH>
(phase-phase overvoltage)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated
Reset time CB pole discrepancy monitoring 2
Approx. 15 ms, typical; 25 ms max.
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Tolerances
(3V0 can be measured via V4 or deactivated Current limit value 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
transformers or calculated by the
relay)
Time stages
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
1 % of setting value or 10 ms
3
(zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
(positive-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
voltage or calculated
Operating modes with line
voltage check
DLC dead-line check
ADT adaptive dead time
4
remote positive-sequence RDT reduced dead time
voltage (compounding) Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or
Pickup values V2>>, V2>
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
or deactivated Action times
deactivated
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or
5
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) deactivated
Undervoltage protection Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) undervol- or deactivated
Start-signal monitoring time
Additional functions
0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Synchro-check request 6
tage) 3-phase intertripping
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V) InterCLOSE command
(phase-phase undervoltage) or deactivated to the remote end
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated
Check of CB ready state
Blocking with manual CLOSE 7
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
Blocking of undervoltage protec- Minimum current; binary input
RDT
tion stages
Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Reset ratio
Time delays
1.05 Dead line
Tolerances
2 to 70 V (step 1 V) 8
Time delay for all over- and 0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
undervoltage stages deactivated Voltage limit values 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Command / pickup time
Tolerances
Approx. 30 ms Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
9
Voltage limit values 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Manual CLOSE control
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Control commands
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Number of frequency elements 4
Operating modes
with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Line dead/busbar live
10
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Line live/busbar dead
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Line and busbar dead
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Bypassing
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz For manual closure 11
Delay times 0 to 600 s or (in steps of 0.01 s) and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth)) Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 (step 1 ) 12
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A deactivated
Tolerances Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Frequency
Delay times
12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V
1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
networks
Tolerances
13
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage limit values 2 % of setting value or 2 V
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/69
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Technical data
Restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N) Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
1 Multiple availability
Settings
2 times (option) Setting ranges
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Differential current IREF>/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Temperature alarm stage alarm/ 50 to 100 % in relation to the trip
Limit angle REF 110 (xed)
trip temperature
2 Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Current alarm stage Ialarm
Secondary 1 A 0.1 to 4 A (step 0.1)
The set times are pure delay times Secondary 5 A 0.5 to 20 A (step 0.1)
Operating times
I 2 I 2 pre
3 Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz
At 1.5 setting value IREF>, 30
60 Hz
25
Trip time characteristic t = ln
I (k I N )
2 2
13 Inverse-time stages IP
or deactivated (no trip)
0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Long-term mean values
Interval for derivation of mean 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) value 15 min / 15 min
or deactivated (no trip) Synchronization instant Every hour; every hour; every
14 3I0P
D3I0
0.05 to 4.00 A 1)
0.50 to 15.00 s
(steps 0.01 A)
(steps 0.01 s) Values
hour
3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q; S
or deactivated (no trip)
15
7/70 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Technical data
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/71
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Selection and ordering data
Device type1)
7SD5 - - -
3 3
Measurement input
8 4 12 A
7 8
8
4
4
12
12
E
J
16 12 12 C
16 12 12 G
8 16 12 12 L
16 4 15 5 N
16 4 15 5 Q
16 4 15 5 S
9 24 20 12 D
24 20 12 H
24 20 12 M
10 24
24
12
12
15
15
5
5
P
R
24 12 15 5 T
24 4 18 10 W
13
1) Redundant prot. data interface for Hot-Standby-service is possible 4) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three steps by means
14 with a two terminal differential relay (second prot. data interface is
needed)
of jumpers.
5) Fast relays are indentied in the terminal diagram. The time
2) Rated current 1/5 A can be selected by the means of jumpers. advantage compared to signal/command outputs is approx. 3 ms,
3) Transition between three auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected mainly for protection commands
15 by means of jumpers. 6) High-speed trip outputs are identied in the in the terminal dia-
gram. The time advantage compared to fast relays is approx. 5 ms
System interfaces
7SD52 - - -
1
No system interface 0
IEC protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC protocol, electrical RS485
IEC protocol, optical 820 nm, ST-plug
2
see next
page 2
3
PROFIBUS FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS FMS Slave, optical 820 nm, twin-ring, ST-plug 6
11
12
1) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 5) For distances less than 25 km a set of optical attenuators
13
9 = E/G/H/Q/R). For the surface mounted version, please order 7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the
a device with the appropriate electrical RS485 interface and an receiver element
external FO-converter 6) For distances less than 50 km a set of optical attenuators
2) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos.
9 = E/G/H/Q/R) please order the relay with electrical interface and
7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the
receiver element
14
use a separate ber-optic switch. 7) Only available in ush-mounting housing (Order No. pos.
3) Communication converter 7XV5662, see Accessories. 9 E/G/H/Q/R).
4) Device for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R)
will be delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/73
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Selection and ordering data
3 3-pole
3-pole
without
with
with
with
4
5
1-/3-pole without with 6
1-/3-pole with with 7
5 3-pole
3-pole
without
with
without
without
0
1
1-/3-pole without without 2
1-/3-pole with without 3
6 3-pole without with 4
3-pole with with 5
1-/3-pole without with 6
1-/3-pole with with 7
7 Protection interface 2
FO5: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST-plugs, line length up to 1.5 km
via multimode FO cable for communication converter or direct FO connection 1) A
11
12
13
1) Communication converter 7XV5662, see Accessories. 4) For distances less than 50 km a set of optical attenuators
14 2) Device for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R) 7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the
receiver element.
will be delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00.
3) For distances less than 25 km a set of optical attenuators 5) Only available in ush-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9
7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the E/G/H/Q/R).
15 receiver element. 6) In a two terminal differential relay the protection interface 2 can
be used as redundant protection interface (Hot Standby).
Functions
7SD52 - - -
1
Time overcurrent pro- Ground fault Distance protection Distance protection (Ipick- Ground fault
tection/ Breaker failure protection (Pickup Z<, polygon, up I>,-VI/, -Z<), polygon, detection
protection (ANSI 50,
50N, 51, 51N, 50BF)
(ANSI 67N) MHO, parallel line
comp.) Power swing
parallel line comp. 2),
power swing det. (ANSI
for isolated/
compensated
2
detection (ANSI 21, 21, 21N, 68, 68T) networks 1)
21N, 68, 68T)
with without without without without
with without without with without
C
D
3
with without with without without E
with with without without without F
with
with
with
with
without
with
with
without
without
without
G
H
4
with without without without with J
with without without with with K
with
with
with
with
without
without
without
with
with
with
L
M
5
Additional functions 1
4 Remote commands/
24 Remote indications
Transformer
expansions
Fault locator Voltage protection,
frequence protection
Restricted ground
fault low impedance
6
(ANSI 27, 50) (ANSI 87N) 2)
with without 1-side measuring without without J
with
with
without
without
1-side measuring
2-side measuring
with
without
without
without
K
L
7
with without 2-side measuring with without M
with with 1-side measuring without without N
with with 1-side measuring with without P 8
with with 2-side measuring without without Q
with with 2-side measuring with without R
with with 1-side measuring without with S
with with 1-side measuring with with T 9
with with 2-side measuring without with U
with with 2-side measuring with with V
Additional functions 2
10
Measured values, External GPS Capacitive current
extended, synchronization load compensation
Min/Max values
without without without 0
11
without with without 1
with without without 2
with
without
with
without
without
with
3
4
12
without with with 5
with without with 6
with with with 7 13
14
1) Only available with Order No. Pos. 7 = 2 or 6
2) Only available with Order No. Pos. 7 = 1 or 5
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 7/75
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Selection and ordering data
Further modules
Protection interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
8 Protection interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A351-D656-1
Protection interface mod. opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A351-D657-1
9 Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
10 LC-Duplex connector, 60 km
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7XV5461-0BH00
13
14
15
7/76 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Selection and ordering data
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
(copper) 2
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
3
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault
records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of other
manufacturers (Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows
5
(Windows 2000 or XP Professional).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
6
Cable between PC / notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
4
Fig. 7/85
5 Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching of
BO14, BO15 as NO contact
6 or NC contact with jumpers
X41, X42, X43.
9
1) Conguration of binary outputs
10 until Hardware-version /EE.
For advanced exibility see
Fig. 7/85.
12
13
14
4
Fig. 7/87
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
5
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching of
BO14, BO15 as NO contact or
NC contact with jumpers X41,
X42, X43.
6
10
11
12
13
*) For unit version 7SD52xx-xN/S/Q high-speed contacts
1) Conguration of binary outputs until Hardware-version /EE.
14
For advanced exibility see Fig. 7/87.
4
Fig. 7/89
5 Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit
of BO8 to BO12 with jumpers
X80, X81, X82. Switching of
BO14, BO15 as NO contact or
6 NC contact with jumpers X41,
X42, X43.
10
11
12
13
8
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
Function overview
LSP2456-afpen.tif
Protection functions
Differential protection with phase-segregated measurement 3
Sensitive measuring for low-fault currents
Fast tripping for high-fault currents
Restraint against inrush of transformer
Phase /ground overcurrent protection
4
Fig. 8/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 differential protection relay for ransformers,
Overload protection with or without temperature
generators, motors and busbar
measurement
Negative-sequence protection 5
Description Breaker failure protection
Low/high-impedance restricted ground fault (REF)
The SIPROTEC 7UT6 differential protection relays are used for
fast and selective fault clearing of short-circuits in transformers
Voltage protection functions (7UT613/633)
6
of all voltage levels and also in rotating electric machines like Control functions
motors and generators, for short lines and busbars. Commands for control of circuit-breakers and isolators
The protection relay can be parameterized for use with three-
phase and single-phase transformers.
7UT63x: Graphic display shows position of switching elements,
local/remote switching by key-operated switch
7
The specic application can be chosen by parameterization. Control via keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
In this way an optimal adaptation of the relay to the protected User-dened logic with CFC
object can be achieved.
Monitoring functions
8
In addition to the differential function, a backup overcurrent pro-
Self-supervision of the relay
tection for 1 winding/star point is integrated in the relay. Option-
ally, a low or high-impedance restricted ground-fault protection, Trip circuit supervision
a negative-sequence protection and a breaker failure protection Oscillographic fault recording 9
can be used. 7UT613 and 7UT633 feature 4 voltage inputs. With Permanent differential and restraint current measurement,
this option an overvoltage and undervoltage protection is avail- extensive scope of operational values
able as well as frequency protection, reverse / forward power
protection, fuse failure monitor and overexcitation protection.
With external temperature monitoring boxes (thermo-boxes)
Communication interfaces 10
PC front port for setting with DIGSI 4
temperatures can be measured and monitored in the relay.
Therefore, complete thermal monitoring of a transformer is System interface
IEC 61850 Ethernet
possible, e.g. hot-spot calculation of the oil temperature.
7UT613 and 7UT63x only feature full coverage of applications
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 11
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP,
without external relays by the option of multiple protection MODBUS or DNP 3.0
functions e.g. overcurrent protection is available for each wind-
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/ temperature
ing or measurement location of a transformer. Other functions
are available twice: ground-fault differential protection, breaker
monitoring (thermo-box) 12
failure protection and overload protection. Furthermore, up to Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF 77
12 user-dened (exible) protection functions may be activated
by the customer with the choice of measured voltages, currents,
power and frequency as input variables. 13
The relays provide easy-to-use local control and automation
functions. The integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows the
users to implement their own functions, e.g. for the automation
of switchgear (interlocking). User-dened messages can be gen-
14
erated as well. The exible communication interfaces are open
for modem communication architectures with control system.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/3
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Application
Application
2 transformers
7UT612: 2 windings
7UT613/633: 2 up to 3 windings
7UT635: 2 up to 5 windings,
generators
3 motors
short line sections
small busbars
parallel and series reactors.
4 The user selects the type of object that
is to be protected by setting during
conguration of the relay. Subsequently,
only those parameters that are relevant
5 for this particular protected object need
to be set. This concept, whereby only
those parameters relevant to a particular
protected object need to be set, substan-
6 tially contributed to a simplication of the
setting procedure. Only a few parameters
must be set. Therefore the new 7UT6
relays also make use of and extend this
10
11
13
14
15
8/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Application, construction
Application
Protection functions ANSI No. Three-phase Single-phase Auto- Generator/ Busbar, Busbar,
1
7UT613/33
transformer transformer trans- Motor 3-phase 1-phase
7UT612
7UT635
former
Differential protection
Ground-fault differential protection
87T/G/M/L
87 N
1
1
1
2
1
2
*)
2
Overcurrent-time protection, phases 50/51 1 3 3
Overcurrent-time protection 3I0 50/51N 1 3 3
Overcurrent-time protection, ground 50/51G 1 2 2 3
Overcurrent-time protection, 1 1 1
single-phase
Negative-sequence protection 46 1 1 1
Overload protection IEC 60255-8 49 1 2 2 4
Overload protection IEC 60354 49 1 2 2
Overexcitation protection *) V/Hz 24 1
Overvoltage protection *) V> 59 1
Undervoltage protection *) V< 27 1 5
Frequency protection *) f>, f< 81 1
Reverse power protection *) -P 32R 1
Forward power protection*) P>, P< 32F 1
Fuse failure protection 60FL 1 6
Breaker failure protection 50 BF 1 2 2
External temperature monitoring 38
(thermo-box)
Lockout 86 7
Measured-value supervision
Trip circuit supervision 74 TC
Direct coupling 1
Direct coupling 2 8
Operational measured values
Flexible protection functions 27, 32, 47, 12 12
Function applicable
50, 55, 59, 81
9
Function not applicable in this application
*) Only 7UT613/63x
10
Construction
Protection functions
7UT51).
Insensitivity to DC current and current
transformer errors due to the freely
10 programmable tripping characteristic
and fundamental ltering.
The differential protection function can
be blocked externally by means of a
11 binary input.
12
13
14
15
8/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Protection functions
1 Overcurrent-time protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N) One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the circuit-
breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm signal
Backup protection on the transformer is achieved with a two- occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.
stage overcurrent protection for the phase currents and 3I0 for
the calculated neutral current. This function may be congured Lockout (ANSI 86)
2 for one of the sides or measurement locations of the protected
object. The high-set stage is implemented as a denite-time
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays) can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The lockout state is also stored
stage, whereas the normal stage may have a denite-time or
in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur
inverse-time characteristic. Optionally, IEC or ANSI character-
after the lockout state is reset.
3 istics may be selected for the inverse stage. The overcurrent
protection 3I0 uses the calculated zero-sequence current of the External trip coupling
congured side or measurement location.
Multiple availability: 3 times (option) For recording and processing of external trip information via
binary inputs. They are provided for information from the
4 Overcurrent-time protection for ground (ANSI 50 / 51G) Buchholz relay or specic commands and act like a protective
function. Each input initiates a fault event and can be individu-
The 7UT6 feature a separate 2-stage overcurrent-time protection
ally delayed by a timer.
for the ground. As an option, an inverse-time characteristic
according to IEC or ANSI is available. In this way, it is possible
5 to protect e.g. a resistor in the transformer star point against
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) (7UT613/633 only)
thermal overload, in the event of a single-phase short-circuit not The undervoltage protection evaluates the positive-sequence
being cleared within the time permitted by the thermal rating. components of the voltages and compares them with the
Multiple availability: 3 times (option) threshold values. There are two stages available.
6 Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) The undervoltage function is used for asynchronous motors
(Negative-sequence protection) and pumped-storage stations and prevents the voltage-related
instability of such machines.
Furthermore a negative-sequence protection may be dened for The function can also be used for monitoring purposes.
7 one of the sides or measurement locations. This provides sensi-
tive overcurrent protection in the event of asymmetrical faults in Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) (7UT613/633 only)
the transformer. The set pickup threshold may be smaller than
This protection prevents insulation faults that result when the
the rated current.
voltage is too high.
8 Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Either the maximum line-to-line voltages or the phase-to-ground
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected voltages (for low-voltage generators) can be evaluated. The
upon issuing of a trip command, another command can be measuring results of the line-to-line voltages are independent of
the neutral point displacement caused by ground faults.
9 initiated using the breaker failure protection which operates the
circuit-breaker, e.g., of an upstream (higher-level) protection This function is implemented in two stages.
relay.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) (7UT613 / 633 only)
Multiple availability: 2 times (option)
13
14
15
8/8 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Protection functions
LSP2376-afp.tif
valve is injected as binary information
and is used to switch between two trip 4
command delays. When applied for motor
protection, the sign () of the active
power can be reversed via parameters.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/9
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Protection functions
Measured values
LSP2821.tif
Energy + kWh, + kVarh, forward and
reverse power ow
Min./max. and mean values of VPH-PH,
6 VPHE, VE, V0, V1, V2, IPH, I1, I2, 3I0, IDIFF, Fig. 8/10 Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Phasor diagram
IRESTRAINT, S, P, Q, cos , f
Operating hours counter
8 load function
Measured temperatures of external
thermo-boxes
Differential and restraint currents of
9 differential protection and REF
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can
10 calculate an energy metered value from
the measured current and voltage values.
The 7UT6 relays may be integrated into
monitoring systems by means of the
11 diverse communication options available
in the relays. An example for this is the
LSP2821.tif
This measurement function works with only 5 to 10 % of the Automation / user-dened logic
transformer rated current and indicates the current and the
angle between the currents and voltages (if voltages applied).
Termination errors between the primary current transfomers
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a graphic interface
(CFC), specic functions for the automation of switchgear or 1
substation. Functions are activated via function keys, binary
and input transformers of the relay are easily detected in this
input or via communication interface.
manner.
The operating state of the protection may therefore be checked
online at any time. The fault records of the relay contain the
Switching authority 2
Switching authority is determined according to parameters,
phase and ground currents as well as the calculated differential communication or by key-operated switch (when available).
and restraint currents. The fault records of the 7UT613/633
relays also contain voltages. If a source is set to LOCAL, only local switching operations are
possible. The following sequence of switching authority is laid
3
Browser-based commissioning aid down: LOCAL; DIGSI PC program, REMOTE
The 7UT6 provides a commissioning and test program which Every switching operation and change of breaker position is kept
runs under a standard internet browser and is therefore
independent of the conguration software provided by the
in the status indication memory. The switch command source,
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous change or command)
4
manufacturer. and result of a switching operation are retained.
For example, the correct vector group of the transformer may
be checked. These values may be displayed graphically as vector
diagrams.
Assignment of feedback to command
The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching devices and
5
transformer taps are acquired by feedback. These indication
The stability check in the operating characteristic is available as inputs are logically assigned to the corresponding command
well as event log and trip log messages. Remote control can be
used if the local front panel cannot be accessed.
outputs. The unit can therefore distinguish whether the indica-
tion change is a consequence of switching operation or whether
6
it is a spontaneous change of state (intermediate position).
Control and automation functions
Chatter disable
Control
The chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in a congured
7
In addition to the protection functions, the SIPROTEC 4 units also period of time, the number of status changes of indication input
support all control and monitoring functions that are required exceeds a specied gure. If exceeded, the indication input is
for operating medium-voltage or high-voltage substations. blocked for a certain period, so that the event list will not record
The main application is reliable control of switching and other
excessive operations. 8
processes. Filter time
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary devices can be All binary indications can be subjected to a lter time (indication
obtained from auxiliary contacts and communicated via binary
inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect and indicate both the
suppression). 9
OPEN and CLOSED position or a fault or intermediate circuit- Indication ltering and delay
breaker or auxiliary contact position.
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be controlled via:
Indications can be ltered or delayed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in potential at the
10
integrated operator panel
binary inputs indication input. The indication is passed on only if the indica-
substation control and protection system tion voltage is still present after a set period of time. In the
DIGSI 4 event of indication delay, there is a wait for a preset time. The
information is passed on only if the indication voltage is still
11
Command processing present after this time.
Communication
Local PC interface
Communication modules for retrotting are available for the Safe bus architecture
entire SIPROTEC 4 unit range. These ensure that, where different RS485 bus
11 communication interfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols
(IEC 61850 Ethernet, IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP,
With this data transmission via copper conductors electro-
magnetic fault inuences are largely eliminated by the use of
MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0, DIGSI, etc.) are required, such demands twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a unit, the remaining
can be met. system continues to operate without any disturbances.
13 disturbance.
It is generally impossible to communicate with a unit that has
failed. If a unit were to fail, there is no effect on the communica-
tion with the rest of the system.
14
15
8/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is the worldwide stan-
dard for protection and control systems used by power supply 1
corporations. Siemens was the rst manufacturer to support
this standard. By means of this protocol, information can also
be exchanged directly between bay units so as to set up simple
masterless systems for bay and system interlocking. Access to
the units via the Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
2
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally standardized protocol for 3
the efcient communication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number of protection device
manufacturers and is used worldwide. Fig. 8/14 RS232 / RS485 electrical communication module
PROFIBUS-DP
4
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized standard for communica-
LSP2162-afpen.tif
tions and is supported by a number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers. 5
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized standard for communica-
tions and is supported by a number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
6
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol Version 3) is a messaging-
based communication protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully
7
Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with DNP 3.0. Fig. 8/15 820 nm ber-optic communication module
DNP 3.0 is supported by a number of protection device manu-
facturers.
8
9
LSP2164-afp.tif
10
Fig. 8/16 PROFIBUS communication module, optical double-ring
11
12
LSP3.01-0021.tif
13
14
Fig. 8/17 Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850 with
integrated Ethernet switch
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/13
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Communication
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
Typical connections
10
Fig. 8/20 Connection to a transformer with neutral current measurement
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/15
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
LSA4023-cen.eps
6
7 Fig. 8/21 Connection of transformer differential protection with high impedance REF (I8)
and neutral current measurement at I7
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
5
Fig. 8/22 Connection example to a single-phase power transformer with current
transformer between starpoint and grounding point
10
Fig. 8/23 Connection example to a single-phase power transformer with only one
current transformer (right side)
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/17
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
5
Fig. 8/24 Connection to a three-phase auto-transformer with current transformer
between starpoint and grounding point
6
10
12
13
14
15
8/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
6
Fig. 8/26 Connection 7UT612 as single-phase busbar protection for 7 feeders, illustrated for phase L1
7
10
11
12
13
Fig. 8/27 Connection 7UT612 as busbar protection for feeders, connected via external summation current transformers (SCT) 14
partial illustration for feeders 1, 2 and 7
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/19
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
8
Fig. 8/28 Connection example 7UT613 for a three-winding power transformer
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
10
11
12
Fig. 8/29 Connection example 7UT613 for a three-winding power transformer with current transformers between starpoint
and grounding point, additional connection for high-impedance protection; IX3 connected as high-sensitivity input
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/21
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/22 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
10
Fig. 8/31 Connection example 7UT635 for a three-winding power transformer
with 5 measurement locations (3-phase) and neutral current measurement
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/23
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Typical connections
3
Fig. 8/32 Voltage transformer connection to 3 star-connected voltage transformers (7UT613 and 7UT633 only)
7
Fig. 8/33 Voltage transformer connection to 3 star-connected voltage transformers with additional delta winding
8 (e-n-winding) (7UT613 and 7UT633 only)
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
*) With high-speed contacts all operating times are reduced by 4.5 ms.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/25
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
1 IEC 61850
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
Specications
Standards IEC 60255 (Product standards)
Connection ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
for ush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", UL 508
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit acc. Insulation tests
2 for surface-mounting case
to IEEE802.3
At bottom part of the housing
Standards EC 60255-5 and 60870-2-1
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz Voltage test (100 % test)
Transmission Speed 100 Mbits/s All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Distance 20 m/66 ft supply, binary inputs and
3 Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
communication interfaces
Auxiliary voltage and binary DC 3.5 kV
Connection inputs (100 % test)
for ush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B",
RS485/RS232 rear side 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
LC connector receiver/transmitter
4 for surface-mounting case
Optical wavelength
Not available
= 1350 nm
communication interfaces
and time synchronization
interface (100 % test)
Transmission Speed 100 Mbits/s
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 glass ber 50/125 m or Impulse voltage test (type test)
glass ber 62/125 m All circuits except for 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 ms; 0.5 J
Seismic vibration
the 3 axes
Sinusoidal
for the EMC Directive and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
Directive.
9
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration 10
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes 11
During transport
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
Vibration
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
Sinusoidal
5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude; 12
IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
Half-sinusoidal
acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
13
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
IEC 60068-2-29
acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
14
in both directions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/27
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
1 Differential protection
General
Operating times
Pickup time/dropout time with
Pickup values single-side infeed
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Differential current IDIFF > /INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Harmonic stabilization
Pickup time/dropout time with
Inrush restraint ratio 10 to 80 % (steps 1 %) single-side infeed
10 7UT 612
IDIFF >, min. 38 35
IDIFF >>, min. 19 17
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 30
7UT 613/63x
11 IDIFF >, min.
IDIFF >>, min.
30
11
27
11
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
12 Current matching for transformers
Vector group adaptation 0 to 11 (x 30 ) (steps 1)
Star-point conditioning Grounded or non-grounded
(for each winding)
13
14
15
8/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
3I0 >
or deactivated (no trip)
0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Max. current for blocking
Crossblock function between Can be activated /deactivated 11
phases
or deactivated (stage ineffective) max. action time for crossblock 0.00 to 180 s (steps 0.01 A)
T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Inverse-time stages IP
or deactivated (no trip)
0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
12
Acc. to IEC TIP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
3I0P
T3I0P
0.05 to 4.00 A 1)
0.05 to 3.20 s
(steps 0.01 A)
(steps 0.01 s)
13
or deactivated (no trip)
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) 14
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
D3I0P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/29
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
Overcurrent-time protection for ground current Dynamic cold-load pickup for overcurrent-time protection
1 Multiple availability
Characteristics
3 times (option) Time control
Start criterion Binary input from circuit-breaker
Denite-time stages (DT) IE >>, IE > auxiliary contact or current criterion
(of the assigned side)
Inverse-time stages (IT) IEP
CB open time TCB open 0 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
2 Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely
inverse, long-time inverse Active time TActive time 1 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
7UT612
Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18
With inrush restraint, min. 40 35
11 Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30
7UT613/63x
Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11
With inrush restraint, min. 33 29
12 Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 35
Dropout ratios
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN 0.5
Inrush blocking
13 Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) steps 0.01 A)
14
Unbalanced load protection (Negative-sequence protection) Overload protection using a thermal replica (continued)
Characteristics
Denite-time stages (DT) I2 >>, I2 >
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristic 1
I 2 I pre 2
Inverse-time stages (IT) I2P for I/(k IN) 8
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely k I N k I N
t = IN
inverse I 2
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
inverse, extremely inverse
1
k I N 2
t Tripping time
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Heating-up time constant
Operating range 0.1 to 4 A 1) I Actual load current
Current stages
Ipre Preload current
k Setting factor IEC 60255-8
3
High-current stage I2 >> 0.10 to 3.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) IN Rated current of the protected
TI2 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) object
or deactivated (no trip) Dropout ratios
Denite-time stage I2 >
TI2 >
0.10 to 3.00 A 1)
0.00 to 60.00 s
(steps 0.01 A)
(steps 0.01 s)
/trip Dropout at alarm 4
or deactivated (no trip) /alarm Approx. 0.99
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) I/Ialarm Approx. 0.97
Acc. to IEC TI2P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Tolerances
(with one 3-phase measuring location)
5
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Referring to k IN 3 % or 10 mA1);
Acc. to ANSI DI2P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
class 3 % acc. IEC 60255-8
or deactivated (no trip)
Tolerances
Denite-time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated
Referring to tripping time 3 % or 1 s at fN = 50/60 Hz
for I/(k IN) > 1.25 6
current Frequency inuence referring to k IN
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms In the range 0.9 f/fN 1.1 1 % at fN = 50/60 Hz
Inverse time
Acc. to IEC
Currents
Times
Pickup at 1.05 I/IEP 1.15
5 % 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
Hot-spot calculation and determination of the ageing rate
Thermo-box
7
for 2 I/IEP 20 and TIEP/s 1
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz (temperature monitoring box)
for 2 I/IEP 20 and DIEP/s 1 Number of measuring points From 1 thermo-box
The set denite times are pure delay times.
Operating times of the denite-time stages
(up to 6 temperature sensors) or
from 2 thermo-boxes 8
(up to 12 temperature sensors)
Pickup time/dropout time For hot spot calculation one tempe-
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz rature sensor must be connected.
7UT612
Minimum 50 45
Cooling 9
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 Cooling method ON (oil natural)
OF (oil forced)
7UT613/63x OD (oil directed)
Minimum
Dropout time (in ms), approx.
41
23
34
20 Oil exponent
Hot spot to top-oil gradient Hgr
Y 1.6 to 2.0 (steps 0.1)
22 to 29 (steps 1)
10
Dropout ratios
Annunciation thresholds
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I2/IN 0.5
Warning temperature hot spot 98 to 140 C (steps 1 C)
Thermal overload protection
Overload protection using a thermal replica
Alarm temperature hot spot
208 to 284 F
98 to 140 C
(steps 1 F)
(steps 1 C)
11
Multiple availability 2 times (option)
208 to 284 F (steps 1 F)
Setting ranges Warning ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001)
Factor k acc. IEC 60255-8
Time constant
0.10 to 4.00 (steps 0.01)
1.0 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Alarm ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001) 12
Cooling down factor at motor
stand-still (for motors) K-factor 1.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.1)
Thermal alarm stage alarm/trip 50 to 100 % referred to trip
temperature rise (steps 1 %) 13
Current-based alarm stage 0.10 to 4.00 A1) (steps 0.01 A)
Ialarm
Start-up recognition 0.60 to 10.00 A1) (steps 0.01 A)
(for motors) Istart-up or deactivated
(no start-up recognition)
14
Emergency start run-on time 10 to 15000 s (steps 1 s)
(for motors) Trun-on
1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/31
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
Thermo-boxes for overload protection Undervoltage protection (denite-time and inverse-time function)
(ANSI 27)
1 Thermo-boxes (connectable) 1 or 2
Number of temperature sensors per Max. 6 Setting range
Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<, 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
thermo-box
Vp< (positive sequence as
Measuring type Pt 100 or Ni 100 or Ni 120 phase-to-phase values)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
2 Annuciation thresholds
For each measuring point:
Time multiplier TM 0.1 to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
Times
Warning temperature (stage 1) -50 to 250 C (steps 1 C)
Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
-58 to 482 F (steps 1 F) Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
Setting ranges
Setting ranges
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
Current ow monitoring 0.04 to 1.00 A1) (steps 0.01 A) (maximum phase-to-phase
5 for the respective side voltage or phase-to-ground-
voltage)
Dropoff to pickup ratio Approx. 0.9 for I 0.25 A1)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Pickup tolerance 5 % of set value or 0.01 A1)
Times
Breaker status monitoring Binary input for CB auxiliary contact
6 Starting conditions
Pickup times V>, V>>
Drop-off times V>, V>>
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
For breaker failure protection Internal trip Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
External trip (via binary input) Tolerances
Times Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V
7 Pickup time Approx. 2 ms (7UT613/63x) and
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
approx. 3 ms (7UT612) with Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
measured quantities present; Setting ranges
Approx. 20 ms after switch-on of Steps; selectable f>, f< 4
8 Reset time
measured quantities, fN = 50/60 Hz Pickup values f>, f<
Time delays T
40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
3 stages 0 to 100 s, 1 stage up to
(incl. output relay), approx. 50 Hz 60 Hz 600 s
7UT612 30 ms 30 ms Undervoltage blocking V1< (steps 0.01 s)
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
9 7UT613/63x
Delay times for all stages
25 ms 25 ms
0.00 to 60.00 s; deactivated Times
(steps 0.01 s) Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Time tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Drop-off difference f Approx. 20 mHz
10 Overexitation protection (Volt /Hertz) (7UT613 / 633 only)
Setting ranges
Drop-off ratio V1<
Tolerances
Approx. 1.05
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01) Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
11 Characteristic values of V/f
or deactivated
1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4 Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
and assigned times t (V/f) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Setting ranges
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
Times (in ms) Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
12 (alarm and V/f>>-stage)
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value,
50 Hz 60 Hz Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
approx. 36 31 Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off times, approx. 28 23 Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
13 Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip)
Tolerances
0.95
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
V/f-Pickup 3 % of set value Tolerances
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN 3 % set value
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/33
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
0 to 1439 min)
1 Phase angles of currents,
7UT612
7UT613
(I1) to (I8)
(I1) to (I9), (Ix1) to (Ix3)
Time frame and starting time adjus-
table (in days, 1 to 365 days, and )
7UT633 (I1) to (I9), (Ix1) to (Ix4) Reset, manual Using binary input,
7UT635 (I1) to (I12), (Ix1) to (Ix4) using keypad,
via communication
2 1-phase for each measurement
location in , referred to (I1) Min./max./mean values for IL1, IL2, IL3,
Tolerance 1 at rated current current I1 (positive-sequence component)
Operational measured values of in kV primary and V secondary I2 (negative-sequence component),
voltages (7UT613/633 only) and % of VN 3I0, IDIFF L1, IDIFF L2, IDIFF L3, IRESTR.L1,
13 3 % of measured value or
3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating
Measured values of IDIFFREF; IRestREF to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/ 108/EC) and
restricted ground-fault protection in % of operational rated current concerning electrical equipment for use within specied voltage limits (Low-
Tolerance (with preset values) 2 % of measured value or voltage Directive 2006/95/EC).
14 2 % of IN (50/60 Hz)
3 % of measured value or
This conformity has been established by means of tests conducted by
Siemens AG in accordance of the Council Directive in agreement with the
3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)
generic standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directives,
Max. /Min. / Mean report and with the standard EN 60255-5 for the low-voltage directive.
15 Report of measured values With date and time from all sides
and measurement locations
The product is conforming to the international standards of the series
IEC 60255 and the German regulation of DIN 57435 part 303 (VDE 0435 part 303).
11
12
13
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high. 4) With surface-mounting housing: only RS485 interface available. 14
2) The binary input thresholds are selectable in two stages by means 5) If position 9 = B (surface-mounting housing), please order relay
of jumpers. with electrical Ethernet interface and use a separate FO switch.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected
by means of jumpers. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/35
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Selection and ordering data
1 7UT612 differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
No DIGSI 4 port 0
DIGSI 4 / browser, electrical RS232 1
2 DIGSI 4 / browser or temperature monitoring box1), electrical RS485
DIGSI 4 / browser or temperature monitoring box1), 820 nm ber optic, ST connector
2
3
Functions
6 Restricted ground fault protection, high impedance (87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC), breaker failure protection (50BF), unbalanced load protection (46) B
10
11
12
13
14
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing with two-tier terminals
Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals
B 4
D
Flush-mounting housing with screw-type terminals E
11
12
13
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high. 4) With surface-mounting housing: only RS485 interface available.
14
2) The binary input thresholds are selectable in two stages by means 5) If position 9 = B (surface-mounting housing), please order relay
of jumpers. with electrical Ethernet interface and use a separate FO switch.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected
by means of jumpers. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/37
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Selection and ordering data
1 7UT613 differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
14
Unit design
Surface-mounting with two-tier terminals B 5
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals E
Surface-mounting with two-tier terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts
N
P
6
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts Q
8
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language French; selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI language Spanish; selectable E
13
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high. 4) With surface-mounting housing: only RS485 interface available.
14
2) The binary input thresholds are selectable in two stages by means 5) If position 9 = B (surface-mounting housing), please order relay
of jumpers. with electrical Ethernet interface and use a separate FO switch.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected
by means of jumpers. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/39
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Selection and ordering data
13
14
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
1
relays running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 / XP Profes-
sional Edition), device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic
manual included as well as Getting started manual on paper,
connecting cables (copper) 2
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
3
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
4
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 8/41
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Selection and ordering data
LSP2289-afp.eps
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 8/36
3 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2091-afp.eps
Crimping For type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
4 Fig. 8/35
2-pin connector
Fig. 8/36
3-pin connector 19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 8/34
5
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
6 Fig. 8/37
Short-circuit link
Fig. 8/38
Short-circuit link
for current contacts for voltage contacts/
indications contacts 1) Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/42 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
14
7 Fig. 8/40a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of fast BO1 to BO5
with jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching
of fast BO7, BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
8 with jumpers X41, X42, X43.
10
11
12
13
14
1) Conguration of binary outputs up to hardware-version .../CC
For advanced exibility see Fig. 8/40a.
Fig. 8/41a
Additional setting by jumpers:
7
Separation of common circuit of
fast BO1 to BO5 with jumpers X80,
X81, X82. Switching of fast BO7,
BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
with jumpers X41, X42, X43
8
10
11
12
13
1) Conguration of binary outputs up to
hardware-version .../CC
For advanced exibility see Fig. 8/41a.
14
2) High-speed contacts (option), NO only
3) High-speed contacts (option)
10
11
12
13
14
1) High-speed contacts (option), NO only
2) High-speed contacts (option)
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
8/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection
Page
9
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
9/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
SIPROTEC 7SS60 centralized numerical busbar protection
Function overview
87BB
86
Features 1
Optimized for single busbar and 1 circuit-breaker
congurations
Suitable for double busbars with or without couplers
Separate check zone possible
2
Short trip times
Unlimited number of feeders
Matching of different primary CT ratios 3
LSP2363-afpen.tif
Differential current principle
Low-impedance measuring method
Numerical measured-value processing
Suitable for all voltage levels
4
Low demands on CTs thanks to additional restraint
Measured-value acquisition via summation current transformer
or phase-selective matching transformers 5
Maintained TRIP command (lockout function)
Centralized, compact design
Fig. 9/1 7SS601 measuring system
Combinative with separate breaker failure protection
6
Monitoring functions
Description
Primary current transformers including supply leads
The SIPROTEC 7SS60 system is an inexpensive numerical
differential current protection for busbars in a centralized
Operational measured values: Differential and restraint current
Self-supervision of the relay
7
conguration. 30 event logs
It is suitable for all voltage levels and can be adapted to a large 8 fault logs
variety of busbar congurations with an unlimited number
of feeders. The components are designed for single busbars,
8 oscillographic fault records 8
1-breaker congurations and double busbars with or without Communication interface
couplers.
RS485 interface for local and remote operation with DIGSI
Different primary CT ratios can be matched by using appropriate 9
windings of the input current transformers.
The use of matching transformers allows phase-selective mea- Hardware
surement. Single-phase measurement can be achieved by using
summation current transformers.
Concept of modular components 10
Reduced number of module types
Auxiliary voltage DC 48 V to DC 250 V
7SS601 measuring system in / 19-inch housing 7XP20
Peripheral components in 19-inch housing 7XP20
11
Front design
Display for operation and measured values
6 LEDs for local indication
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/3
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Application
Application
10
11
12
13
14
15
9/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Construction, functions
LSP2803.tif
1
2
LSP2383-afp.tif
LSP2803.tif
3
4
Fig. 9/3 Housing for peripheral modules Fig. 9/4 Rear view Fig. 9/5 Rear view detail
(front cover removed)
5
Construction Functions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/5
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Protection functions
5
Fig. 9/6 Block diagram: Acquisition of measured values
15
9/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Typical connections
Typical connections
SIPV6.012en.eps
2
3
Fig. 9/7 Protection with summation current transformer
(L1-L2-L3 circuit)
6
Fig. 9/8 Protection with summation current transformer
(L1-L3-N circuit) 7
10
Fig. 9/9 Protection with summation current transformer and
matching transformers
11
12
13
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Protection functions
10
11
12
13
14
15
9/8 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Communication
Communication
LSA2747-cgpen.eps
the restraint current are recorded with a
sampling frequency of 2 kHz. In addition,
signals are stored as binary traces, which
represent internal device states or binary
input states. Up to eight fault records 10
can be stored. When a ninth fault occurs,
Fig. 9/13 Communication scheme
the oldest record is overwritten. A total
storage capacity of 7 s is available. The
most recent 2.5 s are buffered against 11
power failure.
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/9
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Technical data
1 Measuring input Id
Rated current 100 mA
Number of relays 1 (2 NO contacts)
1 (1 NO contact)
2 (pulse current)
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for 1 s
Switching voltage
Permissible current
AC/DC 250 V
3 observed)
Isolating voltage 2.5 kV (r.m.s.)
Signal contacts
Number of relays 3 (2 marshallable)
Measuring range for operational 0 to 240 % Contacts 2 changeover contacts and 1 NO
measured values contact (can be changed to NC by
jumper)
4 Measuring dynamics 100 x IN without offset
50 x IN with full offset Switching capacity
Measuring input IR Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Rated current 1.9 mA
Switching voltage AC/DC 250 V
5 Dynamic overload capability
(pulse current)
250 x IN for 10 ms
Permissible current
Continuous 5A
Thermal overload capability (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for 1 s 0.5 s 30 A
(where external summation or 30 x IN for 10 s
matching current transformers 4 x IN continuous Serial interface
7 Auxiliary voltage
Via integrated DC/DC converter DC 24/48 V (DC 19 to 58 V)
For connection of a personal
computer or similar
Cables must be shielded, and shields
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 60/110/125 V (DC 48 to 150 V) must be grounded.
(permissible voltage) DC 220/250 V (DC 176 to 300 V)
AC 115 V (AC 92 to 133 V) As delivered 9600 baud
8 Superimposed AC voltage 15 % of rated voltage
Unit design
min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud
(peak-to-peak)
Power consumption Quiescent Approx. 3 W Housing 7XP20 / 19"
Energized Approx. 5 W Dimensions See part 14
9 Bridging time during failure /
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage
50 ms at Vaux DC 100 V
20 ms at Vaux DC 48 V
Weight Approx. 4.0 kg
Degree of protection according
Binary inputs to IEC 60529-1
Number 3 (marshallable) For the unit IP 51
13
14
15
9/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Technical data
Time stamping
tions of the last 8 faults
Switching time < 20 ms 8
Resolution for operational 1 ms Number of auxiliary relays 1
annunciation Contacts of auxiliary relay 2 changeover contacts
Resolution for fault annunciation 1 ms
Fault recording (max. 8 fault) Buffered against voltage failure
(last 2.5 s)
Auxiliary voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 48/60 V (DC 38 to 72 V)
9
Recording time Max. 7.1 s total (permissible voltage range) DC 110/125 V (DC 88 to 150 V)
(from fault detection) Pre-trigger and post-fault time DC 220/250 V (DC 176 to 300 V)
can be set Depending on the design
Max. length per record
Pre-trigger time
0.2 to 5.0 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
0.05 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Relay contacts 10
Switching capacity
Post-fault time 0.01 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Make 1000 W/VA
Sampling frequency 2 kHz
Break 30 W/VA
Peripheral modules
Switching voltage
Permissible current
AC/DC 250 V
11
7TM700 restraint/command output module Continuous 5A
0.5 s 10 A
Measuring input IR
Number of restraint units
Rated current
5
100 mA
Weight Approx. 0.6 kg
12
Rated frequency 16.7, 50, 60 Hz
Dynamic overload capacity 250 x IN one half cycle
(pulse current)
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for 1 s
13
(where external summation or 30 x IN for 10 s
matching current transformers 4 x IN continuous
are used, their limit data must be
observed) 14
1) Each additional intermediate relay increases the tripping time by 7 ms.
2) Each additional intermediate relay increases the reset time by 8 ms.
3) Limited by the continuous power dissipation of the device. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/11
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Technical data
7 Type
For conductor cross-sections of
e.g. PDIG of AMP
2.7 to 6.6 mm2
4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
For connection to current
AWG 12 to 10
In parallel double leaf-spring- 2.5 to 4.0 mm2 transformers with a rated
crimp contact for conductor AWG 13 to 11 current IN of 1A
8 cross-sections of
Max. tightening torque 3.5 Nm
Rated frequency fN
Winding
45-60 Hz
A-B B-C D-E E-F G-H H-J Y-Z
Control connections (terminals 7 to 31) Number of turns 1 2 4 8 16 32 500
Screw-type terminals For 4 mm bolts Max. current, continuous A 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 0.85
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 6.4 12.8 200
9 (ring-type cable lug)
Max. outside diameter 9 mm Max. burden VA 1.0
Type e.g. PDIG of AMP 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
For conductor cross-sections of 1.0 to 2.6 mm2
AWG 17 to 13 For connection to current
12
13
14
Summation current matching transformers EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2
For connection to current
Standard IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(international product standards)
EM 50082-2
1
transformers with a rated
current IN of 1A (technical generic standard)
DIN VDE 57435 part 303
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz (German product standard for
Winding
Number of turns
A-B C-D E-F
3 6 9
G-H J-K
18 24
L-M N-O Y-Z
36 90 500
protection devices) 2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; t = 15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Max. current, continuous A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85 DIN 57435 part 303; class III
Max. voltage V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200 Electrostatic discharge
IEC 60255-22-2; IEC 61000-4-2;
8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air discharge;
3
Max. burden VA 1.8 class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330
4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2 Irradiation with RF eld, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
non-modulated
For connection to current
transformers with a rated
current IN of 5A
IEC 60255-22-3 (report); class III 4
Irradiation with RF eld, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z
Number of turns 1 2 3 4 6
Max. current, continuous A 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 8.0
8 12 500
0.85
Irradiation with RF eld,
pulse-modulated
10 V/m; 900 MHz;
repetition frequency 200 Hz; ED 50 % 5
IEC 61000-4-3 / ENV 50204; class III
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 200
Fast transient disturbance / bursts 4 kHz; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz, burst length
Max. burden VA 2.5 IEC 60255-22-4; IEC 61000-4-4; = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
class III both polarities; Ri = 50 ;
test duration 1 min
6
Matching transformer
High-energy surge voltages Auxiliary voltage:
4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2 (SURGE), Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 12 ; 9 F
IEC 61000-4-5, installation, class III Transversal test: 1 kV; 2 ; 18 F
Multi-tap auxiliary current
transformer to match
different c.t. ratios
Measuring inputs, binary inputs
and relay outputs:
7
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
Transversal test: 1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O P-Q
Number of turns
Max. current, continuous A 6
1 2
6
7
6
16 1
1.2 6
2
6
7
6
16
1.2
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
80 % AM; 1 kHz 8
IEC 61000-4-6; class III
Max. voltage V 4 8 28 64 4 8 28 64 Magnetic eld with power
resistance 0.018 0.035 0.11 1.05 0.018 0.035 0.11 1.05 frequency
Electrical tests
IEC 61000-4-8; class IV
IEC 60255-6
30 A/m; continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
50 Hz; 0.5 mT
9
Oscillatory surge 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz;
Specications withstand capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
Standards: IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 ANSI / IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200
Insulation tests Fast transient surge
withstand capability
4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges
per s; both polarities; duration 2 s;
10
High voltage test (routine test), 2.5 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz
ANSI / IEEE C37.90.1 Ri = 80
measuring input Id and relay outputs
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
High voltage test (routine test), DC 3.5 kV
auxiliary voltage input and RS485
interface, binary inputs and
interference ANS / IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations
11
measuring input IR IEC 61000-4-12 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity);
IEC 60694 100 kHz; 1, 10 and 50 MHz;
Impulse voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 J;
damped wave; Ri = 50
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative
impulses in intervals of 5 s EMC tests for interference emission; type test 12
Standard EN 50081-*
(technical generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
lines only auxiliary voltage,
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 part 22,
limit value, class B 13
IEC CISPR 22
Radio interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
EN 55011; DIN VDE 0875 part 11,
IEC CISPR 11
limit value, class A
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/13
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Technical data
10 Temperatures
Standards IEC 60255-6
Permissible ambient temperatures
In service -20 to +45/55 C
11 During storage
During transport
-25 to +55 C
-25 to +70 C
Storage and transport with
standard works packing
12 Humidity
Standards IEC 60068-2-3
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 30 days in the year
units in such a way that they are up to 95 % relative humidity;
13 not exposed to direct sunlight or
pronounced temperature changes
condensation not permissible!
14
15
9/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Selection and ordering data
Rated current/frequency
7SS601 - A 0-0AA0
1
100 mA; 50/60 Hz AC 0
100 mA; 16.7 Hz AC 6
48 to 60 V DC
110 to 125 V DC
3
4
6
220 to 250 V DC 5
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/15
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Selection and ordering data
Connector adapter
Test adapter
W73078-Z9005-A710
7XV6010-0AA00
7 Matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
1 A, 5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2
8 Manual 7SS60
English E50417-G1176-C132-A3
10
11
12
13
14
15
9/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
6
Fig. 9/14 Connection diagram for 7SS601
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 9/15 Connection diagram for 7TM700 Fig. 9/16 Connection diagram for 7TS720 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/17
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
14
Function overview
LSP2392-afpen.tif
Bay-selective intertripping 4
Breaker failure protection functions
Breaker failure protection (single-phase
with/without current)
5 operation modes, selectable per bay
5
Separate parameterization possible for
busbar and line faults
Fig. 9/18 SIPROTEC 4 7SS52 busbar protection system
Independently settable delay times for
all operation modes
6
2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip busbar
Description
Intertrip facility (via teleprotection interface)
The SIPROTEC 7SS52 numerical protection is a selective, reliable Low-current mode using the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts 7
and fast protection for busbar faults and breaker failure in
medium, high and extra-high voltage substations with various Additional protection functions
possible busbar congurations. End-fault protection with intertrip or bus zone trip
The protection is suitable for all switchgear types with iron-core Backup overcurrent protection per bay unit (denite-time or 8
or linearized current transformers. The short tripping time is inverse-time)
especially advantageous for applications with high fault levels or Independent breaker failure protection per bay unit
where fast fault clearance is required for power system stability.
The modular hardware allows the protection to be optimally
Features 9
matched to the busbar conguration. The decentralized arrange- Distributed or centralized installation
ment allows the cabling costs in the substation to be drastically Easy expansion capability
reduced. The 7SS52 busbar protection caters for single, double
or triple busbar systems with or without and quadruple busbar
Integrated commissioning aids
Centralized user-friendly conguration / parameterization
10
systems without transfer bus with up to: 48 bays,
with DIGSI
16 bus couplers, and 24 sectionalizing disconnectors and 12 Universal hardware
busbar sections.
Communication interfaces
11
FO interface
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Electrical interface
IEC 61850 protocol with EN 100 module (rmware V4.6)
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/19
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Application
Application
LSA2180-bgpen.eps
power system stability.
4 The modular hardware design allows
the protection system to be optimally
matched to the busbar conguration.
5 The distributed arrangement allows the
cabling costs between bay and substation
to be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 bus-
bar protection caters for single, double,
6 triple and quadruple busbar systems with
or without transfer bus with up to:
48 bays
16 bus couplers
7 24 sectionalizing disconnectors
12 busbar sections
1) Feeder currents, disconnector status trip commands
2) Disconnector status
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 9/20 Protection functions of the central unit and the bay units
15
9/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Construction
Construction
LSP2377-afpen.tif
gering, bay out-of- service and other
bay status information is derived via
marshallable binary inputs in the bay
units. The complete information exchange
3
is conveyed to the central unit via a ber-
optic interface. The bay unit also has an
interface on the front side for connection
to a PC for operation and diagnosis. The 4
trip and intertrip commands are issued via Fig. 9/21 7SS522 central unit front view of SIPAC subrack version
trip contacts in the bay units. The 7XP20
standard housing is available in a ush or
surface mounting version (7SS523). 5
The central unit is connected to the bay
units via ber-optic communication links.
The connection is built up in a star con-
guration. The central unit also contains 6
serial ports for system conguration via
PC or communication with a substation
control system, an integrated LC Display
7
LSP2803.tif
with keypad and marshallable binary
inputs, LEDs and alarm relays. The central
unit is available in a 19" SIPAC module
rack version for either cubicle or wall
mounting.
8
Because of its modular hardware design,
it is easy to adapt the central unit to the
substation or to expand it with further Fig. 9/22 7SS522 central unit rear view
modules each being connected with up to
8 bay units.
9
Each bay unit and the central unit has its
own internal power supply.
10
11
LSP2076-afp.tif
LSP2516.tif
12
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/21
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Protection functions
Protection functions
1 Busbar protection
The main function of the 7SS52 is busbar protection, and has
the following characteristics:
LSP2516.tif
by means of a binary input in the central
unit, e.g. by recognizing a displacement
voltage. 6
End-fault protection Fig. 9/27 Fault record
The location of the current transformer
normally limits the measuring range of 7
the busbar protection. When the circuit-
breaker is open, the area located between
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker can be optimally protected by
means of the end-fault protection. In the
8
event of a fault, depending on the mount-
ing position of the current transformer,
instantaneous and selective tripping of
the busbar section or intertripping of the
9
circuit-breaker at the opposite end occurs.
Backup protection
As an option, a two-stage backup
10
protection, independent of the busbar
protection is included in every bay unit.
This backup protection is completed by
LSP2516.tif
Tripping command / reset Phase-segregated trip test including control of feeder circuit-
breaker (by central or bay unit)
1 The tripping output processing for the 7SS52 protection has the
following features: Removal of a bay from the busbar measurement processing
during feeder service and maintenance via central or bay units
Bay-selective tripping by bay units (bay out of service)
Settings provided for overcurrent release of the tripping com- Blocking of breaker failure protection or tripping command for
2 mand (to enable selective tripping of infeeding circuits only)
Settable minimum time for the trip command.
testing purposes.
Disconnector replica freezing (maintenance) with alarm
Current-dependent reset of the tripping command. indication (Disconnector switching prohibition).
Cyclic tests of measured-value acquisition and processing and
3 Disturbance recording
trip circuit tests including coils of the command relays.
The digitized measured values from the phase currents and the
differential and stabilizing currents of the busbar sections and Event recording
check zone are stored following a trip decision by the 7SS52 or
4 following an external initiation via a binary input. Pre-trigger
and post-fault times with regard of the trip command can be
The 7SS52 protection provides complete data for analysis of
protection performance following a trip or any other abnormal
condition and for monitoring the state of the relay during
set. Up to 8 fault recordings are stored in the 7SS52. The fault normal service.
records may be input to a PC connected to the central unit, using
5 the menu-guided DIGSI operating program. Then, the SIGRA
graphics program makes it possible to easily analyze the fault
Up to 200 operational events and 80 fault annunciations with a
resolution of one millisecond may be stored in two independent
recordings. buffers:
Operational indications
Marshallable tripping relays, binary inputs, alarm relays and
6 LEDs
This group includes plant/substation operation events, for
example disconnector switching, disconnector status discrep-
The bay units are equipped with marshallable command relays ancies (transition time limit exceeded, loss of auxiliary voltage,
for direct circuit-breaker tripping. For each bay there are 9 etc.) or event/alarm indications
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/25
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Communication
Time synchronization
10
11
Fig. 9/30 Communication structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850, FO ring
12
13
14
15
9/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 9/27
Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS52
Technical data
Unit design (degree of protection according to EN 60529) EMC tests for interference emission; type test
1 Central unit
Cubicle
Housing for wall mounting
IP 54
IP 55
Standard EN 50081-2
(European generic standard for
industrial environment)
SIPAC subrack IP 20 Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, limit class B
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 auxiliary voltage
2 Housing
Terminals
IP 51
IP 21
IP 20 CISPR 11, EN 55011
and VDE 0875 part 11
Weight at max. conguration Radio interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz, limit class B
Central unit CISPR 11, EN 55011
SIPAC subrack 14.3 kg and VDE 0875 part 11
3 Surface-mounting housing 43.0 kg
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 Mechanical stress tests
Flush mounting 8.1 kg 5.5 kg Specication
Surface mounting 11.8 kg
4 Standards
Permissible mechanical stress
IEC 60255-21-1, IEC 6068-2
Central unit
7SS52 0- - A0-
3 Unit design
In subrack ES902C A
Regional presettings/regional functions and languages
Region DE, language German (language can be selected)
4 Region World, language English (UK) (language can be selected)
A
B
Region US, language English (US) (language can be selected) C
Region FR, language French (language can be selected) D
8 Additional functions
without 1 1
with cross stabilisation 2
9 Equipped for
8 bays A
16 bays B
24 bays C
10 32 bays
40 bays
D
E
48 bays F
7SS523 distributed busbar / breaker failure protection 7SS52 - A01- AA1
11 Bay unit, frequency, housing, binary inputs and outputs
Bay unit, 50/60 Hz, housing x 19", 20 BI, 6 BO, 2 live status contacts 3
Rated current
12 1A
5A
1
5
Rated auxiliary voltage
48 V DC 2
13 60 to 250 V DC 5
Unit design
7XP2040-2 for ush mounting or cubicle mounting C
5
Accessories Description Order No.
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
6
relays running under MS Windows (version Windows 2000 /
XP Professional Edition) device templates, Comtrade Viewer,
electronic manual included as well as Getting started manual on
paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
7
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and control
8
displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CDC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and 9
control displays), and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
10
11
12
13
14
Live
contact
5
10
LSA2949-bgpen.eps
11
12
13
14
4
Live
contact
5
8
LSA4164-ben.eps
10
11
12
13
14
10
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
10/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 breaker management relay
Function overview
25
79
50BF
Protection functions 1
Single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure
59 Synchro-check with live/dead line/bus measurement
27 Closing under asynchronous conditions
(consideration of CB operating time)
2
86 74TC Circuit-breaker failure protection with two stages
(single and three-pole with/without current)
End-fault protection 3
Pole-discrepancy protection
LSP2458-afp.tif
Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
Control function 4
Commands for control of CB and isolators
Monitoring functions
Operational measured values 5
Self-supervision of the relay
Fig. 10/1 SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 breaker management relay
Event buffer and fault protocols
Oscillographic fault recording
Monitoring of CB auxiliary contacts
6
Description Switching statistics
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/3
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Application
Application
Synchro-check
criteria. Large, easy-to-read backlit displays are provided. 25
12
13
14
15
10/4 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Construction
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
3
LSP2166-afp.tif
housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housings for all housing
widths. All cables can be connected with
or without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a 4
panel, the connection terminals are
located above and below the housing in Fig. 10/3 Flush-mounting housing with Fig. 10/4 Rear view of ush-mounting
the form of screw-type terminals. The screw-type terminals housing with covered connection
communication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the
terminals andwirings 5
housing.
7
LSP2219-afp.eps
LSP2237-afp.tif
9
Fig. 10/5 Surface-mounting housing with Fig. 10/6 Communication interfaces in a
screw-type terminals, example
7SA63
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing 10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/5
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Protection functions
Protection functions
8 ADT
The adaptive dead time is employed only if auto-reclosure
operating time before issuing the CLOSE command (especially
important under asynchronous conditions and when several
circuit-breakers with different operating times are to be oper-
at the remote station was successful (reduction of stress on ated by one single relay).
equipment).
9 DLC
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is effected only when
In addition, reclosing can be enabled for different criteria, e.g.,
when the busbar or line are not carrying a voltage (dead line or
the line is deenergized (prevention of asynchronous breaker dead bus).
closure in case that the synchronism check can not be used).
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
10 RDT
Reduced dead time is employed in conjunction with auto- The 7VK61 relay incorporates a two-stage circuit-breaker failure
reclosure where no teleprotection method is employed: protection to detect failures of tripping command execution, for
when faults within the zone extension of a distance feeder example due to a defective circuit-breaker. The current detection
14
15
10/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Protection functions
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Communication
Communication
Local PC interface
12 RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper conductors, electro-
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is the worldwide stan-
dard for protection and control systems used by power supply
magnetic fault inuences are largely eliminated by the use of
corporations. Siemens was the rst manufacturer to support
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a unit, the remaining
this Standard. By means of this protocol, information can also
system continues to operate without any problem.
13 Fiber-optic double ring circuit
be exchanged directly between bay units so as to set up simple
masterless systems for bay and system interlocking. Access to
The ber-optic double ring circuit is immune to electromag- the units via the Ethernet bus is also be possible with DIGSI.
netic interference. Upon failure of a section between two
units, the communication system continues to operate without IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
14 disturbance. It is usually impossible to communicate with a
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally standardized protocol for
unit that has failed. Should a unit fail, there is no effect on the
communication with the rest of the system. efcient communication with protection relays. IEC 60870-5-103
is supported by a number of protection device manufacturers
PROFIBUS-DP
LSP2163-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial communica-
tions standard and is supported by a 1
number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
DNP 3.0 2
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
protection and bay unit communication
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and 3
Level 2 compatible.
System solutions for protection and Fig. 10/11 820 nm ber-optic communication Fig. 10/12 RS232/RS485 electrical
module communication module
station control
4
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange
5
LSP3.01-0021.tif
information with the control system.
Units equipped with IEC 60870-5-103
interfaces can be connected to SICAM in
parallel via the RS485 bus or connected 6
in star by ber- optic link. Through this
interface, the system is open for the con-
nection of units of other manufacturers
(see Fig. 10/14). 7
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
Fig. 10/13 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850
with integrated Ethernet switch 8
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free
9
optical connection to the master can be
established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system 10
solution is offered with SICAM PAS.
Via the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the
units are linked with PAS electrically or
optically to the station PC. The interface
is standardized, thus also enabling direct
11
connection of units of other manufactur-
ers to the Ethernet bus.
With IEC 61850, however, the units can 12
also be used in other manufacturers
systems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103
interface are connected with PAS via the
Ethernet station bus by means of serial/
Ethernet converters. DIGSI can also be
13
used via the same station bus.
14
Fig. 10/14 Communication
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/9
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Typical connection
Typical connection
5
Fig. 10/15 Complete connection of all current and voltage transformers
6
Alternative: Connection for current
7 transformers only
The connection for current transformers
only provides breaker failure protection and
current operational measured values.
8
10
11 Fig. 10/16 Typical current transformer connection for breaker failure protection
12
13
14
15
10/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Typical connection
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/11
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Technical data
5 DC 110, 250 V
and AC 115, 230 V (50/60 Hz)
NO contact
NO/NC contact (selectable)
8 ms
8 ms
Fast NO contact 5 ms
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 %
LEDs
Superimposed AC voltage 15 %
6 (peak-to-peak)
Power consumption
Quantity
RUN (green)
ERROR (red)
1
1
Quiescent Approx. 5 W
LED (red),
Energized Approx. 8 W to 14 W, depending
function can be assigned
on design
7VK610 7
7 Bridging time during failure of the
auxiliary voltage
7VK611 14
Unit design
For Vaux = 48 V and Vaux 110 V 50 ms
For Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V 20 ms Housing 7XP20
8 Binary inputs
Quantity
Dimensions Refer to part 14 for dimension
drawings
7VK610 7 Degree of protection acc. to
7VK611 20 EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar
9 Pickup threshold DC 19 or 88 V or 176 V, bipolar
Flush-mounting housing
Front IP 51
Functions are freely assignable Rear IP 50
Minimum pickup voltage DC 19 or 88 V or 176 V, bipolar For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
Ranges are settable by means of (3 operating ranges) Weight
10 jumpers for each binary input
Maximum permissible voltage DC 300 V
Flush-mounting housing
x 19" 5 kg
x 19" 6 kg
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
Surface-mounting housing
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at
x 19"
11 220 V with a recovery time >60 ms
x 19"
9.5 kg
11 kg
12
13
14
12
13
14
1) Conversion with external OLM
Fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position with
4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and
Order Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external repeater. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/13
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests (continued) Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
1 High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Impulse: 1.2/50 s
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: (vertical axis)
2 kV; 12 ; 9 F 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Differential (transversal) mode: (horizontal axis)
2 1 kV; 2 ; 18 F 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode: Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
binary output relays Differential (transversal) mode:
During transport
3 Line-conducted HF, amplitude-
1 kV; 42 ; 0.5 F
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz Vibration Sinusoidal
Magnetic eld with power frequen- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
cy IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 3 s; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
4 IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 50 s;
capability, IEEE C37.90.1 400 surges per second, Shock Semi-sinusoidal
duration 2 s, Ri = 200 IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
5 Fast transient surge withstand
capability, IEEE C37.90.1
4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz
burst length = 15 ms; repetition
both directions
rate 300 ms; both polarities; Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Ri = 50 ; duration 1 min IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
6 ference IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity
in both directions
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and Climatic stress tests
50 MHz; Ri = 200 Standard IEC 60255-6
12 Shock
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions
13
14
15
10/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Technical data
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms Time delay for all stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or
deactivated
11
Tolerances
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Command / pickup time Approx. 34 ms at fnom = 50 Hz
Voltage limit values 2 % of setting value or 1 V Approx. 30 ms at fnom = 60 Hz
Tolerances
Voltage limit values 3 % of setting value or 1 V 12
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2 13
per trip circuit
Indication relay 1 to 30 s (steps 1 s)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/15
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Technical data
8 recordings
Sampling intervals
voltage supply fails
20 samplings per cycle
for use within specied voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 2006/95/EG
previous 73/23/EEC).
This conformity is proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in
Total storage time > 15 s accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement with
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; the generic standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC
9 number and contents can be freely
congured by the user
directive and with the standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
directive.
Max. number of displayed binary 40 This device is designed and produced for industrial use.
channels The product conforms with the international standard of the series
10 Control
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
IEC 60255 and the German standard VDE 0435.
13
14
15
10/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Selection and ordering data
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. 4) Optical interfaces are not available with surface mounting housings
14
2) Transition between the 3 auxiliary ranges can be selected by means (position 9 = E). Please order the version with RS485 interface and a
of jumpers. separate electrical/optical converter.
5) For surface-mounting housing applications please order the relay
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in 3 steps by means of
jumpers. with electrical Ethernet interface and use a separate ber-optic
switch.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/17
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
Selection and ordering data
1 DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
2 (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
3 Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
4 SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
5 other manufacturers (Comtrade format).
Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
LSP2092-afp.eps
14
1) Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.
Fig. 10/21 Fig. 10/22
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link
9
Fig. 10/23 Connection diagram 7VK610, x 19 housing
10
11
12
13
14
15
Fig. 10/24 Serial interfaces
10
11
12
13
14
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Circuit-breaker failure protection (single or three-pole with/
without current)
Independently settable delay times for operation with and
without current 2
Single or two-stage time delay of the busbar trip command
Re-trip (cross trip) stage (1st stage of the 2-stage operation)
Intertrip facility (via teleprotection interface) 3
LSP2001-afpen.tif
End-fault protection with intertrip
No current control using the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
Features 4
Highly sensitive current detection
2-out-of-4 check of the current detectors
Short reset time, negligible overshoot time
Can be initiated by phase-segregated or common-phase trip
5
commands
Fig. 10/26 SIPROTEC 7SV600 numerical circuit-breaker failure End-fault protection
protection relay
Assignable output relays, LEDs and binary inputs 6
Monitoring functions
Description Monitoring of circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
Front design
Display for operation and measured values 12
6 LEDs for local alarm
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/21
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Application
Application
8 Simplied application
diagram of circuit-breaker
failure protection by means
of a circuit-breaker auxiliary
contact.
9
Fig. 10/27 Typical applications
10
11
12
13
14
15
10/22 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Construction, protection functions
Construction
LSP2002-afpen.tif
Power supply
The rated CT currents applied to the SIPROTEC 7SV600 can be
3
1 or 5 A. This is selectable via a jumper inside the relay.
Three different housings are available. The ush-mounting
versions have terminals accessible from the rear. The surface-
mounting version has terminals accessible from the front.
4
Fig. 10/28 Rear view of surface-mounting housing
Protection functions 5
The breaker failure protection can operate single-stage or two- An end-fault protection function is integrated in the 7SV600
stage. When used as single-stage protection, the bus trip com- relay. An end fault is a short-circuit located between the circuit-
mand is given to the adjacent circuit-breakers if the protected
feeder breaker fails. When used as two-stage protection, the rst
breaker and the current transformer set of the feeder. For this
fault, current ow is detected, although the auxiliary contacts of
6
stage can be used to repeat the trip command to the relevant the breaker indicate open breaker poles.
feeder breaker, normally on a different trip coil, if the initial
A command signal is generated which can be transmitted to the
trip command from the feeder protection is not successful. The
second stage will result in a bus trip to the adjacent breakers, remote-end breaker (possible only for common-phase initiation). 7
if the command of the rst stage is not successful. Special measures are taken to prevent malfunction of the relay.
The bus trip command from the breaker failure protection can be Besides the mentioned 2-out-of-4 check of the current detection
routed to all circuit-breakers linked to the same busbar (section)
as the breaker that failed. It can also be transmitted to the
elements, the trip signals of the feeder protection can be con-
nected in a redundant manner, so that they can be checked for 8
remote end by means of a suitable communication link (e.g. PLC, plausibility (possible only for common-phase initiation).
radio wave, or optical ber). Continuous monitoring of the measured values permits rapid
The isolator replica which is necessary in case of multiple busbar
sections is not part of the 7SV600 relay.
annunciation of any fault in the instrument transformer circuits.
Continuous plausibility monitoring of the internal measured
9
value processing circuits and monitoring of the auxiliary volt-
The current level is monitored in each of the three phases ages to ensure that they remain within tolerance are obviously
against a set threshold. In addition, the zero-sequence compo-
nent or the negative-sequence component of the phase currents
inherent features.
10
derived by symmetrical component analysis is monitored. This
ensures high security against malfunction by use of a 2-out-of-4
check of the current detectors.
The version with phase-segregated initiation enables reliable 11
breaker failure detection even during single-pole auto-reclose
cycles, provided the phase-segregated trip signals of the feeder
protection are connected to the 7SV600.
If the protected circuit-breaker is not operational (e.g. air pres-
12
sure failure or spring not charged), instantaneous bus trip of
the adjacent circuit-breakers can be achieved following a feeder
protection trip, provided the relay is informed via binary input of
the breaker status (possible only for common-phase initiation). 13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/23
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Serial data transmission, connection diagrams
10
11
12
13
14 Fig. 10/30
Connection example for single-stage breaker
failure protection with phase-segregated
initiation
15
10/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Connection diagrams
6
Fig. 10/31
Connection example for 2-stage breaker
failure protection, common-phase initiation,
7
CB interrogation
10
11
12
13
Fig. 10/32
Connection example for single-stage breaker
failure protection with common-phase initation
and Buchholz protection, CB interrogation is
14
imperative; additional intertrip signal to the
opposite line end in case of breaker failure or
end fault
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/25
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Technical data
1 Measuring circuits
Rated current IN 1 to 5 A
Number
Rated operating voltage
3 (can be marshalled)
DC 24 to 250 V
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) Current consumption Approx. 2.5 mA,
can be parameterized independent of operating voltage
Pick-up threshold selectable by plug-in jumpers
2 Power consumption of current
inputs
At IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA
Rated aux. voltage
DC 24/48/60 V
Vpickup DC 17 V
Vdrop-off < DC 8 V
At IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA Rated aux. voltage Vpickup DC 74 V
Overload capability current path, DC 110/125/220/250 V Vdrop-off < DC 45 V
6 AC voltage
Peak-to-peak
12 % at rated voltage
6 % at limits of admissible voltage
Standard
Test voltage
RS485
DC 2.8 kV
Power consumption Connection Data cable on terminals, two data
Quiescent Approx. 2 W wires, one frame reference, for
Energized Approx. 4 W connection of a personal computer
13
14
15
10/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards: IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product standards);
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) VDE 0435, part 303
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation 1
High frequency 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; =15 s; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s; duration 2 s
Vibration Sinusoidal
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-22-2, class III and
IEC 61000-4-2, class III
8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
150 pF; Ri = 330
IEC 60255-21-1, class I
IEC 60068-2-6
10 to 60 Hz: 0.035 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
2
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
eld, non-modulated; Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
3 shocks in each direction of 3
eld, amplitude-modulated; 80 % AM; 1 kHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-3, class III Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude
eld, pulse-modulated;
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III
repetition frequency 200 Hz;
duty cycle 50 %
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: 1.5 mm amplitude
4
Fast transients/bursts 2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
class III polarities; Ri = 50 ; duration 1 min (horizontal axis)
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
5
modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Magnetic eld with power 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
frequency 30 A/m continuous;
During transportation
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV
IEC 60255-6
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz Standard IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 6
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); Vibration Sinusoidal
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 to 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation; IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
(common mode) 50 surges per s; duration 2 s; IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/27
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Technical data
1 Temperatures
Permissible temperature 20 C to +70 C
Breaker supervision
Current detection
during service (> 55 C decreased display contrast) Setting range 0.05 x IN to 4.00 x IN (steps 0.01
Recommended temperature 5 C to +55 C x I N)
during service
2 Permissible temperature during
storage
25 C to +55 C
Drop-off ratio
Tolerance
Approx. 0.9
0.01 x IN or 5 % of set value
Initiation conditions
Permissible temperature during 25 C to +70 C
transport Depending on ordered version Phase-segregated initiation (single-
pole trip from feeder protection) or
3 Storage and transport with
standard works packaging! common-phase initiation (three-
pole trip from feeder protection)
Humidity and common-phase initiation
Permissible humidity Mean value per year 75 % relative (three-pole trip from non-short-
circuit protection)
4 We recommend that all units are
installed such that they are not
humidity; on 30 days per year 95 %
relative humidity; condensation not
permissible!
Times
subjected to direct sunlight, nor Pickup time Approx. 15 ms with measured
to large temperature uctuations quantities present
which may give rise to condensa- Approx. 25 ms after switch-on of
5 tion.
Drop-off time with sinusoidal
measured quantities
10 ms
measured quantities
Service conditions
Drop-off time maximum 25 ms
The relay is designed for use in The shield of the RS485 cable
Delay times for all time stages 0.00 s to 32.00 s (steps 0.01 ms)
6 industrial environment, for instal-
lation in standard relay rooms and
must be grounded.
It is not permissible to withdraw
or deactivated
compartments so that with proper Delay time tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms
or insert individual modules
installation electromagnetic under voltage. In the withdrawn The set times are pure delay times.
compatibility (EMC) is ensured. condition, some components
7 The following should also be
heeded:
are electrostatically endangered;
during handling the standards Additional functions
All contactors and relays which for electrostatically endangered Operational value measurements
operate in the same cubicle or components must be observed. Operational current values IL1; IL2; IL3
on the same relay panel as the The modules are not endange-
8 digital protection equipment
should, as a rule, be tted
red when plugged in.
WARNING! The relay is not
Measurement range
Tolerance
0 % to 240 % IN
3 % of rated value or of measured
value
with suitable spike quenching designed for use in residential,
elements. Steady-state measured value supervision
commercial or light-industrial
Current unbalance Imax / Imin > symmetry factor
9 All external connection leads
in substations from 100 kV
upwards should be shielded
environment as dened in
EN 50081. as long as I > Ilimit
15
10/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Selection and ordering data
Options
For common-phase initiation
For common-phase initiation or phase-segregated initiation
0
1
5
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/29
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
Connection diagram
7 Fig. 10/33 General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for common-phase initiation
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 10/34 General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for phase-segregated initiation
15
10/30 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
SIPROTEC 7SN60 transient ground-fault protection relay
Function overview
Protection functions 1
Units for panel surface mounting or ush mounting in 7XP20
housing, with terminals on the side or terminals on the top/
bottom
Both fault directions indicated by LEDs and signaled by relays 2
High pickup sensitivity due to separate detection and evalua-
tion of total current and displacement voltage
1 A and 5 A rated current selectable for current transformer
3
LSP2367-afpen.tif
matching
16 selectable pickup thresholds for detection of transients in
the current path, even with higher steady-state total currents
of 10 to 300 mA
Fixed pickup threshold of 5 V for detection of transients in the
4
voltage path, even in the case of higher steady-state displace-
ment voltages
4 selectable pickup thresholds for evaluation of the displace-
ment voltage of 10 to 50 V
5
Optional suppression of switching operations by evaluation of
Fig. 10/35 SIPROTEC 7SN60 transient ground-fault relay the displacement voltage after a switching-induced transient
has occured
Wide-range power supply for connection to AC 110/230 V
6
Description systems, DC 60 to 250 V station batteries or DC 100 V voltage
transformers without switchover or DC 24 to 60 V
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient ground-fault relay deter-
mines the direction of transient and continuous ground faults in
Binary inputs for remote reset and blocking with extremely
wide input voltage range of DC 24 to 250 V
7
systems with isolated neutral, in systems with high-impedance Automatic reset of direction indications and signals after 3 or
resistive grounding and in compensated systems. Continuous 10 s (selectable)
ground faults are indicated with a delay, either in conjunction
with a transient ground fault and subsequently persisting Automatic reset in case of intermittent ground faults only after 8
displacement voltage, or with just the displacement voltage the last ground-fault, i.e. the correct indication and signal of
present. the rst ground fault is preserved
Detection of the displacement voltage and ground-fault indica-
tion/signal, independent of a transient fault detection 9
Signaling and indication of a continuous ground fault possible
only in the forward direction
Fault indication if sensitivity is set too high
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/31
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
Construction, protection functions
3
LSP2002-afpen.tif
5 Fig. 10/36 Rear view Fig. 10/37 Fault currents in the system
10 Protection functions It is the total of the capacitive ground currents from the non-
faulted system which has an effect. In the diagram they are
Ground-fault directional determination summated on the upper line. The capacitive currents of the
non-faulted lines 1, 3 and 2, 4 accumulate vectorially, which
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient ground-fault relay deter-
11 mines the direction of transient and continuous ground faults in
explains why only three arrows instead of four are shown at the
measuring point A.
systems with isolated neutral, in systems with high-impedance
resistive grounding and in compensated systems. With a transient ground fault, the equalizing current forming a
damped oscillation of 100 to more than 1000 Hz decays after
12 Continuous ground faults are indicated with a delay, either in
conjunction with a transient ground fault and subsequently
only a few periods.
persisting displacement voltage, or with just the displacement The displacement voltage VEM thereupon also returns to zero.
voltage present. In grounded systems this takes place after a number of periods
(decay of the Petersen coil - ground capacitance oscillation
13 In the event of an ground fault, the neutral-point voltage to
ground can be as high as the full-phase voltage.
circuit); in non-grounded systems this occurs after a very short
time.
The phase-to-ground capacitances of the non-ground-faulted
phases are charged via the transformer inductance.
14
15
10/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
Protection functions
9
Fig. 10/39 Radial system Fig. 10/40 Radial system
10
11
12
13
14
Typical connection
6
Fig. 10/43 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for panel ush-mounting
10
11
12
13
Fig. 10/44 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for panel surface-mounting
housing (terminals on the top/bottom)
14
15
10/34 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 10/35
Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
Selection and ordering data, connection diagram
Rated frequency 50 Hz
10
11
13
14
15
10/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection
Page
11
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61 multifunction generator and motor protection relay
Function overview
Basic version 1
Stator ground-fault protection
Sensitive ground-fault protection
Stator overload protection
Overcurrent-time protection
2
(either denite-time or inverse-time)
Denite-time overcurrent-time protection, directional
Undervoltage and overvoltage protection 3
Underfrequency and overfrequency protection
LSP2176-afpen.tif
Reverse power protection
Overexcitation protection
External trip coupling
4
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus: 5
Forward-power protection
Underexcitation protection
Fig. 11/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
multifunction generator and motor protection relay
Negative-sequence protection
Breaker failure protection
6
Full version
Description
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/3
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Application
Private power stations using regen- Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V
erative energy sources such as wind or Overvoltage protection V> 59
biogases Undervoltage protection V< 27
4 Power generation with diesel generators Frequency protection f<, f> 81
Gas turbine power stations Reverse-power protection P 32R
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24
Industrial power stations
5 Conventional steam power stations.
Fuse failure monitor
External trip coupling (7UM611/612)
V2/V1, I1/I2
Incoup.
60FL
2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
They can also be employed for protection Trip circuit supervision (7UM612) T.C.S. 74TC
of motors and transformers. Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F
6 The numerous other additional functions
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective
Underexcitation protection
Negative-sequence protection
1/xd
I2>, t =f(I2)
40
46
system management and reliable power Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF
supply. Measured values display current Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27
operating conditions. Stored status
7 indications and fault recording provide
100 %-stator-ground-fault protection
with 3rd harmonics
V0(3rd harm) 59TN 27TN
(3rd harm)
13
14
15
Fig. 11/2 Overview
Generator Standard
design aim. The DIGSI 4 operating program considerably
simplies planning and engineering and reduces commissioning
2
times.
This function mix is recommended for generator outputs exceed-
ing 1 MVA. It is also suitable for protection of synchronous The 7UM611 is congured in 19 inch, and the 7UM612 in
motors. Another application is as backup protection for the 19 inch width. This means that the units of previous models 3
larger block units. can be replaced. The height throughout all housing width incre-
ments is 243 mm.
Generator Full
Here, all protection functions are available and are recom-
All wires are connected directly or by means of ring-type cable
lugs. 4
mended from generator outputs exceeding 5 MVA. Backup
protection for the larger block units is also a recommended Alternatively, versions with plug-in terminals are also available.
application. These permit the use of prefabricated cable harnesses.
Asynchronous motor
In the case of panel surface mounting, the connecting terminals 5
are in the form of screw-type terminals at top and bottom. The
This protection function mix is recommended for motors up to communication interfaces are also arranged on the same sides.
1 2 MW. It offers a wide frequency operating range from 11 Hz
to 69 Hz. When an infeed is switched, the protection adapts to
the changed voltage and frequency.
6
LSP2166-afp.tif
9
Fig. 11/3 Rear view with wiring terminal safety cover and
serial interface
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/5
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
Protection functions
14
15
11/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
15
11/8 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Protection functions
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Communication
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces 4
Two communication modules on the rear of the unit incorporate Fig. 11/10 IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
optional equipment complements and permit retrotting. They connection or ber-optic connection
assure the ability to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols
5
(IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
The interfaces make provision for the following applications:
Service interface
6
In the RS485 version, several protection units can be centrally
operated with DIGSI 4. By using a modem, remote control is
possible. This provides advantages in fault clearance, in
particular in unmanned substations.
7
System interface
This is used to communicate with a control or protection
and control system and supports, depending on the module
8
connected, a variety of communication protocols and interface
designs.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/11
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Communication
System solution
LSP2163-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
1 SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use in
SIMATIC-based automation systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications (pickup
and tripping) and all relevant operational
2 measured values are transmitted from the
protection unit.
Via modem and service interface, the
protection engineer has access to the
3 protection devices at all times. This
permits remote maintenance and
diagnosis.
Fig. 11/12 RS232/RS485 Fig. 11/13 820 nm ber-optic communication
Parallel to this, local communication is Electrical communication module module
4 possible, for example, during a major
inspection.
LSP2164-afpen.tif
6
10
11
12
14
15
11/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Typical connections
Typical connections
Fig. 11/16 7
8
Direct generator busbar connection
with low-resistance grounding
If the generator neutral point has low-
resistance grounding, the connection
9
illustrated in Fig. 11/17 is recommended.
In the case of several generators, the
resistance must be connected to only one
generator, in order to prevent circulating 10
currents (3rd harmonic).
For selective ground-fault detection, the
ground-current input should be looped
into the common return conductor of the
11
two current transformer sets (differential
connection). The current transformers
must be grounded at only one point. The
displacement voltage VE is utilized as an 12
additional enabling criterion.
Balanced current transformers are desirable
with this form of connection. In the case
of higher generator power (for example, IN
13
approximately 2000 A), current transform-
ers with a secondary rated current of 5 A
are recommended.
14
Fig. 11/17
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/13
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Typical connections
8 Fig. 11/18
14
15 Fig. 11/19
7
Fig. 11/20
8
Connection with low-voltage
generators
9
As is generally known, the low-voltage
system is solidly grounded, so that the gen-
erator neutral point is connected to ground
(see Figure 11/21). With this conguration,
there is the risk that, as a result of the 3rd
10
harmonics forming a zero phase-sequence
system, circulating currents will ow via
the N-conductor. This must be limited by
the generator or system conguration 11
(reactor).
Otherwise, connection corresponds to the
customary standard. In the case of residual
current transformer design, it has to be
12
ensured that the thermal current limit (1 s)
of the IEE input is restricted to 300 A.
13
Fig. 11/21 14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/15
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Typical connections
10
Fig. 11/22
11
12
13
14
15
11/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Typical connections
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/17
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
1 Analog inputs
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Number
7UM611 12 (1 NO, 1 optional as NC,
via jumper)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A 7UM612 20 (1 NO, 2 optional as NC,
Ground current, sensitive IEmax 1.6 A via jumper)
2 Rated voltage VN
Power consumption
100 to 125 V Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
With IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break 30 VA
With IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA Break (for resistive load) 40 W
For sensitive ground current Approx. 0.05 VA Break (for L/R 50 ms) 25 VA
10 Number
7UM611 7
7UM612 15
3 pickup thresholds DC 10 to 19 V or DC 44 to 88 V
Range is selectable with jumpers 88 to 176 V DC1)
11 Maximum permissible voltage
Current consumption, energized
DC 300 V
Approx. 1.8 mA
12
13
14
12
13
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
Functions
Time for 2 I/IP 20 5 % of nominal value + 1 % current
tolerance or 40 ms 5
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49)
General
Setting ranges
Frequency range 11 to 69 Hz
Denite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
Factor k according to
IEC 60255-8
0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01)
6
Time constant 30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges
Time delay factor at standstill 1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Overcurrent I>, I>> 0.1 to 8 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times
Alarm overtemperature 70 to 100 % related to the trip
at IN = 5 A
Time delay T
Undervoltage seal-in V<
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Alarm/Trip
Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm
temperature (steps 1 %)
0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at 7
IN = 5 A
Seal-in time of V< 0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Angle of the directional element 90 to + 90 (steps 1 ) Temperature at IN 40 to 200 C (steps 1 C)
(at I>) or 104 to 392 F (steps 1 F)
Times
Pickup time I>, I>>
Scaling temperature of cooling
medium
40 to 300 C (steps 1 C)
or 104 to 572 F (steps 1 F) 8
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
At 2 times of set value Approx. 35 ms
At 10 times of set value Approx. 25 ms Drop-off ratio
Drop-off time I>, I>> Approx. 50 ms /Trip Drop-off with Alarm
Drop-off ratio I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
/Alarm
I/IAlarm
Approx. 0.99
Approx. 0.95
9
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Tolerances
Tolerances
Regarding k x IP 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 %
Current pickup (starting) I>, 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
according to IEC 60255-8
I>>
Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 %
according to IEC 60255-8
10
Angle of the directional element 1
for I/(k IN)>1.25
Time delays 1 % or 10 ms
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/21
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
1 Setting ranges
Permissible negative sequence
I2 perm. /IN
3 to 30 % (steps 1 %)
Setting ranges
Forward power PForw.</SN
Forward power PForw.>/SN
0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Denite time trip stage I2>>/IN 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite Times
Negative-sequence factor k 2 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s)
2 Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s)
Pickup time
(accurate measuring)
Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Times Pickup time Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Pickup time (denite stage) Approx. 50 ms (fast measuring) Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time (denite stage) Approx. 50 ms Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
10 Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Time delays T
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
1 % or 10 ms
14
15
11/22 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/23
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor)
1 Setting ranges
Current thresholds I>BF
Time delay BF-T
0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A)
0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or
Setting ranges
Motor starting
current IStart max /IN
3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01)
6 Current pickup
Undervoltage seal-in V1<
5 % of set value or 20/100 mA
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Pickup times df/dt
Drop-off times df/dt
Approx. 200 ms
Approx. 200 ms
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s
External trip coupling Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Number of external trip couplings 2 for 7UM611 Tolerances
7 4 for 7UM612 Rate-of-frequency change
Undervoltage blocking
Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Vector jump supervision (voltage)
(only 7UM612)
8 Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Setting ranges
Stage 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.1 )
Setting ranges Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN Tolerances
9 Starting current
pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01) Vector jump
Undervoltage blocking
0.3 at V> 0.5 VN
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s) Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
time TStart max
Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
10 time TBlocking
Times
indenite
Depending on the settings
Number of measuring sensors
Temperature thresholds
6 or 12
40 to 250 C or 100 to 480 F
Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95 (steps 1 C or 1 F)
Tolerances Sensor types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
11 Current threshold
Time delays T
1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
5 % or 30 ms
12
13
14
15
11/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Technical data
Tolerance
V 1; V 2
0.2 % of measured values or Elapsed-hour meter
Time solution 1 ms
Up to 6 decimal digits
2
0.2 V 1 digit (criterion: current threshold)
Impedance R, X Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Tolerance 1% Phase-summated tripping current
Power S; P; Q 3
Tolerance 1 % of measured values or
CE conformity
0.25 % SN
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
Phase angle
Tolerance
Power factor
<0.1
cos (p.f.)
munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/108/EEC
previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed for use within
4
Tolerance 1 % 1 digit certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EEC previous 73/23/EEC).
Frequency f This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
Tolerance 10 mHz at (V> 0.5 VN;
40 Hz < f < 65 Hz)
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Part 303). 5
Overexcitation V/f; The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
Tolerance 1% industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Thermal measurement L1; L2, L3, I2, V/f, This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Tolerance
Min./max.memory
5% in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
6
and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
Memory Measured values with date and
time
Reset manual Via binary input
Via key pad
7
Via communication
Values
Positive sequence voltage
Positive sequence current
Active power
V1
I1
P
8
Reactive power Q
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics) 9
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP; WQ+; WQ
Tolerance 1%
Fault records 10
Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
1.04 ms at 60 Hz)
11
Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1, iL2, iL3, iEE
R.m.s. values
Storage period
Sampling interval
Max. 80 s
Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms at
60 Hz)
12
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, , f-fn
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/25
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Selection and ordering data
6 Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC / ANSI characteristics, language: English (UK), (language can be selected)
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI characteristics, language: English (US), (language can be selected)
B
C
11 Measuring functions
Without 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
Functions4)
12 Generator Basic A
Generator Standard B
Generator Full C
13 Motor, asynchronous
Additional functions4)
F
Without A A
Network decoupling (df/dt and vector jump) E
14 1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. 4) For more detailed information on the functions see Table 11/1 on
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected page 11/4.
by means of jumpers. * Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7UM61 unit with
RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
15 3) The binary input thresholds can be selected in stages by means of
jumpers.
DIGSI 4 1
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
(copper)
2
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
3
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format). 5
Running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable 6
Cable between PC / notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
11
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/27
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Selection and ordering data
LSP2289-afp.eps
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/27
3 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afp.eps
5
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM61
Connection diagram, IEC
9
1) NO or NC with jumper possible.
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
14
9
1) NO or NC with jumper possible.
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
14
Function overview
Standard version 1
Scope of basic version plus:
Inadvertent energization protection
100 %-stator ground-fault protection with 3rd harmonic
Impedance protection
2
Full version
LSP2171-afpen.eps
Scope of standard version plus:
DC voltage protection
3
Overcurrent protection during start-ups
Ground-current differential protection
Out-of-step protection
4
Additional version
Available for each version:
Fig. 11/34 SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 multifunction protection relay for
generators, motors and transformers
Sensitive rotor ground-fault protection (13 Hz method)
5
Stator ground-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage
Description
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection relays can do more than just Vector jump supervision 6
protect. They also offer numerous additional functions. Be it
Monitoring function
ground faults, short-circuits, overloads, overvoltage, overfrequency
or underfrequency asynchronous conditions, protection relays Trip circuit supervision
assure continued operation of power stations. The SIPROTEC 4
7UM62 protection relay is a compact unit which has been specially
Fuse failure monitor 7
Operational measured values V, I, f,
developed and designed for the protection of small, medium-sized
and large generators. They integrate all the necessary protection Energy metering values Wp, Wq
functions and are particularly suited for the protection of:
Hydro and pumped-storage generators
Time metering of operating hours
Self-supervision of relay
8
Co-generation stations
8 oscillographic fault records
Private power stations using regenerative energy sources such
as wind or biogases
Diesel generator stations
Communication interfaces
System interface
9
Gas-turbine power stations
IEC 61850 protocol
Industrial power stations
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Conventional steam power stations.
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 includes all necessary protection func-
PROFIBUS-DP
MODBUS RTU
10
tions for large synchronous and asynchronous motors and for DNP 3.0
transformers.
The integrated programmable logic functions (continuous func-
tion chart CFC) offer the user high exibility so that adjustments Hardware 11
can easily be made to the varying power station requirements
Analog inputs
on the basis of special system conditions.
8 current transformers
The exible communication interfaces are open for modern
communication architectures with the control system. 4 voltage transformers 12
The following basic functions are available for all versions: 7/15 binary inputs
12/20 output relays
Current differential protection for generators, motors and
transformers, stator ground-fault protection, sensitive ground- Front design 13
fault protection, stator overload protection, overcurrent-time
User-friendly local operation
protection (either denite time or inverse time), denite-time
overcurrent protection with directionality, undervoltage and 7/14 LEDs for local alarm
overvoltage protection, underfrequency and overfrequency
protection, overexcitation and underexcitation protection,
Function keys 14
Graphic display with 7UM623
external trip coupling, forward-power and reverse-power
protection, negative-sequence protection, breaker failure
protection, rotor ground-faults protection (fn, R-measuring),
motor starting time supervision and restart inhibit for motors.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/33
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Application, construction
generator operation. The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform design and a degree of
functionality which represents a whole new quality in protection
Combination of the units makes it possible to implement effec- and control.
7 tive redundancy concepts.
Local operation has been designed according to ergonomic cri-
Protection functions teria. Large, easy-to-read displays were a major design aim. The
7UM623 is equipped with a graphic display thus providing and
Numerous protection functions are necessary for reliable protec-
depicting more information especially in industrial applications.
8 tion of electrical machines. Their extent and combination are
determined by a variety of factors, such as machine size, mode
The DIGSI 4 operating program considerably simplies planning
and engineering and reduces commissioning times.
of operation, plant conguration, availability requirements,
experience and design philosophy. The 7UM621 and 7UM623 are congured in 1/2 19 inches
12 Generator Standard
In the case of medium-size generators (10 to 100 MVA) in a unit
connection, this scope of functions offers all necessary protec-
tion functions. Besides inadvertent energization protection, it
13 also includes powerful backup protection for the transformer or
the power system. The scope of protection is also suitable for
LSP2166-afp.tif
14 Generator Full
Here, all protection functions are available and the main applica-
tion focuses on large block units (more than 100 MVA). The
function mix includes all necessary protection functions for the Fig. 11/35 Rear view with wiring terminal safety cover and serial
15 interface
Protection functions
Protection functions Abbreviation ANSI No. Gene- Gene- Gene- Motor Trans-
1
rator rator rator Asyn- former
Basic Standard Full chronous
Current differential protection I 87G/87T/87M
Stator ground-fault protection non-directional, V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G
2
directional \(V0, 3I0) 67G
Sensitive ground-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN
(also rotor ground-fault protection) (64R)
Sensitive ground-fault prot. B (e.g. shaft current prot.) IEE-B> IEE-B< 51GN
3
Stator overload protection I 2t 49
Denite-time overcurrent prot. with undervolt. seal-in I> +V< 51
Denite-time overcurrent protection, directional I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 4
Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f(I)+V< 51V
Overvoltage protection V> 59
Undervoltage protection
Frequency protection
V<, t = f(V)
f<, f>
27
81
5
Reverse-power protection -P 32R
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz)
Fuse failure monitor
V/f
V2/V1, I2/I1
24
60FL
6
External trip coupling Incoup. 4 4 4 4 4
Trip circuit supervision T.C.S. 74TC
Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F 7
Underexcitation protection (loss-of-eld protection) 1/xd 40
Negative-sequence protection I2>, t = f(I2) 46
Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF 8
Motor starting time supervision Istart2t 48
Restart inhibit for motors I2t 66, 49 Rotor
Rotor ground-fault protection (fn, R-measuring)
Inadvertent energization protection
R<
I>, V<
64R (fn)
50/27
9
100 % stator ground-fault protection with 3rd V0 (3rd harm.) 59TN, 27TN 3rd
harmonics h
Impedance protection with (I>+V<) pickup Z< 21 10
Interturn protection UInterturn> 59N(IT)
DC voltage / DC current time protection Vdc > 59N (DC)
Idc > 51N (DC)
Overcurrent protection during startup I> 51 11
(for gas turbines)
Ground-current differential protection Ie 87GN/TN 1) 1) 1) 1)
Out-of-step protection
Rotor ground-fault protection
Z/t
RREF<
78
64R (1 3 Hz) 1) 1)
1)
12
(1 3 Hz square wave voltage)
100 % stator ground-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage RSEF< 64G (100 %) 1) 1) 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt > 81R 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 13
Vector jump supervision (voltage) > 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Threshold supervision
Supervision of phase rotation
Undercurrent via CFC
A, B, C
I<
47
37
14
External temperature monitoring via serial interface (Thermo-box) 38
1) Optional for all function groups.
15
Table 11/3 Scope of functions of the 7UM62
14
15
11/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/37
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
The overcurrent pickup element with undervoltage seal-in Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
ensures a reliable pickup and the loop selection logic ensures a
The frequency protection prevents impermissible stress of the
8 reliable detection of the faulty loop. With this logic it is possible
to perform correct measurement via the unit transformer. equipment (e.g. turbine) in case of under or overfrequency. It
also serves as a monitoring and control element.
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The function has four stages; the stages can be implemented
9 The undervoltage protection evaluates the positive-sequence
components of the voltages and compares them with the
either as underfrequency or overfrequency protection. Each
stage can be delayed separately.
threshold values. There are two stages available.
Even in the event of voltage distortion, the frequency measur-
The undervoltage function is used for asynchronous motors ing algorithm reliably identies the fundamental waves and
10 and pumped-storage stations and prevents the voltage-related
instability of such machines.
determines the frequency extremely precisely. Frequency
measurement can be blocked by using an undervoltage stage.
The function can also be used for monitoring purposes. Overexcitation protection Volt/Hertz (ANSI 24)
11 Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) The overexcitation protection serves for detection of an
unpermissible high induction (proportional to V/f) in generators
This protection prevents insulation faults that result when the
or transformers, which leads to thermal overloading. This may
voltage is too high.
occur when starting up, shutting down under full load, with
14
15
11/38 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Protection functions
10 On the one hand, this ensures high sensitivity and, on the other
hand, it permits use of generators with large ground capacitance
Overcurrent protection during start-up (ANSI 51)
values, e.g. large hydroelectric generators. Phase-angle errors Gas turbines are started by means of frequency starting
through the grounding or neutral transformer are measured converters. Overcurrent protection during start-up measures
11 during commissioning and are corrected in the algorithm. short-circuits in the lower frequency level (as from about 5 Hz)
and is designed as independent overcurrent-time protection.
The protection function has a warning and tripping stage. The The pickup value is set below the rated current. The function
measurement circuit is also monitored and failure of the 20 Hz is only active during start-up. If frequencies are higher than
generator is measured. 10 Hz, sampling frequency correction takes effect and the
12 Independent of ground resistance calculation, the protection further short-circuit protection functions are active.
function additionally evaluates the amount of the r.m.s. current
Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
value.
This protection function serves to measure power swings in
13 Starting time supervision (motor protection only) (ANSI 48) the system. If generators feed to a system short-circuit for too
Starting time supervision protects the motor against long long, low frequency transient phenomena (active power swings)
unwanted start-ups, which might occur as a result of excessive between the system and the generator may occur after fault
load torque or excessive voltage drops within the motor, or if the clearing. If the center of power swing is in the area of the block
14 rotor is locked. unit, the active power surges lead to unpermissible mechanical
stressing of the generator and the turbine.
The tripping time is dependent on the square of the start-up cur-
rent and the set start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It adapts As the currents and voltages are symmetrical, the positive-
sequence impedance is calculated on the basis of their
15 itself to the start-up with reduced voltage. The tripping time is
determined in accordance with the following formula: positive-sequence components and the impedance trajectory
is evaluated. Symmetry is also monitored by evaluation of the
Motors tend to fall out of step when their torque is less than
completely new start. Fig. 11/43 illustrates the thermal prole
for a permissible triple start out of the cold state. If the thermal
10
the breakdown torque. This, in turn, depends on the voltage. reserve is too low, the restart inhibit function issues a blocking
On the one hand, it is desirable to keep the motors connected signal with which the motor starting circuit can be blocked. The
to the system for as long as possible while, on the other hand, blockage is canceled again after cooling down and the thermal
the torque should not fall below the breakdown level. This
protection task is realized by inverse undervoltage protection.
value has dropped below the pickup threshold. 11
The inverse characteristic is started if the voltage is less than the As the fan provides no forced cooling when the motor is off, it
pickup threshold Vp<. The tripping time is inversely proportional cools down more slowly. Depending on the operating state, the
to the voltage dip (see equation). The protection function uses
the positive-sequence voltage, for the protection decision.
protection function controls the cooling time constant. A value
below a minimum current is an effective changeover criterion. 12
I Sensitive ground-fault protection B (ANSI 51 GN)
tTRIP = TM
V
I
VP
The IEE-B sensitive ground-fault protection feature of 7UM62
provides greater exibility and can be used for the following 13
tTRIP Tripping time applications:
V Voltage Any kind of ground-fault current supervision to detect ground
Vp
TM
Pickup value
Time multiplier
faults (fundamental and 3rd harmonics)
Protection against load resistances
14
Shaft current protection in order to detect shaft currents of the
System disconnection generator shaft and prevent that bearings take damage.
Take the case of in-plant generators feeding directly into a
system. The incoming line is generally the legal entity boundary
The sensitive ground-current protection IEE-B uses either the hard- 15
ware input IEE1 or IEE2. These inputs are designed in a way that
Communication
Rear-mounted interfaces 4
Two communication modules on the rear of the unit incorporate Fig. 11/44 IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
optional equipment complements and permit retrotting. They connection or ber-optic connection
assure the ability to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols
5
(IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
The interfaces make provision for the following applications:
DNP 3.0 14
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol version 3) is a messaging-
based communication protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully
Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is sup-
ported by a number of protection device manufacturers. 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/43
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
RS485 bus
1 With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic interfer-
ence inuences are largely eliminated
by the use of twisted-pair conductor.
2 Upon failure of a unit, the remaining
system continues to operate without
any faults.
Fiber-optic double ring circuit
3 The ber-optic double ring circuit is
immune to electromagnetic interfer-
ence. Upon failure of a section between
two units, the communication system Fig. 11/46 RS232/RS485 Fig. 11/47 820 nm ber-optic communication
Electrical communication module module
4 continues to operate without distur-
bance.
System solution
LSP3.01-0021.eps
SIMATIC-based automation systems.
LSP2164-afpen.tif
14
15
11/44 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
Typical connections
10
11
12
13
Fig. 11/51
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/45
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
10
Fig. 11/52
11
12
13
14
15
11/46 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
10
11
12
Fig. 11/53
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/47
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
10
11
12
13 Fig. 11/54
14
15
11/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
Fig. 11/56 12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/49
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
9 Fig. 11/58
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/50 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
10
11
12
Fig. 11/59
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/51
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Typical connections
instantaneous algorithm) any high-current Table 11/6 Multiple use of measuring transducers
internal short-circuits.
Knee-point voltage
12 IEC British Standard ANSI
V = K SSC ( Rct + Rb ) I SN V=
(Rct + Rb )I SN K K SSC
V = 20 I SN ( Rct + Rb )
SSC
1.3 20
13 Ktd Rated transient dimensioning factor Rct
Isn = 5A (typical value)
Secondary winding resistance
Ipssc Primary symmetrical short-circuit current vsc Short-circuit voltage (impedance voltage)
Ipn Rated primary current (transformer) xd Subtransient reactance
14 R'b
Rb
Connected burden
Rated resistive burden
Isn
tN
Rated secondary current (transformer)
Network time constant
15
11/52 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/53
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
System interface (Port B) EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP,MODBUS RTU
1 Isolated RS232/RS485
Baud rate
9-pin subminiature connector
4800 to 115200 baud
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz DIN 57435 part 303
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
2 PROFIBUS RS485
IEC 60255-22-1, class III
and DIN 57435 part 303, class III
= 15 ms
400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Baud rate Max. 12 MBaud IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air discharge;
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud; EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330
3 PROFIBUS ber-optic
100 m at 12 MBaud
Irradiation with RF eld,
non-modulated
10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Only for ush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1)
Baud rate Max. 1.5 MBaud Irradiation with RF eld, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
4 Optical wavelength
Permissible path attenuation
= 820 nm
Max. 8 dB for glass-ber 62.5/125 m
modulated, IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
Irradiation with RF eld, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
Distance 1.6 km (500 kB/s) pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
530 m (1500 kB/s) IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to 20 mA Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
5 System interface (Port B)
IEC 60255-22-4,
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV
burst length = 15 ms; repetition
rate 300 ms; both polarities;
IEC 61850
Ri = 50 ; test duration 1 min
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 s
Connection
6 for ush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B",
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
acc. to IEEE802.3 2 kV; 12 , 9 F
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing Differential (transversal) mode:
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz
7 Transmission speed
Distance
100 Mbits/s
20 m/66 ft
1 kV; 2 , 18 F
Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI Differential (transversal) mode:
1 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
Connection
8 for ush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B",
LC connector receiver/transmitter
Line-conducted HF,
amplitude-modulated
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
1 kHz
for panel surface-mounting case Not available IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Optical wavelength = 1350 nm Magnetic eld with power 30 A/m continuous;
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s frequency 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
9 Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass ber 50/125 m or
glass ber 62/125 m
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC
60255-6
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
10 Electrical tests
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 second; duration 2 s;
Ri = 150 to 200
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/55
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49) Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
1 Setting ranges
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8
Time constant
0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01)
30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges
Conductance thresholds 1/xd
characteristic
0.20 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
Limit current ILimit 0.5 to 8 A (steps 0.01), 5 times at Stator criterion 1/xd characte- Approx. 0.95
IN = 5 A ristic;
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s) Undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.1
4 Drop-off ratio
/Trip Drop-off with Alarm
Tolerances
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic 3 % of set value
/Alarm Approx. 0.99 Stator criterion 1 electrical
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.95 Undervoltage blocking 1 % or 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
5 Tolerances
Regarding k x IN 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 % accor-
ding to IEC 60255-8
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
Setting ranges
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 % according to Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
IEC 60255-8 for I/(k IN)>1.25 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
6 Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46) Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Setting ranges
Permissible negative sequence 3 to 30 % (steps 1 %) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
I2 perm. /IN Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
7 Denite time trip stage I2 >>/IN
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>>
10 to 200 % (steps 1 %)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
Negative-sequence factor K 1 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s) Tolerances
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s) Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN 3 % set value
Times Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
8 Pickup time (denite stage)
Drop-off time (denite stage)
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Setting ranges
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2>> Approx. 0.95
Forward power PForw.</SN 0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Drop-off ratio thermal stage Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm.
Forward power PForw.>/SN 1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
9 Tolerances
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2>> 3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative
sequence
Time delays T
Times
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
12 Time delays T
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring
1 % or 10 ms
13
14
15
11/56 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/57
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Sensitive ground-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27)
1 Setting ranges
Ground current pickup IEE>, IEE>> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Setting ranges
Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
5 times at IN = 5 A
Measuring circuit supervision IEE< 1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA) Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
Times Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
2 Pickup times
Drop-off times
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms Times
Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 2 s Reaction time Approx. 25 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8
3 supervision IEE<
Tolerances
Drop-off ratio V1<
Tolerances
Approx. 1.05
Ground current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
4 100 % stator ground-fault protection with 3rd harmonic
(ANSI 59TN, 27TN) (3rd H.) Current differential protection (ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Displacement voltage V0 (3rd harm.)>, 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V) Differential current ID>IN 0.05 to 2 (steps 0.01)
V0 (3rd harm.)< High-current stage ID>>IN 0.8 to 12 (steps 0.1)
5 Time delay T
Active-power release
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or
Inrush stabilization ratio I2fN/IN
Harmonic stabilization ratio InfN/IN
10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
indenite (n = 3rd or 4th or 5th harmonics)
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or Additional trip time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
indenite Times
6 Times
Pickup time Approx. 80 ms
Pickup time
(ID 1.5 setting value ID>)
Approx. 35 ms
Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Additional time delay 1 % or 10 ms
11
12
13
14
15
11/58 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Rotor ground-fault protection with fN (ANSI 64R) (fN) Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Setting ranges
Alarm stage RE, Alarm <
Trip stage RE, Trip <
3 to 30 k (steps 1 k)
1.0 to 5 k (steps 0.1 k)
Setting ranges
Positive sequence current
pickup I1>
0.2 to 4 I1/IN (steps 0.1 I1/IN) 1
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite Negative-sequence current 0.05 to 1 I2/IN (steps 0.01 I2/IN)
Correction angle - 15 to + 15 (steps 1 ) pickup I2<
Impedances Za to Zd 0.05 to 130 (steps 0.01 )
Times
Pickup time 80 ms (based on IN =1 A)
Inclination angle of polygon P 60 to 90 (steps 1 )
2
Drop-off time 80 ms
Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 10
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.25 characteristic 1
Tolerances Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 20
Trip stage RE, Trip <,
Alarm stage RE, Alarm <
Approx. 5 % of set value
Approx. 10 % of set value
characteristic 2
Holding time of pickup tH 0.2 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
3
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Holding time for out-of-step 0.02 to 0.15 s (steps 0.01 s)
Permissible rotor ground 0.15 to 3 F annunciation
capacitance
Sensitive rotor fault protection with 1 to 3 Hz (ANSI 64R) (1 to 3 Hz)
Times
Typical trip time Depending from the out-of-step 4
frequency
Setting ranges
Alarm stage RE,Alarrn < 5 to 80 k (steps 1 k) Tolerances
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1 to 10 k (steps 1 k) Impedance measurement |Z/Z| 5 % for 30 SC 90
Time delays T
Pickup value of meas. circuit
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
0.01 to 1 mAs (steps 0.01 mAs) Time delays T
or 10 m
1 % to 10 ms
5
supervision QC< DC voltage time / DC current time protection (ANSI 59N (DC) ; 51N (DC))
Times Setting ranges
Pickup time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s (depends on
Drop-off time
frequency of 7XT71)
Approx. 1 to 1.5 s
Voltage pickup V = >,<
Current pickup I = >, <
0.1 to 8.5 V (steps 0.1 V)
0.2 to 17 mA (steps 0.1 mA) 6
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Drop-off ratio RE Approx 1.25 Times
Drop-off ratio QC < 1.2 or 0.01 mAs Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
Tolerances
Trip stage Approx. 5 % or 0.5 k at
(operational condition 1)
Pickup time Approx. 200 ms
7
(RE,Trip <; Alarm stage RE, Alarm<) 0.15 F CE < 1F (operational condition 0)
Approx. 10 % or 0.5 k Drop-off time Approx. 60 ms or 200 ms
at 1 F CE < 3 F Drop-off ratio 0.9 or 1.1
Time delays T
Permissible rotor ground-
1 % or 10 ms
0.15 to 3 F Tolerances
Voltage 1 % of set value, or 0.1 V
8
capacitance
Current 1 % of set value, or 0.1 mA
100 % stator ground-fault protection with 20 Hz (ANSI 64G) (100 %) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Setting ranges
Alarm stage RSEF < 20 to 500 (steps 1 )
Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Setting ranges
9
Trip stage RSEF << 10 to 300 (steps 1 )
Ground current stage ISEF > 0.02 to 1.5 A (steps 0.01 A) Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite current TStart max /IN
Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Supervision of 20 Hz generator
V20 Hz 0.3 to 15 V (steps 0.1 V) pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
10
I20 Hz 5 to 40 mA (steps 1 mA)
Correction angle - 60 to + 60 (steps 1 ) time TStart max
Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or
Times time TBlocking indenite
Pickup times RSEF<, RSEF<<
Pickup time ISEF>
1.3 s
250 ms Times Depending on the settings 11
Drop-off times RSEF<, RSEF<< 0.8 s Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95
Drop-off time ISEF> 120 ms Tolerances
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.2 to 1.7 Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Tolerances
Resistance (RSEF) ca. 5 % or 2
Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms 12
Ground current stage (ISEF >) 3 % or 3 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/59
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor) Interturn protection (ANSI 59N(IT))
1 Setting ranges
Motor starting
current IStart max /IN
3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01)
Setting ranges
Displacement voltage VInterturn>
Time delays T
0.3 to 130 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s) Times
time TStart max Pick-up times VInterturn> Approx. 60 ms
Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0.1 min)
2 time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min)
Drop-off times VInterturn>
Drop-off ratio VInterturn>
Approx. 60 ms
0.5 to 0.95 adjustable
time TRestart, min Tolerances
Permissible number of warm 1 to 4 Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
starts nW Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms
3 Difference between warm and
cold starts nK-nW
1 to 2 Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0 Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
(running and stop) Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 C or 100 to 480 F
(steps 1 C or 1 F)
4 Tolerances
Time delays T
1 % or 0.1 ms
Sensors types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) External trip coupling
Setting ranges Number of external trip couplings 4
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
5 Pickup value df/dt
Time delays T
0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s);
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Threshold supervision
Setting ranges
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold of measured values
MV1 > to MV10< -200 % to +200 % (steps 1 %)
Times
Assignable measured values P, active power
6 Pickup times df/dt
Drop-off times df/dt
Approx. 200 ms
Approx. 200 ms
Q, reactive power
change of active power P
Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s Voltage VL1, VL2, VL3, VE, V0, V1,
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05 V2, VE3h
Tolerances Current 3I0, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2
7 Rate-of-frequency change
Undervoltage blocking
Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Power angle
Power factor cos
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Value at TD1
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Times
8 Setting ranges
Stage 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.1 )
Pick-up times
Drop-off times
Approx. 20 40 ms
Approx. 20 40 ms
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite Drop-off to pick-up ratio
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold MVx> 0.95
Threshold MVx< 1.05
Tolerances
9 Vector jump
Undervoltage blocking
0.3 at V> 0.5 VN
1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
Sensitive ground-fault protection B (ANSI 51GN)
10 Setting ranges
Ground current IEE-B>, 0.3 to 1000 mA (steps 0.1 A)
Ground current IEE-B<, 0.3 to 500 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Measuring method - Fundamental,
11 - 3rd harmonica
- 1rst and 3rd harmonics
Times
Pick-up times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms
12 Drop-off ratio IEE-B> 0.90 or 0.15 mA
Drop-off ratio IEE-B< 1.1 or 0.15 mA
Tolerances
Ground current 1 % of set value or 0.1 mA
13 Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms
14
15
11/60 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Technical data
Tolerances
IL2,S2; IL3,S2;
< 0.5
Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms
at 60 Hz)
3
Voltages VL1; VL2; VL3; VE; VL12; VL23; VL31; Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2, P, Q, , R,
V1; V2; V20 Hz X, f-fn
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values
or 0.2 V 1 digit
Additional functions
Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8
4
Impedance R, X faults
Tolerance 1% Puffer length max. 600 indications
Power S; P; Q Time solution 1 ms
Tolerance 1 % of measured values
or 0.25 % SN
Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Time solution 1 ms
5
Phase angle Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
Tolerance <0.1 (criterion: current threshold)
Power factor
Tolerance
cos (p.f.)
1 % 1 digit
Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Phase-summated tripping current
6
Frequency f
Tolerance 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN;
40 Hz < f < 65 Hz) CE conformity
Overexcitation
Tolerance
V/f;
1%
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
7
Thermal measurement L1; L2, L3, I2, V/f, sensors relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
Tolerance 5% 2004/108/EEC previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed
for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EEC
Min. / max.memory
Memory Measured values with date and
previous 73/23/EEC). 8
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
time German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Reset manual Via binary input Part 303).
Via key pad
Via communication
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
9
Values This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Positive sequence voltage V1 in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
Positive sequence current I1 the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
Active power
Reactive power
P
Q
and standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive. 10
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics)
Energy metering 11
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP; WQ+; WQ
Tolerance 1%
Analog outputs (optional)
Number max. 4 (depending on variant) 12
Possible measured values I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2, V1, V0, V03h, |P|, |Q|,
|S|, |cos | f, V/f, , S/S Trip,
Rotor/Rotor Trip, RE, REF; RE, REF 1-3Hz;
Range
RE SEF
0 to 22.5 mA
13
Minimum threshold (limit of validity) 0 to 5 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Maximum threshold 22 mA (xed)
Congurable reference value 20 mA 10 to 1000 % (steps 0.1 %)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/61
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Selection and ordering data
Current transformer IN
1 A1), IEE (sensitive) 1
Unit version
14 1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. 4) Not available with position 9 = B
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected * Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = B, please order 7UM62 unit with
by means of jumpers. RS485 port and separate ber-optic converters.
Measuring functions
7UM62 - - 0
1
Without extended measuring functions 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
Function 2
Generator Basic A
Generator Standard B
Generator Full
Asynchronous Motor
C
F
3
Transformer H
DIGSI 4
7
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection
units running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables
(copper)
8
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number)
Professional
7XS5400-0AA00
9
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
Complete version
10
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system congurator 7XS5403-0AA00
11
IEC 61850 System congurator
Software for conguration of stations with IEC 61850
communication under DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000
or XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
12
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number.
On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
13
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of
fault records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of
other manufacturers (Comtrade format).
Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
14
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/63
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Selection and ordering data
1 Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Short code
Series resistor for rotor ground-fault protection
(group: 013002) 3PP1336-0DZ K2Y
4 Resistor for underexcitation protection
(voltage divider, 20:1) (group: 012009) 3PP1326-0BZ K2Y
20 Hz generator 7XT3300-0CA00
AC/DC 24 to 60 V 7XV5662-2AD10
AC/DC 90 to 240 V 7XV5662-5AD10
8
Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.
package
9
LSP2289-afp.eps
12 Fig. 11/61
2-pin connector
Fig. 11/62
3-pin connector
19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 11/60
13
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
15
11/64 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7UM62
Connection diagram, IEC
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
Function overview
Functions 1
Hardware tripping matrix
28 inputs
10 outputs
One LED is assigned to each input and output
2
Features
Easy marshalling of trip signals via diode plugs 3
LSP2300-afpen.tif
Plexiglass cover prevents unauthorized marshalling
5
Fig. 11/69 SIPROTEC 7UW50 tripping matrix
6
Description
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/69
Generator Protection / 7UW50
Selection and ordering data
DC 60 V, 110 V, 125 V 4
DC 220 V, 250 V 5
2 Unit design
For panel surface-mounting B
For panel ush-mounting or cubicle mounting C
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/70 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7RW600
SIPROTEC 7RW600 numerical voltage, frequency and overexcitation protection relay
Function overview
Line protection 1
Voltage protection
Frequency protection
Generator protection 2
Voltage protection
Frequency protection
Overexcitation protection 3
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Transformer protection
Voltage protection
Overexcitation protection 4
Power system decoupling
Voltage protection
Frequency protection 5
Load shedding
Frequency protection
Fig. 11/70 SIPROTEC 7RW600 numerical voltage, frequency and
overexcitation protection relay Rate-of-frequency-change protection 6
Status measured values
Description Monitoring functions
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/71
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Application
tifunction protection relay for connection 59/59N V>>, t; V> t Overvoltage protection
to voltage transformers. It can be used in
81/81R df df Frequency protection, rate of-frequency change protection
distribution systems, on transformers and f >; f < ; >; +
2 for electrical machines.
V V
dt dt
Overexcitation protection
If the SIPROTEC 7RW600 detects any 24 >, t; = f(t)
f f
deviation from the permitted voltage,
frequency or overexcitation values, it will
3 respond according to the values set. The
SIPROTEC 7RW600 can be used for the
purposes of system decoupling and for
load shedding if ever there is a risk of a
4 system collapse as a result of inadmissibly
large frequency drops. Voltage and fre-
quency thresholds can also be monitored.
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, frequency
5 and overexcitation relay can be used to
protect generators and transformers in
the event of defective voltage control,
of defective frequency control, or of full
6 load rejection, or furthermore islanding
generation systems.
10
11
12 Fig. 11/72
13
14
15
11/72 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Construction, protection functions
Undervoltage protection
The main function of the undervoltage protection is protecting
electrical machines (e.g. pumped-storage power generators and 1
motors) against the consequences of dangerous voltage drops. It
separates the machines from the power system and thus avoids
inadmissible operating states and the possible risk of stability
2
LSP2002-afpen.tif
Operation and display The frequency protection can be used to protect against overfre-
Output of messages, signals and commands quency or against underfrequency. It protects electrical machines
and plants/substations against adverse effects in the event of
6
Input and evaluation of binary signals deviations in the rated speed (e.g. vibration, heating, etc.),
Data transmission (RS485) and detects and records frequency uctuations in the power system,
Auxiliary voltage supply. and disconnects certain loads according to the thresholds set. It
can also be used for the purposes of system decoupling, and thus 7
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 receives AC voltages from the primary improves the availability of in-plant power generation.
voltage transformer. The secondary rated voltage range, 100 to
125 V, is adapted internally on the device. The frequency protection function is implemented via voltage
Protection functions
1 Overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection detects and
records any inadmissibly high induction
2 (B ~
V
f
)
4 inadmissible heating.
It is recommended to use the overexcita-
tion protection function in power systems
subject to large frequency uctuations
5 (e.g. systems in island conguration or
with weak infeed) and for electrical block Fig. 11/74 Tripping range of overexcitation protection
units that are separated from the system.
The overexcitation protection function
6 calculates, from the maximum voltage
(V, Vx) and the frequency, the ratio V/f.
This function incorporates an indepen-
dent warning and tripping stage and a
10 Features
15
11/74 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
4
Fig. 11/76 Connection of a phase-to-phase voltage V and a Fig. 11/77 Connection of two phase-to-phase voltages V to one
displacement voltage Vx voltage transformer set
Fig. 11/78 Connection to voltage transformers in V-conguration Fig. 11/79 Communication port
9
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 11/80 Typical auxiliary voltage wiring
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/75
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Technical data
DC 60/110/125 V
DC 220/250 V, AC 115 V Flush mounting/cubicle mounting Approx. 4 kg
Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Maximum ripple at rated voltage 12 %
4 Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W
Degree of protection
to IEC 60529/EN 60529
IP 51
Energized Approx. 4 W
Maximum bridging time 20 ms at VAUX (DC 24 V) Electrical test
13
14
15
11/76 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/77
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Technical data
7 Tolerances
Changes of frequencies
df
dt
2004/108/EEC previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed
for use within certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/195/EEC
previous 73/23/EEC).
In the 45 to 50 Hz range 100 mHz/s at fN = 50 Hz and V = VN This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
In the 54 to 60 Hz range 150 mHz/s at fN = 60 Hz and V = VN German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
10 Delay times,
warning and tripping stages
0 to 60 s, or (in steps of 0.01 s)
Curve values V/f 1.1 / 1.15 / 1.2 / 1.25 / 1.3 / 1.35 / 1.4
Associated delay times 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Cooling-down time 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
11 Voltage transformer adaption factor 0.5 to 2 (in steps 0.01)
Pickup response time (stage curve) 50 ms
Reset time (stage curve) 60 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
12 Tolerances
Overexcitation V/f 3 % of setting value
Delay times (stage curve) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Delay times (dependent curve) 5 % with respect to V/f value 0.5 s
13
14
15
11/78 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7RW600
Selection and ordering data
Scope of functions
Voltage and frequency protection 0
5
Voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection 1
Voltage and overexcitation protections 2
6
Accessories Description Order No.
DIGSI 4
7
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition device
templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included as well as
Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
8
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis), 9
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and control
displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered
10
additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault
records. Can also be used for fault records of devices of other
manufacturers (Comtrade format).
Running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition.
11
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Converter RS232RS485*
With communication cable for the SIPROTEC 7RW600
12
numerical voltage, frequency and overexcitation relay; length 1 m
With plug-in power supply unit AC 230 V 7XV5700-0 001)
With plug-in power supply unit AC 110 V
7
Fig. 11/81 Connection circuit diagram of 7RW600 voltage and frequency protection with presetting of marshallable binary inputs and command
contacts. (Ordering Code: 7RW600x-xBxxx-; 7RW600x-xExxx-).
10
11
12
13
14
15 Fig. 11/82 Connection circuit diagram of 7RW600 voltage and overexcitation protection with presetting of marshallable binary inputs and
command contacts. (Ordering Code: 7RW600x-xBxxx-; 7RW600x-xExxx-).
Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<, f>, f< df/dt) including
voltage vector jump () are optionally available for protection
or network decoupling applications. 1
The integrated programmable logic functions (continuous
function chart CFC) offer the user a high exibility so that
adjustments can easily be made to the varying requirements on
the basis of special system conditions. 2
The exible communication interfaces are open to modern com-
munication architectures with control systems.
LSP2483-afpen.tif
Function overview
Basic functions
High reliability with a two-out-of-two design (1 channels in
4
7VE61 and 2 channels in 7VE63)
Paralleling of asynchronous voltage sources
Balancing commands for voltage and speed (frequency) 5
Paralleling of synchronous voltage sources
Synchro-check function for manual synchronization
Fig. 11/83 SIPROTEC 7VE6 multifunction paralleling device Parameter blocks for use on several synchronizing points
(7VE61 max. 4 and 7VE63 max. 8) 6
Description Additional functions
Consideration of transformer vector group and tap changer
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of the SIPROTEC 4 fam-
ily are multifunctional compact units used for paralleling power Synchronization record (instantaneous or r.m.s. record) 7
systems and generators. Commissioning support (CB-time measurement, test
synchronization)
Their technical design ensures highly reliable paralleling due to
their 1-channel or 2-channel measurement method and their
hardware design. This is supported by numerous monitoring
Browser operation
Full control functionality of SIPROTEC 4
8
functions. The units automatically detect the operating condi- Analog outputs of operational measured values
tions. The response to these conditions depends on settings.
Functions for protection or network decoupling tasks
In synchronous network switching mode, the frequency
difference is measured with great accuracy. If the frequency dif- Protection functions (option)
9
ference is almost zero for a long enough time, the networks are
already synchronous and a larger making angle is permissible. Undervoltage protection(27)
Overvoltage protection (59)
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the case when synchro-
nizing generators, the generator speed is automatically matched Frequency protection (81) 10
to the system frequency and the generator voltage to the system Rate-of-frequency-change protection ( 81R)
voltage. The connection is then made at the synchronous point, Jump of voltage vector monitoring
allowing for circuit-breaker make-time.
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1-channel unit (paralleling
Monitoring functions 11
function + synchro-check) for use with small to medium-size Self-supervision of paralleling function
generators and power systems. It is more reliable than 1-channel Operational measured values
paralleling devices. It can also be used for synchro-check, with
parallel operation of three synchronization points.
8 oscillographic fault records 12
Communication interfaces
For larger generators and power systems with high reliability
requirements, the 2-channel 7VE63 is recommended. Two System interface
independent methods decide on the connection conditions. The
unit also has the full control functions of the SIPROTEC 4 family.
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 61850 protocol
13
PROFIBUS-DP
MODBUS RTU and DNP 3.0
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
Front interface for DIGSI 4
14
Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/81
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Application
Freely assignable binary inputs and outputs Switching onto dead busbars 11
Binary inputs, output relays, and LEDs can each be given The voltage inputs are checked here. The CLOSE command is
separate user-specic assignments. Assignment is effected using issued depending on the set program and the result of measure-
a software matrix, which greatly simplies the allocation of
individual signals.
ment. A three-phase connection increases reliability because
several voltages must fulll the conditions (see Fig. 11/84). 12
To ensure dual-channel redundancy, control of the CLOSE relay The following operating states are possible:
(relay R1 and R2) is prioritized and should not be altered. These V1< V2 >
two relays have a special, highly reliable control and monitoring
logic (see Fig. 11/89).
(connection to dead busbar (side 1)) 13
V1> V2 <
(connection to dead line (side 2))
V1< V2 <
(forced closing) 14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/83
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Functions
LSP2480fen.tif
a bay control unit (e.g. 6MD66) and to
13
14
15
11/84 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Functions
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/85
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Functions
LSP2481fen.tif
provide clear information and a high
degree of operating reliability. Fig. 11/88
shows an example of an overview that is
familiar from conventional synchronizers.
5 The current status of synchronization Fig. 11/87 Browser-based operation
conditions is clearly visible. Of course, it
is possible to call up further measured
value displays and annunciation buffers.
6 By emulation of integrated unit opera-
tion, it is also possible to adjust selected
settings for commissioning purposes,
(see Fig. 11/87).
LSP2482fen.tif
10 Fig. 11/88 Overview display of the synchronization function
11
12
13
14
15
11/86 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Functions
Basic concept Smaller generating plants frequently require the vector jump
function. With this criterion it is possible to detect a discon- 1
The paralleling function is not performed constantly. Therefore nected supply (e.g. due to the dead time during an automatic
the measured quantities provided at the analog inputs are reclosure) and initiate generator disconnection. This avoids
available for other functions. Voltage and frequency protection impermissible loads on the generating plant, especially the drive
or limit value monitoring of these quantities are typical applica-
tions. Another possible application is network decoupling. After
gearing, if reconnection to the network is asynchronous. 2
network disconnection, automatic resynchronization using the The vector jump function monitors the phase angle change in
CFC is possible on request. To allow for great exibility, these the voltage.
functions can be assigned to the analog inputs. This is dened
for the specic application.
If the incoming line should fail, the abrupt current discontinuity
leads to a phase angle jump in the voltage. This is measured
3
by means of a delta process. The command for opening the
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
generator or coupler circuit- breaker is issued if the set threshold
The protection function is implemented on two stages and
evaluates the voltage at an input assigned to it. Analysis of a
is exceeded.
Vector jump monitoring is performed again for the assigned
4
phase-to-phase voltage is benecial as it avoids starting in the
voltage input. This function is blocked during synchronization.
event of ground faults. The protection function can be used
for monitoring and decoupling purposes or to prevent voltage-
induced instability of generators by disconnection.
Threshold monitoring
5
The threshold function is provided for fast monitoring and
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) further processing in the CFC. Optional monitoring of the
calculated voltage (for violation of an upper or lower threshold)
The protection function is implemented on two stages and
evaluates the voltage at an input assigned to it.
at the six voltage inputs is possible. A total of three greater-than
and three less-than thresholds are available. The check is made
6
The overvoltage protection prevents impermissible stress on
once per cycle, resulting in a minimum operating time of about
equipment due to excessive voltages.
30 ms for the voltage. The times can be extended by the internal
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) check time, if necessary (about 1 cycle).
7
The protection function is implemented on four stages and
evaluates the frequency of an input assigned to it. Depending on
the frequency threshold setting, the function can provide over-
frequency protection (setting > fn) or underfrequency protection
(setting < fn). Each stage can be delayed separately. Stage 4 can
8
be congured either as an overfrequency or underfrequency
stage.
The application consists of frequency monitoring usually causing 9
network disconnection in the event of any deviations. The func-
tion is suitable as a load shedding criterion.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/87
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Typical applications
Typical applications
6
Fig. 11/89
7
Connection to open delta connection
(V-connection) voltage transformer
11
12
13 Fig. 11/90
14
15
11/88 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Typical applications
6
Fig. 11/91
7
Connection to single-phase isolated
voltage transformer
As an alternative to Fig. 11/91, some
substations use single-phase isolated
8
voltage transformers (see Fig. 11/92). In
this case, only a phase-to-ground voltage
is available. This connection should be
avoided if possible. Especially in isolated
9
or resonant-(star point) neutral-grounded
networks, an ground fault would lead to a
voltage value of zero. That does not permit
synchronization and the busbar is detected 10
as dead.
If V1< and V2 > connection is permitted,
there is a high risk of incorrect synchroniza-
tion. Furthermore, an ground fault in phase
11
L2 leads to an angle rotation of for
instance 30 in phase L1. This means that
the device switches at a large fault angle.
12
Fig. 11/92 13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/89
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Typical applications
6
Fig. 11/93
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/90 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Typical applications
7
Fig. 11/94
10
11
12
13
Fig. 11/95
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/91
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Typical applications
8
DIGSI: BI "L" active
9 Fig. 11/96
Synchronization of a generator
10 Fig. 11/96 shows an example of the 7VE61 paralleling device
connected to a medium-power generator.Where three-phase volt-
age transformers are available, direct connection is recommended.
14
15
11/92 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Technical data
System interface (Port B) Irradiation with RF eld, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
IEC 61850 pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
1 Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Connection Rear panel, mounting location "B",
IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
for ush-mounting case two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
acc. to IEEE802.3
Ri = 50 ; test duration 1 min
2 for surface-mounting case
Test voltage
At bottom part of the housing
500 V; 50 Hz High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 s
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s (SURGE),
Distance 20 m/66 ft IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
3 Connection
2 kV; 12 , 9 F
Differential (transversal) mode:
for ush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", 1 kV; 2 , 18 F
LC connector receiver/transmitter Measurement inputs, binary inputs
for panel surface-mounting case Not available and relay outputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
4 Optical wavelength
Transmission speed
= 1350 nm
100 Mbits/s
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass ber 50/125 m or
2 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
Differential (transversal) mode:
1 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
glass ber 62/125 m
Permissible path attenuation Max. 5 dB for glass ber Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
amplitude-modulated 1 kHz
5 Distance
62.5/125m
Max. 800 m/0.5 mile IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Magnetic eld with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
Electrical tests 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
6 Specications
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Oscillatory surge withstand
capability
2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
damped wave; 50 surges
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second;
UL 508 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200
DIN 57435, part 303 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
7 Insulating tests
For further standards see below capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 second; both polarities;
duration 2 s ; Ri = 80
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
Standards IEC 60255-5
interference
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
8 All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs, communication
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz, 1 MHz,
and time synchronization interfaces
10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200
Voltage test (100 % test) DC 3.5 kV
EMC tests for interference emission (type test)
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
9 Voltage test (100 % test) only 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Standard EN 50081-x (generic standard)
isolated communication interfaces Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz
and time synchronization interface on lines only auxiliary supply Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 s; 0.5 J; IEC-CISPR 22
15
11/94 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Technical data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/95
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Technical data
1 Setting ranges
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>>
Time delays T
30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
Number of steps
Measured quantity
Setting ranges
6 (3 larger and 3 smaller)
V a, V b, V c, V d, V e, V f
2 to + 200 % (steps 1 %)
Time Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
11 Jump of voltage vector monitoring This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States rela-
Setting ranges
ting to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/108/EEC
Stage 2 to 30 (steps 0.1)
previous 89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed for use within
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indenite
certain voltage limits (Council Directive 2006/95/EEC previous 73/23/EEC).
12 Undervoltage blocking V<
Maximum voltage
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
10 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Times Part 303).
Pickup times Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz)
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
Drop-off times Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz)
13 Tolerances
Vector jump 0.5 at V > 0.5 VN
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage Directive.
14 External trip coupling
Number of external trip couplings 4
15
11/96 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Selection and ordering data
5 Port B (system
(systeminterface)
interface)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS485 2
6 IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
3
7
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector1) 9 L 0 B
7 MODBUS RTU, electrical RS485
MODBUS RTU, optical 820 nm, ST connector1)
9 L 0D
9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector1) 9 L 0H
8 IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connectors 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector2) 9 L 0 S
Port C (service interface)
10 DIGSI 4
4/modem,
DIGSI 4
/ modem,electrical
4/modem,
electricalRS232
/ modem,electrical
RS232
electricalRS485
RS485
9
9
M 1
M 2
Port D (additional interface)
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA K
11 Scope of functions of the unit
Synchro-check for up to 3 synchronizing points (with dead bus
bus/linemonitoring)
/ line monitoring) A
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points without balancing commands, 2-channel,
1-channel,
independent in 2nd channel
synchro-checkmeasuring procedures B
12 Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel
independent measuring procedures
2-channel,
C
Paralleling function for 4
8 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1-channel,
2-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel
independent measuring procedures D
13 Additional functions
Without A A
Protection and network decoupling function
(voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B
14 Additional applications
Without 0
Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7Hz) 1
DIGSI 4
Software for conguration and operation of Siemens protection units
1
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition device
templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included as well as
Getting started manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis 2
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Basis and all optional packages on CD-ROM, DIGSI 4 and DIGSI 3 7XS5402-0AA00
3
Copper connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4 4
Manual
7VE61 and 7VE63 Multifunction Paralleling Device C53000-G1176-C163-1
5
Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier
package
6
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
LSP2092-afp.eps
19"-mounting rail
C73334-A1-C34-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens
9
Fig. 11/98 Mounting rail for 19" rack
Safety cover large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
for terminals small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 11/99
Generator Protection / 7VE6
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
11/102 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Generator Protection / 7VU683
High Speed Busbar Transfer
Function overview
LSP2187-afp.tif
- PARALLEL Half-Auto switching sequence
- SIMULTANEOUS switching sequence
- SEQUENTIAL sequence
Transfer modes
- FAST transfer mode
4
- REAL-TIME FAST transfer mode
- IN-PHASE transfer mode
- RES-VOLT transfer mode
- LONG-TIME transfer mode
5
Single busbar and segmented single busbar supported
Fig. 11/101 High speed contact with approx.1ms for closing
SIPROTEC 4 7VU683 high speed busbar transfer device
Permission of bi-direction switching settable 6
Low voltage load-shedding settable
CB de-coupling when OPEN failed
Description
11
Busbar1->Line1 X
Busbar2->Line2 X
Protection
Denite overcurrent protection I>+V< 50 X
Ground-overcurrent protection 3I0>+3V0> 50N X
Overcurrent protection for busbar energization I>+V< 50.en X
Ground-overcurrent protection for busbar energization 3I0>+3V0> 50N.en X
Supervision
Phase sequence 47 X X
Voltage circuit X X
Table 11/8 Functional scope of HSBT 7VU683
Construction
Fig. 11/103 Rear view with wiring terminal safety cover and
serial interface
11
Under the NORMAL condition, the power system is fault free and Under PARALLEL sequence, HSBT 7VU683 will rstly issue a
the starting command must be manually issued. This command CLOSE command to the to-be-closed CB after the device get the
can come from remote control center and/or local controller via starting command. When the closure is successful, the device
wiring connection or communication over protocol, e.g, will trip the to-be-opened CB. The tripping command can be
automatically generated by device or derived from manual
DCS of power station operation which are dependent on setting,
Turbine control system PARALLEL Auto sequence
Local panel PARALLEL Half-Auto sequence
The switching of remote and local starting authority is done Under PARALLEL Auto sequence, the device will automatically
by internal CFC logic and controlled by device switching key issue an OPEN command after a settable time delay when the
Remote/Local. The starting command can only be remotely closure is successful. Under PARALLE Half-Auto sequence, the
executed over communication when the switching key is at device will not issue the OPEN command until the Manual Open
position Remote, vice versa. command arrived. The criterions are as below,
FAULT condition df < 8851 PARAL. Delta f
Under the FAULT condition, power system fault must be there on |dU| < 8852 PARAL. Delta U
the in-feeder line and the starting command must be externally dj < 8853 PARAL. Delta PHI
issued by other device, e.g, protection device.
If the to-be-opened CB failed to open, the device will automati-
Abnormal condition cally de-couple the to-be-closed CB.
Under the abnormal condition, voltage disturbance must be The time sequence under PARALLEL can be understandable via
there on the busbar due to any causes. The starting command Fig. 11/104 (assumed switching of closing CB2 and opening
can be internally issued by device HSBT 7VU683 according to the CB1).
following abnormal conditions
Inadmissible Under-voltage
Inadmissible Under-frequency
11 Inadvertent CB Open
To secure the starting reliability, line current is used as the
additional criterion to the above conditions.
In case the operating CB is manually tripped, transfer must
not be started. This can be recognized via indication 17864
>NonManu.Op.CB1 and 17865 >NonManu.Op.CB2 in
conguration matrix.
Starting Starting
Command Command
1 1
CB2 Status CB1 Status
0 tCB1-opening 0
tCB2 Close Delay
1 1
CB1 Status CLOSE
0 tCB1 Open Delay 0 Command
Fig. 11/104 Time sequence of PARALLEL Fig. 11/105 Time sequence of SIMULTANEOUS
The advantage of PARALLEL sequence is to avoid any interrup- Due to the different operating time of the CB (a CB normally
tion of busbar power supply. PARALLEL Auto sequence should be opens faster than it close), the power supply of busbar will
preferred to reduce the overlapping time of two sources. be interrupted for a few milliseconds. The length of this dead
interval depends on the difference of CB operating time.
SIMULTANEOUS switching sequence
SEQUENTIAL switching sequence
If the two sources are not allowed to work on busbar in parallel,
the SIMULTANEOUS sequence can be used for power supply Under SEQUENTIAL sequence, HSBT 7VU683 will rstly issue a
transfer.Under SIMULTANEOUS sequence, HSBT 7VU683 will OPEN command to the to-be-opened CB after the device get the
rstly issue a OPEN command to the to-be-opened CB after the starting command. Differentiate from PARALLEL and SIMULTANE-
device gets the starting command. Meanwhile, the device will OUS switching sequences, SEQUENTIAL sequence can only issue
issue a CLOSE command to the to-be-closed CB if other criterions CLOSE command after the opening succeeded.
are met. The overlapping can be avoided via the settable CB
The time sequence under SEQUENTIAL can be understandable
close time delay if CB making time is small than breaking time.
via Fig. 11/106 (assumed switching of closing CB2 and opening
The criterions are as below,
CB1).
df < 8855 SIMUL. Delta f
dj< 8856 SIMUL. Delta PHI Starting
Command
If the to-be-opened CB failed to open, the device will automati-
taction tBB-dead
cally de-couple the to-be-closed CB.
1
The time sequence under SIMULTANEOUS can be understand-
OPEN
able via Fig. 11/105 (assumed switching of closing CB2 and 0 tCB1-opening Command
opening CB1).
1
CB2 Status
0
1 CLOSE
Command
11
0
t operating
1 tCB1-closing
CB1 Status
0
Transfer modes The equivalent circuit of residual voltage Ures and referred volt-
age Uref is shown in Fig. 11/109.
In the station service system of power station and industrial
plants, lots of asynchronous motors are connected. In case of The voltage drop on motor Um at instant of CB closing is
the main source interruption, the residual voltage of busbar calculated by following,
will be induced by connected asynchronous motors. Fig.11/107
Um = dU xm /(xm +xs) = k dU (Equa.-1)
shows the well-known typical diagram of vector trajectory of
residual voltage. Here, xm and xs are respectively the equivalent reactance of
busbar loading and referred system.
as E
nf FA
er S
T
24
0
30
0
C
B
21
0
33
0 Xs CB Xm
0.4s
IV
0.6s
IN-PHASE
Transfer
III V
Uref
180
0.7s
s
0.8
0.3s
dU
s
0.1
0.5s I
es
~ Uref Ures ~
Ur
0 30
15 A II
T r AST
0.2s
r
sfe
an
F
0
60
12
90
ST
E FA
L-TIM r
REA Transfe
Fig. 11/107 Vector trajectory of residual voltage Fig. 11/109 Equivalent circuit of dU
Some notes are there regarding curve A according to Fig. For safety reason, the value |Um| must not exceed the permis-
11/110. The amplitude and frequency of residual voltage will sible voltage ko/v |Un.|, Then, the maximum of permissible
decrease regarding time, while the delta phase angle against differential voltage |dU|max will be,
referred voltage will increase. Fig. 11/108 gives more messages |dU|max = ko/v /k |Un| (Equa.-2)
to differential voltage.
In case ko/v = 1.1 and k = 0.67, the calculated |dU|max should
be less than 1.64 |Un| (refer to curve B in Fig. 11/107).
In case ko/v = 1.1 and k = 0.95, the calculated |dU|max should
be less than 1.15 |Un| (refer to curve C in Fig. 11/107). This
calculation result would be the base for setting.
The plane is divided into two parts by curve B (or curve C). The
left is dened as un-safe area because the value |dU| is bigger
than the up-limit |dU|max which could damage the winding of
stator. Vice versa, the right is safe area.
Based on the above principles, the category HSBT 7VU683 is
designed to have the following modes (refer to Fig. 11/107) to
11 t for the safe transfer,
FAST transfer mode (area I)
REAL-TIME FAST transfer mode (area II and IV)
IN-PHASE transfer mode (area V)
RES-VOLT transfer mode
Fig. 11/108 Vector trajectory of residual voltage
LONG-TIME transfer mode
All of above modes can be freely combined together, i.e, one of IN-PHASE transfer mode
them can be individually switched ON or OFF remotely via
When the residual voltage comes close to the referred voltage,
communication or locally at device panel.
it comes to transfer mode IN-PHASE. Its good for safe transfer if
To be noted that the original dj and |dU| between busbar voltage the CB closes at the instant the value dj is zero.
and standby voltage due to wiring can be automatically compen-
The intelligent device 7VU683 estimates the delta phase angle
sated by device during conguration.
dj at the instant the CB closes. based on real-time slipping rate
FAST transfer mode and the settable CBx Closing Time. If If all the quantity of
predicted dj, the real-time df and |Ures| meet the dened crite-
The study and testing results show, in most cases the typical
rions,, the device will immediately issue the CLOSE command to
values of df, dj and |dU| are smaller enough within the rst
the to-be-closed CB. The criterions are as below,
tens of millisecond from the instant the CB opens. Its good to
safe and fast transfer due to the slight shock to motors. If the df < 8868 IN-PHA Delta f
real-time measured df, dj and |Ures| meet the dened criterions, dj < 8869 IN-PHA Delta PHI
the device will immediately issue the CLOSE command to the |Ures| > 8870 IN-PHA U/V BLK
to-be-closed CB. The criterions are as below,
RES-VOLT transfer mode
df < 8858 FT Delta f
If the above mentioned transfer modes failed, the transfer can
dj < 8859 FT Delta PHI
still go on with mode RES-VOLT.
|Ures| > 8860 FT U/V BLK
When the residual voltage |Ures| under-shots the settable
The typical operating time of 7VU683 in this case is approx. parameter 8871 RES-VOLT Threshold, the RES-VOLT transfer
20ms. As modern vacuum breaker has less making time, e.g, mode will perform and the device will immediately issue the
60ms, the dead time of busbar will be as short as approx. 80ms. CLOSE command to the to-be-closed CB. The typical setting
could be 30%Un.
REAL-TIME FAST transfer mode
To reduce the shock under low voltage restarting of motors,
When FAST transfer chance is missed, the device will automati- two stages of Low Voltage Load-Shedding (LVLSH) function are
cally, if activated, turn to next transfer mode REAL-TIME FAST. integrated in the device. LVLSH will pickup before the RES-VOLT
This mode has more concerning on the permissible motor volt- transfer mode. This function can be activated or de-activated
age, i.e, the differential voltage |dU| across the opened CB must manually on site.
not exceed the value |dU|max. The intelligent device 7VU683
LONG-TIME transfer mode
then estimates the delta phase angle dj and differential voltage
dU at the instant the CB closes based on real-time slipping The last criterion to start the transfer is LONG-TIME mode if all
rate and the settable CBx Closing Time. If all the quantity of above mentioned modes failed.
predicted dj and dU, the real-time df and |Ures| meet the dened When the transfer time is more than the settable parameter
criterions, the device will immediately issue the CLOSE command 8872 LONG-TIME Threshold, the LONG-TIME transfer mode will
to the to-be-closed CB. The criterions are as below, perform and the device will immediately issue the CLOSE com-
df < 8861 RTFT Delta f mand to the to-be-closed CB. The typical setting could be 3s.
|dU| < 8862 RTFT Delta U
dj< 8863 RTFT Delta PHI
|Ures| > 8864 RTFT U/V BLK
11
1) If parameter 8831 "Mono-direction against NORMAL" = "YES", this cell says No. Otherwise, this cell says Yes.
Closed Open Closed B1 B2 U_B1 U_B2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
B2 B1 U_B2 U_B1 Yes No1) No1) No1) No1)
Open Closed Closed L2 L1 U_B1 U_L1 Yes No1) No1) No1) No1)
B1 L1 U_B1 U_L1 Yes / 2) / 2) / 2) / 2)
1) If parameter 8831 "Mono-direction against NORMAL" = "YES", this cell says No. Otherwise, this cell says Yes.
11
2) Not applicable for this cell
Table 11/10 Transfer permission under default setting, segmented single busbar
18020 17769
CommandCloseCB3
>HSBT Test Mode
18021
AND Cnd.Cl.CB1.Test
CLOSE
18022
Cnd.Cl.CB2.Test
18023
CB1 Cnd.Cl.CB3.Test
CB2
CB3
11
Option: Control
SICAM center
',*6, PAS
6ZLWFK
Fig. 11/115 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850, Fig. 11/116 Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850
ber-optic ring with integrated Ethernet-switch
Fig. 11/117 PROFIBUS communication module, optical, double ring Fig. 11/118 Fiber-optic communication module
11
2SHUDWLRQDQG
PRQLWRULQJ
$XWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV
HJ6,0$7,&
352),%86'3
56
RSWLFDOFRQYHUWHU
SS SIPROTEC SS SIPROTEC SS SIPROTEC SS SIPROTEC
56
RSWLFDOFRQYHUWHU
&RPP
QHWZRUN
0RGHP 0RGHP
7VU68 7VU68 7VU68 7VU68
',*6,
5HPRWHFRQWURO
',*6, YLDPRGHP
/RFDOIRUFRPPLVVLRQLQJ
11
Typical applications
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
L1->L2
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
BO11
Ua_B
Ub_B
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Uc_B
BO6
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CB1 CB2
Busbar
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
L2->L1
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
11
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
BO10
BO13
Ua_B
Ub_B
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Uc_B
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CB1 CB2
Busbar
Primary connection of segmented single busbar: CB1 and The device will properly execute the switching direction based
CB3 are closed, CB2 is opened on the command input under this case.
In case of these CBs status, two possible switching directions are Each switching-over can be individually switched ON or OFF
there. Then, the starting command of two switching directions remotely via communication or locally at device panel.
must be externally separately routed to devices binary inputs,
e.g, starting command L1->L2 routed to BI13, B2->L2 to BI12.
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
L1->L2
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO11
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
BO6
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
B2->L2
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
11
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO11
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
BO5
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
Primary connection of segmented single busbar: CB2 and Starting command B1->L1 can be designated to BI13 too even if
CB3 are closed, CB1 is opened starting command L1->L2 is already there, the reason is only one
of these two switching directions will be automatically executed
In case of these CBs status, two possible switching directions are
by device based on the actual CBs status. The same situation
there. Then, the starting command of two switching directions
applies to L2->L1.
must be externally separately routed to devices binary inputs,
e.g, starting command B1->L1 routed to BI13, L2->L1 to BI12. The above switching-overs can be individually switched ON or
The device will properly execute the switching direction based OFF remotely via communication or locally at device panel.
on the command input under this case.
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
L2->L1
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO13
BO10
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
B1->L1
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
11
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO10
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
BO5
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
Primary connection of segmented single busbar: CB1 and Starting command B1->B2 can be designated to BI13 too even
CB2 are closed, CB3 is opened if starting command L1->L2 and B1->L1 are already there, the
reason is only one of these three switching directions will be
In case of these CBs status, two possible switching directions are
automatically executed by device based on the actual CBs
there. Then, the starting command of two switching directions
status. The same situation applies to B2->B1.
must be externally separately routed to devices binary inputs,
e.g, starting command B1->B2 routed to BI13, B2->B1 to BI12. The above switching-overs can be individually switched ON or
The device will properly execute the switching direction based OFF remotely via communication or locally at device panel.
on the command input under this case.
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
B1->B2
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO12
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
BO6
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
Main Stand-by
Source Source
Switching Direction
B2->B1
R13
R14
K14
K13
PT1 PT2
11
Ux_L1
Ux_L2
HSBT 7VU683
Ua_B1
Ub_B1
Ub_B2
Ua_B2
Uc_B1
Uc_B2
BO13
BO12
Ix_L1
Ix_L2
Ie_B
Ib_B
Ia_B
Ic_B
Line1/L1 Line2/L2
CT1
CT2
R15
R17
R18
R16
K16
K18
K17
K15
Q8
Q7
Q5 Q6
Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
J1
J2
J6
J5
Close
Open
CT3
CB1 CB2
Busbar1/B1 CB3 Busbar2/B2
7VU683 - E -1A A 0
Current transformer: In
IN=1A1) 1
IN=5A1) 5
Auxiliary Voltage
DC 24 to 48 V, binary input threshold DC 19 V3) 2
DC 60 to 125 V2), binary input threshold DC 19 V3)
4
DC 110 to 250 V2), AC 115/230 V, binary input threshold DC 88 V3)
5
DC 220 to 250 V2), AC 115/230 V, binary input threshold DC 176 V3) 6
Construction
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
11 Port C (Service)
Port C: DIGSI 4/Modem, electrical RS232; 1
Port C: DIGSI 4/Modem/ RTD-box, electrical RS485;
2
Functions A
High Speed Busbar Transfer (HSBT) (2 or 3 circuit breakers)
Protection functions (Overcurrent phase/ground (50, 50N);
Overcurrent phase/ground for busbar energization
Supervision functions
DIGSI 4
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default 7XS5402-0AA00
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs. 7XS5410-0AA00
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM.
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
11
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)
Fig. 11/129 Mounting rail for 19" rack Fig. 11/130 Short-circuit link for Fig. 11/131 Short-circuit link for
current terminals voltage terminals/
indications terminals
11
N4 BI 11
F4
11
N6 BI 12
N5 Power = +
F1
(~)
N7 BI 13 Supply
=
- F2
N8
N9 BI 14 Service Port C
N10
System Port B
N11 BI 15
N12 Time Synchronization A
K9 BI 16 Front Operator
K10
K11 BI 17 1) Fast speed contact Ground at rear
2) High speed contact of housing
K12
12
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
12/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD61
SIPROTEC 4 6MD61 IO-Box
2
LSP2795-afp.tif
LSP2797.eps
4
5
Fig. 12/1 SIPROTEC 4 6MD61 IO-Box
.
Energy metering values (only 6MD612)
Time metering of operating hours
11
Self supervision of relay
Communication interfaces
IEC 61850 Ethernet
12
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-DP 13
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
Front interface for DIGSI4
Time synchronization via IRIG B / DCF77 14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/3
Substation Automation / 6MD61
Application
Application
SIPV6.022en.eps
6MD612), and serves as an additional
command output. 6MD66 IO-Box 6MD61 7SJ63 IO-Box 6MD61
The communication between IO-Box and
the substation controller is established by
5 using the IEC 61850 standard protocol. Fig. 12/2 Conguration with IO-Box in IEC 61850 substation
Fig. 12/3 shows a conguration in which
the IO-Box is used as a central process
connection in the cubicle of the substa-
6 tion controller. For example, cubicle
SICAM PAS substation
controller
signaling lamps or a signaling horn are electrical
controlled by the command relays of the optical Switch IO-Box 6MD61
IO-Box.
7 Fig. 12/4 shows the communication for
substations with no Ethernet protocol
used. In this case, all communication lines
go directly to the substation controller.
8 If information from the IO-Box is used for Bay 1 Bay 2
switchgear interlocking, the interlocking
logic must be part of the substation
controller.
9
SIPV6.023en.eps
6MD66 7SA63 6MD66 7SA63
10
Fig. 12/3 IO-Box as central input/output for SICAM PAS substation controller
11
12
13
14
15 Fig. 12/4 Direct connection of IO-Boxes and protection relays to substation controller via
standard protocol
20 binary inputs, 6 command relays, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status contact (similar to 6MD634)
6MD61 - - 0AA0 -
1
in 19'' housing 1
33 binary inputs, 14 command relays, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact, 2 x 20 mA, 3 x V, 4 x I,
(similar to 6MD636) in 19'' housing
80 binary inputs, 53 command relays, 1 live status contact
2
2
in 19'' housing 3
13
14
1) Only for position 6 = 2
2) Thresholds can be changed (jumper) for each binary input between
19 V and 88 V, for 6MD613 BI No. 8-80 also to 176 V.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/5
Substation Automation / 6MD61
Connection diagram
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
12/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD63
SIPROTEC 4 6MD63 bay control unit
Function overview
Application
1
Optimized for connection to three-position disconnectors
Switchgear interlocking interface
Suitable for redundant master station 2
Automation can be congured easily by graphic means
with CFC
Control functions 3
Number of switching devices only limited by number of
LSP2314-afp.tif
available inputs and outputs
Position of switching elements is shown on the graphic display
Local/remote switching via key switch 4
Command derivation from an indication
4 freely assignable function keys to speed up frequently
recurring operator actions
Switchgear interlocking isolator/c.-b.
5
Fig. 12/9 SIPROTEC 4 6MD63 bay control unit Key-operated switching authority
Feeder control diagram
Measured-value acquisition 6
Description Signal and command indications
P, Q, cos (power factor) and meter-reading calculation
The 6MD63 bay control unit is a exible, easy-to-use control
unit. It is optimally tailored for medium-voltage applications but Event logging 7
can also be used in high-voltage substations. Switching statistics
The 6MD63 bay control unit has the same design (look and feel) Monitoring functions
as the other protection and combined units of the SIPROTEC 4
relay series. Conguration is also performed in a standardized
Operational measured values 8
way with the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 conguration tool . Energy metering values
Time metering of operating hours
For operation, a large graphic display with a keyboard is avail-
able. The important operating actions are performed in a simple
and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list display or switchgear control.
Slave pointer
Self-supervision of relay
9
The operator panel can be mounted separately from the relay,
if required. Thus, exibility with regard to the mounting position Communication interfaces
of the unit is ensured.
Integrated key-operated switches control the switching authority
System interface
IEC 61850 Ethernet 10
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
and authorization for switching without interlocking.
PROFIBUS-FMS
DNP 3.0
PROFIBUS-DP 11
MODBUS
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/temperature
detection (thermo-box)
Front interface for DIGSI 4
Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF 77
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/11
Substation Automation / 6MD63
Selection and ordering data
2 Housing 19, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact
Housing 19, 20 BI, 6 BO, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact1)
3
4
Housing 19, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 5
Housing 19, 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 6
Housing 19, 33 BI, 9 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact1)
3 Current transformer In
7
1) Only for position 7 = 0 4) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected
2) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers. by means of jumpers.
Function overview
Application 1
Integrated synchro-check for synchro-
nized closing of the circuit-breaker
Breaker-related protection functions
(Breaker Failure 50BF, Auto-reclosure 2
79)
Automation can be congured easily by
graphic means with CFC
3
LSP2187-afp.eps
Flexible, powerful measured-value
LSP2187-afp.eps
processing
Connection for 4 voltage transformers,
3 current transformers, two 20 mA
transducers
4
Volume of signals for high voltage
Up to 14 1 -pole circuit-breakers can
be operated 5
Up to 11 2-pole switching devices can
Fig. 12/10 SIPROTEC 4 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit
be operated
Up to 65 indication inputs,
Description up to 45 command relays 6
Can be supplied with 3 volumes of signals as 6MD662
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit is the control unit for (35 indications, 25 commands), 6MD663 (50 indications,
high voltage bays from the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Because of 35 commands) or 6MD664 (65 indications, 45 commands);
its integrated functions, it is an optimum, low-cost solution for number of measured values is the same 7
high-voltage switchbays. Switchgear interlocking
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit also has the same Inter-relay communication with other devices of the 6MD66
series, even without a master station interface with higher
design (look and feel) as the other protection and combined
units of the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Conguration is performed level control and protection 8
in a standardized way with the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 conguration Suitable for redundant master station
tool.
Display of operational measured values V, I, P, Q, S, f, cos
For operation, a large graphic display with a keyboard is avail-
able. The important operating actions are performed in a simple
(power factor) (single and three-phase measurement)
Limit values for measured values
9
and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list display or switchgear control.
Can be supplied in a standard housing for cubicle mounting
The operator panel can be mounted separately from the unit, if
or with a separate display for free location of the operator
required. Thus, exibility with regard to the mounting position
of the unit is ensured. Integrated key-operated switches control
elements
4 freely assignable function keys to speed up frequently
10
the switching authority and authorization for switching without
interlocking. High-accuracy measurement ( 0.5 %) for voltage, recurring operator actions
current and calculated values P and Q are another feature of the
unit.
Communication interfaces
System interface
11
IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem) 12
Front interface for DIGSI 4
Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF 77
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/13
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Application
Application
1 Communication
With regard to communication between
components, particular emphasis is
15
12/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
Functions
Switchgear interlockings 1
Using the CFC (Continuous Function Chart) available in all
SIPROTEC 4 units, the bay interlock conditions can, among other
things, be conveniently congured graphically in the 6MD66 bay
control unit. The inter-bay interlock conditions can be checked 2
via the inter-relay communication (see next section) to other
6MD66 devices. With the introduction of IEC 61850 communica-
tion, the exchange of information for interlocking purposes
is also possible via Ethernet. This is handled via the GOOSE 3
message method. Possible partners are all other bay devices or
protection devices which support
IEC 61850- GOOSE message.
In the tests prior to command output, the positions of both 4
key-operated switches are also taken into consideration. The
upper key-operated switch corresponds to the S5 function (local/
remote switch), which is already familiar from the 8TK switch-
gear interlock system. The lower key-operated switch effects the
changeover to non-interlocked command output (S1 function).
5
In the position Interlocking Off the key cannot be withdrawn,
with the result that non-operation of the congured interlocks is
immediately evident. 6
The precise action of the key-operated switch can be set using
the parameter switching authority.
With the integrated function switchgear interlocking there is
no need for an external switchgear interlock device. Fig. 12/13 Typical connection for 1-pole control
7
Furthermore, the following tests are implemented (parameteriz-
able) before the output of a command:
Target = Actual, i.e. is the switching device already in the
desired position?
8
Double command lockout, i.e. is another command already
running?
Individual commands, e.g. grounding control can additionally 9
be secured using a code.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/15
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
Synchronization
14
Fig. 12/16 Simultaneous connection of measured values according to a two-wattmeter circuit
15 and synchronization
Synchronization
The bay control unit offers the option
of storing various parameter sets (up 1
to eight) for the synchronization func-
tion and of selecting one of these for
operation. Thus the different properties
of several circuit- breakers can be taken
into consideration. These are then used
2
at the appropriate time. This is relevant if
several circuit-breakers with e.g. different
LSP2493en.tif
response times are to be served by one
bay control unit.
3
The measured values can be connected
to the bay control unit in accordance with
Fig. 12/14 (single-phase system) or
Fig. 12/16 (two-wattmeter circuit).
Fig. 12/17 Power System Data, sheet for parameters of the synchronization function
4
The synchronization function can be
parameterized via four tabs in DIGSI.
5
LSP2496en.tif
8
Fig. 12/18 General parameters of the synchronization function
10
LSP2494en.tif
11
Fig. 12/19 Parameter page for asynchronous networks
12
13
14
LSP2495en.tif
Communication
LSP2227f.tif
on the secondary side. Even if one
circuit-breaker fails, both feeders can be
supplied. Control over the entire bay is
retained, even if one bay control unit fails.
8 The three bay control units use the inter-
relay-communication for interchange of
Fig. 12/22 Connection matrix of inter-relay communication in DIGSI 4
switchgear interlocking conditions. So
the interlocking is working completely
15
12/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
Measured-value processing
Measured-value processing is imple-
mented by predened function modules, 1
which are likewise congured using
DIGSI 4.
The transducer modules are assigned in
the DIGSI 4 assignment matrix to current
2
and voltage channels of the bay control
unit. From these input variables, they
LSP2228f.tif
form various computation variables (see
Table 12/1). 3
Fig. 12/24 DIGSI 4 Parameter view transducer packets
The individual transducer modules can be Name of the Max. availability of Required input Calculated variables
4
activated in the functional scope of the transducer module transducers on the channels (= output variables)
unit and will then appear in the DIGSI 4 unit (can be set via
the functional scope)
assignment matrix with the input chan-
nels and output variables from Table 1.
Transducer V x1 V V, f
5
The output variables can then be assigned
to the system interface or represented Transducer I x1 I I, f
in the measured value window in the
display. Transducer packet
1 phase
x3 V, I V, I, P, Q, S, ,
cos (PF), sin , f
6
Transducer packet x1 V1, V2, V3, I1, I2, I3 V0, V1, V2, V3, V12,
3 phase V23, V31, I0, I1, I2, I3,
P, Q, S, , cos (PF),
sin , f 7
Transducer packet x1 V1, V2, I1, I2 V12, V13, I2, I3, P, Q, S,
two-wattmeter circuit , cos (PF), sin , f
10
11
12
13
LSP2189f.tif
Fig. 12/25
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/19
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
Metered values
11 Chatter blocking
Chatter blocking feature evaluates whether, in a congured
period of time, the number of status changes of indication input
exceeds a specied gure. If exceeded, the indication input is
12 blocked for a certain period, so that the communication line to
the master unit will not be overloaded by disturbed inputs.
For every binary input, it is possible to set separately whether
the chatter blocking should be active or not. The parameters
13 (number of status changes, test time, etc.) can be set once per
unit.
14
15
12/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
LSP2229f.tif
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and 2-phase faults, no reclosing for
multi-phase faults.
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
Fig. 12/27 Parameterization of time management 5
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
faults Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults and 2-phase faults and
3-phase auto-reclosure for multi-phase faults
The 6MD66 incorporates a two-stage circuit-breaker failure
protection to detect failures of tripping command execution,
6
Multiple-shot auto-reclosure for example, due to a defective circuit breaker. The current
Interaction with the internal synchro-check detection logic is phase-selective and can therefore also be used
Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
in single-pole tripping schemes. lf the fault current is not inter-
rupted after a settable time delay has expired, a retrip command
7
In addition to the above-mentioned operating modes, several or a busbar trip command will be generated. The breaker failure
other operating principles can be employed by means of the protection can be initiated by external devices via binary input
integrated programmable logic (CFC). Integration of auto-
reclosure in the feeder protection allows the line-side voltages
signals or IEC 61850 GOOSE messages.
8
to be evaluated. A number of voltage-dependent supplementary Time management
functions are thus available: The 6MD66 bay control units can, like the other units in the
DLC
By means of dead-line-check (DLC), reclosure is effected only
SIPROTEC 4 range, be provided with the current time by a
number of different methods: 9
when the line is deenergized (prevention of asynchronous Via the interface to the higher-level system control
breaker closure) (PROFIBUS FMS or IEC 61850)
ADT
The adaptive dead time (ADT) is employed only if auto-
Via the external time synchronization interface on the rear
of the unit (various protocols such as IRIG B and DCF77 are
10
reclosure at the remote station was successful (reduction of possible)
stress on equipment).
Via external minute impulse, assigned to a binary input
RDT
Reduced dead time (RDT) is employed in conjunction with From another bay control unit by means of inter-relay
communication
11
auto-reclosure where no teleprotection method is employed:
When faults within the zone extension but external to the pro- Via the internal unit clock.
tected line of a distance protection are switched off for rapid
auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT function decides on the basis of
measurement of the return voltage from the remote station
Fig. 12/27 illustrates the settings that are possible on the DIGSI
interface. 12
which has not tripped whether or not to reduce the dead time.
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/21
Substation Automation / 6MD66
DIGSI 4 Conguration tool
LSP2231f.tif
Fig. 3/3). For example, all allocations of
the binary inputs, the output relays and
the LEDs are shown at a glance. And with
6 one click of the button, connections can
be switched. Also the measuring and
Fig. 12/28 CFC plan for interlocking logic (example)
7 Commissioning
Special attention has been paid to
commissioning. All binary inputs and
outputs can be read and set directly. This
8 can simplify the wire checking process
signicantly for the user.
Display editor
A convenient display editor is available
12 to design the display on SIPROTEC 4
units. The predened symbol sets can
Fig. 12/29 General conguration view of the bay control unit
1 System interfaces
PROFIBUS FMS,
Connection
for ush-mounting housing/ Two RJ45 connectors,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location B
Hardware version depending on
Order No.: detached operator panel
2 Baud rate
Optical wave length
max 1.5 Mbaud
820 nm
Test voltage
Ethernet, optical
AC 500 V against ground
4 Baud rate
Distance, bridgeable
4800 to 115200 baud
max. 15 m
Electrical tests
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG B signal
Specications
Connection 9-pin SUB-D connector
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
5 Input voltage level
Connection allocation Pin 1
either 5 V, 12 V or 24 V
24 V input for minute impulse
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
DIN 57435 Part 303
Pin 2 5 V input for minute impulse For further standards see specic
Pin 3 Return conductor for minute impulse tests
Pin 4 Return conductor for time message
6 Pin 7
Pin 8
5 V input for minute impulse
24 V input for time message
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5 and IEC 60870-2-1
Pin 5, 9 Screen Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Pin 6 Not allocated All circuits except for auxiliary
Message type (IRIG B, DCF, etc.) Can be adjusted using parameters supply, binary inputs,
7 Control interface for RS232 DIGSI 4 communication and time synchro-
nization interfaces
Connection Front side, non-isolated, 9-pin
Voltage test (100 % test) DC 3.5 kV
SUB-D connector
Auxiliary voltage and binary
15
12/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type test (continued) During transport
High-energy surge voltages
(SURGE),
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Impulse: 1.2/50 s Standards
Vibration
IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Sinusoidal 1
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary supply common mode: 2 kV; 12 , 9 F IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
differential mode:1 kV; 2 , 18 F Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Measurement inputs, binary inputs common mode: 2 kV; 42 , 0.5 F
and relay outputs differential mode: 1 kV; 42 , 0.5 F Shock
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Half-sinusoidal
2
Conducted RF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks
Magnetic eld with power 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for each in both directions 3 axes
frequency
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV;
3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Continuous shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1
Half-sinusoidal
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
3
IEC 60255-6 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of the
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz 3 axes
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Climatic stress tests
4
duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200
Temperatures
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses
capability per second; Standards IEC 60255-6
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s ;
Ri = 80
Recommended temperature
during operation
-5 to +55 C 25 to 131 F 5
Radiated electromagnetic interfe- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz Temporary permissible tempera- -20 to +70 C -4 to 158 F
rence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 ture limit during operation
Damped oscillations
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12
2.5 kV (peak value), 100 kHz
polarity alternating, 1 MHz, 10 and
50 MHz, Ri = 200
(The legibility of the display may
be impaired above 55 C/131 F) 6
Limit temperature during storage -25 to +55 C -13 to 131 F
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Limit temperature during -25 to +70 C -13 to 158 F
Standard EN 50081-1 (Basic specication) transport
Radio interference voltage on lines 150 kHz to 30 MHz
only auxiliary supply class B
Storage and transport with
standard factory packaging
7
IEC-CISPR 22 Humidity
Interference eld strength 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity stress Annual average 75 % relative
IEC-CISPR 22 class B We recommend arranging the
units in such a way that they are
humidity; on 56 days a year up to
93 % relative humidity; condensation 8
not exposed to direct sunlight or during operation is not permitted
Mechanical dynamic tests pronounced temperature changes
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration that could cause condensation
During operation
CE conformity
9
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Vibration Sinusoidal The product meets the stipulations of the guideline of the council of
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude; the European Communities for harmonization of the legal requirements
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
of the member states on electro-magnetic compatibility (EMC directive
2004/108/EEC previous 89/336/EEC) and product use within certain
10
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes voltage limits (low-voltage directive 2006/95/EEC previous 73/23/EEC).
Shock Half-sinusoidal The product conforms with the international standard of the IEC 60255
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, series and the German national standard DIN VDE 57 435,Part 303. The
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
unit has been developed and manufactured for use in industrial areas in
accordance with the EMC standard.
11
Vibration during earthquake Sinusoidal Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: 4 mm amplitude This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: 2 mm amplitude
in accordance with Article 10 of the directive in conformance with
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC directive and 12
(vertical axis) EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage directive.
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0,5 g acceleration
(vertical axis) 13
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/25
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Selection and ordering data
Processor module with power supply, input/output modules with a total of:
6MD662 - -0 -
Current transformer IN
3 1A
1 A / 150 % IN
1
2
1 A / 200 % IN 3
5A 5
4 5 A / 150 % IN
5 A / 200 % IN
6
7
6 Unit version
For panel ush mounting, with integr. local operation, HMI, plug-in terminal (2/3-pole AMP socket) D
For panel ush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display,
keyboard, screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
7 Region-specic default settings / function and language settings
Region DE, 50Hz, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Measured-value processing
6MD662 - -0 -
1
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display F
Synchronization 2
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function 3
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection 2
With auto-reclosure and circuit-breaker failure protection 3 4
With fault recording 4
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/27
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Selection and ordering data
Processor module with power supply, input/output modules with a total of:
6MD66 - -0 -
Current transformer IN
1A
4 1 A / 150 % IN
1
2
1 A / 200 % IN 3
5A 5
5 5 A / 150 % IN
5 A / 200 % IN (for 6MD664)
6
7
7 Unit version
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, for mounting in low-voltage case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) C
For panel ush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
14
Synchronization
F
4
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
5
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) incl. fault recording 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording
With auto-reclosure (AR) and circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording
2
3
6
Fault recording 4
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/29
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Connection diagrams
6 Fig. 12/30 Module 1, indications, commands Fig. 12/31 Module 2, indications, commands
10
11
12
Fig. 12/32 Module 4, measuring values commands
13
14
15
12/30 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Connection diagrams
or or 1
10
11
12
Fig. 12/35 CPU, C-CPU 2 Fig. 12/36 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD662*-****4-0AA0 For unit 6MD662*-****5-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication interface electrical, (DIGSI interface, optical,
system interface optical or electrical) Inter-relay communication
interface electrical,
13
system interface optical or electrical)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/31
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Connection diagrams
10
11
12
Fig. 12/40 Module 4, Fig. 12/41 Module 5,
indications, commands measuring values, commands
13
14
15
12/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Substation Automation / 6MD66
Connection diagrams
or or or 1
10
11
12
Fig. 12/44 CPU, C-CPU 2 Fig. 12/45 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD664*-****4-0AA0 For unit 6MD664*-****5-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface optical,
interface electric,
system interface optical or electric)
(Inter-relay communication electric,
system interface optical or electric)
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 12/33
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
12/34 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories
Page
General
Communication
13
Contents
Page Page
7XV5105 Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 relays) 13/163
7XV5710 USB RS485 Converter Cable 13/109
7XV5664-0 / 7XV5654 GPS/DFC77 Time Synchronization System 13/165
6 7XV5820 Industrial Modem and Modem-Router with Switch 13/113
GPS / DCF77 Time Sync. Receiver - 7XV5664-1 13/169
7XV5850 Ethernet Modems for Ofce Applications 13/121
11
12
13
14
15
13/2 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 3RV16
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker
Function overview
Application 1
Protection of voltage-transformer secondary circuits for the
connection of protection relays with voltagedependent start-
ing element
2
Functions
Auxiliary contact of 3RV16 prevents the distance protection
tripping via the underimpedance starting in case of a fault in
the voltage transformer circuits 3
Tripping time of instantaneous element in few milliseconds
LSP2402-afp.tif
Construction
Snap-on mounting on 35-mm mounting rail, or screw 4
mounting
5
Fig. 13/1 3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker
Description 6
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker protects the secondary
side of voltage transformers used to connect protection relays
with voltage-dependent starting. The switch is used for distance 7
protection with low-impedance starting. Special auxiliary
contacts reliably prevent low-impedance starting from trigger-
ing distance protection if only one error has occurred in the
converter line. 8
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker can also be used to
safely disconnect the distance protection relay from the voltage
transformer. In this case the special auxiliary contacts also
prevent erratic triggering of the distance protection. 9
Additional fuses are not required. A Fuse Failure Monitor (FFM)
is also not required.
The circuit-breakers are snap-mounted on a 35-mm mounting
rail to EN 50022. Push-in lugs are available for screw-type con-
10
nection of the circuit-breakers.
The circuit-breaker for voltage transformers also incorporates
2 auxiliary contacts (normally 1 NO + 1 NC). During the closing
operation, contact making via the NO contact of the control
11
switch takes place later than via the main contacts, whereas
during the opening operation the auxiliary circuits are inter-
rupted at the same time as the main circuits, if not before.
This adjustment has the effect of preventing the opening of
12
the circuit-breaker from producing a tripping command via the
underimpedance starting of the distance protection relay.
The auxiliary voltage for blocking voltage-dependent starting
(underimpedance) must always be routed via the
13
NO contact 11-14.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/3
Accessories / 3RV16
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker
9 Fig. 13/2 Timing diagram of auxiliary switches for blocking distance protection
10
11
12
13 Note:
When using the NC contact to connect the voltage
transformer circuit- breaker, the binary input of the
distance protection device (Siemens 7SA xxx)
14 should be set to active without voltage.
This type of connection is used for additional
monitoring of correct wiring.
15 Fig. 13/3 Characteristics Fig. 13/4 Internal Fig. 13/5 Typical connections
connections
Technical data
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/5
Accessories / 3RV16
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/6 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 4AM and 7XR
4AM auxiliary current transformers, 7XR95 isolating transformers
SIPV6-110.eps
SIPV6-111.eps
SIPV6-108.eps
SIPV6-109.eps
2
SIPV6-112.eps
3
4AM5, without varistor 4AM5, with varistor 7XR9513 7XR9515 7XR9516
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/7
Accessories / 4AM and 7XR
4AM auxiliary current transformers, 7XR isolating transformers
Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M Y Z
5 10 15 30 30 30 60
1736
3 4AM49 30-7DB00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 4.5
Max. voltage V 1.15
4.5
2.3
4.5
3.5
4.5
7
1.2
(20)
0.2
400
2 kg
Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q
1 2 7 16 1 2 7 16
(in relation to each other)
4 4AM51 70-7AA00-0AN2 Rated current IN1)
Max. voltage
A
V
5
2
5
4
5
14
1
32
5
2
5
4
5
14
1
32
3.6 kg
6 88 88
Number of windings ka la kb lb Secondary windings
Rated current IN1) A 1.25 1.25
22 22 22 22
8 Number of windings
Rated current IN1) A
ka
1.25
88
la kb
1.25
88
lb Secondary windings
Number of windings A B C D E F G H I Y Z
1 2 4 8 16 32
9
500
4AM51 20-1DA00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 6.8 6.8 6.8 0.85 3.6 kg
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 6.4 12.5 200
4AM51 20-2DA00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 26 26 not tted 0.85 3.6 kg
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 200
10 Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M N O Y Z
3 6 9 18 24 36 90
500
4AM51 20-3DA00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85 3.6 kg
11 Max. voltage
Number of windings
V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O Y Z
1 2 3 4 6 8 12
500
7XR9 513 Isolating transformer for K1 M1 K1 Isolating transformer 1:1, max. 550 V 5 kg
differential protection with 0.4 A continously, 3 A 10 s, 10 A 1 s
1 pair of pilotwires test voltage 20 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
13 7XR9 515 Isolating transformer for
K2 M2 L2
a m b
S
15 1) Thermal withstand with simultaneous loading of all the windings: 1.2 x IN/continuously; 10 x IN/10 s; 25 IN/1 s.
1
A B C D E F Z Ka La Kb Lb ka la A B C D E F
SIPV6.028.eps
SIPV6.025.eps
SIPV6.029.eps
G H J K L M Y Kc Lc Kd Ld kb lb G H J Y Z
2
4AM49 30-6DB 4AM50 65-2CB 4AM51 20-1DA
4AM49 30-7DB 4AM50 70-8AB 3
A B C D E F GH A B C D E F GH
4
SIPV6.026.eps
SIPV6.024.eps
SIPV6.027.eps
A B C D E F Y Z
J K L MNO Y Z J K L MNO P Q
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/9
Accessories / 4AM and 7XR
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/10 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7PA
7PA22/23 auxiliary relays for various applications
Switching contacts 1
LSP2427_afp.tif
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A / 200 ms
150 A / 10 ms
Switching current / voltage
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
40 A / 0.5 s / DC 110 V
2
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
1 contact 2 contacts in series 1 contact 2 contacts in series
[DC V] [A] [A] [A] [A] 3
LSP2415_afp.tif
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1
220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6 4
Vmax, open contact DC 250 V / AC 400 V
Mechanical service life
Operating temperature
107 operating cycles
- 10 C to + 55 C
5
14 F to 131 F
Fig. 13/8 7PA2 auxiliary relays
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 C /104 F
Description
Seismic stress class according to IEEE 501
Degree of ZPA 3 g acceleration at 33 Hz 6
Due to their quality, reliability and design, these relays are
optimal for applications requiring high reliability and availability
such as power stations, substations, railway and industrial
7
plants. Typical examples include petrochemical industry,
chemical industry, cement industry, rolling mills etc.
The relays comply with the IEC, EN, IEEE standards (type and
routine test) and bear the CE mark.
8
The robust switch contacts are characterized by high make/break
capacity, overload capability and continuous current intensity
capacity; thus perfect insulation is obtained. Direct control of 9
high-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear is possible.
Their high degree of protection and the transparent cover Standards
ensure reliable operation in tropical and/or salty sea air ambient
conditions. Electrical tests performed according to IEC 60255
10
Dielectric test 2 kV/50 Hz/ 1 min
Surge withstand test 5 kV/1.2/50 s
Insulation > 2000 M / 500 Vpeak-to-peak
Flammability tests according to IEC 60692-2-1 11
Plastic materials UL 94: VO, IEC 60695: 850 C / 30 s
1562 F / 30 s
Degree of protection Relay: IP 40
acc. to IEC 60529 With socket cover: IP 50 12
Climatic stress test according to
IEC 60255-7 Non-dissipating unit
dry heat +70 C / 96 h 158 F / 96 h
Dissipating unit
+55 C / 96 h 131 F / 96 h
13
IEC 60068-2-30 +55 C / 12 h
cyclic humid heat 131 F / 12 h
IEC 60068-2-1
cold
100 cycles
Non-dissipating unit
14
-10 C / 2 h 14 F / 2 h
IEC 60255-7 At rated voltage VN
thermal aging test +55 C / 1440 h
131 F / 1440 h 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/11
Accessories / 7PA
7PA22 fast-acting lockout relay
Description
12
13
14
15
13/12 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7PA
7PA23 fast-acting lockout relay
Description
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/13
Accessories / 7PA
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/14 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7PA
7PA26/27/30 auxiliary relays for various applications / trip circuit supervision
Switching contacts 1
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A / 200 ms
150 A / 10 ms
Switching current / voltage 40 A / 0.5 s / DC 110 V
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
2
7PA_26_27_30.tif
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
1 contact 2 contacts in series 1 contact 2 contacts in series
[DC V] [A] [A] [A] [A] 3
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1
220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6 4
Vmax, open contact DC 250 V / AC400 V
Fig. 13/11 7PA2 auxiliary relays
Mechanical service life
Operating temperature
107 operating cycles
- 10 C to + 55 C
5
Description 14 F to 131 F
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 C /104 F
Due to their quality, reliability and design, these relays are
optimal for applications requiring high reliability and availability 6
such as power stations, substations, railway and industrial
plants. Typical examples include petrochemical industry, chemi-
cal industry, cement industry, rolling mills etc.
The relays comply with the IEC, EN, IEEE standards (type and
7
routine test) and bear the CE mark.
The robust switch contacts are characterized by high make/break
capacity, overload capability and continuous current intensity
capacity; thus perfect insulation is obtained. Direct control of
8
high-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear is possible.
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/15
Accessories / 7PA
7PA26/27/30 auxiliary relays
Standards
13
14
15
13/16 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7PA
7PA26 monostable fast-acting relay
The monostable 7PA26 has eight changeover contacts. Rated voltages and consumption 1
VN Voltage range Consumption
[DC V] [DC V] [mA]
7PA2620
24/30 20 33 278
2
60 48 66 100
110/125
220
88 138
176 242
55
28
3
Consumption
7PA2621 Normal Peak
24/30 19 36 50 0.8 A / 20 ms 4
60 42 72 20
110/125 77 150 14 0.3 A / 20 ms
220 154 264 7
5
Pick-up time 7PA2620 < 20 ms
7PA2621 < 10 ms
Drop-out time: < 40 ms
6
General description see page 13/15.
Fig. 13/12 Connection diagram Refer to part 14 for dimension drawings.
7
Selection and ordering data
Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 /30 V 1 9
DC 60 V 2
DC 110 /125 V 3
DC 220 V
Standard, 20 ms
4
0
10
Fast, 10 ms 1
Socket
without socket 0
11
with ush-mounting socket 7XP9010-3 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2
Accessories 12
Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-3
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/17
Accessories / 7PA
7PA27 monostable fast-acting relay
1 The monostable 7PA27 is a fast-acting relay with four change- Rated voltages and consumption
over contacts.
VN Voltage range Consumption
Normal Peak
2 [DC V]
20/30
[DC V]
19 36
[mA]
28 1 A / 20 ms
60 42 72 12 1 A / 20 ms
110/125 77 150 8 0.3 A / 20 ms
3 220 154 264 7 0.3 A / 20 ms
7 Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 /30 V 1
DC 60 V 2
DC 110 /125 V
8 DC 220 V
3
4
Socket
without socket 0
9 with ush-mounting socket 7XP9011-2
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9013-0
1
2
Accessories
11
12
13
14
15
13/18 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7PA
7PA30 three-phase trip circuit supervision
Description
Functions
2
The design, quality and rugged construction of the relay make
it suitable for applications requiring high levels of reliability/
dependability. The high degree of protection guarantees reliable 3
operation over a wide temperature range, even under extreme
environmental conditions.
The relay has been tested in accordance with IEC, EN and IEEE
standards. The relay is CE marked. The supervision current is
4
always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding unwanted operation of
the trip coil. Correct operation is shown via a green LED.
6
Fig. 13/14 Connection diagram for 3-phase relay
7
Technical data
10
Selection and ordering data
Socket
without socket 0
13
with ush-mounting socket 7XP9010-4 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2
Accessories 14
Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-4
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/19
Accessories / 7PA
7PA30 single-phase trip circuit supervision
Description
4 The relay has been tested in accordance with IEC, EN and IEEE
standards. The relay is CE marked. The supervision current is
always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding unwanted operation of
the trip coil. Correct operation is shown via a green LED.
5
Fig. 13/15 Connection diagram for 1-phase relay
6
Technical data
8 14/30
60
18 33
42 66
32
18
20
44
between 12 and 18
36 and 42
110/125 77 138 18 94 66 and 77
220 154 275 13 200 132 and 154
9 Drop-out time: between 150 ms and 400 ms
12 DC 110 /125 V
DC 220 V
3
4
Socket
without socket
13 with ush-mounting socket 7XP9011-0
0
1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9013-0 2
Accessories
14 Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9011-0
Surface mounting 7XP9013-0
15
13/20 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7TS16
7TS16 annunciation relay
Function overview
The 7TS16 relay features auxiliary trip indication for local and
remote signaling. It has four independent output contacts and
6
LED indication. The relay complies with the IEC and EN standards
and bears the CE mark.
The 7TS16 is a reliable and versatile high-speed relay with four
signal inputs. It has four local LEDs and auto-resetting output 7
contacts, used in SCADA controls. Additionally, it features two
diode tripping circuits.
Reset is possible via remote input and via local reset push
button.
The reset should not be permanently switched on.
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/21
Accessories / 7TS16
7TS16 annunciation relay
2 Operating humidity
Pickup time
93 %/40 C
< 5 ms
Consumption
For one trip
VN
3 DC 24/30 V
DC 110/125 V
1 A/3 ms
3 A/3 ms
DC 220 V 4 A/3 ms
For a permanent trip
VN mA
4 DC 24/30 V
DC 110/125 V
21
8
DC 220 V 6.5
For a latched LED
VN mA
5 DC 24/30 V
DC 110/125 V
1
3
DC 220 V 5
6 Standards
7 - Dielectric test
- Surge withstand test
2 kV / 50 Hz / 1min
5 kV / 1.2 / 50 s
High-frequency test acc. to IEC 60255-22-1
- Common mode 2.5 kV / 1 MHz
8 - Differential mode
Inammability tests
1 kV / 1 MHz
UL94: VO
2 Direct common trip output
3, 4, 5, 6 Direct trip output
Plastic materials 1(-), 7(+) Auxiliary supply
Degree of protection Relay: IP40 D External relay contact
acc. to IEC 60529
9 Climatic stress test acc. to IEC 60068-2 Fig. 13/17 Connection diagram
Dry cold, operation - 10 C Contacts represented without auxiliary supply in the relay
Dry heat, operation + 55 C
Auxiliary voltage
12 DC 24 /30 V 1
DC 110 /125 V 3
DC 220 V 4
13 Socket
without socket 0
With ush-mounting socket 7XP9010-2 1
With surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2
14 Accessories
Function overview
Binary inputs
6 ruggedized EMC hardened binary inputs
1
Pickup voltage threshold settable to DC 19 V, DC 88 V
or DC 176 V for different station battery voltages
Binary outputs
6 command relay outputs
2
SIPV6_104.tif
Safe state of contacts after loss of connection settable by
the user
Signal/Alarm outputs
4 LED
3
Wide-range power supply
24 DC 250 V 20 % and AC 100 230 V 45 65 Hz
Fig. 13/18 7XV5673 SICAM I/O-Unit binary I/O mirror, -binary I/O
Electrical RJ45 Ethernet interface 4
Cascading many devices without additional costs by the use
expansion, -contact multiplier
of the integrated switch
Serial ber-optic interface (optional)
ST-connector, 820 nm for multi-mode ber 62.5 /125 m,
typical range 2000 m using ber 62.5 m /125 m,
5
Description
baud rate 1.2 kBit/s 187.5 kBit/s settable per software
SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673 is a binary input/output device and is Serial RS485-interface (optional)
designed for substations and increased industrial environment
requirements. The SICAM I/O-Unit allows the transmission of
Sub-D plug, 9-pole female 6
Protocols, communication
binary inputs to binary outputs locally or via long distances. It MODBUS TCP or MODBUS RTU for connection to a substation
can be used for protection applications, e.g. overcurrent protec- controller
tion, signal comparison, teleprotection or as I/O-expansion in
substation automation systems.
MODBUS UDP for point-to-point connections between two
SICAM I/O-Units
7
SNTP for time synchronization
IEC 61850 (GOOSE, MMS, Reporting)
Function Housing
IP20 rail mounting
8
Via binary inputs, all kinds of binary signals of switchgear/ protec-
Standards
tion scheme (for example tripping commands, switch position
CE, UL, IEC 60255, IEEE 61000 ...
signal, fault and status indications) are securely detected. This
information can directly be distributed at this SICAM I/O-Unit via Environmental conditions 9
contacts, or be transmitted via communication links to further EMC hardened binary I/O for substation environment
SICAM I/O-Units or to automation systems. Extended high temperature range up to 85 C (16 h/day).
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/23
Accessories / 7XV5673
Operation features, application
Connection to a substation controller over MODBUS TCP, An extension of the transmission distance is possible.
MODBUS RTU or IEC 61850 (GOOSE, MMS, Reporting) protocol The following devices can be used:
With serial optical repeater 7XV5461 scalable up to 170 km
9 Blocking of data transmission with a binary input for testing
Battery buffered operational event log with 1 ms resolution RS485-FO Converter 7XV5650 for cascading devices
time stamp With different communication converters.
Assignment of BI / BO signals which shall be logged into the
10 operational buffer
Integration into network management systems with SNMP
protocol and provided MIB les.
11
12
13
14
15
13/24 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application
Fig. 13/20 I/O mirror, uni-directional transmission from one to multiple SICAM I/O-Units
6
I/O expansion of a substation
The SICAM I/O-Unit is used as I/O
expansion, according to Fig. 13/21. 7
Binary signals are exchanged between a
substation controller (e.g. SICAM PAS) and
the SICAM I/O-Units by using the MODBUS
TCP protocol over an Ethernet network.
If the integrated switch in the SICAM
8
I/O-Unit is used, the units can be operated
in a line without using additional external
switches as shown in Fig. 13/24. Also IEC
61850 client server communication will
9
be provided in future.
Ethernet *)
10
11
12
Ethernet *)
13
*) cascading with Ethernet
Y-adapter cable
7KE60008GD000BA2
14
Fig. 13/21 I/O expansion of a substation with binary inputs and outputs
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/25
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/26 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application
Contact multiplier
Input signals on one or more binary inputs
can be assigned to binary outputs of the 1
local device (Fig. 13/23)
1 binary signal on up to 6 relay outputs
Several binary signals to several relay
outputs assignable by the user
2
Different voltage levels for inputs and
outputs in a wide voltage range to
isolate between different voltage levels.
3
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/27
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application
BI1
5 kV isolation voltage
20 kV with
isolation transformer
BO6
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 FO FO
lishes a connection via pilot wire. Only E E
SIPV6.019en.eps
38.4 Pilot wire (2-wire) up to 8 km 38.4
signal exchange. BO1 depending on the consistence
kbit/s kbit/s BI1
of the pilot wire 2 KU-KU distances
An additional isolation transformer allows BO6
can be cascaded 7XV5673
20 kV isolation from the pilot wire con-
3 nection.
FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 m/125 m
with ST plug, max. 1.5 km
A maximum of 6 binary single signals can KU-KU: Communication converter - copper 7XV5662-0AC01
be transmitted bi-directionally over the
4 pilot wire. The additional delay caused
by the transfer over the communication
Fig. 13/25 Binary signal exchange of 6 signals via pilot wire connection
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 ST ST
single-mode ber cables. A max. distance O FO communication route: O
FO FO BI6
of 170 km can be reached with this O
Single-mode FO 9 m/125 m (2 FO)
O
10 BI1
BO6
BO1
optional second optional second
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
11
SIPV6.020en.eps
BO1
BI1
BO6 FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 m/125 m
with ST plug, max. 1.5 km 7XV5673
12 Fig. 13/26 Binary signal exchange of up to 12 signals over long ber optic links
13
14
15
13/28 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application, device conguration
BO6
1
The gure shows the optical connection BI1
BO1
of one up to three SICAM I/O-Units to a
FO 820 nm
communication converter KU-2M KU-2M KU-2M
FO 820 nm
7XV5662-0AD00, which establishes
a connection to a multiplexer with a
BI6 ST
FO
O
E Synchronous leased line in
communication network O
E
ST
FO BI6
2
RS232 G703.6 1.4 Mbit/s/2 Mbit/s (T1/E1) G703.6 RS232
G.703.6 interface (1.44 kbit/s/2 Mbit/s, BO1
BI1
E1/T1). BO6
A maximum of 18 binary single signals I/O mirror 2 I/O mirror 3 I/O mirror 3
7XV5673
I/O mirror 2
3
can be transmitted bi-directionally over Client Client Server Server
the communication network. The KU-2M 7XV5673 7XV5673
7XV5652- BO6 7XV5652- BO6
is provided with two optical and one
4
BI1 0BA00 BI1 0BA00
electrical RS232 interface. Two SICAM O BO1 O BO1
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
E E
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 BI6
ST optional optional ST
optical cable to the KU-2M. On the RS232 third third
optional BI6 optional BI6
interface, an additional SICAM I/O-Unit connection connection second
SIPV6.021en.eps
second
can be connected via an optoelectronic
converter. Using all input interfaces (2 FO,
BO1
BO6
connection
BI1
BO1
BO6
connection
BI1 5
7XV5673 7XV5673
1 RS232) of the KU-2M, a maximum of 18
signals can be exchanged bi-directionally. FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 m/125 m with
Device conguration 9
The SICAM I/O-Unit is equipped with an
integrated Web Server which allows easy
setting using standard Internet-Browsers.
Fig. 13/28 shows the User interface. All
10
settings are done with the Browser. Also
operational log and commissioning aid
are supported by the Browser like the
indication of the actual state of the inputs 11
and outputs.
For conguring the IEC 61850-GOOSE
Subscriber-Conguration, the SICAM I/O
Mapping Tool is used. When the substa-
12
tion conguration is ready, the SICAM
I/O Mapping reads the SCD data of the
substation conguration and creates a
13
SIPV6_113.tif
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/29
Accessories / 7XV5673
Application example/Selection and ordering data
5
Fig. 13/29 Binary signal transmission via optical bers or wireless connection; connection via
6 the integrated Ethernet interface to external transmission devices
7 Housing
Dimensions 96 96 100 mm (W x H x D)
Protection class IP20
Assembly DIN rail
8 In- and output
Binary input 6 with setting threshold voltage
Relais output 6 (2 make contact, 1change-over contact)
9 Serial interface
without serial communication
RS485 MODBUS RTU, binary signal transmission
optical, 820 nm MODBUS RTU, binary signal transmission
10 Communication interface and communication protocol
Ethernet interface with MODBUS TCP / UDP or binary signal transmission
Ethernet interface with MODBUS TCP / UDP, binary signal transmission or IEC 61850 (GOOSE, MMS, Reporting)
11 Specials
Integrated Ethernet switch
12 Description
SICAM I/O-Unit, integrated electrical Ethernet interface, RJ45 connector
Order No.
7XV5673-0JJ 0- AA1
15 Accessories
Y cable 77KE6000-8GD00-0BA2
Description Application
The SICAM AI Unit 7XV5674 is used for the acquisition of analog
signals from automation processes and for the transmission of
The SICAM AI Unit 7XV5674 can support diverse applications. For
acquiring DC eld signals, SICAM AI Unit 7XV5674 can be applied 1
measured values to a connected supervisory system or control in the following application elds:
center over communication protocol. The modules of the device Protection
detect, calculate, analyze and transmit measured values.
SICAM AI Unit offers twelve 20-mA inputs referring to the
SCADA
DMS
2
standard IEC 60688. The 20-mA inputs are divided into 2 groups,
EMS systems
on 2 boards each with 6 channels.
GIS (Gas-Insulated Switchgear) gas pressure monitoring
Device type:
Other industrial processes 3
DIN rail mounted device
For example, 4-mA to 20-mA signals coming from transducers
Plastic case 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D)
(for example, for monitoring of: power, temperatures, pressure
Protection class IP20 and position) are delivered over standard protocol for further
processing, as visualization or connection
4
to other automation processes. The DC inputs from
SICAM AI Unit 7XV5674 can be parametrized to support
the following ranges:
DC 0 mA to 20 mA
5
DC 4 mA to 20 mA
The measuring accuracy amounts to 0.2 % of the rated value
(20 mA) under reference conditions. The measuring accuracy
amounts to 1.0 % of the rated current (20 mA) under environ-
6
mental impact.
Highlights
Wide application eld (SCADA, protection and automation
7
processes)
Connection to serial or Ethernet interfaces of SIPROTEC 4 or 5
devices
Connection to all protection and eld devices using
8
IEC 61850-GOOSE messages and IEC 61850 reporting
Fig. 13/30 SICAM AI Unit Compact and robust design (-25 C to 70 C operation tempera-
ture) 9
Flexible communication variations (Ethernet, optical ber or
electrical RS485)
Modbus RTU/TCP, SIPROTEC 20 mA Serial or Ethernet
interface to SIPROTEC 5 devices via SUP protocol 10
Accurate process measurement (0.2 % reference conditions)
Time synchronization over NTP
Internal switch allows cost savings
The integrated web server allows you to congure the
11
parameters via HTML pages using a web browser
12
13
14
11
12
13
14
15
13/32 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5674
Description
10
11
12
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/33
Accessories / 7XV5674
Selection and ordering data
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/34 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
F. O. link cable W/ 2 bres, Fiber type PMMA S980/1000, PE-Insulation diam. = 2.2mm black, Good
resistance to oil, petrol, acid and leach, Cable for simply systems of loads, For links inside a cubicle,
Cable type L46916-U2-U19, V-2 x 1S980/1000PE
2
Variants
Both side with FSMA-connectors
Length 0,5 m
Length 1,0 m
2
2
A 5
B 0
3
Length 1,5 m 2 B 5
Length 2,0 m 2 C 0
Length 2,5 m 2 C 5 4
Length 3,0 m 2 D 0
Length 3,5 m 2 D 5
Length 4,0 m 2 E 0
5
Both side with ST-connectors
Length 0,5 m 4 A 5
Length 1,0 m
Length 1,5 m
4
4
B 0
B 5 6
Length 2,0 m 4 C 0
Length 2,5 m 4 C 5
Length 3,0 m
Length 3,5 m
4
4
D 0
D 5
7
Length 4,0 m 4 E 0
Length 0 m + 0
Length 100 m + 1
2 Length 200 m +
Length 300 m +
2
3
Length 400 m + 4
Length 500 m +
3 Length 600 m +
5
6
Length 700 m + 7
Length 800 m + 8
Length 900 m +
4 10 meter lengths
92)
Length 0 m + A
Length 10 m + B
5 Length 20 m + C
Length 30 m + D
Length 40 m + E
Length 50 m +
6 Length 60 m +
F
G
Length 70 m + H
Length 80 m + J
Length 90 m +
7 1 meter lengths
K
Length 0 m + A
Length 1 m + B
8 Length 2 m + C
Length 3 m + D
Length 4 m + E
Length 5 m +
9 Length 6 m +
F
G
Length 7 m + H
Length 8 m + J
10 Length 9 m + K
Length selection:
12 To 490 m is the staggering 10 m
From 500 m is the staggering 50 m
Interlengths on inquiries with the supplier
1) Attention: For order volume up to 204,- EUR a handling fee of 38,50 EUR will be charged.
13 2) Attention: For this conguration please append the short-code N1A to the order-number.
14
15
13/36 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
Fiber-optic duplex data line indoor, 2 Break-out elements, Fiber type glass 62.5/125um, Halogenfree
6XV8100-0BE - 0
1
and ame-retardend, External dimension =2.8x4.5mm orange, Internal dimension =1.7mm orange,
number print. For indoor use (base material I-VHH 2x1xG62.5/125)
Variants
Connector
2
without 0 1
One side with FSMA connector prefabricated 1 1
One side FSMA other SC connector prefabr.
One side FSMA other LC-connector prefabr.
1 2
1 3
3
Both sides with LC-connector prefabricated 1 4
One side FSMA other FC/PC connector prefabr. 1 5
One side ST other SC connector prefabr.
One side ST other LC-connector prefabr.
1 6
1 7
4
One side ST other E2000 connector prefabr. 1 8
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/37
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
1 meter lengths
6XV8100-0BE - 0
Length 0 m + A
Length 1 m + B
2 Length 2 m +
Length 3 m +
C
D
Length 4 m + E
Length 5 m +
3 Length 6 m +
F
G
Length 7 m + H
Length 8 m + J
Length 9 m +
4 K
Length selection:
5 To 49 m is the staggering 1 m
From 50 m is the staggering 10 m
Interlengths on inquiries with the supplier
1) Attention: For order volume up to 204,- EUR a handling fee of 38,50 EUR will be charged.
6 2) Attention: For this conguration please append the short-code N1A to the order-number.
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/38 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
Fiber-optic duplex data line outdoor, 2 Break-out elements, Fiber type glass 62.5/125um, Halogen-free
6XV8100-0BF 1- A
1
and ame-retardend, Nonmetallic rodent protection, External dimension =8.3 mm black, Internal
dimension =1.8mm orange, For indoor and outdoor use (base material AT-VHBH 2G62.5/125)
Variants
Connector 2
One side with MTRJ connector, other side with FSMA/K connector prepared 1
One side with MTRJ connector, other side with ST connector prepared 2
Both sides with MTRJ connector prepared 3
3
100 meter lengths
Length 0 m + 0
Length 100 m +
Length 200 m +
1
2
4
Length 300 m + 3
Length 400 m + 4
Length 500 m +
Length 600 m +
5
6
5
Length 700 m + 7
Length 800 m + 8
Length 900 m + 92) 6
10 meter lengths
Length 0 m + A
Length 10 m +
Length 20 m +
B
C
7
Length 30 m + D
Length 40 m + E
Length 50 m +
Length 60 m +
F
G
8
Length 70 m + H
Length 80 m + J
Length 90 m + K 9
1000 meter lengths
Length 0 m + 0
Length 1000 m +
Length 2000 m +
1
2
10
Length selection:
To 490 m is the staggering 10 m
11
From 500 m is the staggering 50 m
Interlengths on inquiries with the supplier
1) Attention: For order volume up to 204,- EUR a handling fee of 38,50 EUR will be charged.
2) Attention: For this conguration please append the short-code N1A to the order-number.
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/39
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
Fiber-optic duplex data line indoor, 2 Break-out elements, Fiber type glass 62.5/125um, Halogenfree
6XV8100-0BG 1- 0
and ame-retardend, External dimension =2.8x4.5mm orange, Internal dimension =1.7mm orange,
Number print, for indoor use (base material I-VHH 2x1xG62.5/125)
2 Variants
Connector
One side with MTRJ connector, other side with FSMA/K connector prepared 1
One side with MTRJ connector, other side with ST connector prepared 2
5 Length 200 m +
Length 300 m +
2
3
Length 400 m + 4
Length 500 m + 5
6 Length 600 m +
Length 700 m +
6
7
Length 800 m + 8
Length 900 m + 92)
7 10 meter lengths
Length 0 m + A
Length 10 m + B
8 Length 20 m +
Length 30 m +
C
D
Length 40 m + E
Length 50 m + F
9 Length 60 m +
Length 70 m +
G
H
Length 80 m + J
Length 90 m + K
10 1 meter lengths
Length 0 m + A
Length 1 m + B
11 Length 2 m +
Length 3 m +
C
D
Length 4 m + E
Length 5 m + F
12 Length 6 m +
Length 7 m +
G
H
Length 8 m + J
Length 9 m + K
13
Length selection:
To 49 m is the staggering 1 m
14 From 50 m is the staggering 10 m
Interlengths on inquiries with the supplier
1) Attention: For order volume up to 204,- EUR a handling fee of 38,50 EUR will be charged.
2) Attention: For this conguration please append the short-code N1A to the order-number.
15
13/40 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 6XV8100
Selection and ordering data
Fiber-optic duplex data line indoor, 2 Break-out elements, Fiber type glass E9/125um, Halogenfree and
6XV8100-0CF - 0
1
ame-retardend, External dimension =3.9x6.8mm yellow, Internal dimension =2.8mm red+green,
number print. For indoor use/Diff. protec. (base material I-VHH 2x1xE9/125)
Variants
Connector
2
without 0 1
One side with ST connector prefabricated other side with SC connector prefabricated 1 1
One side ST other side LC-connector prefabr.
One side FC/PC other side SC connector prefabr.
1 2
2 1
3
One side with ST connector prefabricated 3 1
Both sides with ST connector prefabricated 4 1
Both sides with LC-connector prefabricated
One side with FC/PC connector prefabricated
5 1
6 1
4
Both sides with FC/PC connector prefabricated 7 1
One side with FC/PC connector prefabricated other side with ST connector prefabricated 8 1
10 meter lengths 11
Length 0 m + A
Length 10 m + B
Length 20 m +
Length 30 m +
C
D
12
Length 40 m + E
Length 50 m + F
Length 60 m +
Length 70 m +
G
H
13
Length 80 m + J
Length 90 m + K
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/41
Accessories / 6XV8100/7KE600
Selection and ordering data
1 meter lengths
6XV8100-0CF - 0
Length 0 m + A
Length 1 m + B
2 Length 2 m +
Length 3 m +
C
D
Length 4 m + E
Length 5 m + F
3 Length 6 m + G
Length 7 m + H
Length 8 m + J
Length 9 m +
4 K
Length selection:
To 49 m is the staggering 1 m
5 From 50 m is the staggering 10 m
Interlengths on inquiries with the supplier
1) Attention: For order volume up to 204,- EUR a handling fee of 38,50 EUR will be charged.
2) Attention: For this conguration please append the short-code N1A to the order-number.
6
7
7KE600 Ethernet Patch Cable
SIMEAS R HUB
9 HUB PC
Length 0.5 m 0 0 5
Length 1.0 m 0 1 0
Length 2.0 m 0 2 0
10 Length 3.0 m
Length 5.0 m
0 3
0 5
0
0
Length 10.0 m 1 0 0
Length 15.0 m 1 5 0
11 Length 20.0 m 2 0 0
Ethernet patch cable, cross-over connection with double shield (SFTP) 7KE6000-8GE0 - AA
LAN connector on both sides
12 HUB HUB
SIMEAS R PC
Length 0.5 m 0 0 5
13 Length 1.0 m
Length 2.0 m
0 1
0 2
0
0
Length 3.0 m 0 3 0
Length 5.0 m 0 5 0
14 Length 10.0 m
Length 15.0 m
1 0
1 5
0
0
Length 20.0 m 2 0 0
15
13/42 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5101
7XV5101 RS232-FO connector module
LSP2886.tif
2
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/43
Accessories / 7XV5101
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
1 Housing 7XV5101- 3C
Plastics, metal-plated C
Dimensions 72 32 17 mm C
2 Via external keyboard connector located at the notebook C
Electrical interfaces
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/44 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5103
7XV5103 RS485 bus systems up to 115 kbit/s (not suitable for PROFIBUS)
LSP2396-afp.tif
3
LSP2895.tif
4
Fig. 13/34 RS485 bus cable system (left) / 7XV5103 cable and connector modules / adapters (right) 5
Description Function overview
The RS485 bus is a low-cost half-duplex communication bus, For data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
6
which, due to its relatively high interference immunity, is not (e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3)
only used for monitoring and control in industrial systems, but is Variable bus structure with shielded cables of various lengths.
now increasingly used for SCADA and protection applications by
utilities in substations. Protocols, such as DIGSI, IEC 60870-5-103,
Metal-plated, shielded connector housings with reduced
mounting depth and strain relief.
7
DNP 3 and MODBUS up to 115 kbit/s, are used between a station
Bus termination with terminating connectors and integrated
master and up to 31 slave devices on shielded twisted-pair (STP)
resistor.
cable. In ideal conditions, the length of the bus may be up to
1000 m. This requires correct conguration of the bus, use of Connection of the SIPROTEC 4 protection devices with redun- 8
suitable cables, and connector connectors, as well as correct ter- dant IEC 60870-5-103 interface via the Y-adapter cable and
mination of the bus. Devices with different termination methods RJ45 connector.
require special adaptors to achieve the highest possible interfer- Connection of the SIPROTEC 4 protection devices with RS485
ence immunity. The RS485 bus systems 7XV5103 are optimized
in this respect for our control and protection product range.
interface and SUB-D connector directly, or via a Y-adapter
cable.
9
With the ordering code 7XV5103, two different RS485 bus Adapter/cable for compact protection devices with RS485
systems are available. interface on screw-type terminals, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600,
The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D connectors has long been
applied in systems with SIPROTEC protection devices, 7XV5 con-
Max. length of the bus within a common grounding system
may be up to 1000 m. 11
verters, and master units. Connection to the individual devices is Please note that this system must not be used for PROFIBUS-FMS
achieved directly with a special Y-cable or with a corres- ponding or PROFIBUS-DP. These have their own bus system with compo-
adapter cable to devices with different termination methods.
The bus terminates in a 9-pin SUB-D bus terminating connector
nents suitable for use with PROFIBUS.
12
with an integrated 220- resistor.
On some SIPROTEC devices, the serial signals are routed to RJ45
female connectors on the communication module, as is the
case, for example, with the redundant IEC 60870-5-103 module.
13
There the bus is based on double-shielded CAT 5 patch cables.
Connection of the individual devices to the two redundant buses
is achieved via two special Y-adapter cables each. The buses
each terminate with a RJ45 bus terminating connector with a 14
120- resistor.
A combination of the two bus systems and the different device
interfaces or a combination of the two systems is also possible
using the Y-adapter cable 7XV5103-2BA00.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/45
Accessories / 7XV5103
Application
Application
LSP2895.tif
The RS485 bus must be linear, i.e. tee-offs from the bus (e.g. a
terminal strip) to the connected bus devices must not be used.
This would form a star conguration, which has negative inu-
ence on the functionality.
4 The bus must be terminated at the rst device (usually the mas-
ter) and at the last device with a bus terminating resistor to avoid
interference due to reection. No further terminating resistors
listening in on the RS485 bus, all the devices on the bus must be
set to the same baud rate and the same data format.
6 The slaves must all have different device addresses.
Within the system, only one master may be active at any one
time and only one slave may respond.
14
15
13/46 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5103
Application, selection and ordering data
Application example 1:
The 9-pin male connector of the Y bus
cable S1 always comes from the master 1
side and provides the connection to the
slaves via the 1, 3, 5 or 10-m cable and
9-pin male connector S2. At the connector
S2 a 20-cm long cable with a 9-pin female
connection B3 is provided to extend the
2
bus. The compact protection devices,
e.g. 7SJ600 are directly connected via
the adapter cable 7XV5103-2AA00 with
female connector B2 or an RS485 adapter
3
7XV5103-3AA00. After the nal device,
a bus terminating connector
7XV5103-5AA00 is connected to
connector B3 to terminate the bus. 4
Fig. 13/36 SIPROTEC protection devices on the RS485 bus
5
Selection and ordering data
Length 1 m 0 1 7
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0 8
RS485 bus extension cable STP with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-1AA
Length 10 m 1 0 9
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0 10
Length 50 m 5 0
Length 25 m
0 5
14
2 5
Length 50 m 5 0
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/47
Accessories / 7XV5103
Application
3 Specications
LSP2396-afp.tif
Low-cost bus structure with shielded patch cables (CAT 5) with
RJ45 connectors
12
13
14
15
13/48 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5103
Application
LSA4844-aen.eps
cables (CAT 5) was developed as a low-
cost alternative to the previous systems
7XV5103 with SUB-D connectors. The
advantages are the widespread use of
2
patch cables throughout the world and
the compact dimensions of the RJ45
connector. This allows a redundant
IEC 60870-5-103 interface with a single
3
interface module within a SIPROTEC 4
device.
Two different Y-adapters permit imple-
mentation of a RS485 bus with patch
4
cables and connection of devices having
RS485 interfaces and different designs of
interface connector. Both Y-adapters have
two RJ45 female connectors in parallel
5
to facilitate the implementation of the
buses. The approx. 20 cm long connection
cable to the device either has a RJ45 or
SUB-D connector.
Fig. 13/38 Connection of SIPROTEC 4 to a (redundant) control system
6
Devices with SUB-D connector (e.g.
Master RTU, 7XV5650/51, SIPROTEC 4
devices with SUB-D) are connected using
the Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00.
7
Devices with RJ45 connector such as
SIPROTEC 4 with redundant
IEC 60870-5-103 interface are connected
with the Y-adapter 7XV5103-2CA00. For
8
the redundant bus system 2 Y-adapters
are required per SIPROTEC 4 device.
After the nal device the bus is termi-
nated with a bus terminating connector
9
7XV5103-5BA00. For the redundant
bus system, a bus terminating resistor is
required for each bus.
10
Application example 3: Central opera-
tion of SIPROTEC 4 units with DIGSI 4
The RS485-bus cable system with patch
cables (CAT 5) was developed as a low-
11
cost alternative to the previous systems
Fig. 13/39 Central operation of SIPROTEC 4 units with DIGSI 4
7XV5103 with SUB-D connectors. The
advantages are the widespread use of
patch cables throughout the world and 12
the compact dimensions of the RJ45 connector. Devices with an RS485 interface on screw- type connectors
require an additional adapter for 9-pin SUB-D to single core,
The Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00 allows for the implementation
e.g. 7XV5103-2AA00 or 7XV5103-3AA00.
of a RS485 bus with patch cables and the connection of various
SIPROTEC devices having RS485 interfaces. The Y-adapters have After the last device, the bus is terminated with a bus
13
two RJ45 female connectors in parallel to facilitate the imple- terminating connector 7XV5103-5BA00
mentation of the buses. The approx. 20 cm long connection
cable to the device has a RJ45 with suitable pin allocation.
Devices with an RS485 interface and SUB-D connector
14
(7XV5650/51, SIPROTEC 4 devices) with SUB-D are connected
using the Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/49
Accessories / 7XV5103
Selection and ordering data
1 RS485 adapter/accessories
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connection for devices with
7XV5103- 00
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/50 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5103
Application
LSA4846-aen.eps
SUB-D connector.
Use of an additional gender changer
(female-female) enables connection
of a RS485 bus with Y-bus cables
7XV5103-0AAxx instead of a SIPROTEC 3
device.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/51
Accessories / 7XV5103
Selection and ordering data
Length 1 m
7XV5103-0AA
0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
2 Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 10 m
7XV5103-1AA
1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
4 Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0
5 RS485 adapter / accessories 7XV5103- 00
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connector for devices with
screw-type terminals or compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 2AA
6 Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 or other devices with
9-pin SUB-D connection to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2 BA
Length 50 m 5 0
12
13
14
15
13/52 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5450
7XV5450 mini star-coupler
Function overview
LSP2360-afpen.tif
Baud rate via FO: up to 1.5 Mbaud; Baud rate with RS232:
Up to 115 kbaud
Protocol transparency
Light idle state: Light ON/light OFF selectable 3
Wide-range power supply with self-monitoring function and
alarm contact
Optical ST connectors
4
Fig. 13/41 Mini star-coupler
Description
5
The mini star-coupler multiplies an optical signal received at
an input for up to four outputs. A signal received at one of the
outputs is transmitted via the input interface to a central unit or 6
to an upstream mini star-coupler or converter.
As the mini star-coupler does not transmit selectively to
individual outputs, the protocols used for data transmission must
operate with unique DTE addresses, so all units hear the central
7
interrogation, but only the addressed unit answers to the request
(e.g. IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI).
Data are transmitted in transparent full-duplex mode. An RS232
interface is provided for direct serial communication with DTEs
8
at each mini star-coupler. As long as this interface is in use, the
optical input interface to the central unit is blocked.
Cascading mini star-couplers replace the 7XV5300 star coupler. 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/53
Accessories / 7XV5450
Application, construction
Application
10
11
12
Fig. 13/43 Ring structure with mini star-couplers
13
14
15
13/54 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5450
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Optical mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
8
Rated auxiliary voltage DC 24 250 V and AC 110 220 V with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to a star coupler via FO cable for 62.5 /125 m and
850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC or modem to a star coupler via FO cable for 62. /125 m and 9
850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector 10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/55
Accessories / 7XV5450
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/56 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
7XV5461 two-channel serial optical repeater (for 1 mono-mode FO cable)
Function overview
LSP2897.tif
multi-mode FO cable.
Data rate of serial Ports 1/2 from 300 bit/s 4.096 Mbit/s.
Automatic baud rate adjustments to synchronous and asyn-
chronous serial signals; no settings necessary.
2
Powerful 1300 nm/1550 nm port with LC-single connector for
distances up to 40 km via one 9/125 m mono-mode FO cable
DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115/230 V wide-range power supply 3
with alarm relay.
Data exchange display by LED
Fig. 13/44 Optical repeater with integrated 1300 nm/1550 nm wave
length multiplexer for one single mono-mode FO-cable
Integrated commissioning support
4
Description
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/57
Accessories / 7XV5461
Application, technical data
Application
10 Connections
Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50 /125 m and 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
Port 3 LC-single connector for 1300 nm /1550 nm for 9/125 m mono-mode FO cable
Screw-type terminals 2-pole screw-type terminals for auxiliary voltage supply
11 3-pole make/break contact for alarm relay
Housing
Interference-free 188 56 120 mm metal housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032.
Weight 0.8 kg. Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
12 Power supply
Wide range DC 24 to 250 V or AC 115 / 230 V
Displays
13 4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange indication
14
15
13/58 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
Selection and ordering data
Connection of two serial optical inputs with ST connector for 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
7XV5461 - 0B 00
1
up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s 4.096 Mbit/s
24 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC wide-range power supply
Alarm relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1550 nm output with LC-single connector for 9/125 m mono-mode 2
FO cable for distances up to 40 km (permissible path attenuation 25 dB) K
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-single connector for 9/125 m mono-mode FO cable
for distances up to 40 km (permissible path attenuation 25 dB) L
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/59
Accessories / 7XV5461
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/60 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
7XV5461 two-channel serial optical repeater (for duplex-mono-mode FO cables)
Function overview
LSP2507.tif
Powerful 1300 nm / 1550 nm port with LC-Duplex connector
for distances up to 24 km / 60 km / 100 km / 170 km via
9 /125 mm duplex-mono-mode FO cable 3
DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115 /230 V wide-range power supply
Fig. 13/46 Optical repeater with wide-range power supply with alarm relay.
Data exchange display by LED
Description
Integrated commissioning support 4
The optical repeater transmits serial optical signals over long
distances via duplex-mono-mode FO cables. It converts serial
optical 820 nm signals at Port 1 and Port 2 in the range of
5
300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s. Both synchronous and asynchronous
signals can be connected. Two independent, serial 820 nm inputs
with ST connectors are available, which are multiplexed to
Port 3. Two devices with an optical 820 nm interface, for example 6
the 7SD5 / 7SD6 line differential protection relay or the
RS232/ 820 nm 7XV5652 converter, can be connected to Ports 1
and 2 via duplex-multi-mode FO cables for distances of up to
1.5 km. Signal transmission at Port 3 is achieved via the 7
LC-Duplex connector at wavelengths of 1300 nm/1550 nm for
connection of a duplex-mono-mode FO cable. For Port 3 there
are three options for max. 25 km (1300 nm) / 60 km (1300 nm)
and 100 km / 170 km (1550 nm) optical ber lengths. The device
can be connected to all battery voltages and AC supply sources.
8
Loops can be activated for Ports 1 / 2 for commissioning purposes,
so that the input signals can be mirrored at the port in question.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/61
Accessories / 7XV5461
Typical applications, technical data
Typical applications
LSA4177-cen.eps
ing commissioning and operation, data of
5 the device on the other substation can be
changed and read out. Alternatively, it is
possible to connect power system control
or additional protection data transmission
6 to Port 2. This makes for optimum use of
the long-distance optical ber for two se-
parate serial connections for transmitting
data between 300 bit/s and 4.096 Mbit/s.
7
100/170 km
8
9 Fig. 13/47 Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via an optical long-
distance connection
Technical data
10 Connections
Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 m and 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
Port 3 LC-Duplex connector for 1300 nm/1550 nm for 9/125 m mono-mode FO cable
11 Screw-type terminals 2-pole screw-type terminals for auxiliary voltage supply
3-pole make/break contact for alarm relay
Housing
12 188 56 100 mm aluminum housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032. Weight 0.8 kg.
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC without connector jumpers, AC 115 / 230 V
13 Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange
14
15
13/62 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
Selection and ordering data
Connection of two serial optical inputs with ST connector for 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
7XV5461 - 0B 00
1
up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s
24 to 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC wide-range power supply
Fault relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 9/125 m mono-mode 2
FO cable for distances up to 24 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) G
3
FO cable for distances up to 60 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) H 1)
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/63
Accessories / 7XV5461
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/64 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
7XV5461 two-channel serial optical repeater (for duplex-multi-mode FO cables)
Function overview
LSP2507.tif
Powerful 1300 nm port with LC-Duplex connector for distances
up to 4 km / 8 km via 50/125 mm / 62.5/125 mm duplex-multi-
mode FO cable 3
DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115/230 V wide-range power supply
Fig. 13/48 Optical repeater with wide-range power supply with alarm relay.
Data exchange display by LED
Description
Integrated commissioning support with test loop feature 4
The optical repeater transmits serial optical signals over long
distances via duplex-multi-mode FO cables. It converts serial
optical 820 nm signals at Port 1 and Port 2 in the range 300 bit/s
5
1.5 Mbit/s to 1300 nm for duplex-multi-mode ber cables.
Both synchronous and asynchronous signals can be connected.
Two independent, serial 820 nm inputs with ST connectors are
available, which are multiplexed to Port 3. One transmit (Tx) 6
and one receive (Rx) signal is supported (no RTS / CTS handshake
signals). Two devices with an optical 820 nm interface, for
example the 7SD52 / 7SD610 line differential protection relay
or the RS232/820 nm 7XV5652 converter, can be connected to
Ports 1 and 2 via duplex-multi-mode FO cables for distances of
7
up to 1.5 km. Signal transmission at Port 3 is achieved via the
LC-Duplex connector at wavelengths of 1300 nm for connection
of a duplex-multi-mode FO cable. For Port 3 there are two
options for a max. of 4 km (1300 nm) and 8 km (1300 nm)
8
optical ber lengths. The device can be connected to all battery
voltages and AC supply sources. Loops can be activated for
Ports 1 / 2 for commissioning purposes, so that the input signals
can be mirrored at the port in question. 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/65
Accessories / 7XV5461
Typical applications, technical data
Typical applications
7 between 300 bit/s and 4.096 Mbit/s. Fig. 13/49 Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via
an optical long-distance connection
8 Technical data
Connections
Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 m and 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
9 Port 3 LC-Duplex connector for 1300 nm for 50/125 m / 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
Screw-type terminals 2-pole screw-type terminals for auxiliary voltage supply
3-pole make/break contact for alarm relay
Housing
10 188 56 100 mm aluminum housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032. Weight 0.8 kg.
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
12 Red
2 yellow
Alarm relays
Data exchange
13
14
15
13/66 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5461
Selection and ordering data
Connection of two serial optical inputs with ST connector for 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
7XV5461 - 0B 00
1
up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s
DC 24 to 250 V, AC 115/230 V wide-range power supply
Fault relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 m / 62.5/125 m multi-mode 2
FO cable for distances up to 4 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) F
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 m / 62.5/125 m multi-mode
FO cable for distances up to 8 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) E
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/67
Accessories / 7XV5461
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/68 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5550
7XV5550 active mini star-coupler
Function overview
LSP2359-afpen.tif
Baud rate and data format can be set independently for each
port
Baud rate 1200 baud 115 kbaud
Data format 8N1, 8N2, 8E1 3
Max. distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
Light idle state: Light ON/light OFF selectable
Wide-range power supply with self-supervision function and
alarm contact 4
Fig. 13/50 Active mini star-coupler Optical ST connectors
Description
5
Five optical ports allow the active mini star-coupler to centrally
or remotely communicate with devices with serial interfaces
using different baud rates and data formats. Using a simple ASCII 6
sequence, only one of the available output channels is switched
to a transparent full duplex operation. The active mini star-
coupler can be used with any terminal program or for SIPROTEC
protection relays with the DIGSI operating program. Each of the
input and output channels can be parameterized independently
7
to the device attached by adjustable baud rates and data formats
or as input or output ports. For communication with more than
5 devices, the active mini star-coupler can be cascaded together
with an RS485 bus in half-duplex mode with further devices.
8
Please note:
The 7XV5450 passive mini star-coupler is recommended for
controlling several SIPROTEC 3 or SIPROTEC 4 devices with DIGSI
or for communication by a remote control system.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/69
Accessories / 7XV5550
Application, construction
Application
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/70 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5550
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Optical active mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
8
Rated auxiliary voltage DC 24 250 V and AC 110 230 V with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable
for 62.5 /125 m and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC ormodem to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable 9
for 62.5 /125 m and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector 10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/71
Accessories / 7XV5550
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/72 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5650/51
7XV5650 / 5651 RS485 FO converter
Function overview
LSP2409-afp.tif
120 terminator for RS485 bus,
activated/deactivated by DIP switch
Wide-range power supply with self-
supervision function and fault output
4
relay
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/73
Accessories / 7XV5650/51
Application
Application
7
Fig. 13/53 Optical line structure with connected RS485 interfaces
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 13/54 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus
15
13/74 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5650/51
Application
7
Fig. 13/55 Optical star structure with connected RS485 interfaces
10
11
12
13
14
Fig. 13/56 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/75
Accessories / 7XV5650/51
Construction, technical data, selection and ordering data
Construction
3 Technical data
6 Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO 820 nm ST connector
RS485 9-pin SUB-D socket
7 Alarm contact
2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable
8 Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 75 105 mm (W H D)
for snap-on mounting on 35 mm EN 50022 rail
9
Selection and ordering data
Converter with 1 RS485 interface and 2 FO cables for transmission rates from 9.6 kbaud to 115 kbaud
2 channels
13 1
14
15
13/76 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5652
7XV5652 RS232 FO converter
Function overview
LSP2406-afpde.tif
Distance: 3 km with 62.5 /125 m FO cable
Wide-range power supply with self-supervision function and
alarm contact
Supports the serial TxD and RxD lines of the RS232 interface. 3
No handshake lines supported
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/77
Accessories / 7XV5652
Application, construction
Application
5 Construction
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/78 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5652
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
6
Selection and ordering data
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/79
Accessories / 7XV5652
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/80 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5653
7XV5653 two-channel binary transducer
Function overview
LSP2361-afpde.tif
Telegram-backed interference-free transmission via FO cable
Permanent data link supervision and indication
Distance of approx. 3 km via multi-mode FO cable
62.5 /125 m
Transmission of up to 170 km via mono-mode FO cable with
3
7XV5461 repeater
Transmission via communication networks and leased lines
and pilot wires with 7XV5662-0AC01 communication
converters
4
Fig. 13/59 Binary transducer Wide-range power supply with self-supervision function and
alarm relay
Description
5
The transducer registers binary information from contacts via
two binary inputs and forwards it interference-free to the second
transducer via ber-optic cable. The indications/signals received 6
by this second transducer are put out via its contacts. The two
contacts can be used as trip contacts. The transducer is equipped
with independent and bidirectional binary inputs (2) and contact
outputs (2). 7
The transducer has been designed for application in substations.
Highly reliable, telegram-backed serial data transmission is used
between the transducers. Transmission errors and failure of the
data link are indicated via an alarm contact, i.e. a permanent 8
supervision of power supply and the datalink is integrated in the
transducer.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/81
Accessories / 7XV5653
Application, construction
Application
7 Construction
10
11
X = A: Options for the communication link:
G.703.1, X.21 interface to a communication network
X = C: pilot-wire cable up to 10 km
12 X = D: G.703.6 (E1/T1) interface to a communication network
Fig. 13/61
13
14
15
13/82 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5653
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
7
Selection and ordering data
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/83
Accessories / 7XV5653
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/84 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5655
7XV5655-0BB00 Ethernet modem for substations
Function overview
LSP2806.tif
10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet
network
Increased security with password protection and IP address 3
selection is possible
Exchange of serial data via Ethernet network between two
Ethernet modems
(e.g. DIGSI protocol, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol) 4
Exchange of serial protocols via Ethenet without gaps in the
Fig. 13/62 Front view of the Ethernet modem telegram structure
5
Description
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/85
Accessories / 7XV5655
Application
1 8
LSA4475-aen.eps
5
6 compact
Fig. 13/63 Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
7
Application The Ethernet modems are integrated similarly to telephone
modems in DIGSI 4. Instead of the telephone number, the pre-set
12
13
14
15
13/86 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5655
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Connections
1
RS232 interface 9-pin SUB-D or
RS485 interface 9-pin SUB-D settable by switches
FO interface 820 nm with ST connectors for the connection to 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cables.
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 connector
Power supply / Fail safe relay with screw-type terminals
2
Housing
Rail mounting, plastic, charcoal grey, 90 x 90 x 107 (W x H x D) in mm
Wide-range power supply / fail safe relay 3
Auxiliary voltage DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115/230 V connected with screw-type terminals
Fail safe relay for power supervision connected with screw-type terminals
Indication (8 x LED)
Power Operating voltage o.k. System RS232 connection established
4
RS232 TD Transmitting data to RS232 RS232 RD Receiving data from RS232
LAN T Transmitting data to LAN LAN R Receiving data from LAN
Error Error on RS232 Link LAN LAN connection established 5
Selection and ordering data
6
Description Order No.
Ethernet modem 7XV5655 - 0BB00
Ethernet modem for serial, asynchronous transmission of data up to 57.6 kbit/s via the 10/100 Mbit
Ethernet and conguration software DIN-rail device mounting device suitable for substation.
7
Connection to Ethernet via RJ45 connector. Serial connection SUB-D 9-pin socket RS232/RS485
interface settable by switches.
FO interface 820 nm for 62.5 /125 m multi-mode-FO cables.
Auxiliary supply DC 24 250 V and AC 115/230 V.
8
Fail safe contact for device supervision.
With gender-changer (pin-pin) for adaptation to DIGSI-cable 7XV5100-4
(cable not included in the scope of supply).
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/87
Accessories / 7XV5655
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/88 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5655
7XV5655-0BA00 Ethernet serial hub for substations
Function overview
LSP2807.tif
Serial data rate and data format (RS232) for the terminal
devices is selectable from 2.4 kbit/s up to 57.6 kbit/s with data
format 8N1, 8E1. 3
10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet
network.
Better security with password protection for the access to the
protection relays via the serial hup 4
Exchange of serial data via Ethernet network (e.g. DIGSI
Fig. 13/64 Front view of Ethernet serial hub for substation protocol, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol)
Exchange of serial protocols via Ethernet without gaps in the
telegram structure
5
Description
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/89
Accessories / 7XV5655
Application
LSA4477-aen.eps
5
6 compact
7 Fig. 13/65 Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via serial hub
Application on the serial hub. With DIGSI 4 the serial hubs are integrated by
means of further serial COM ports (max. 254). The connection
8 From the ofce PC running DIGSI 4 it is possible to select one of to the IP address of the serial hub in the network is achieved by
opening the corresponding COM port. If an Ethernet network to
the serial hubs 1 and 2 via one of the virtual COM ports. In DIGSI 4,
when the COM port is selected, a IP point-to-point data connection the substation or in the substation is available, serial data can then
via the network is established and maintained between the ofce be transferred via this network.
9 and the relevant substation modem until the interface is released. The existing serial star or bus structure with cabling in the substa-
The serial data exchange takes place via this data link, whereby tion can still be used.
the data conversion from serial to Ethernet is full duplex. The
ofce PC towards the network is always operating with high data SIPROTEC 4 devices from version 4.6 and newer with integrated
10 rate, as the data is fed to the network via the network driver on
the PC. The serial data rate of the serial hub in the substation is
Ethernet interface may be connected directly to the router or
switch by means of a patch cable.
adapted to the baud rate set in the protection relay, e.g. serial
hub 1 with 57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4 and serial hub 2 with 9.6
12
13
14
15
13/90 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5655
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Connections
1
RS232 interface 9-pin SUB-D socket or
RS485 interface 9-pin SUB-D socket selectable via DIL switch.
FO interface 820 nm with ST connectors for connection to multi-mode FO cables.
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 connector to Ethernet
Auxiliary voltage/alarm relay (5 terminals)
2
Housing
Rail mounting, plastic, charcoal grey, 90 x 90 x 107 (W x H x D) in mm
Wide-range power supply / fail safe relay 3
Auxiliary voltage DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115/230 V connected with screw-type terminals
Alarm relay for monitoring of the device
Indication (8 x LED)
Power Operating voltage o.k. System RS232 connection established
4
RS232 TD Transmitting data to RS232 RS232 RD Receiving data from RS232
LAN T Transmitting data to LAN LAN R Receiving data from LAN
Error Error on RS232 Link LAN LAN connection established 5
Selection and ordering data
6
Description Order No.
Ethernet hub for substations 7XV5655 - 0BA00
Serial hub for serial, asynchronous transfer of data up to 57.6 kbit/s via 10/100 Mbit Ethernet including
conguration software.
7
Connection to the Ethernet via RJ45 connector. Serial connection with S232/RS485 interface
via SUB-D 9-pin socket or optical with 820 nm
ST connector and multi-mode FO cable.
Wide-range auxiliary supply for DC 24 250 V and AC 115 /230 V.
8
With gender-changer (pin-pin) for adaptation to DIGSI cable 7XV5100-4
(cable not included in the scope of supply).
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/91
Accessories / 7XV5655
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/92 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Communication Converter 7XV5662-0AA00/GG for X.21 / RS422 / G.703.1 *)
Function overview
13
14
*) in preparation 15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/93
Accessories / 7XV5662
Applications, functions, technical data
Application
nous, bit-transparent transmission via the Steel sheet housing Dimensions 188 55 120 mm (W H D)
communication network. Weight Approx. 0.8 kg
11 Degree of protection
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
According to EN 60529: IP41
EN 50022 rail
12
13
14
15
13/94 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data, selection and ordering data
7
Selection and ordering data
Converter to synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection units with optical inputs/
outputs with ST connector to communication devices with electrical X.21/RS422 or G.703.1 interface.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 m and 820 nm wavelength,
max. distance 1.5 km (0.93 mile), ST connectors
9
Electrical with X.21/RS422 (15-pin SUB-D connector) or G.703.1 (9 pole SUB-D connector)
Automatic detection and setting of baud rate. Interface type selectable by push-button.
For synchronous operation with 7SD52/53, 7SD61, 7SA52, 7SA6, and all SIPROTEC 5 protection
relays e.g. 7SD8, 7SA8 and 7SL8. For asynchronous operation with 7SD51, Binary signal transmitter,
7XV5653/7XV5673 or serial devices
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/95
Accessories / 7XV5662
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/96 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
7XV5662-0AC00 / 7XV5662-0AC01 communication converter for pilot wires
Function overview
LSP2460-afp.tif
protection unit
Distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 m multi-mode FO cable
between CC-CO and the protection unit
Electrical interface to the pilot wire (line) with 2 screw-type 2
terminals. 5 kV isolated
Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52
via pilot wire (typ. 15 km) (CC-CO version -0AA00)
Asynchronous data exchange for 7SD51, 7XV5653 or other 3
units with asynchronous interface (CC-CO version -0AA01)
(typ. 15 km)
Fig. 13/68 Communication converter for pilot wires Loop test function selectable by jumpers in CC-CO
Master or slave mode of the CC-CO selectable by jumper (one
4
master and one slave device required at the end of the pilot
Description
wire, factory presetting: master mode)
The communication converter copper (CC-CO) is a peripheral
device linked to the protection device which enables serial data
Wide-range power supply with self-supervision function and
alarm contact
5
exchange between two protection relays. It uses a single pair of
copper wires (pilot wire) that may be part of a telecommunica-
tions cable or of any other suitable symmetrical communications
cable (no PuApin cable). At the opposite side, the data are
6
converted by a second communication converter so that they
can be read by the second protection device. The communica-
tion converters (master/slave) thus allow two protection devices
to communicate synchronously and to exchange large data 7
volumes over considerable distances. Typical applications are
the protection interfaces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6, 7SA52 and 7SA6, where
7XV5662-0AC00 must be used (synchronous connection with
128 kbit/s). Should asynchronous serial data of differential
8
protection 7SD5 or of the binary signal transducer 7XV5653
be transmitted, the device 7XV5662-0AC01 must be used
(asynchronous from 300 bit/s to 38.2 kbit/s).
9
Interference-free connection to the protection device is achieved
by means of a multi-mode ber-optic cable, with ST connectors
at the CC-CO. The maximum optical transmission distance is
1.5 km (0.93 mile). The data transfer between the protection
devices is realized as a point-to-point connection that is bit-
10
transparent. Data must be exchanged via dedicated pilot wires,
not via switching points.
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/97
Accessories / 7XV5662
Application, functions
Application
9 Fig. 13/70
14
15
13/98 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Converter for synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection units with optical
12
inputs/outputs with ST connector to conventional pilot wires. 5-kV isolation of unit analog inputs
towards the pilot wires.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 m and 820 nm wavelength,
max. distance 1.5 km, ST connectors
Synchronous serial data 128 kbit/s
13
Asynchronous serial data rate max. 57.2 kbit/s
For synchronous operation with 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6, 7SA52 0
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/99
Accessories / 7XV5662
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/100 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
7XV5662-0AD00 two-channel serial communication converter G.703.6
Function overview
LSP2898.tif
chronous mode.
PC interface for operation of devices at the remote line end.
Network interface as E1 or T1 format for connection to 2
multiplexer.
Wide-range power supply from DC 24 V to 250 V and
AC 115 / 230 V with failsafe relay.
Indication of the data exchange via LED 3
Integrated commissioning aid (loop test)
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/101
Accessories / 7XV5662
Application
Application
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/102 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Connections
1
FO 1 / 2 ST plug / 820 nm for 50 /125 m or 62.5 /125 m multi-mode FO cable (max. 1.5 km)
RS232 For asynchronous connection from 1.2 115.21 kbit/s
Power supply
Fail safe relay
2-pole screw-type terminal
3-pole screw-type terminal with NC/NO contact
2
Network E1/T1 4-pole screw-type terminal
Housing
Aluminium housing 188 56 120 mm for mounting on 35 mm rail mounting according to EN 50032
weight 0.8 kg. Protection class according to EN 60529: IP41
3
Power supply
Wide range DC 24 to 250 V and AC 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz
Displays
4
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Fault alarm
2 yellow Data transfer 5
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/103
Accessories / 7XV5662
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/104 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5700
7XV5700 RS232 RS485 converter
Function overview
LSP2027-afp.tif
3
5
Fig. 13/73 RS232 RS485 converter
6
Description
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/105
Accessories / 7XV5700
Applications, functions
4
Fig. 13/74 Protection units connected to the RS485 bus
Note
The converter may not be used with a substationmodem due to non-existing isolation.
5 It is recommended to use the 7XV5650 and 7XV5651 converters in conjunction with the substation modem.
9 Functions
between the converter and the protection units, or between the
protection units, is connected at both sides. Whenever substan-
tial cable lengths or high baud rates are involved, a terminating
The converter works according to the master/slave principle.
resistor of 220 ohm should be applied between signal lines A
In idle state, the RS232 interface is inactive while the RS485
and B at the last protection unit. Data transmission at a speed
10 interface is switched to the receiving mode. During communica-
tion, the PC (master) sends data to the RS232 interface, which
of 19.2 kbit/s, with a bus length of up to approx. 1000 m, is
possible.
are transmitted (half duplex) to the protection unit (slave) by the
converter at the RS485 interface. After data transmission, the
12
13
14
15
13/106 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5700
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Design 1
Plug chassis Plastics
Dimensions 63 94 16 mm (W H D)
Degree of protection
Power supply
IP20
2
Power supply AC 110 or 230 V
Via Plug-in power supply unit
Electrical interfaces 3
Type RS232 to RS485 (non-isolated)
Assignment See Fig. 13/74
CE conformity, standards
This product is in conformity with the Conformity is proved by tests performed by
4
directive of the Council of the European Siemens AG in accordance with the generic standards
Communities on the approximation of the EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2.
laws of the Member States relating to the
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council
Directive 2004/108/EG previous 89/336/EEC).
5
Connecting cable
8
With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ60, 7RW60, 7SD6, 7SV60, length 1 m A
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS Q and SIPROTEC 4, length 1 m B
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS T, length 1 m
Without RS232 connecting cable
C
A
9
With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC / notebook, 9 pin B
With RS232 adaptor, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female) for PC / notebook C
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/107
Accessories / 7XV5700
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/108 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5710
7XV5710 USB RS485 converter cable
Function overview
The USB converter cable with its special pin assignment allows
6
temporary connection of up to 31 Siemens protection devices
having an electrical RS 485 interface to a PC with a USB interface
for direct or central control with DIGSI 4. 7
The converter is connected directly to the PC via a standard USB
connector (type A). The RS485 connector (9-pin SUB-D male) may
be used for direct connection to SIPROTEC 4 devices with RS485
interface modules. To connect individual compact devices with
an RS485 interface on terminals, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600,
8
etc., the 7XV5103-2AA00 or -3AA00 adapter is required. Using
the gender changer (female-female), which is included, the
converter may also be connected to the 7XV5103 bus system,
which enables communication with all the devices connected to
9
the bus. Because the cable includes a switchable bus termination,
it may be connected at either end or in the middle of the bus.
The converter draws all the power it needs via the USB interface
of the PC. 10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/109
Accessories / 7XV5710
Application
6 Fig. 13/76 PRS485 bus with USB converter cable 7XV5710 and several SIPROTEC devices (connection diagram)
15
13/110 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5710
Application, technical data
4
Fig. 13/77 Central operation via the RS485 bus
Application example For the connection of individual compact protection devices with 5
the RS485 interface on terminals e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600,
A number of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 protection devices can be
etc.., the adapter cable 7XV5103-2AA00 or the adapter
centrally operated via their interface with DIGSI via the 7XV5710
7XV5103-3AA00 is required (see Fig. 13/77).
USB converter cable. Suitable cables and adap-ters are available
for the various connection types of the SIPROTEC devices. The converter cable must only be used on a non-permanent
6
For more information, please refer to catalog sheet 7XV5103. basis because of the lack of galvanic separation. For permanent
SIPROTEC 4 devices with an RS485 interface may be directly operation, the FO converters 7XV5652 and 7XV5650/51 should
connected and operated with DIGSI 4. be used. The FO conductor ensures complete galvanic separation
between PC and SIPROTEC devices. Corresponding applications 7
may be found at: www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV56
Technical data
8
Product USB converter cable 7XV5710-0AA00
Driver
Installation
Included on CD or on the Internet at: www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV5710
Plug & Play
9
Cable length 1.8 m
USB interface Virtual COM port
Connection 1
Connection 1 pin assignment
USB 2.0 (1.1) connector type A
Pin 1 Vcc
10
Pin 2 D-
Pin 3 D+
Connection 2
Pin 4 GND
SUB-D 9-pin connector (male) with securing screws 11
Connection 2 pin assignment Pin 3 Tx / Rx- (A)
Pin 5 GND
Pin 8 Tx / Rx+ (B)
Terminating resistors
All other pins are not connected (nc)
Selectable (S1, S2 ON = terminating resistor selected)
12
+5 V Pin 3 = 390
Pin 3 Pin 8 = 220
Pin 8 Pin 5 = 390
Connection 2 protection Receiver: 15 kV human body model
6 kV IEC 1000-4-2, contact discharge
13
12 kV IEC 1000-4-2, air-gap discharge
Permitted: up to 128 receivers on the bus True-fail-safe receiver
-7 V ... +12 V common-mode range
Thermal protection against output short circuit 14
Driver: 9 kV human body model
Slew-rate limited for errorless data transmission
-7 V ... +12 V common-mode range
Current limiting
Thermal shutdown for driver-overload protection
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/111
Accessories / 7XV5710
Technical data, selection and ordering data
1 Handshake
TX/RX switchover
None
Automatic
Serial data transmission channels Half-duplex 2-wire
Power supply +5 V via USB (max. 80 mA)
Module logs on with 96 mA at the USB
2 Max. 38 mA ready (converter on, no data transmission)
Max. 80 mA full-duplex 4-core operation, (max. data rate)
Serial transmission rates 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 bits/s
3 Status indication
Operating temperature
Tx and Rx - 3 mm LED red
-5 up to +70C
Driver software Windows 98, Windows 98 SE, Windows 2000, ME, XP, Vista 32/64, Windows 7 32/64.
Certication No administrator rights required.
4 Application
CE-compliant / RoHS-compliant
Non-permanent installation with SIPROTEC devices
6
Fig. 13/78 68 USB converter cable with connector.
Default switch position:
11
12
13
14
15
13/112 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5820
7XV5820 industrial modem and modem-router with switch
LSP2884.tif
LSP2885.tif
LSP2883.tif
3
6
Description With the same analog modem Pocket 56k in the ofce it pos-
sible to establish a connection to SIPROTEC 4 devices with EN100
interfaces in a local Ethernet network using the rail-mounted
Depending on the available infrastructure and transmission
requirements, various modems and routers are available for the modem router MoRoS Modem 56k in the substation. 7
remote communication with SIPROTEC protection devices using Using the digital modem Pocket ISDN as a desktop device in the
DIGSI. ofce and the ISDN TA as a rail-mounted device in the substa-
tion ensures secure serial data communication with SIPROTEC 3
The existing infrastructure may consist of analog or digital (ISDN)
transmission networks, which may be private (internal telephone devices using 8E1 (with parity bit) up to 19.2 kbit/s, or with 8
system) or a leased line. This may determine the corresponding SIPROTEC 4 devices using 8N1 up to 57.6 kbit/s.
combinations of the modems or routers. A suitable combination With the same digital modem Pocket ISDN in the ofce, it is
usually consists of a desktop device with plug adapter in the
ofce, and a rail-mounted device in the substation (see Applica-
also possible to communicate with SIPROTEC 4 devices with an
EN100 interface module in a local Ethernet network using a rail- 9
tion). The rail-mounted devices may be operated with an optional mounted ISDN router MoRoS ISDN in the substation.
wide-range power supply adapter with all alternating current
networks as well as station batteries. Other combinations, especially with devices from other manufac-
The desktop analog modem Pocket 56k as the ofce device and
turers are strictly not recommended.
10
the rail-mounted Modem 56k in the substation ensure a secure All versions are suitable for application in control systems, and
serial data communication with SIPROTEC 3 devices using 8E1 substations as well as in areas of energy supply and distribution.
(with parity bit) up to 19.2 kbit/s, or with SIPROTEC devices using The modems can be deployed internationally (certicates of
8N1 up to 57.6 kbit/s. approval see Technical Data). As a rule, no certication is
required for use in internal networks.
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/113
Accessories / 7XV5820
Application
6
Fig. 13/80 Remote control of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
7
Application modem with the 7XV5652 RS232-FO converter is preferably
located in a communication or control room while the 7XV5450
Example 1: Remote operation of SIPROTEC 3 devices via star coupler or 7XV5650/51 FO-RS485 converter is located in
8 modem the rst protection cubicle. If the protection devices are to be
controlled centrally in the substation using a notebook, this is
This application example illustrates remote operation of achieved by plugging a DIGSI cable into the rst star coupler,
SIPROTEC 3 protection devices with an optical interface and which disables the optical interface and enables the RS232
12
13
14
15
13/114 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5820
Application
6
Fig. 13/81 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
7
Example 2: Remote operation of SIPROTEC 4 devices via If the protection devices are to be centrally controlled in the
modem substation, an additional star coupler must be used (A2). By
plugging the DIGSI cable into the rst star coupler, the optical
This application example illustrates remote operation of
SIPROTEC 4 devices with an optical or RS485 interface via analog
interface is disabled and the RS232 connection is established.
If no mini star coupler is used, central operation is only possible
8
modems (7XV5820-1 and -5) or the very much faster digital
via the electrical interface of the RS232-FO converter. The
ISDN modems (7XV5820-2 and -6). Connection of the protection
modem plug must be disconnected for this purpose.
or RTU devices with optical interface is achieved via cascadable
star couplers. The devices with RS485 interfaces are connected
via the FO-RS485 converter and the RS485 bus system 7XV5103.
A secure communication via the modems is possible with the
standard data format 8N1, with data compression and error
9
correction. The data transmission rate is determined by the
To ensure secure lightning protection of the RS485 bus, galvanic
slowest device (38.4 kbit/s or 57.6 kbit/s) and must be set to be
separation should always be implemented between the substa-
tion modem and the protection devices by means of an optical
the same on all devices.
10
barrier. The substation modem with the RS232-FO converter
7XV5652 is preferably located in a communication or control
room while the rst FO-RS485 converter 7XV5651/50 is located
in the rst protection cubicle (A1). 11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/115
Accessories / 7XV5820
Application
6
Fig. 13/82 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices with EN100 Ethernet module with DIGSI 4 over INSYS Pocket Modem / ISDN to INSYS Modem / ISDN
Example 3: Remote operation of SIPROTEC 4 devices with Remote connection from the ofce to the substation is
Ethernet interfaces via a modem-router established by means of a password-protected DUN connection
8 This application example shows remote operation of
under Windows. The connection is then transparent and the
protection devices can be operated with DIGSI 4 in the local
SIPROTEC 4 protection devices with an optical or electrical
subnet with their own IP addresses.
EN100 Ethernet interface via an analog or digital ISDN ofce
modem, (7XV5820-1 or -2), to a modem or digital ISDN router If the protection devices are to be conveniently centrally con-
9 (7XV5820-7 and -8). This router with an integrated 4-way switch
together with the RUGGEDCOM switches connected via a patch
trolled using a notebook in the substation, the notebook with an
Ethernet interface can be logged into the local subnet with
cable form a local subnet. a patch cable.
The protection or RTU devices with optical EN100 interface are Secure communication via modems is performed at 57.6 kbit/s,
10 connected to the RUGGEDCOM switches in a ring structure. The with standard data format 8N1 with data compression and error
protection / RTU devices with an electrical EN100 interface are correction
directly connected to the modem-router and switch or to the
electrical interfaces of the RUGGEDCOM switches by means of
11 double-shielded patch cables. To minimize any possible inter-
ference, the electrical connections with patch cables should be
kept as short as possible.
12
13
14
15
13/116 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5820
7XV5810-1AA00 and 7XV5820-2AA00 INSYS pocket modem
Description
LSP2883.tif
with their sophisticated engineering and their shapely compact
metal housing. 2
The devices are ideal as remote stations for our DIN rail series.
4
Fig. 13/83 7XV5810/7XV5820 pocket modem
Technical data
5
Modem 7XV5820-1AA00 7XV5820-2AA00
Network interface, line requirement
Data transmission rate
Analog telephone network
Up to 56 kbits/s
ISDN net, S0/I.430 Euro ISDN DSS1
64 kbit/s
6
Software update Flash Flash
Approvals R & TTE, CTR21 R & TTE, CTR3
Application
Standards
For international use
Developed according to CE directives,
Europe
Developed according to CE directives,
7
manufactured according to ISO 9002 manufactured according to ISO 9002
Features
Conguration Remote conguration, AT commands Local, via PC terminal, remote via ISDN 8
Connection Auto answer mode, hardware-handshake Auto answer mode with optional phone number
Speed adjustable, sleep mode, auto-bauding, verication
display caller ID
Data format 10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1,
8E1, 8O1, 8N2
B channel: V.110, X.75, V.120, X.25/X.31,
HDLC (PPP), T70NL, T90NL
9
D channel: 1TR6 DSS1, VNx
Protocols V.92, V.90, V.34+, V.34, V.32bis, V.32, V.23,
V.22bis, V.22, V.21, Bell Norm 103/212,
Fax class 1/2 10
Compression MNP5, V.42 bis, MNP 10, 10 EC, V.44
Error correction MNP 2/3/4 and V.42
Security functions Security call-back, alarm transmission, SMS to xed Access protection via approved phone number
network or as fax over AT command, selective call (accessable), password protection of remote
answer, line-in-use detection, selectable key-abort conguration
11
Electrical features
Power supply DC 9 ... 10 V (with plug power supply AC 230 V) DC 5 V (with plug power supply AC 100 to 230 V)
Consumption Approx. DC 140 mA Max. 100 mA at 5 V / 500 mW 12
Interface to application RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack
Interface to network RJ-12 (Western) RJ-45 connector
Physical features
Size in mm (W D H) 71 128 22 71 128 22
13
Temperature range 0 to 55 C 0 to 55 C
Humidity 0 to 95 % (non-condensing) 0 to 95 % (non-condensing)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/117
Accessories / 7XV5820
7XV5820 INSYS modem 56k Pro, 7XV5820 INSYS ISDN TA Pro
Description
1 With the INSYS Modem 56k Pro any application can be con-
nected to the analog telephone network, which is available
worldwide. The INSYS ISDN 4.0 can easily be connected to the
digital ISDN network.
2 Both modems enhance pure data communication with alarming
LSP2884.tif
and security functions: alarms with a user-dened text as an
SMS, fax or e-mail are triggered by digital inputs. Data connec-
tions (INSYS Modem 56k) and remote control are protected by
3 passwords. The INSYS 56k modem establishes a connection only
to a predened number in response to an incoming call if the
security call-back is activated. Selective call answer allows only
data calls from specied numbers.
4 The digital outputs can be controlled remotely. The INSYS 56k
Fig. 13/84 7XV5820 modem modem controls these outputs by data connection as well as by
DTMF tones from a tone dial phone. The digital outputs can be
congured to display the connections status.
5
Technical data
6 Modem
Network interface
7XV5820-5AA00
2-wire leased or dial-up line
7XV5820-6AA00
S0/1.430 Euro ISDN network, DSS1
Data transmission rate Max. 56 kbit/s Max. 68 kbit/s (channel building 128 kbit/s)
Digital in-/outputs 2 alarm inputs /2 control outputs 2 alarm inputs /2 control outputs
7 Watchdog
Software update
Yes
Flash update
Approvals R & TTE, CTR3
Application Europe
10 Alarm functions Triggered by alarm input or AT command: send SMS, (send fax and collective fax message
7XV5820-5AA00), establish data connection, transmit message over data connection
Output control AT command (local & remote) DTMF AT command, congurator, connection status
Security functions Password protection for connection, remote control and security callback
11 Data formats
Selective call answer, watchdog Number identication (CLIP)
10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1, 8E1, 8O1, 8N2
Bit transparent
Protocols, error correction, compression V.32bis, V.32, V.23, V.22, V.22bis, V.21, V.34+, B channel: X.75, X.25 / X.31, HDLC/PPP, V.110,
V.90, V.92, Bell Norm 103/212, Fax Class , V.120 asynchronous;
12 MNP 2/3/4, V.42, MNP 10, MNP 10 EC, D channel: X.31
MNP 5 V.42bis
Electrical features
13 Supply voltage
Current consumption
DC 10 to 60 V
Transmission: 200 mA (at 12 V)
DC 10 to 60 V
40 mA
Standby: 160 mA (at 12 V)
Inuts/outputs SPDT (single-pole double-throw) switches by galvanically isolated relays,
max. voltage DC 30 V / AC 42 V, max. current: DC 1 A / AC 0.5 A
14 Serial line speed 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s 1.2 to 230.4 kbit/s
Physical features
Housing size in mm (W D H) 55 110 75 55 110 75
15 Temperature range
Humidity
0 to 55 C
0 to 95 % (non-condensing)
0 to 70 C
0 to 90 % (non-condensing)
Function overview
LSP2885.tif
DHCP server and client
Integrated conguration interface with help function
Authentication for up to 10 users (dial-in) 3
Dialing lter for dial-out
Authentication via PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP 2
Easy conguration
Local or remote conguration
4
Fig. 13/85 7XV5820 Modem-Router-Switch (MoRoS)
Firmware update (local and remote)
2 digital inputs and outputs
Description Buffered RTC (real time clock) 5
Full NAT
Modem-Router-Switch by INSYS combines a modem, a router
and a 4-port switch. The dial-in and dial-out functionality enables DNS relay
remote maintenance and operation of devices in an Ethernet
network.
Serial Ethernet Server1)
VPN1)
6
The MoRoS device is available with an integrated analog modem Firewall1)
or with ISDN-TA. The integrated 4-port switch allows for direct
connection of up to four network devices. The MoRoS device has
an international 56k modem for global application. The congu- 1) version MoRoS PRO only
7
ration of the MoRoS device is easy and fast via a Web interface.
MoRoS by INSYS is a device that combines modem, router and
switch functions for the remote maintenance of Ethernet-enabled 8
products, e.g. PLC, HMI, etc.
Technical data 9
Modem 7XV5820-7 / -8AA00MoRoS Switch
Certications R & TTE, CTR2 (dial-up line), Ports 4
CTR3 (ISDN), CE Operating mode 10/100 Mbits/s for full and half 10
Dial-up line Transmission rate 56 kbits/s duplex operation
ISDN Transmission rate 64 kbits/s Auto detect Automatically recognizes patch and
Conguration Web interface, AT command (via cross-over cables; automatic speed
Web interface), local and remote
Conguration
adjustment
11
Router
Function Dial-in, dial-out Web interface Local/remote
Additional features Digital inputs and outputs,
Authentication 10 users for dial-in, authentication
via PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP 2 rmware update local/remote 12
Dialing lter (dial-out) Filtering of IP addresses and / or Supply
ports
Voltage DC 10 V to 60 V
Conguration Web interface, AT command (via
1 7XV5820 modem/modem-router
Analog Modem-Router
4 with 4-way switch for DIN rail-mounting, power supply DC 10 to 60 V 7
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/120 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5850
7XV5850 Ethernet modems for ofce applications
Function overview
LSP2509.tif
Serial baud rate and data format (RS232) for the terminal 2
devices is selectable from 2400 Bd up to 57.6 kBd with data
format 8N1, 8E1.
An Ethernet interface LAN to the 10/100 Mbit network.
Better security with password protection and IP address 3
selection is possible.
Fig. 13/86 7XV5850 Ethernet modem
4
Description
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/121
Accessories / 7XV5850
Application
1 8
LSA4475-aen.eps
5
6 compact
Fig. 13/87 Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
7
Using the ofce computer and DIGSI 4, both substation 1 and 2
may be dialed up via Ethernet modems. A TCP/IP point-to-point
8 data connection is established between the ofce modem and
corresponding substation modem when dialed up via the net-
work. This is maintained until the ofce modem terminates the
connection. The serial data exchange takes place via this data
9 connection, with the modem converting the data from serial to
Ethernet with full duplex mode. Between the ofce modem and
the ofce PC, the highest baud rate is always used, e.g. 57.6 kB
for SIPROTEC 4 units. The serial baud rate of the substation
modem is adapted to the baud rate required by the protection
10 relays, e.g. substation modem 1 with 57.6 kB for SIPROTEC 4
and substation modem 2 with 9.6 kB for SIPROTEC 3 units. These
settings are only dened once in the modem. The Ethernet
modems are integrated in DIGSI 4 similar to telephone modems.
11 Instead of the telephone number, the preset IP address assigned
to the modem is selected.
If later an Ethernet connection is available in the substation, the
existing modem can be replaced by an Ethernet modem. The
12 entire serial bus structure and cabling may remain unchanged.
13
14
15
13/122 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5850
Technical data, selection and ordering data
Technical data
Connections 1
RS232 interface 9-pin, SUB-D connector
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45
Power supply (see below)
Desktop device for ofce use 7XV5850-0AA00 2
Housing Desktop housing, plastic, charcoal grey, 46 109 74 (W H D) in mm
Supply Wide-range plug-in power supply, auxiliary voltage AC 100 240 V
Scope of supply
Indication (8 x LED)
With RS232 cable for Notebook/PC. With Ethernet cable (cross-over) 2 m
3
Power Operating voltage o.k.
RS232 TxD Transmitting data to RS232
LAN Tx
Error
Transmitting data to LAN
Error on RS232
4
System RS232 connection established
RS232 RxD Receiving data from RS232
LAN Rx Receiving data from LAN 5
Link LAN LAN connection established
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/123
Accessories / 7XV5850
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/124 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / SCALANCE X-200RNA
SCALANCE X204RNA HSR
Benets
Overview
Application 5
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access) managed points with HSR functionality enable low-cost connection of
Industrial Ethernet network access devices with HSR functionality
(High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol in accordance
non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to ring-shaped networks in
which high availability is demanded. The devices with degree
6
with IEC 62439-3) are used to connect up to two non-HSR- of protection IP20 are designed for operation in the control
enabled terminal devices or network segments to a ring-shaped cabinet.
HSR network structure. They can also be used for simple and
redundant transition from HSR to PRP (Parallel Redundancy Product versions 7
Protocol) network structures. Network access point in plastic enclosure with electrical ports
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in SCALANCE X204RNA;
accordance with the port type of the devices
Media redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames
for connecting up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices
to ring-shaped networks with four electrical ports 8
in ring-shaped networks Network access point in metal enclosure with electrical and
High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously optical ports, as well as a wide-range power supply unit for use
under extended ambient conditions
via two routes in the ring
No reconguration times of the ring-shaped networks are SCALANCE X204RNA EEC;
9
required in the event of an error due to duplicate transmission for connecting up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices
of frames in the ring to ring-shaped networks with two electrical terminal device
ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for network
Simple and redundant connection of HSR and PRP network
structures
connection 10
SCALANCE X204RNA EEC;
Redundant 24 V DC power input or wide-range power supply with congurable functionality (PRP or HSR) for connecting
unit, depending on device version up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to ring-shaped
SNMP access, integrated Web server and automatic e-mail networks with two electrical terminal device ports and two 11
transmission function for remote diagnostics and signaling via optical/electrical combo ports for network connection
the network
Features
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status,
data communication)
12
Remote diagnostics possible via signaling contact
(fault signaling contact can be set locally using SET button),
SNMP, and Web browser 13
With its extended ambient conditions, the SCALANCE
X204RNA EEC is suitable for use in electric power substations
and distribution systems (IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613)
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/125
Accessories / SCALANCE X-200RNA
SCALANCE X204RNA HSR
1 PG/PC/IPC Server
PRP communication
2 SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
3 Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
XR-300
SCALANCE
XR-300 EEC
HSR communication
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X204RNA X204RNA
Protection device
IP camera with HSR 1) Industrial Ethernet
Protection device
5 without HSR 1)
G_IK10_XX_10343
PC
Environment with a
SCALANCE SCALANCE
high EMC load, e.g.
X204RNA X204RNA
low-voltage and
EEC
1) high-voltage switchgear
High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
6 IP camera
Protection device
with HSR 1)
G_IK10_XX_10344
Protection device
without HSR 1)
PC
7 1)
High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
For extended ambient
conditions, e.g. EMC load
More information
15 1 pack = 50 unit B
Application
Overview
to two redundant networks with two electrical terminal
device ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for
5
network connection
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access) managed SCALANCE X204RNA EEC;
Industrial Ethernet network access points with PRP functionality
(Parallel Redundancy Protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3)
with congurable functionality (PRP or HSR) for connecting
up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to ring-shaped
6
are used to connect up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices networks with two electrical terminal device ports and two
or network segments to parallel networks. optical/electrical combo ports for network connection
Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks in
accordance with the port type of the devices
Features 7
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status,
Redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames in two
data communication)
parallel, separate networks
High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously
over two separate networks
Remote diagnostics possible via signaling contact
(signal screen can be set locally using buttons), SNMP, 8
and Web browser
Reconguration times in a subnetwork do not affect the
With its extended ambient conditions, the SCALANCE
propogation time because the frames are transmitted via two
separate networks (seamless redundancy)
X204RNA EEC is suitable for use in power switching and
distribution systems (IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613) 9
Redundant 24 V DC voltage infeed or wide-range power supply
unit, depending on device version
SNMP access, integrated Web server and automatic e-mail
transmission function for remote diagnostics and signaling via 10
the network
Benets
11
Ideal solution for establishing Industrial Ethernet networks
with high network availability (seamless media redundancy
through parallel data transfer in parallel network topologies)
The reconguration time of a subnetwork does not inuence 12
frame transmission
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200RNA network access
13
devices into the existing network management infrastructure
through SNMP access
Simple commissioning without mandatory conguring
Module replacement without the need for a programming
14
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
conguration data
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/127
Accessories / SCALANCE X-200RNA
SCALANCE X204RNA PRP
2 Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
3 Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SIPROTEC SCALANCE
4 X204RNA
SIMATIC PC
5 S7-400 with
G_IK10_XX_10333
CP 443-1RNA
6
Fig. 13/92 Seamless, parallel networks with PRP redundancy protocol
7
More information
8 Further products and completions in the catalog IK PI. Online version:
http://www.siemens.de/snst
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as conguration of modular variants, both the SIMATIC NET Ofine version:
9 Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available: http://www.siemens.de/snst-download
TIA Selection Tool:
http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
15
13/128 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / SOFTNET-IE RNA
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Benets
Application 4
Fig. 13/93 SOFTNET-IE RNA The SOFTNET-IE RNA software package enables low-cost con-
nection of PCs with two network interfaces to parallel, separate
Overview
networks in which high availability is demanded.
5
SOFTNET-IE RNA (Redundant Network Access) is the software
for connecting a PC to networks with PRP (Parallel Redundancy
Protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3) capability 6
High level of plant availability thanks to duplicate transmission
of frames in two parallel, separate networks
Reconguration times in a subnetwork do not affect the
propagation time because the frames are transmitted via two
7
separate networks (seamless redundancy)
Integration in network management systems through support
for SNMP
Conguring tools are included in the scope of delivery of the
8
communication software in each case
9
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Server with
SOFTNET-IE
RNA
10
11
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SIPROTEC SCALANCE
X204RNA
12
SIMATIC PC
S7-400 with
13
G_IK10_XX_10333
CP 443-1RNA
14
1 SOFTNET-IE RNA
Software for connecting PCs to PRP-enabled networks with integrated SNMP, runtime software,
software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB ash drive, Class A
For 32/64-bit Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit Windows 2008 Server R2;
4 German/English
Single License for one installation
Upgrade 6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0
6 From V8.1 to V8.2
Single License for one installation
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/130 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / SCALANCE S
SCALANCE S
Benets
Overview
Product versions
5
SCALANCE S602
The security modules of the SCALANCE S range can be used to Stateful inspection rewall to protect network segments
protect all devices of an Ethernet network against unauthorized
access. In addition, SCALANCE S612 or SCALANCE S623 also
against unauthorized access 6
Connection via 10/100/1000-Mbit/s ports
protects the data transmission between devices or network
segments (e.g. automation cells) against data manipulation and SCALANCE S612
espionage; they can also be used for secure remote access over
the Internet.
Like S602. Additional 128 VPN tunnels simultaneously possible. 7
Control of the data trafc due to stateful inspection rewall: SCALANCE S623
Protection against operator mistakes Like S612. Additional RJ45 DMZ port (DMZ: "demilitarized
Prevention of unauthorized access zone") for secure connection of, for example, remote main-
tenance modems, laptops, or an additional network. This
8
Prevention of faults and communications overload
yellow port is protected by rewalls from the red and green
Authentication of the communication devices and encryption ports and can also terminate VPNs.
of the data transmission with VPN protects against espionage
and manipulation. 9
Rugged, industry-standard devices (e.g. extended temperature
range, redundant power supply)
Easy and clear conguration with the Security Conguration-
Tool (SCT) 10
The communication is protocol-independent protected
Remote access via the Internet possible without restrictions
and with any provider
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/131
Accessories / SCALANCE S
SCALANCE S
2 Company network
Local
service PC
Remote
SCALANCE Internet service PC
DSL modem
G_IK10_XX_10303
Plant network/
secure automation cell
6
Fig. 13/96 Connection of a local or remote service PC (via Internet access) by use of the DMZ port of the SCALANCE S623
7
More information
8 More information can be found here:
www.siemens.de/industrialsecurity
10
Selection and ordering data
15
13/132 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / SCALANCE M
Router for Mobile Networks SCALANCE M874-2/SCALANCE M874-3
Overview
Rugged plastic housing for DIN rail mounting 5
2 Ethernet ports for Industrial Ethernet
EDGE/HSPA+ router for wireless IP communication of Industrial Diagnostics LEDs for modem status, eld strength, connection
Ethernet-based automation systems via mobile wireless
networks
checks, VPN status and DI/DO channels
Connection to the 24 V DC power supply
6
Integrated security functions with rewall
1 x SMA connector for 2G/3G antenna
Both VPN server and VPN client
Numerous tunnel protocols available: IPsec, OpenVPN Supported mobile wireless standards
7
User-specic login M874-2: 2G (GPRS, EDGE)
M874-3: 2G (GPRS, EDGE) and 3G (UMTS, HSPA+)
Benets Protocols
DNS, DynDNS, no-ip
8
Monitoring and controlling wirelessly connected telecontrol
substations with low investment and operating costs Management
Reduction in traveling costs and telephone charges due to
remote programming and diagnostics by means of mobile
Web interface for conguration and management
CLI for conguration and management
9
radio networks
SNMP and MIBs, TRAPS are supported
User-friendly diagnostics by means of terminal clients and
short download times due to the higher speed with HSPA+
High security thanks to IPSec-based VPN functionality and
Security and routing
Secure data transfer with encryption and identication
10
rewall (authentication) of the communication participants thanks
Savings in conguring time thanks to the SCALANCE S Security to the use of VPN (IPsec, OpenVPN). Multiple VPN tunnels
Module through tailored VPN conguration
Can be used worldwide thanks to GSM quad band technology
possible at the same time.
Login and rewall function for specic assignment and check-
11
and UMTS penta band technology (observe national regulations!) ing of access rights
Routing and port forwarding with NAT, NAPT and 1:1 NAT is
Application
supported 12
Diagnostics and logging
The SCALANCE M874 devices are universal. Due to their design
and electrical characteristics, the routers are particularly suit- SysLog is supported
able for use in industrial applications. Expanded event management with alarms via e-mail, SMS, DO 13
Remote programming and maintenance worldwide by means Log table
of mobile radio networks
Time synchronization
Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. through status-
dependent speed control of pumps in remote stations Network Time Protocol (NTP) is supported 14
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is supported
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/133
Accessories / SCALANCE M
SCALANCE M874-2/SCALANCE M874-3
6
Fig. 13/98 Transparent transport of telecontrol protocols, e.g. IEC 60870-5-104 in the Energy Automation environment
7
More information
8 Visit us at our SIMATIC NET website:
www.siemens.com/automation/simatic-net
There you will nd information on products and solutions, cur-
9 rent information on SIMATIC NET as well as events and specialist
publications.
At www.siemens.com/automation/net/catalog, you have direct
13 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation-
displacement/terminal contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables, with a
180 cable outlet, for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit A
1 pack = 10 unit B
14 1 pack = 50 unit B
15
13/134 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
RUGGEDCOM RS900 9-Port Managed Ethernet Switch with Fiber Optical Uplinks
RS900
Managed Ethernet switch with ber uplinks
9 ports: 6 10/100BaseTX + optional 3 100BaseFX or 1
3 10/100BaseTX
RS9xxG
Managed Ethernet switch 2
8 Ports: 6 10/100/1000BaseTX + optional 2 1000BaseX
(gigabit) or 10 Ports: 8 10/100BaseTX + 2 1000BaseX (gigabit)
Function
3
Ethernet Ports
Up to 9 Ports: 6 Base 10/100BaseTX ports with option for 3
additional ber or copper ports 4
Industry-standard ber optical connectors: LC, SC, ST, MTRJ
Fig. 13/99 RUGGEDCOM RS900 Multi-mode and single-mode optical transceivers
Overview
Long haul optics allow distances up to 90 km
5
Cyber Security Features
Multi-level user passwords
The RS900 from the RUGGEDCOM product line is a 9-port
industrially hardened, fully managed Ethernet switch specically
designed to operate reliably in electrically harsh and climatically
SSH/SSL (128-bit encryption)
Enable/disable ports, MAC-based port security
6
demanding environments. The RS900 provides a high level of Port-based network access control (802.1x)
immunity to electromagnetic interference and heavy electrical
VLAN (802.1Q) to segregate and secure network trafc
surges typical of environments found in substation and distribu-
tion automation, and also on plant oors or in curb side trafc RADIUS centralized password management 7
control cabinets. An operating temperature range of -40 to +85 C SNMPv3 authentication and 56-bit encryption
(-40 to +185 F) coupled with hazardous location certication
(Class 1 Division 2) allows the RS900 to be placed in almost any RuggedRated for Reliability in Harsh Environments
location. The RS900 is packaged in a compact, galvanized steel Immunity to EMI and heavy electrical surges 8
enclosure that allows either DIN or panel mounting for efcient Meets IEEE 1613 class 1 (electric utility substations)
use of cabinet space. The RS900 provides an integrated power
supply with a wide range of voltages (88-300 V DC or 85-264 V Exceeds IEC 61850-3 (electric utility substations)
AC) for worldwide operability or dual-redundant, reversible polar-
ity, 24 V DC and 48 V DC power supply inputs for high-availability
Exceeds IEC 61800-3
Exceeds IEC 61000-6-2
9
applications requiring dual or backup power inputs. The RS900s
Hazardous Location Certication: Class 1 Division 2
superior ruggedized design coupled with the embedded Rugged
-40 C to +85 C operating temperature (no fans)
Operating System (ROS) provides improved system reliability
and advanced networking features making it ideally suited for Conformal coated printed circuit boards (optional) 10
creating Ethernet networks for mission-critical, real-time control
applications. The versatility and wide selection of ber optics Rugged Operating System (ROS) Features
allow the RS900 to be used in a variety of applications. The Simple plug and play operation automatic learning,
RS900 provides up to three 100-Mbps ber optical Ethernet ports negotiation, and crossover detection 11
for creating a ber optical backbone with high noise immunity MSTP 802.1Q-2005 (formerly 802.1s)
and long haul connectivity. All RUGGEDCOM products are backed
by a ve-year warranty and unsurpassed technical support. RSTP (802.1w) and Enhanced Rapid Spanning Tree (eRSTP)
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/135
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
RUGGEDCOM RS900 9-Port Managed Ethernet Switch with Fiber Optical Uplinks
Management Tools
Web-based, Telnet, CLI management interfaces
1 SNMP v1/v2/v3 (56-bit encryption)
Energy Management: Smart Grid
Meters
IED
5
PLC Modem PLC Modem
8
Warranty
5 years applicable to design or manufacturing related product defects.
13
14
15
13/136 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 19" Ethernet Switch
Overview
-40 C to +85 C operating temperature (no fans) 5
Conformal coated printed circuit boards (optional)
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 is an industrially hardened, fully Rugged Operating System (ROS) Features
managed, modular Ethernet switch, specically designed to oper-
ate reliably in electrically harsh and climatically demanding utility
Simple plug and play operation automatic learning, 6
negotiation, and crossover detection
substation and industrial environments. The RSG2100s superior
RuggedRated hardware design coupled with the embedded MSTP 802.1Q-2005 (formerly 802.1s)
Rugged Operating System (ROS) provides improved system
reliability and advanced cyber security and networking features
RSTP (802.1W) and Enhanced Rapid Spanning Tree (eRSTP)
network fault recovery (< 5 ms) 7
making it ideally suited for creating secure Ethernet networks for Quality of Service (802.1P) for real-time trafc
mission-critical, real-time control applications. The RSG2100s
VLAN (802.1Q) with double tagging and GVRP support
modular exibility offers 10BaseFL/100BaseFX/1000BaseX ber
and 10/100/1000BaseTX and micro-D copper port combinations. Link aggregation (802.3ad) 8
Optional front or rear mount connectors make the RSG2100 IGMP Snooping for multicast ltering
highly versatile for any application and can support multiple ber Port Rate Limiting and Broadcast Storm Limiting
connectors (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC) without loss of port density. The
RSG2100 is packaged in a rugged galvanized steel enclosure with
industrial-grade DIN, panel, or 19" rack-mount mounting options.
Port conguration, status, statistics, mirroring, security
SNTP time synchronization (client and server)
9
Industrial automation features (e.g. Modbus)
Function overview of the RSG2x00 product family:
The RS2100 is part of a product family of 19" managed gigabit
Ethernet switches.
Management Tools
Web-based, Telnet, CLI management interfaces
10
Up to 9 ports: 1000BaseX (Gigabit) and/or 10/100/1000BaseTX SNMP v1/v2/v3
or up to 19 ports: 3 1000BaseX (Gigabit) + 16 10/100BaseX or Remote monitoring (RMON)
Up to 32 ports: 24 10/100BaseTX and optional 4 1000BaseX
(Gigabit) or 8 100BaseX
Rich set of diagnostics with logging and alarms 11
Power over Ethernet (PoE) version available Universal Power Supply Options
Fully integrated, redundant (optional) power supplies
Function Universal high voltage range: 88-300 V DC or 85-264 V AC 12
Low voltage ranges: 24 V DC (10-36 V DC), 48 V DC
Ethernet Ports (36-72 V DC)
Up to 3-Gigabit Ethernet ports copper and/or ber
Up to 16-Fast Ethernet ports copper and/or ber
Screw or pluggable terminal blocks
CSA/UL 60950 safety approved to +85 C
13
2 port modules for tremendous exibility
Non-blocking, store and forward switching
Supports many types of ber (multi-mode, single-mode,
bi-directional single strand)
14
Long haul optics allow Gigabit distances up to 70 km
Multiple connector types (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, RJ45, micro-D)
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/137
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 19" Ethernet Switch
5
Fig. 13/102 Simplied diagram of IEC 61850 architecture for high and mid voltage substations with RUGGEDCOM switches enabling
core Ethernet network.
8
Warranty
5 years applicable to design or manufacturing related product defects.
13
14
15
13/138 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
Managed 28 Gigabit Port Ethernet Rack switch, RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
Benets
Fanless 4
No routine maintenance required
Fig. 13/103 RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 eliminates major point of failure
Overview
High-Density 28 Port Gigabit Design
Reduces required rack space
5
Gives network architects greater exibility
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 is the rst utility grade, eld upgrad-
able, non blocking 28 Gigabit port, layer 2 switch ideally suited
for applications within utility substation and distribution; the
Native IEEE 1588v2 (planned in Q3/2013)
Eliminates discrete timing solutions
6
RSG2488 is designed to reduce rack space needs, cut sparing Makes evolution to future applications
costs and minimize time-to-repair while eliminating routine (like 61850 process bus) simple and economic
maintenance, delivering increased network availability and low-
est total cost of ownership. Mature and proven ROS management system
7
The RSG2488 is the latest addition to Siemens extensive portfolio Track record in substation automation
of products for industrial communication. The RSG2488 can Reuse of existing tools, training, support, etc.
operate reliably in electrically harsh and climatically demanding
environments, e.g. in utility substation and distribution but Utility Grade:
8
also in networks for intelligent transportation solutions and IEC 61850-3
infrastructure as well as rail systems along the entire rail line.
IEEE 1613
With an operating temperature range of -40 C to +85 C, a 1U
form factor, extruded all-aluminum enclosure, fanless thermal Application
9
management and optional conformal coating, the RSG2488 can
be placed in almost any location. In meeting all specications of The RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 Industrial Ethernet switch supports
the IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613 standards, the RSG2488 satises
even the highest requirements in applications where switching
cost-effective conguration of Ethernet line, ring and star topolo-
gies when high availability for mission-critical applications in 10
transients and extreme EMI conditions are a possibility. harsh environments is required.
The RSG2488 provides a fully modular design with ports that can
be congured as 10/100/1000TX copper, 100FX or 1000SX ber.
Exchange and expansion of the ports can be done quickly and
11
directly on-site. With its modular, vertical loading design and dual
redundant hot swappable power supplies, the RSG2488 provides
users with the exibility and eld maintenance simplicity needed
to efciently implement, maintain and evolve a broadband local 12
area network.
The RSG2488s RuggedRated hardware design and proven
Rugged Operating System (ROS) offer improved system reliability,
advanced cyber security and advanced networking features
13
which make it ideal for creating secure Ethernet networks for
mission-critical applications in harsh environments.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/139
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
Managed 28 Gigabit Port Ethernet Rack switch, RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
7
Fig. 13/104 Use-case: high level architecture
8
Function Management Tools System Features
Web-based, Telnet, CLI management interfaces
9 ROS 4.0 Product Features SNMP v1/v2/v3
Multi-level user passwords Rich set of diagnostics with logging and alarms
10 SSH/SSL (128-bit encryption) ROS 4.1 Product Features (planned in Q3/2013)
VLAN (802.1Q) to segregate and secure network trafc
Cyber Security Features
RADIUS centralized password management
Enable/Disable Ports
11 SNMPv3 authentication and 56-bit encryption
Mac-Based Port Security
Rugged Operating System Features 802.1x Port-Based Network Access Control
Simple plug and play operation automatic learning,
Rugged Operating System Features
negotiation, and crossover detection
12 MSTP 802.1Q-2005 (formerly 802.1s)
IGMP snooping
Link Aggregation (802.3ad)
RSTP (802.1W) and Enhanced Rapid Spanning Tree
(eRSTP) network fault recovery Static MCAST ltering
15
13/140 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / RUGGEDCOM
Managed 28 Gigabit Port Ethernet Rack switch, RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
Ethernet switch for setting up electrical and/or optical Industrial Ethernet networks; all ports can
6GK6024-
1
optionally be equipped with optical or electrical 2-port media modules; all ports support Gigabit
Ethernet (non-blocking) eRSTP, RMON, IGMP Snooping/Querier, network management via SNMP and
web server
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s slots for 2-port media modules, electrical or optical 2
6 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s slots for 4-port media modules, electrical or optical
Order Codes
RSG2488-_ ___ ___ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ ___ 3
M PS1 PS2 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 MOD
M: Mounting Options
DP = DIN and Panel Mount Kit 4
RD = 19" Rack, DIN, and Panel Mount Kit
00 = No Mounting Option
Slots S1 to S6 5
2424 = Empty
24CG01 = 4 x10/100/1000Tx RJ45
24FG01 = 4 x1000SX - MM, 850nm, LC, 500m
24FG02 = 4 x1000LX - SM, 1310nm, SC , 10km
6
24FG03 = 4 x1000LX - SM, 1310nm, LC , 10km
24FG50 = 4 x1000LX SFP - Blank (no optical transceiver)
24FG51 = 4 x1000SX SFP - MM, 850nm, LC, 500m
24FG52 = 4 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1310nm, LC, 10km
7
24FG53 = 4 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1310nm, LC, 25km
24FG54 = 4 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1550nm, LC, 70km
24FXA01 = 4 x100FX - MM, 1300nm, ST
24FXA02 = 4 x100FX - MM, 1300nm, SC
8
24FXA11 = 4 x100FX - MM, 1300nm, LC
24FXA04 = 4 x100FX - SM, 1310nm, ST, 20km
24FXA05 = 4 x100FX - SM, 1310nm, SC, 20km 9
24PTP1 = Precision Time Protocol (PTP) Source Card: Input
Slots S7 S8
XXXX = Empty 10
22CG01 = 2 x10/100/1000Tx RJ45
22FG50 = 2 x1000LX SFP - Blank (no optical transceiver)
22FG51 = 2 x1000SX SFP - MM, 850nm, LC, 500m
22FG52 = 2 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1310nm, LC, 10km
11
22FG53 = 2 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1310nm, LC, 25km
22FG54 = 2 x1000LX SFP - SM, 1550nm, LC, 70km
15
Further Information: www.siemens.com/ruggedcom, http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/142 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / SITOP Power Supply
SITOP Power Supply
Benets
4
Fig. 13/105 SITOP Power Supply
Overview
5
Different SITOP product lines offer reliable power supplies
for almost all line voltages, outputs, and requirements for
regulated 24 V DC and other output voltages 6
Redundancy modules decouple power supply units of the same
type so that a defective power supply unit cannot affect the
intact one
SITOP DC UPS modules with two different types of energy
7
storage expand the range of 24 V power supply units for
uninterruptible DC power supply:
High-capacity and durable capacitors for buffering in the
minute range, also for applications with IP65 degree of
8
protection
Maintenance-free battery modules for continued operation,
even for hours
The selectivity module distributes the 24 V supply among
9
several feeders and monitors them for fault-related overload.
The electronic add-on module detects short-circuits even in
long, high-impedance lines and reliably switches off the load
circuit.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/143
Accessories / SITOP Power Supply
SITOP Power Supply
6
Fig. 13/106 Conguration with SITOP smart (PSU100S) and add-on modules
8 Ordering data
9 Power Supply 24 V DC
SITOP compact the slim power supply up
to 100 W for control boxes, single-phase 0.6 A, 1.3 A, 2.5 A, 4.0 A
LOGO!Power at power supply up to
100 W for distribution boards, single-phase 1.3 A, 2.5 A, 4.0 A
10 SITOP smart the high-performance stan-
dard power supply up to 1000 W for 1-phase single-phase: 2.5 A, 5 A, 10 A, 40 A
and 3-phase networks 3-phase: 10 A, 20 A, 40 A
SITOP modular technology power supply
11 up to 1000 W for demanding solutions for
1-, 2- and 3-phase
single-phase: 5 A, 10 A, 20 A, 40 A
3-phase: 20 A, 40 A
12 SITOP PSE202U
DC UPS SITOP UPS500S with capacitors
10 A, 40 A
15
13/144 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories/7XV5662
7XV5662-6AD10 resistance temperature detector (RTD-box) TR1200
Function overview
SIPV6-108.tif
and RS485 activity
Code lock prevents parameter manipulation
TR600 compatible (to replace one TR600 with 6 sensors
connected) 4
Fig. 13/107 7XV5662-6AD10 RTD-box TR1200 Universal power-supply AC/DC 24 to 240 V
Snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard rail EN 60715
Description 5
The RTD-box TR1200 can capture up to 12 temperatures with
12 measuring inputs. 2- and 3-conductor Pt 100 sensors are
supported. For the 2-conductor mode, the measured conductor
resistance can be compensated for with a corresponding setting.
6
The measurement of temperatures may be simulated for commis-
sioning purposes.
The output of measured values to the protection device is
compatible with TR600 and implemented with bus cable
7
7XV5103-7AAxx via a RS485 bus.
All settings are done via 3 push buttons on the front of the
device. Entry can be blocked via a code. 8
The TR1200 has a wide-range power supply from DC 24 250V
and AC 115/230 V as well as an alarm relay. Sensor failure or
sensor short-circuit are alarmed and transmitted via protocol to
the SIPROTEC device. 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/145
Accessories / 7XV5662
Application, technical data
Application
SIPROTEC relays with RS485 interface e.g. SIPROTEC 4 with
FO RS485-FO
alternative
measuring locations, the connections may converter
SIPV6.094en.eps
RS485 7XV5650
also be done using multi-mode ber-optic
4 conductors and the converter 7XV5650
(see Fig. 13/108).
2 single wires
1 x RS485 cable 7XV5103-7AAxx
Plug (male)
SUB-D conn., 9 pin
res. 120 Ohm
7 Relay output
Number 1 changeover contact (CO)
Switching voltage Max. AC 415 V
Switching current Max. 5 A
12 Measuring range
Resolution
-199 to 850 C
1 C
Accuracy 0.5 % of measured value 1 K
Sensor current 0.8 mA
13 Temperature drift
Short circuit
< 0.04 C / K
< 15 Ohm
Interruption > 400
Sensor resistance + circuit resistance Max. 500 Ohm
14
15
13/146 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data, selection and ordering data
RS485 interface
Device address
Baud rate
0 to 96
4800, 9600, 19200 bit/s 1
Parity N, O, E (no, odd, even)
Max. cable length 1000 m at 19200 bit/s
Serial protocol Serial RTD Protocol Ziehl / SIPROTEC
See manual for detailed protocol description 2
Test conditions
Acc. to EN 61010
Rated impulse voltage insulation
Overvoltage category
4000 V
III
3
Pollution rate 2
Rated insulation level Vi 300 V
Duty cycle
Perm. ambient temperature
100 %
- 20 C to + 65 C
4
EN 60068-2-2 dry heat
Electrical isolation Power supply measuring inputs DC 3820 V
No electrical isolation
EMC-tests
RS 485 interface measuring inputs
EN 61326-1
5
EMC test for noise emission EN 61000-4-3
Fast transient disturbances / Burst EN 61000-4-4 4 kV
10
Selection and ordering data
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/147
Accessories / 7XV5662
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/148 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories/7XV5662
7XV5662-7AD10 universal relay/RTD-/20 mA-box TR800 Web
Function overview
8 measuring inputs:
Pt 100, Pt 1000 in 2- or 3-conductor technology
1
KTY 83 or KTY 84
Thermocouples type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
DC 0 to 10 V, 0/4 to DC 20 mA
Resistance 500 Ohm, resistance 30 kOhm
2
4 relay-outputs (each potential-free changeover contact)
Ethernet interface (http, https, UDP, MODBUS, Bonjour, UpNP,
SNMP) 3
SIPV6-109.eps
RS485 interface (Standard ZIEHL- and MODBUS RTU protocol)
Universal power-supply AC/DC 24 to 240 V
Integrated Web server for configuration, read-out of measured
data, user-management email-alarms, data- and alarm-logging 4
Fig. 13/109 7XV5662-7AD10 universal relay/RTD-box TR800
Time-dependent control (day/night)
Real-time clock with synchronization with time server.
Description 5
The universal relay TR800 Web has 8 measuring/sensor inputs
and is able to capture 8 temperatures via PT100- (Ni100 and
Ni120) elements. The measuring values 1 6 may be transmitted
to SIPROTEC 4 devices with thermo function via protocol.
6
Two universal relays with a total of 12 measuring inputs can be
connected.
Connection is established via a serial RS485 interface (see
Fig. 13/112). The TR800 is protocol compatible with the TR600
7
(7XV5662-3AD10, 7XV5662-5AD10) on the serial RS485
interface, and transmits the 6 temperatures in the same format.
In this mode, the TR800 can replace the TR600. 8
In the case of 7SK80 motor protection, the connection may alter-
natively be made via the Ethernet interface, if the system inter-
face is (pre-)assigned (see Fig. 13/110 + 13/111). The universal
relay is operated and configured via the Ethernet interface with a
Web browser. Three conductor thermo elements are supported.
9
For the dual conductor connection the measured line resistance
can be compensated for by a software setting. Furthermore,
temperatures can be simulated to test the thermo-function in the
SIPROTEC devices.
10
Alternatively to thermo sensors, 8 analog values DC 0/4 20 mA
and DC 0 10 V may be measured. The output can be scaled and
the designation (C, V, A, %) can be adapted in the TR800. The
transmission to the SIPROTEC device however takes place via
11
the RTD protocol in temperature format. 6 of the 8 analog sen-
sor values are available there. With 2 TR800 12 values are avail-
able. For example 5.5 mA is transferred with a temperature value
of 55 in this way and may either be displayed as temperature in 12
the SIPROTEC device or compared with a set limit via a threshold
value. This allows for the processing of analog dimensions in
SIPROTEC devices with thermo function or their transmission to a
substation control unit (e.g. SICAM PAS). In the bay control unit 13
6MD66 V4.8 (available since 05/2009) all 8 measuring inputs are
available.
The TR800 has a wide-range power supply from DC 24 V 250 V
and AC 115/230 V as well as an alarm relay. Sensor failure or 14
sensor short-circuit are alarmed and transmitted via protocol to
the SIPROTEC device.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/149
Accessories / 7XV5662
Application
SIPV6.096en.eps
7XV5662-7AD10
4 in the SIPROTEC device. In this way, one
SIPROTEC device may use temperatures
6 / 8 x PT100
or 10 V
Sensors 1- 6 or 20 mA
1 3 and another device can use the
temperatures 3 6 for processing. Each
5 device, however, reads in all 6 tempera-
ture values (Fig. 13/110).
Fig. 13/110 Connection of one device via Ethernet
DIGSI 4 and Web browser can run in paral- IP 192.168.10.190 IP 192.168.10.191 2 x Universal relay TR800
SIPV6.097en.eps
7XV5662-7AD10
lel on the operating PC. Accordingly, one
9 of the two TR800 Web and the protection
6/8 x PT100
or 10 V
device can be applied and read out during Sensors 1- 6 Sensors 1- 6 (7-12) or 20 mA
normal operation. (Fig. 13/111).
Fig. 13/111 Connection of two devices via Ethernet
10 Communication via RS485 bus
One or two TR800 may be connected
via a RS485 interface to a SIPROTEC 4 SIPROTEC relays with RS485 interface e.g. SIPROTEC 4 with
7SK80x 7SJ602 7SJ6/7UM6 FO interface
device with thermo function (7SJ6, 7UT6, Operation with Operation with
11 7UM6), or the compact device 7SK80. Notebook or PC
USB cable DIGSI cable
Notebook or PC
RS485 7XV5650
with 6 measuring inputs. The mode of
Universal relay TR800 Web Universal relay TR800 Web Plug (male)
operation is set via the RS485 address of
14 the TR800 Web.
7XV5662-7AD10
(6/8 x PT100 or 20 mA)
7XV5662-7AD10
(6/8 x PT100 or 20 mA)
SUB-D conn., 9 pin
res. 120 Ohm
15
13/150 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data
Measured range
C
Short circuit
Ohm
Interruption
Ohm
Sensor resistance + circuit resistance
Ohm
13
Sensor min. max. < > > max.
Pt 100 -199 860 15 400 500
Pt 1000 -199 860 150 4000 4100 14
When connecting Ni100 or Ni120 sensors, the conversion is done in the SIPROTEC device.
The TR800 is congured with Pt100 sensors.
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/151
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data, selection and ordering data
1 Accuracy
Sensor current
0.5 % of measured value 0.5 K
0.6 mA
Temperature drift < 0.04 C / K
Voltage/current input
3 Temperature drift
Resistance measurement
< 0.02 % / K
5 Size (W H D)
Depth / Width
140 90 58 mm
55 mm / 8 TE
Circuit termination single strand Per 1 x 1.5 mm2
Braided conductor with crimp lug Per 1 x 1.0 mm2
7 Weight
(with 2 additional brackets)
Approx. 370 g
12
13
14
15
13/152 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
7XV5662-8AD10 resistance temperature detector (RTD-box) TR1200 IP (Ethernet)
Function overview
SIPV6-110.tif
Electric 10 MBit/s Ethernet interface (RTD IP protocol from
ZIEHL, or MODBUS IP protocol)
Read-out display, conguration, simulation and rmware
update via Web browser 4
Fig. 13/113 7XV5662-8AD10 RTD-box TR1200 IP (Ethernet) Tested with Mozilla Firefox 3.5 and
Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.0
Description
LEDs for measurement allocation, error, relay status and
Ethernet interface
5
The RTD-box TR1200 IP has 12 sensor inputs which allow mea- Code protection against manipulation of the setpoint values
surement of up to 12 temperatures by Pt100 sensors. Wide-range power supply AC/DC 24 to 240 V
Three conductor sensors are supported. For two conductor Distributor housing for panel mounting 8 TE, front-to-back 6
operation compensation of the measured conductor resistance is size 55 mm
possible via a corresponding setting. Mounting on 35 mm DIN EN 60715 standard rail.
All settings on the TR1200 IP can be done through 3 keys on the
front of the device or in a Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer).
7
If Ni100 or Ni120 sensors are applied, the measured values have
to be adapted in the protection device. The 7SK80 supports this
with its integrated RTD functionality. 8
The measured-value output to the protection device is done via
Ethernet network with RJ45 connectors.
Note: The SIPROTEC 4 system interface with EN100 module does
not support the temperature detection of the RTD-box TR1200 IP.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/153
Accessories / 7XV5662
Application, technical data
Application
7SK80x
Operation with
1 Measurerment of up to 12 measured
Notebook or PC Settings Group A:
Sensors 1-6
IP 192.168.10.190
DIGSI 4
values with a TR1200 IP USB cable
Port 5000
Sensors 7-12
IP 192.168.10.190
To get up to 12 measured values one Port 5001
SIPV6.095en.eps
USB-front interface. RTD box TR1200 IP
7XV5662-8AD10
The RTD-box TR1200 IP is set either 12 x PT100
4 through the front keys or by using a Sensors 1- 12
Technical data
8
Rated auxiliary voltage
Control voltage VS AC/DC 24 240 V, 0/45 65 Hz < 5 VA
9 Relay output
DC 20.4 297 V, AC 20 264 V
10 Switching current
Breaking capacity
Max. 5 A
Max. 2000 VA (resistive load)
Max. 120 W at DC 24 V
Reduction factor at cos = 0.7 0.5
15
13/154 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV5662
Technical data
Temperature measurement
Measurement time sensor
Measurement time sensor
0.25 to 3 s (dependent on the number of sensors)
0.25 to 30 s (for measurement cycle of one sensor) 1
Measurement range 199 C to 850 C
Resolution 1 C
Sensor connection
12 x PT100 acc. to EN 60751, connection of Ni100 and Ni120 sensors possible.
2
Conversion of the measured values must be performed in the evaluation unit.
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/155
Accessories / 7XV5662
Selection and ordering data
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/156 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7XV75
7XV75 test switch
Function overview
5
Fig. 13/115 7XV75 test switch
Description
6
The 7XV75 test switch serves for testing protection relays
including CT circuits and command contacts. With the help of
the switches located on the front side, the current and voltage
7
inputs as well as the circuits of the protection relay to be tested
are interrupted and applied to the front side. Via this plug-in
connector, currents and voltages can be fed by an injection test
set and the different commands and indications can be tested. 8
10
11
12
13
14
15
Siemens SIP Edition No. 7 13/157
Accessories / 7XV75
7XV75 test switch
Technical data
1 Test switch
Rated operating voltage Vn AC 400 V
Rated operating current In 6A
Connecting cable 7XV6201 for 7XV75 test switch with 2 meter cable
with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 isolated
banana connectors 4 mm with cable marks 7XV6201-5
9 with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 cable end sleeves with cable marks 7XV6201-6
10
11
12
13
14
15
13/158 Siemens SIP Edition No. 7
Accessories / 7SC80
SNTP Master/Server 7SC80
12 Binary inputs 5
Fig. 13/116 SNTP Master/Server 7SC80
8 and 4 inputs with common ground
8 Binary outputs
Description
All relays freely congurable 6
1 Live contact
The hardware variant of the 7SC80 integrates an SNTP server
Changeover
and a GPS module.
Power supply/Battery voltage
7
With it the rst substation hardened SNTP server with GPS
receiver is available for precise time synchronization for all Auxiliary voltage DC 24/48 V, DC 60250 V and
SIPROTEC 4/5 protective relays and all other SNTP-capable